Run in Postman™
Vault provides a Platform Postman™ collection for each GA release of the Veeva Vault REST API. Note that this collection represents the point in time when the API became GA, and will not receive additional updates. For the most up-to-date documentation, developers should reference the REST API reference. Application-specific endpoints are not included in the Postman™ reference. Learn more about the Vault Postman™ Collection.
Use the Run in Postman button to import the Postman collection for this version of the API reference. To view all available Postman collection versions, visit the Veeva Vault Postman Team.
Authentication
Authenticate your account using one of the methods outlined below. The response returns a session ID that you can use in subsequent API calls. Session IDs time out after a period of inactivity, which varies by Vault. Learn more about session duration and management.
After acquiring a Vault Session ID, include it on every subsequent API call inside the Authorization HTTP request header.
Basic Authorization
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Authorization | {sessionId} |
Alternatively, you can use Salesforce™ or OAuth2/OIDC Delegated Requests.
The Vault API also accepts Vault Session IDs as Bearer tokens. Include Bearer keyword to send Vault Session IDs with as bearer tokens:
Bearer Token Authorization
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Authorization | Bearer {sessionId} |
User Name and Password
Request
$ curl -X POST https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v18.3/auth \
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-H "Accept: application/json" \
-d "username={username}&password={password}"
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"sessionId": "3B3C45FD240E26F0C3DB4F82BBB0C15C7EFE4B29EF9916AF41AF7E44B170BAA01F232B462BE5C2BE2ACB82F6704FDA216EBDD69996EB23A6050723D1EFE6FA2B",
"userId": 12021,
"vaultIds": [
{
"id": 1776,
"name": "PromoMats",
"url": "https://promomats-veevapharm.veevavault.com/api"
},
{
"id": 1777,
"name": "eTMF",
"url": "https://etmf-veevapharm.veevavault.com/api"
},
{
"id": 1779,
"name": "QualityDocs",
"url": "https://qualitydocs-veevapharm.veevavault.com/api"
}
],
"vaultId": 1776
}
Authenticate your account using your Vault user name and password to obtain a Vault Session ID.
If the specified user cannot successfully authenticate to the given vaultDNS, the subdomain is considered invalid and this request instead generates a session for the user’s most relevant available Vault. A DNS is considered invalid for the given user if the user cannot access any Vaults in that subdomain, for example, if the user does not exist in that DNS or if all Vaults in that DNS are inactive. For this reason, it is best practice to inspect the response, compare the desired Vault ID with the list of returned Vault IDs, and confirm the DNS matches the expected login.
Vault limits the number of Authentication API calls based on the user name and the domain name used in the API call. To determine the Vault Authentication API burst limit for your Vault or the length of delay for a throttled response, check the response headers or the API Usage Logs.
POST https://{vaultDNS}/api/{version}/auth
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | multipart/form-data or application/x-www-form-urlencoded |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
vaultDNS | The DNS of the Vault for which you want to generate a session. If the requesting user cannot successfully authenticate to this vaultDNS, this request generates a session for the user’s most relevant available Vault. |
version | The Vault REST API version. Your authentication version does not need to match the version in subsequent calls. For example, you can authenticate with v17.3 and run your integrations with v20.1. |
Body Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
usernamerequired | Your Vault user name assigned by your administrator. |
passwordrequired | Your Vault password associated with your assigned Vault user name. |
vaultDNSoptional | The DNS of the Vault for which you want to generate a session. If specified, this optional vaultDNS body parameter overrides the value in the URI vaultDNS. If the requesting user cannot successfully authenticate to this vaultDNS, this request generates a session for the user’s most relevant available Vault. If this vaultDNS body parameter is omitted, this request instead generates a session for the domain specified in the URI vaultDNS. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, this request returns a valid sessionId for any Vault DNS where the user has access.
The Vault DNS for the returned session is calculated in the following order:
- Generates a session for the DNS in the optional
vaultDNSbody parameter- If this
vaultDNSis invalid, generates a session for the user’s most relevant available Vault:- Generates a session for the Vault where the user last logged in
- If the user has never logged in, or if the last logged-in Vault is inactive, generates a session for the oldest active Vault where that user is a member
- If the user is not a member of any active Vaults, the user cannot authenticate and the API returns
FAILURE
- If this
- If the optional
vaultDNSbody parameter is omitted, generates a session for the DNS specified in thevaultDNSURI parameter- If this
vaultDNSis invalid, generates a session for the user’s most relevant available Vault:- Generates a session for the Vault where the user last logged in
- If the user has never logged in, or if the last logged-in Vault is inactive, generates a session for the oldest active Vault where that user is a member
- If the user is not a member of any active Vaults, the user cannot authenticate and the API returns
FAILURE
- If this
An invalid DNS is any DNS which the specified user cannot access, for example, if the DNS does not exist, if the user does not exist in that DNS, or if all Vaults in that DNS are inactive.
It is best practice to inspect the response, compare the desired Vault ID with the list of returned vaultIds, and confirm the DNS matches the expected login.
This API only returns FAILURE if it is unable to return a valid sessionId for any Vault the user can access.
OAuth 2.0 / OpenID Connect
Request
$ curl -X POST \
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-H "Authorization: Bearer 1C29326C3DF" \
-H "Host: Bearer 1C29326C3DF" \
https://myserver.com/auth/oauth/session/_9ad0a091-cbd6-4c59-ab5a-d4f2870f218c
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"sessionId": "3B3C45FD240E26F0C3DB4F82BBB0C15C7EFE4B29EF9916AF41AF7E44B170BAA01F232B462BE5C2BE2ACB82F6704FDA216EBDD69996EB23A6050723D1EFE6FA2B",
"userId": 12021,
"vaultIds": [
{
"id": 1776,
"name": "PromoMats",
"url": "https://promomats-veevapharm.veevavault.com/api"
},
{
"id": 1777,
"name": "eTMF",
"url": "https://etmf-veevapharm.veevavault.com/api"
},
{
"id": 1779,
"name": "QualityDocs",
"url": "https://qualitydocs-veevapharm.veevavault.com/api"
}
],
"vaultId": 1776
}
Authenticate your account using OAuth 2.0 / Open ID Connect token to obtain a Vault Session ID. Learn more about OAuth 2.0 / Open ID Connect in Vault Help.
When requesting a sessionId, Vault allows the ability for Oauth2/OIDC client applications to pass the client_id with the request. Vault uses this client_id when talking with the introspection endpoint at the authorization server to validate that the access_token presented by the application is valid. Learn more about Client ID in the REST API Documentation.
POST https://login.veevavault.com/auth/oauth/session/{oath_oidc_profile_id}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/x-www-form-urlencoded |
Authorization | Bearer {access_token} |
Accept | application/json (default) |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
oath_oidc_profile_id | The ID of your OAuth2.0 / Open ID Connect profile. |
Body Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
vaultDNSoptional | The DNS of the Vault for which you want to generate a session. If omitted, the session is generated for the user’s most relevant available Vault. |
client_idoptional | The ID of the client application at the Authorization server. |
Retrieve API Versions
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"values": {
"v7.0": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v7.0",
"v8.0": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v8.0",
"v9.0": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v9.0",
"v10.0": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v10.0",
"v11.0": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v11.0",
"v12.0": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v12.0",
"v13.0": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v13.0",
"v14.0": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0",
"v15.0": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0",
"v16.0": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v16.0",
"v17.1": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v17.1",
"v17.2": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v17.2",
"v17.3": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v17.3",
"v18.1": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v18.1",
"v18.2": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v18.2",
"v18.3": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v18.3",
"v19.1": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v19.1",
"v19.2": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v19.2",
"v19.3": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v19.3",
"v20.1": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v20.1",
"v20.2": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v20.2",
"v20.3": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v20.3",
"v21.1": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v21.1"
}
}
Retrieve all supported versions of the Vault REST API.
GET /api/
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
Response Details
On success, Vault returns every supported API version. The last version listed in the response may be the Beta version, which is subject to change. Learn more about Vault REST API versioning.
Authentication Type Discovery
Request
$ curl -X POST \
-H "Accept: application/json" \
-H "X-VaultAPI-AuthIncludeMsal: true" \
https://login.veevavault.com/auth/discovery?username=olivia@veepharm.com&client_id=veepharm-clinical-it-client-int0
Response: Password User
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"errors": [],
"data": {
"auth_type": "password"
}
}
Response: SSO User
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"errors": [],
"data": {
"auth_type": "sso",
"auth_profiles": [
{
"id": "_a45afc-4773-4e17-9831-2905b2a6",
"label": "OAuth Azure",
"description": "This Security Profile connects with Microsoft Azure.",
"vault_session_endpoint": "https://veepharm.com/auth/oauth/session/_a45a10fc-4773-290ab2a6",
"use_adal": true,
"use_msal": true,
"as_metadata": {
"token_endpoint": "https://login.microsoftonline.com/dcf3-468/oauth2/v2.0/token",
"token_endpoint_auth_methods_supported": [
"client_secret_post",
"private_key_jwt",
"client_secret_basic"
],
"jwks_uri": "https://login.microsoftonline.com/4618-934/discovery/v2.0/keys",
"response_modes_supported": [
"query",
"fragment",
"form_post"
],
"subject_types_supported": [
"pairwise"
],
"id_token_signing_alg_values_supported": [
"RS256"
],
"response_types_supported": [
"code",
"id_token",
"code id_token",
"id_token token"
],
"scopes_supported": [
"openid",
"profile",
"email",
"offline_access"
],
"issuer": "https://login.microsoftonline.com/7c5d9e-53443/v2.0",
"request_uri_parameter_supported": false,
"userinfo_endpoint": "https://graph.microsoft.com/oidc/userinfo",
"authorization_endpoint": "https://login.microsoftonline.com/7c3-9343/oauth2/v2.0/authorize",
"device_authorization_endpoint": "https://login.microsoftonline.com/57-618-954-543/oauth2/v2.0/devicecode",
"http_logout_supported": true,
"frontchannel_logout_supported": true,
"end_session_endpoint": "https://login.microsoftonline.com/7c577a96e043/oauth2/v2.0/logout",
"claims_supported": [
"cloud_instance_name",
"cloud_instance_host_name",
"cloud_graph_host_name",
"msgraph_host",
"auth_time",
"nonce",
"preferred_username",
"name",
"email"
],
"kerberos_endpoint": "https://login.microsoftonline.com/7c5-556343/kerberos",
"tenant_region_scope": "NA",
"cloud_instance_name": "microsoftonline.com",
"cloud_graph_host_name": "graph.windows.net",
"msgraph_host": "graph.microsoft.com",
"rbac_url": "https://pas.windows.net"
},
"oauthProviderType": "Azure"
}
]
}
}
Discover the authentication type of a user. With this API, applications can dynamically adjust the login requirements per user, and support either username/password or OAuth2.0 / OpenID Connect authentication schemes.
POST https://login.veevavault.com/auth/discovery
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) |
X-VaultAPI-AuthIncludeMsal | Set to true to include information about MSAL, an authentication library available for some SSO profiles. If omitted, the response does not include MSAL information. |
Query Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
username | The user’s Vault user name. |
client_id | Optional: The user’s mapped Authorization Server client_id. This only applies the SSO and OAuth / OpenID Connect Profiles auth_type. Learn more about Client ID in the REST API Documentation. |
Response Details
The response specifies the user’s authentication type (auth_type):
password: The user is configured with a username and password.sso: The user is configured with an SSO Security Policy.
SSO Security Policy
If the user’s auth_type type is sso, the response specifies the user’s authentication profiles (auth_profiles). If the user’s Security Policy is associated with:
- A SAML profile, the
auth_profilesarray is empty. Learn about SAML profiles in Vault Help. - An OAuth 2.0 / OpenID Connect profile, the
auth_profilesarray contains information about the policy. Learn about Configuring OAuth 2.0 / OpenID Connect Profiles in Vault Help.
auth_profiles
The auth_profiles array contains information about the OAuth 2.0 / OpenID Connect Security Policy configured in the Vault UI by your Vault Administrator.
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
id | The security policy ID. |
label | The label for this security profile, displayed to Admins in the Vault UI. |
use_adal | If true, indicates ADAL is available for use as an authentication library. For example, if the Authorization Server Provider is set to use ADFS or Azure, the use_adal field will appear in the response as true. |
use_msal | If true, indicates MSAL is available for use as an authentication library. If multiple libraries are available, best practice is to use MSAL. This field is included in the response only if the X-VaultAPI-AuthIncludeMsal header is set to true in the initial request. |
as_metadata | Information about the AS Metadata uploaded by your Vault Administrator during profile configuration. |
oauthProviderType | The configured Authorization Server Provider. For example, ADFS or Okta. |
Client ID
If the user provides a client_id and Client Application client ID mapping is defined on the OAuth 2.0 / OpenID Connect profile, the as_client_id field will appear in the response with the Authorization Server client ID value. If there is no defined mapping for the specified client_id, Vault will not include the as_client_id field in the response. Learn about Client ID Mapping in Vault Help.
Session Keep Alive
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v21.3/keep-alive
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS"
}
Given an active sessionId, keep the session active by refreshing the session duration.
A Vault session is considered active as long as some activity (either through the UI or API) happens within the maximum inactive session duration. This maximum inactive session duration varies by Vault and is configured by your Vault Admin. The maximum active session duration is 48 hours, which is not configurable. Learn more about best practices for session management.
POST /api/{version}/keep-alive
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
Authorization | The Vault sessionId to keep active. |
Validate Session User
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v17.1/objects/users/me
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"users": [
{
"user": {
"user_name__v": "mmurray@veepharm.com",
"user_first_name__v": "Megan",
"user_last_name__v": "Murray",
"user_email__v": "mmurray@veepharm.com",
"user_timezone__v": "America/Los_Angeles",
"user_locale__v": "en_US",
"user_title__v": "",
"office_phone__v": "8675309",
"fax__v": "8675309",
"mobile_phone__v": "8675309",
"site__v": "",
"is_domain_admin__v": true,
"active__v": true,
"domain_active__v": true,
"security_policy_id__v": 1863,
"user_needs_to_change_password__v": false,
"id": 61579,
"created_date__v": "2015-10-22T15:05:00.000Z",
"created_by__v": 1,
"modified_date__v": "2020-04-30T14:18:14.000Z",
"modified_by__v": 1,
"domain_id__v": 3826,
"domain_name__v": "veepharm.com",
"vault_id__v": [
19523,
21556
],
"federated_id__v": "",
"salesforce_user_name__v": "",
"last_login__v": "2020-08-28T22:20:30.000Z",
"medidata_uuid__v": "",
"user_language__v": "en",
"company__v": "VeevaPharm",
"group_id__v": [
1392631750202,
1392631750801
],
"security_profile__v": "vault_owner__v",
"license_type__v": "full__v",
"vault_membership": [
{
"active__v": true,
"security_profile__v": "vault_owner__v",
"id": 19523,
"license_type__v": "full__v"
},
{
"active__v": true,
"security_profile__v": "vault_owner__v",
"id": 21556,
"license_type__v": "full__v"
}
],
"app_licensing": [
{
"vault_id": 21556,
"application__v": "clinicalSsu_v",
"active__v": true,
"license_type__v": "full__v"
},
{
"vault_id": 21556,
"application__v": "clinicalCtms_v",
"active__v": true,
"license_type__v": "full__v"
}
]
}
}
]
}
Given a valid session ID, this request returns information for the currently authenticated user. If the session ID is not valid, this request returns an INVALID_SESSION_ID error type. This is similar to a whoami request.
GET /api/{version}/objects/users/me
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
Query Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
exclude_vault_membership | Optional: Set to true to omit vault_membership fields. If omitted, vault_membership fields are included in the response. |
exclude_app_licensing | Optional: Set to true to omit app_licensing fields. If omitted, app_licensing fields are included in the response. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, this request returns information for the currently authenticated user, such as user_name__v and vault_id__v. If the session ID is not valid, this request returns an INVALID_SESSION_ID error type.
If the currently authenticated user is in a delegated session, this request returns a delegate_user_id. For example, if Sophia initiated a delegated session on behalf of Megan, this API call would display Megan’s id and Sophia’s delegate_user_id.
Salesforce™ Delegated Requests
Request
$ curl -X GET \
-H "Authorization: {SFDC_SESSION_TOKEN}" \
-H "X-Auth-Provider: sfdc" \
-H "X-Auth-Host: https://{my_sfdc_domain}" \
https://myveevavault.com/api/{version}/{Vault_Endpoint}
If your Vault uses Salesforce™ Delegated Authentication, you can call the Vault API using your Salesforce™ session token. Learn about Salesforce™ Delegated Authentication in Vault Help.
The following prerequisites apply:
- A valid Vault user must exist with a Security Policy enabled for Salesforce.com™ Delegated Authentication.
- The trusted 18-character Salesforce.com™ Org ID must be provided.
- A user with a matching username must exist in Salesforce.com™ Org ID.
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Authorization | Your Salesforce™ session token. |
X-Auth-Host | Salesforce™ URL which Vault can use to validate the Salesforce™ session token. |
X-Auth-Provider | Set to sfdc to indicate that Salesforce™ is the authorization provider. |
Query Parameters
You can also use query string parameters instead of the headers outlined above.
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
auth | Your Salesforce™ session token. |
ext_url | Salesforce™ URL which Vault can use to validate the Salesforce™ session token. |
ext_ns | Set to sfdc to indicate that Salesforce™ is the authorization provider. |
Delegated Access
Vault’s delegated access feature provides a secure and audited process for you to designate another user to handle Vault responsibilities on your behalf. Vault tracks all activities performed by the delegate and logs their activities in audit trails that meet compliance standards. Learn more about delegated access in Vault Help.
With the Vault REST API’s delegated access endpoints, you can generate a delegated session ID for any Vaults where you have delegate access. This allows you to call the Vault REST API on behalf of any user who granted you delegate access. For example, a user may grant delegate access to an IT professional for help troubleshooting a problem. Your organization may also utilize delegate access for shared accounts, such as a “Migration User.”
Delegation is Vault-specific: If your IT professional needs access to both your PromoMats and Submissions Vaults, you will need to grant them delegate access in both Vaults.
Retrieve Delegations
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v22.3/delegation/vaults
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"delegated_vaults": [
{
"id": 19523,
"name": "PromoMats",
"dns": "mypromomatsvault.veevavault..com",
"delegator_userid": "61579"
}
]
}
Retrieve Vaults where the currently authenticated user has delegate access. You can then use this information to Initiate a Delegated Session.
GET /api/{version}/delegation/vaults
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, Vault returns the name, Vault ID, DNS, and user ID for any Vaults the authenticated user has delegate access to. If the response is empty, the authenticated user does not have delegate access to any Vaults.
Initiate Delegated Session
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-d "vault_id=5791" \
-d "delegator_userid=67899" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v22.3/delegation/login
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"delegated_sessionid": "1C8DBD593EDCEAD647E5E4C97A438F1F43A25C8679BB8431BDC789BC0BAAE76E0DC42D478721624765A2BA2E923852"
}
Generate a delegated session ID. This allows you to call the Vault REST API on behalf of a user who granted you delegate access. To find which users have granted you delegate access, Retrieve Delegations.
POST /api/{version}/delegation/login
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Authorization | The sessionId of the currently authenticated user who will initiate the delegated session. Cannot be a delegated_sessionid. |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
Body Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
vault_idrequired | The id value of the Vault to initiate the delegated session. |
delegator_useridrequired | The ID of the user who granted the authenticated user delegate access in this Vault. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, Vault returns a delegated_sessionid. To execute REST API calls with this delegated session, use this delegated_sessionid value as the Authorization header value.
Domain Information
Retrieve Domain Information
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v18.1/objects/domain?include_application=true
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"responseMessage": "Success",
"domain__v": {
"domain_name__v": "veepharm",
"domain_type__v": "testvaults",
"vaults__v": [
{
"id": "2000",
"vault_name__v": "PromoMats",
"vault_status__v": "Active",
"vault_application__v": "PromoMats",
"vault_family__v": {
"name__v": "commercial__v",
"label__v": "Commercial"
}
},
{
"id": "4000",
"vault_name__v": "eTMF",
"vault_status__v": "Active",
"vault_application__v": "eTMF",
"vault_family__v": {
"name__v": "clinical_ops__v",
"label__v": "Clinical Operations"
}
}
]
}
}
Domain Admins can use this request to retrieve a list of all Vaults currently in their domain.
GET /api/{version}/objects/domain
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/json |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
Query Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
include_application | To include Vault application type information in the response, set include_application to true. If omitted, defaults to false and application information is not included. |
Response Details
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
domain_name__v | The name of the domain containing the Vaults. This is unique to each customer and part of the DNS of each Vault. |
domain_type__v | The type of domain (Production, Sandbox, Demo, or Test). |
id | The system-managed numeric ID assigned to each Vault. This is the Vault ID (vault_id__v) required in some requests. |
vault_name__v | The name of each Vault. This may be the same as the application or set to something unique. |
vault_status__v | The current status of each Vault (Active or Inactive). Inactive Vaults are inaccessible. |
vault_application__v | The application of each Vault (PromoMats, MedComms, eTMF, Quality Docs, Submissions, RIM Submissions, or Platform). This information only appears if the include_application query parameter is set to true. |
vault_family__v | Contains information about the application family each Vault belongs to (Commercial, Clinical Operations, Regulatory, or Quality), such as name and label. |
Retrieve Domains
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://veepharm.veevavault.com/api/v18.3/objects/domains
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"responseMessage": "Success",
"domains": [
{
"name": "veepharm.com",
"type": "Production"
},
{
"name": "veepharm-sbx.com",
"type": "Sandbox"
}
]
}
Non-domain Admins can use this request to retrieve a list of all their domains, including the domain of the current Vault. You can use this data as a valid domain value when creating a sandbox Vault.
GET /api/{version}/objects/domains
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/x-www-form-urlencoded |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
Vault Query Language (VQL)
When an application invokes a query call, it passes in a Vault Query Language (VQL) statement (a SQL-like statement) that specifies the object to query (in the FROM clause), the fields to retrieve (in the SELECT clause), and any optional filters to apply (in the WHERE and FIND clauses) to narrow your results.
Submitting a Query
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "X-VaultAPI-DescribeQuery: true" \
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-H "Accept: application/json" \
--data-urlencode "q=SELECT id, name__v FROM documents WHERE product__v = ‘cholecap’"
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v21.1/query
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"queryDescribe": {
"object": {
"name": "documents",
"label": "documents",
"label_plural": "documents"
},
"fields": [
{
"type": "id",
"required": true,
"name": "id"
},
{
"label": "Name",
"type": "String",
"required": true,
"name": "name__v",
"max_length": 100
}
]
},
"responseDetails": {
"pagesize": 1000,
"pageoffset": 0,
"size": 5,
"total": 5
},
"data": [
{
"id": 72,
"name__v": "Cholecap-2021-brochure"
},
{
"id": 63,
"name__v": "Cholecap - Multisequence"
},
{
"id": 36,
"name__v": "Cholecap Study"
},
{
"id": 25,
"name__v": "Clinical Trial Reference"
},
{
"id": 24,
"name__v": "Formulary Guidelines"
}
]
}
VQL queries go to the /query REST interface.
POST /api/{version}/query
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
| Content-Type | application/x-www-form-urlencoded or multipart/form-data |
X-VaultAPI-DescribeQuery | Set to true to include static field metadata in the response for the data record. If not specified, the response does not include any static field metadata. This option eliminates the need to make additional API calls to understand the shape of query response data. Learn More. |
X-VaultAPI-RecordProperties | Optional: If present, the response includes the record properties object. Possible values are all, hidden, redacted, and weblink. If omitted, the record properties object is not included in the response. Learn more. |
Body Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
qrequired | Place your query of up to 50,000 characters in the body of your request. Note that, while the API also allows you to submit your query as a query parameter, doing so may cause you to exceed the maximum URL length. Queries should be formatted as q={query}. For example, q=SELECT id FROM documents. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response includes the following information:
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
pagesize | The number of records displayed per page. This can be modified. Learn more. |
pageoffset | The records displayed on the current page are offset by this number of records. Learn more. |
size | The total number of records displayed on the current page. |
total | The total number of records found. |
previous_page | The Pagination URL to navigate to the previous page of results. This is not always available. Learn more. |
next_page | The Pagination URL to navigate to the next page of results. This is not always available. Learn more. |
data | All records found. |
About the X-VaultAPI-DescribeQuery Header
When you include the X-VaultAPI-DescribeQuery header and set it to true, the query response includes the following static metadata description:
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
name | The name of the queryable object. |
label | The label of the queryable object. |
label_plural | The plural label of the queryable object |
The field metadata may include some or all of the following:
| Metadata Field | Description |
|---|---|
name | Name of the field. |
label | The UI label of the field. |
type | The data type, for example, string or int |
max_length | The max length of a string field. |
max_value | The max value of a number field. |
min_value | The minimum value of a number field. |
scale | The number of digits after a decimal point in a number field. |
required | Indicates the field is required. |
unique | Indicates if the value must be unique (true/false). |
status | Indicates if the field is active (active/inactive). |
picklist | The picklist name field value. |
encrypted | If true, the Contains Protected Health Information (PHI) or Personally Identifiable Information (PHI) setting is selected for this field. Learn more in Vault Help. |
Note: For formula fields, QueryDescribe should describe the field as specified in the metadata, excluding the formula attribute.
About the X-VaultAPI-RecordProperties Header
When you include the X-VaultAPI-RecordProperties header, the query response includes the record_properties object. The record_properties object describes the properties of a data record. If set to all, for each record, the response includes:
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
id | The record ID. |
field_properties | Includes arrays of hidden and redacted fields. To return only hidden or redacted fields, set the X-VaultAPI-RecordProperties header to hidden or redacted, respectively. |
field_additional_data | Includes configuration data for link type formula fields. To return only this data, set the X-VaultAPI-RecordProperties header to weblink. |
For each field, the field_additional_data metadata includes the name of the field and the web_link object, which contains the following metadata:
| Metadata Field | Description |
|---|---|
label | The text that appears as a link in the Vault UI. |
target | Determines whether the link will open in a new_window or the same_window. |
connection | Populates another Vault’s DNS within the URL utilizing a configured connection__sys object record. |
Metadata Definition Language (MDL)
Vault is configured with a set of component types that make up its configuration elements. Use MDL to create, describe (read), update, and drop (delete) Vault components and manage its configuration. Learn more in our MDL documentation.
Execute MDL Script
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/json" \
--data-binary @"mdl.txt" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/mdl/execute
Example Body: RECREATE Picklist
RECREATE Picklist color__c (
label('Color'),
active(true),
Picklistentry red__c(
value('Red'),
order(1),
active(true)
),
Picklistentry blue__c(
value('Blue'),
order(2),
active(true)
),
Picklistentry green__c(
value('Green'),
order(3),
active(true)
)
);
Example Body: RECREATE Java SDK Trigger
RECREATE Recordtrigger my_custom_trigger_name__c (
active (true),
source_code (<VeevaData>
...
</VeevaData>)
);
Response: RECREATE Picklist
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"script_execution": {
"code": "GEN-S-0",
"message": "OK",
"warnings": 0,
"failures": 0,
"exceptions": 0,
"components_affected": 1,
"execution_time": 0.028
},
"statement_execution": [
{
"vault": "promo-vee.vaultdev.com",
"statement": 1,
"command": "RECREATE",
"component": "Picklist.color__c",
"message": "[SUCCESS] RECREATE Picklist color__c",
"response": "SUCCESS"
}
]
}
This synchronous endpoint executes the given MDL script on a Vault. Note that some large operations require use of the asynchronous endpoint.
POST /api/mdl/execute
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/json or application/xml |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
Body Parameters
The body of the request should contain the MDL script to execute. Enter the body as raw data. The body must start with one of the following values:
CREATERECREATERENAMEALTERDROP
Learn more in the MDL Commands documentation.
Example Body: RECREATE Picklist
In this example, we update our picklists using the RECREATE command. If a picklist exists with the name color__c, Vault updates it to conform to the definition provided. If not, Vault creates a new picklist with the definition provided.
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response contains details of the execute.
Execute MDL Script Asynchronously
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/json" \
--data-binary @"hvo.txt" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/mdl/execute_async
Example Body: RECREATE Picklist
RECREATE Picklist color__c (
label('Color'),
active(true),
Picklistentry red__c(
value('Red'),
order(1),
active(true)
),
Picklistentry blue__c(
value('Blue'),
order(2),
active(true)
),
Picklistentry green__c(
value('Green'),
order(3),
active(true)
)
);
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"script_execution": {
"code": "GEN-S-0",
"message": "OK",
"warnings": 0,
"failures": 0,
"exceptions": 0,
"components_affected": 1,
"execution_time": 0.622
},
"job_id": 327103,
"url": "/api/v20.3/services/jobs/327103"
}
This asynchronous endpoint executes the given MDL script on a Vault.
While you can execute any MDL script with this endpoint, it is required if you’re operating on 10,000+ high_volume object records and executing one of the following operations:
- Enabling lifecycles
- Enabling or disabling object types
- Adding or removing a field
- Updating the max length of any variable-length field, such as Text, Long Text, or Rich Text
- Adding or removing an
Index - Changing the fields that compose an
Indexor otherwise would cause reindexing to occur
After initiating this request, your high volume object’s configuration_state becomes IN_DEPLOYMENT. While an HVO is IN_DEPLOYMENT, you cannot edit its fields, list layouts, or indexes. If your HVO deployment request has not yet begun execution, you can cancel the deployment.
This endpoint can only queue one asynchronous change at a time. If you have multiple requests, you must wait for the previous request to complete or use a VPK.
POST /api/mdl/execute_async
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/json or application/xml |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
Body Parameters
The body of the request should contain the MDL script to execute. Enter the body as raw data. The body must start with one of the following values:
CREATERECREATERENAMEALTERDROP
Learn more in the MDL Commands documentation.
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response includes the following information:
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
job_id | The Job ID value to retrieve the status and results of this request. Use this ID to query for the job status and results. |
url | URL to retrieve the current job status of this request |
code | The response code indicating the if the script passed or failed syntax validation |
message | A descriptive message for any warnings, failures, or exceptions, otherwise OK |
warnings | The number of warnings received while validating the script syntax |
failures | The number of errors received while validating the script syntax |
exceptions | The number of exceptions received while validating the script syntax |
components_affected | The number of components affected by this script |
execution_time | The length of time taken to validate this script syntax, in milliseconds |
Retrieve Asynchronous MDL Script Results
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/mdl/execute_async/138016/results
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"script_execution": {
"code": "GEN-S-0",
"message": "OK",
"warnings": 0,
"failures": 0,
"exceptions": 0,
"components_affected": 1,
"execution_time": 1.585
},
"statement_execution": [
{
"vault": "dev10platform.vaultdev.com",
"statement": 1,
"command": "ALTER",
"component": "Object.10k_hvo__c",
"message": "[SUCCESS] ALTER Object 10k_hvo__c",
"response": "SUCCESS"
}
]
}
After submitting a request to deploy an MDL script asynchronously, you can query Vault to determine the results of the request.
Before submitting this request:
- You must have previously requested a submission export job (via the API) which is no longer active.
- You must have a valid
job_idfield value returned from the Execute MDL Script Asynchronously request.
GET /api/mdl/execute_async/{job_id}/results
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{job_id} | The job_id field value returned from the Execute MDL Script Asynchronously request. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, this endpoint returns the results of the asynchronous MDL script execution, including any errors.
Cancel HVO Deployment
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v21.3/metadata/vobjects/product__c/actions/canceldeployment
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS"
}
Cancel a deployment of configuration changes to a high volume object. To use this endpoint, your HVO configuration_state must be IN_DEPLOYMENT.
POST /api/{version}/metadata/vobjects/{object_name}/actions/canceldeployment
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{object_name} | The name of the object on which to cancel deployment. This object’s configuration_state must be IN_DEPLOYMENT. |
Response Details
If the deployment is cancelled successfully, the API returns SUCCESS.
Retrieve All Component Metadata
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v22.2/metadata/components
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": [
{
"url": "/api/v22.2/metadata/components/Securityprofile",
"name": "Securityprofile",
"class": "metadata",
"abbreviation": "SPR",
"active": true,
"label": "Security Profile",
"label_plural": "Security Profile"
},
{
"url": "/api/v22.2/metadata/components/Tab",
"name": "Tab",
"class": "metadata",
"abbreviation": "TAB",
"active": true,
"label": "Tab",
"label_plural": "Tab",
"vobject": "vof_tab_sys"
}
]
}
Retrieve metadata of all component types in your Vault.
GET /api/{version}/metadata/components
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response may include the following for each component type in the currently authenticated Vault:
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
url | URL to retrieve metadata for the component type. |
name | The component type name as used in MDL commands. |
class | The class of the component type, either code for component types that include SDK source code, or metadata for component types that do not include SDK source code. |
abbreviation | The abbreviated component type name. |
label | The component type label as it appears in the Vault UI. |
label_plural | The plural component type label as it appears in the Vault UI. |
cacheable | Indicates whether or not the component type has a cache. |
cache_type_class | Indicates the caching strategy used by the component type. If cacheable is set to false, Vault ignores this value. |
vobject | The associated Vault object, if applicable. |
Retrieve Component Type Metadata
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v19.1/metadata/components/Picklist
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": {
"name": "Picklist",
"class": "metadata",
"abbreviation": "PIL",
"active": true,
"attributes": [
{
"name": "label",
"type": "String",
"requiredness": "required",
"max_length": 40,
"editable": true,
"multi_value": false
},
{
"name": "active",
"type": "Boolean",
"requiredness": "required",
"editable": false,
"multi_value": false
}
],
"sub_components": [
{
"name": "Picklistentry",
"json_collection_name": "Picklistentry",
"attributes": [
{
"name": "value",
"type": "String",
"requiredness": "required",
"max_length": 128,
"editable": true,
"multi_value": false
},
{
"name": "order",
"type": "Number",
"requiredness": "required",
"max_value": 9223372036854775807,
"min_value": 0,
"scale": 0,
"editable": true,
"multi_value": false
},
{
"name": "active",
"type": "Boolean",
"requiredness": "required",
"editable": false,
"multi_value": false
}
]
}
]
}
}
Retrieve metadata of a specific component type.
GET /api/{version}/metadata/components/{component_type}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{component_type} | The component type name (Picklist, Docfield, Doctype, etc.). |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response contains metadata for the specified component type. Metadata returned varies for each component and subcomponent type. See Component Types for more information.
Note that some attributes return a default_cap value. This is the default edibility of a field and is for internal Veeva use only.
Retrieve Component Records
Component Record Collection
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v19.1/configuration/Picklist
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": [
{
"name": "color__c",
"label": "Color",
"Picklistentry": [
{
"name": "red__c",
"value": "Red",
"order": 1,
"active": true
},
{
"name": "blue__c",
"value": "Blue",
"order": 2,
"active": true
},
{
"name": "green__c",
"value": "Green",
"order": 3,
"active": true
}
],
"active": true,
"used_in": []
}
]
}
Retrieve all records for a specific component type.
GET /api/{version}/configuration/{component_type}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{component_type} | The component type name (Picklist, Docfield, Doctype, etc.). |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response contains all component records in the Vault for the specified component type. Each component record returns a minimum of API name and UI label, but most types return more. Complete details of the component can be retrieved using Retrieve Component Record or MDL.
Retrieve Component Record (XML/JSON)
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v19.1/configuration/Picklist.color__c
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": {
"name": "color__c",
"label": "Color",
"Picklistentry": [
{
"name": "red__c",
"value": "Red",
"order": 1,
"active": true
},
{
"name": "blue__c",
"value": "Blue",
"order": 2,
"active": true
},
{
"name": "green__c",
"value": "Green",
"order": 3,
"active": true
}
],
"active": true,
"used_in": []
}
}
Retrieve metadata of a specific component record as JSON or XML. To retrieve as MDL, see Retrieve Component Record MDL. Not all component types are eligible for record description retrieval. For details, see the Describe column in the Component Support Matrix.
GET /api/{version}/configuration/{component_type_and_record_name}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{component_type_and_record_name} | The component type name (Picklist, Docfield, Doctype, etc.) followed by the name of the record from which to retrieve metadata. The format is {Componenttype}.{record_name}. For example, Picklist.color__c. Find this with the Retrieve Component Record Collection endpoint. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response contains the complete definition for a specific component record. If a field returns as blank or null, it means the record has no value for that field.
Retrieve Component Record (MDL)
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/mdl/components/Picklist.color__c
Response
RECREATE Picklist color__c (
label('Color'),
active(true),
Picklistentry red__c(
value('Red'),
order(1),
active(true)
),
Picklistentry blue__c(
value('Blue'),
order(2),
active(true)
),
Picklistentry green__c(
value('Green'),
order(3),
active(true)
)
);
Retrieve metadata of a specific component record as MDL. To retrieve as JSON or XML, see Retrieve Component Record. Vault does not generate RECREATE statements for all component types. For details, see the Generate RECREATE column in the Component Support Matrix.
GET /api/mdl/components/{component_type_and_record_name}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{component_type_and_record_name} | The component type name (Picklist, Docfield, Doctype, etc.) followed by the name of the record from which to retrieve metadata. The format is {Componenttype}.{record_name}. For example, Picklist.color__c. Find this with the Retrieve Component Record Collection endpoint. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response contains a RECREATE MDL statement of metadata for the specified component record. Metadata returned varies based on component type. If a field returns as blank, it means the record currently has no value for that field. Execute this RECREATE with the Execute endpoint.
Components with Content
The following Vault component types contain binary content as part of their definition:
FormattedoutputOverlaytemplateSignaturepage
The following endpoints allow you to upload, reference, and migrate the binary content of a file.
Upload Content File
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: multipart/form-data" \
-F 'file=@C:\Quote.pdf'
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/mdl/files
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": {
"name__v": "4be398c32fc2ccf48adaf6ebe53782a1",
"format__v": "application/pdf",
"size__v": 4716,
"sha1_checksum__v": "4be398c32fc2ccf48adaf6ebe53782a1"
}
}
This endpoint allows you to upload a content file to be referenced by a component.
Once uploaded, Vault stores the file in a generic files staging area where they will remain until referenced by a component. Once referenced, Vault cannot access the named file from the staging area.
POST /api/mdl/files
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | multipart/form-data (default) or application/x-www-form-urlencoded |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response includes the following:
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
name__v | The name of the file which can be used in MDL for referencing the component. |
format__v | The format of the file. |
size__v | The file size of the file. |
sha1_checksum__v | The SHA-1 checksum value generated for the file. Use the checksum to ensure the file was transmitted correctly. |
Reference Named File
Example Body: Reference Named File
RECREATE Formattedoutput my_formatted_output__c (
label(‘My Formatted Output’),
active(true),
root_object('Object.product__v'),
root_object_type('Objecttype.product__v.base__v'),
output_type('native'),
template('4be398c32fc2ccf48adaf6ebe53782a1')
);
After uploading a content file, you can reference the file by name using the file or template attributes in your MDL statement. This example uses the template attribute.
To change a component file, you must first upload it and update the component to reference the new file.
Retrieve Content File
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/mdl/components/Formattedoutput.my_formatted_output__c/files
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"links": [
{
"rel": "my_formatted_output__c.template_file",
"href": "myvault.veevavault.com/api/mdl/components/Formattedoutput.my_formatted_output__c/files/4be398c32fc2ccf48adaf6ebe53782a1",
"method": "GET",
"accept": "application/pdf"
}
],
"data": [
{
"name__v": "4be398c32fc2ccf48adaf6ebe53782a1",
"original_name__v": "Quote.pdf",
"format__v": "application/pdf",
"size__v": 654122,
"sha1_checksum__v": "4be398c32fc2ccf48adaf6ebe53782a1"
}
]
}
Retrieve the content file of a specified component.
GET /api/mdl/components/{component_type_and_record_name}/files
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
component_type_and_record_name | The component type of the record followed by the name of the record from which to retrieve the content file. The format is {Componenttype}.{record_name}. For example, Formattedoutput.my_formatted_output__c. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response includes the following:
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
name__v | The name of the file which can be used in MDL for referencing the component. |
original_name__v | The original name of the uploaded file. |
format__v | The format of the file. |
size__v | The file size of the file. |
sha1_checksum__v | The SHA-1 checksum value generated for the file. Use the checksum to ensure the file was transmitted correctly. |
Documents
Vault is a highly configurable system designed to reflect the business model of documents. Each Vault can have different document types, document fields, etc. The Document Metadata APIs allow you to query the Vault to understand what document-based metadata is available to use. Learn about Documents & Binders in Vault Help.
Retrieve Document Fields
Retrieve All Document Fields
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v21.2/metadata/objects/documents/properties
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"properties": [
{
"name": "id",
"type": "id",
"required": true,
"maxLength": 20,
"minValue": 0,
"maxValue": 9223372036854775807,
"repeating": false,
"systemAttribute": true,
"editable": false,
"setOnCreateOnly": true,
"disabled": false,
"hidden": true,
"queryable": true,
"facetable": false
},
{
"name": "name__v",
"scope": "DocumentVersion",
"type": "String",
"required": true,
"maxLength": 100,
"repeating": false,
"systemAttribute": true,
"editable": true,
"setOnCreateOnly": false,
"disabled": false,
"label": "Name",
"section": "generalProperties",
"sectionPosition": 0,
"hidden": false,
"queryable": true,
"shared": false,
"helpContent": "Displayed throughout application for the document, including in Library, Reporting, Notifications and Workflows.",
"definedInType": "type",
"definedIn": "base_document__v",
"noCopy": false,
"secureRelationship": false,
"facetable": false
},
{
"name": "template_document__v",
"scope": "DocumentVersion",
"type": "Boolean",
"required": false,
"repeating": false,
"systemAttribute": true,
"editable": false,
"setOnCreateOnly": false,
"disabled": false,
"defaultValue": "false",
"label": "Template Document",
"section": "generalProperties",
"sectionPosition": 1001,
"hidden": true,
"queryable": true,
"shared": false,
"definedInType": "type",
"definedIn": "base_document__v",
"noCopy": false,
"secureRelationship": false,
"facetable": true
}
]
}
Retrieve all standard and custom document fields and field properties.
GET /api/{version}/metadata/objects/documents/properties
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
Response Details
The response lists all standard and custom document fields and field metadata. Note the following field metadata:
| Metadata Field | Description |
|---|---|
required | When true, the field value must be set when creating new documents. |
editable | When true, the field value can be defined by the currently authenticated user. When false, the field value is read-only or system-managed, or the current user does not have adequate permissions to edit this field. |
setOnCreateOnly | When true, the field value can only be set once (when creating new documents). |
hidden | Boolean indicating field availability to the UI. When true, the field is never available to nor visible in the UI. When false, the field is always available to the UI but visibility to users is subject to field-level security overrides. If field-level security is configured to hide a field for the currently authenticated API user, the field is not returned in this API response. |
queryable | When true, field values can be retrieved using VQL. If field-level security is configured to hide the field from the user running this API, the field is not queryable by that user and will not appear in the API response. |
noCopy | When true, field values are not copied when using the Make a Copy action. |
facetable | When true, the field is available for use as a faceted filter in the Vault UI. Learn more about faceted filters in Vault Help. |
Retrieve Common Document Fields
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-d "docIds=101,102,103" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/metadata/objects/documents/properties/find_common
Response
{
"name": "submission_date__c",
"scope": "DocumentVersion",
"type": "Date",
"required": false,
"repeating": false,
"systemAttribute": false,
"editable": true,
"setOnCreateOnly": false,
"disabled": false,
"label": "Submission Date",
"section": "submissionDetails",
"sectionPosition": 3,
"hidden": false,
"queryable": true,
"shared": true,
"usedIn": [
{
"key": "promotional_piece__c",
"type": "type"
},
{
"key": "compliance_package__v",
"type": "type"
},
{
"key": "claim__c",
"type": "type"
}
]
}
{
"name": "withdrawal_effective_date__c",
"scope": "DocumentVersion",
"type": "Date",
"required": false,
"repeating": false,
"systemAttribute": false,
"editable": true,
"setOnCreateOnly": false,
"disabled": false,
"label": "Withdrawal Effective Date",
"section": "pieceDetails",
"sectionPosition": 17,
"hidden": false,
"queryable": true,
"shared": false,
"definedInType": "type",
"definedIn": "promotional_piece__c"
}
Retrieve all document fields and field properties which are common to (shared by) a specified set of documents. This allows you to determine which document fields are eligible for bulk update.
Learn about Shared Fields in Vault Help.
POST /api/{version}/metadata/objects/documents/properties/find_common
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/x-www-form-urlencoded |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
Body Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
docIdsrequired | Input a comma-separated list of document id field values. |
Response Details
The response includes all fields shared by the three documents (docIds=101,102,103).
Vault allows you to reuse fields across multiple document types by creating shared fields, which exist outside the context of a document type. You can create shared fields or convert existing fields into shared fields in the Vault Admin application. If a shared field is only used in one document type, you can also convert it to a non-shared field. All document fields, except for noCopy, include the Boolean shared document field. A value of true indicates which the field is shared and the following additional fields are included:
Note the following field metadata:
| Metadata Field | Description |
|---|---|
shared | When true, this field is a shared field. |
usedIn (key) | When shared is true, this lists the document types/subtypes/classifications which share the field. |
usedIn (type) | When shared is true, this indicates if the shared field is defined at the document type, subtype, or classification level. |
noCopy | When true, field values are not copied when using the Make a Copy action. |
Retrieve Document Types
Document type refers both to the structure of hierarchical fields (Type > Subtype > Classification) that determines the relevant document fields, rendition types, and other settings for a document, and to the highest level in that hierarchy. Learn about Configuring Document Types in Vault Help.
Retrieve All Document Types
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/metadata/objects/documents
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"types": [
{
"label": "Base Document",
"value": "https://etmf-veevapharm.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/base_document__v"
},
{
"label": "Centralized Testing",
"value": "https://etmf-veevapharm.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/centralized_testing__c"
},
{
"label": "Central Trial Documents",
"value": "https://etmf-veevapharm.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/central_trial_documents__c"
},
{
"label": "Country Master File",
"value": "https://etmf-veevapharm.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/country_master_file__v"
},
{
"label": "Data Management",
"value": "https://etmf-veevapharm.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/data_management__c"
},
{
"label": "Final CRF",
"value": "https://etmf-veevapharm.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/final_crf__v"
},
{
"label": "IP and Trial Supplies",
"value": "https://etmf-veevapharm.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/ip_and_trial_supplies__c"
},
],
"lock": "https://etmf-veevapharm.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/metadata/objects/documents/lock"
}
Retrieve all document types. These are the top-level of the document type/subtype/classification hierarchy.
GET /api/{version}/metadata/objects/documents/types
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
Response Details
The response lists all document types configured in the Vault. These vary by Vault application and configuration.
- Standard types end in
__v. - Some Vaults include sample types
__c. - Admins can configure custom types
__c.
The response includes the following information:
| Metadata Field | Description |
|---|---|
types | List of all standard and custom document types in your Vault. These are the top-level of the document type/subtype/classification hierarchy. |
label | Label of each document type as seen in the API and UI. |
value | URL to retrieve the metadata associated with each document type. |
lock | URL to retrieve the document lock metadata (document check-out). |
The label is displayed in the UI. These can be applied to documents and binders.
Retrieve Document Type
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v22.1/metadata/objects/documents/types/promotional_piece__c
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"name": "promotional_piece__c",
"label": "Promotional Piece",
"properties": [
{
"name": "id",
"type": "id",
"required": true,
"maxLength": 20,
"minValue": 0,
"maxValue": 9223372036854775807,
"repeating": false,
"systemAttribute": true,
"editable": false,
"setOnCreateOnly": true,
"disabled": false,
"hidden": true,
"queryable": true,
"facetable": false
}
],
"renditions": [
"viewable_rendition__v",
"production_proof__c",
"distribution_package__c",
"imported_rendition__c",
"veeva_distribution_package__c"
],
"relationshipTypes": [
{
"label": "CrossLink Latest Bindings",
"value": "https://promomats-veevapharm.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/promotional_piece__c/relationships"
},
{
"label": "CrossLink Latest Steady State Bindings",
"value": "https://promomats-veevapharm.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/promotional_piece__c/relationships"
},
{
"label": "Linked Documents",
"value": "https://promomats-veevapharm.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/promotional_piece__c/relationships"
},
{
"label": "Based on",
"value": "https://promomats-veevapharm.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/promotional_piece__c/relationships"
}
],
"templates": [
{
"label": "ANSM Submission",
"name": "ansm_submission__c",
"kind": "binder",
"definedIn": "promotional_piece__c",
"definedInType": "type"
}
],
"availableLifecycles": [
{
"name": "promotional_piece__c",
"label": "Promotional Piece"
}
],
"subtypes": [
{
"label": "Advertisement",
"value": "https://promomats-veevapharm.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/promotional_piece__c/subtypes/advertisement__c"
},
{
"label": "Direct Mail",
"value": "https://promomats-veevapharm.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/promotional_piece__c/subtypes/direct_mail__c"
},
{
"label": "Formulary Announcement",
"value": "https://promomats-veevapharm.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/promotional_piece__c/subtypes/formulary_announcement__c"
},
{
"label": "Internal Communication",
"value": "https://promomats-veevapharm.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/promotional_piece__c/subtypes/internal_communication__c"
},
{
"label": "Managed Markets Program",
"value": "https://promomats-veevapharm.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/promotional_piece__c/subtypes/managed_markets_program__c"
},
{
"label": "Healthcare Practitioner Resources",
"value": "https://promomats-veevapharm.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/promotional_piece__c/subtypes/healthcare_practitioner_resources__c"
},
{
"label": "Convention Item",
"value": "https://promomats-veevapharm.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/promotional_piece__c/subtypes/convention_item__c"
}
]
}
Retrieve all metadata from a document type, including all of its subtypes (when available).
GET /api/{version}/metadata/objects/documents/types/{type}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{type} | The document type. See Retrieve Document Types. |
Response Details
The response includes all metadata for the document specified type. If the type contains subtypes in the document type hierarchy, the list of subtypes and the URLs pointing to their metadata will be included in the response. The list of document fields defined for the specified type are also included in the response.
Each document type may include some or all of the following fields:
| Metadata Field | Description |
|---|---|
name | Name of the document type. Used primarily in the API. |
label | Label of the document type as seen in the API and UI. |
renditions | List of all rendition types available for the document type. |
relationshipTypes | List of all relationship types available for the document type. |
properties | List of all the document fields associated to the document type. |
processes | List of all processes available for the document type (when configured). |
etmfDepartment | In eTMF Vaults only. List of all eTMF departments available for the document type (when configured). |
referenceModels | In eTMF Vaults only. List of all reference models available for the document type. |
defaultWorkflows | List of all workflows available for the document type. |
availableLifecycles | List of all lifecycles available for the document type. |
templates | List of all templates available for the document type (when configured). |
subtypes | List of all standard and custom document subtypes available for the document type. |
Retrieve Document Subtype
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/promotional_piece__c/subtypes/advertisement__c
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"name": "advertisement__c",
"label": "Advertisement",
"properties": [
{
"name": "id",
"type": "id",
"required": true,
"maxLength": 20,
"minValue": 0,
"maxValue": 9223372036854775807,
"repeating": false,
"systemAttribute": true,
"editable": false,
"setOnCreateOnly": true,
"disabled": false,
"hidden": true,
"queryable": true
},
{
"name": "name__v",
"scope": "DocumentVersion",
"type": "String",
"required": true,
"maxLength": 100,
"repeating": false,
"systemAttribute": true,
"editable": true,
"setOnCreateOnly": false,
"disabled": false,
"label": "Name",
"section": "generalProperties",
"sectionPosition": 1,
"hidden": false,
"queryable": true,
"shared": false,
"helpContent": "The document name.",
"definedInType": "type",
"definedIn": "base_document__v"
},
{
"name": "product__v",
"scope": "DocumentVersion",
"type": "ObjectReference",
"required": true,
"repeating": true,
"systemAttribute": true,
"editable": true,
"setOnCreateOnly": false,
"disabled": false,
"objectType": "product__v",
"label": "Product",
"section": "productInformation",
"sectionPosition": 1,
"hidden": false,
"queryable": true,
"shared": false,
"definedInType": "type",
"definedIn": "base_document__v",
"relationshipType": "reference",
"relationshipName": "document_product__vr"
},
],
"classifications": [
{
"label": "Print",
"value": "https://promomats-veevapharm.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/promotional_piece__c/subtypes/advertisement__c/classifications/print__c"
},
{
"label": "Television",
"value": "https://promomats-veevapharm.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/promotional_piece__c/subtypes/advertisement__c/classifications/television__c"
},
{
"label": "Web",
"value": "https://promomats-veevapharm.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/promotional_piece__c/subtypes/advertisement__c/classifications/web__c"
}
],
"relationshipTypes": [
{
"label": "Linked Documents",
"value": "https://promomats-veevapharm.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/promotional_piece__c/relationships"
},
{
"label": "Based on",
"value": "https://promomats-veevapharm.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/promotional_piece__c/relationships"
},
{
"label": "Related Claims",
"value": "https://promomats-veevapharm.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/promotional_piece__c/relationships"
},
{
"label": "Supporting Documents",
"value": "https://promomats-veevapharm.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/promotional_piece__c/relationships"
},
],
"templates": [
{
"label": "ANSM Submission",
"name": "ansm_submission__c",
"kind": "binder",
"definedIn": "promotional_piece__c",
"definedInType": "type"
}
],
"availableLifecycles": [
{
"name": "promotional_piece__c",
"label": "Promotional Piece"
}
]
}
Retrieve all metadata from a document subtype, including all of its classifications (when available).
GET /api/{version}/metadata/objects/documents/types/{type}/subtypes/{subtype}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{type} | The document type. See Retrieve Document Types. |
{subtype} | The document subtype. See Retrieve Document Type. |
Response Details
The response may contain the following details, depending on the configuration of your Vault:
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
name | Name of the document subtype. |
label | UI label for the document subtype. |
properties | List of all the document fields associated to the document subtype. |
classifications | This will not appear if the subtype has no classifications. |
templates | List of all templates available for the document subtype. This will not appear if the subtype has no templates. |
availableLifecycles | List of all lifecycles available for the document subtype. |
renditions | List of all rendition types available for the document subtype. This will not appear if the subtype has no renditions configured. |
Retrieve Document Classification
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/promotional_piece__c/subtypes/advertisement__c/classifications/print__c
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"name": "advertisement__c",
"label": "Advertisement",
"properties": [
{
"name": "id",
"type": "id",
"required": true,
"maxLength": 20,
"minValue": 0,
"maxValue": 9223372036854775807,
"repeating": false,
"systemAttribute": true,
"editable": false,
"setOnCreateOnly": true,
"disabled": false,
"hidden": true,
"queryable": true
},
{
"name": "name__v",
"scope": "DocumentVersion",
"type": "String",
"required": true,
"maxLength": 100,
"repeating": false,
"systemAttribute": true,
"editable": true,
"setOnCreateOnly": false,
"disabled": false,
"label": "Name",
"section": "generalProperties",
"sectionPosition": 1,
"hidden": false,
"queryable": true,
"shared": false,
"helpContent": "The document name.",
"definedInType": "type",
"definedIn": "base_document__v"
},
{
"name": "product__v",
"scope": "DocumentVersion",
"type": "ObjectReference",
"required": true,
"repeating": true,
"systemAttribute": true,
"editable": true,
"setOnCreateOnly": false,
"disabled": false,
"objectType": "product__v",
"label": "Product",
"section": "productInformation",
"sectionPosition": 1,
"hidden": false,
"queryable": true,
"shared": false,
"definedInType": "type",
"definedIn": "base_document__v",
"relationshipType": "reference",
"relationshipName": "document_product__vr"
},
],
"relationshipTypes": [
{
"label": "Linked Documents",
"value": "https://promomats-veevapharm.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/promotional_piece__c/relationships"
},
{
"label": "Based on",
"value": "https://promomats-veevapharm.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/promotional_piece__c/relationships"
},
{
"label": "Related Claims",
"value": "https://promomats-veevapharm.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/promotional_piece__c/relationships"
},
{
"label": "Supporting Documents",
"value": "https://promomats-veevapharm.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/promotional_piece__c/relationships"
},
],
"templates": [
{
"label": "ANSM Submission",
"name": "ansm_submission__c",
"kind": "binder",
"definedIn": "promotional_piece__c",
"definedInType": "type"
}
],
"availableLifecycles": [
{
"name": "promotional_piece__c",
"label": "Promotional Piece"
}
]
}
Retrieve all metadata from a document classification.
GET /api/{version}/metadata/objects/documents/types/{type}/subtypes/{subtype}/classifications/{classification}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{type} | The document type. See Retrieve Document Types. |
{subtype} | The document type. See Retrieve Document Type. |
{classification} | The document classification. See Retrieve Document Subtype |
Response Details
The response may contain the following details, depending on the configuration of your Vault:
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
name | Name of the document subtype. |
label | UI label for the document subtype. |
properties | List of all the document fields associated to the document classification. |
templates | List of all templates available for the document classification. This will not appear if the classification has no templates. |
availableLifecycles | List of all lifecycles available for the document classification. |
renditions | List of all rendition types available for the document classification. This will not appear if the classification has no renditions configured. |
Retrieve Documents
The following rules govern document retrieval:
- Vault only returns documents to which the logged in user has access to, even if more documents exist.
- Vault only returns the latest version of each document. To return every version of a document, use the
versionscope=allquery parameter. - Vault returns a maximum of 200 documents per page. You can lower this number using the
limitquery parameter.
Identifying Binders
The document pseudo-field binder__v indicates whether the returned document is a document or a binder. The value of true means it is a binder, false or absence of this field means it is a document. If it is a binder, the binder sections are not listed as part of the response and must be determined using the Retrieve Binder API with the depth=all query parameter.
Identifying CrossLink Documents
A document pseudo-field crosslink__v indicates whether the returned document is a regular document (false) or a CrossLink document (true).
Retrieve All Documents
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"size": 69,
"start": 0,
"limit": 200,
"documents": [
{
"document": {
"id": 105,
"version_id": "105_0_1",
"binder__v": false,
"coordinator__v": {
"groups": [],
"users": []
},
"owner__v": {
"groups": [],
"users": [
25524
]
},
"approver__v": {
"groups": [],
"users": []
},
"reviewer__v": {
"groups": [],
"users": []
},
"viewer__v": {
"groups": [],
"users": []
},
"editor__v": {
"groups": [],
"users": []
},
"format__v": "application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation",
"version_creation_date__v": "2016-03-23T22:03:04.094Z",
"major_version_number__v": 0,
"annotations_links__v": 0,
"annotations_all__v": 2,
"status__v": "Draft",
"language__v": [
"English"
],
"suppress_rendition__v": "false",
"filename__v": "cholecap_presentation_q316.pptx",
"product__v": [
"00P000000000101"
],
"version_created_by__v": 25524,
"country__v": [],
"annotations_anchors__v": 0,
"document_number__v": "PP-WD--0014",
"minor_version_number__v": 1,
"lifecycle__v": "Promotional Piece",
"subtype__v": "Advertisement",
"annotations_notes__v": 2,
"allow_pdf_download__v": [
"00W000000000201"
],
"classification__v": "Other Electronic",
"name__v": "CholeCap Presentation",
"locked__v": false,
"pages__v": 29,
"restrict_fragments_by_product__v": true,
"type__v": "Promotional Piece",
"size__v": 623694,
"md5checksum__v": "0405da0c29698e4249c2a0eca8f6642a",
"annotations_unresolved__v": 2,
"last_modified_by__v": 25524,
"document_creation_date__v": "2016-03-23T22:03:04.094Z",
"annotations_resolved__v": 0,
"annotations_lines__v": 0,
"version_modified_date__v": "2016-03-23T22:04:16.000Z",
"created_by__v": 25524,
"media__c": [
"Print"
]
}
}
]
}
Retrieve the latest version of documents and binders to which you have access.
GET /api/{version}/objects/documents
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
Query Parameters
You can optionally include one of the following parameters to filter the results:
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
named_filter=My Documents | Retrieves only documents which you have created. |
named_filter=Favorites | Retrieves only documents which you have marked as favorites in the library. |
named_filter=Recent Documents | Retrieves only documents which you have recently accessed. |
named_filter=Cart | Retrieves only documents in your cart. |
scope=contents | Searches only within the document content. |
scope=all | Searches both within the document content and searchable document fields. |
versionscope=all | Retrieves all document versions, rather than only the latest version. |
search={keyword} | Search for documents based on a {keyword} in searchable document fields. |
limit | Limit the number of documents to display. By default, Vault displays up to 200 documents per page. |
sort | Return documents in a specific order by specifying a document field and either ascending (ASC) or descending (DESC) order. For example, sort = name__v DESC. The default is sort = id ASC. See VQL documentation for more information. |
start | The starting record number. The default is 0. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, Vault lists all documents and binders along with their fields and field values. If binder__v = true, the object is a binder. The document metadata returned will vary based on your Vault configuration. CrossLink documents are supported.
Retrieve Document
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/450
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"document": {
"id": 450,
"binder__v": false,
"allow_download_embedded_viewer__v": true,
"reviewer__v": {
"users": [
25519,
25516
],
"groups": [
1358979070034
]
},
"viewer__v": {
"users": [
25519,
25516,
25597
],
"groups": [
1358979070034
]
},
"distribution_contacts__v": {
"users": [],
"groups": []
},
"consumer__v": {
"users": [],
"groups": []
},
"approver__v": {
"users": [
25516
],
"groups": []
},
"editor__v": {
"users": [
25519,
25516
],
"groups": []
},
"owner__v": {
"users": [
46916
],
"groups": []
},
"coordinator__v": {
"users": [],
"groups": []
},
"crosslink__v": false,
"lifecycle__v": "General Lifecycle",
"version_created_by__v": 46916,
"language__v": [
"English"
],
"minor_version_number__v": 1,
"created_by__v": 46916,
"annotations_lines__v": 0,
"version_creation_date__v": "2015-03-12T16:24:33.539Z",
"country__v": [],
"md5checksum__v": "94e18bdbcf695c905a5968429e0c5204",
"restrict_fragments_by_product__v": true,
"annotations_notes__v": 0,
"version_modified_date__v": "2015-03-12T16:24:54.000Z",
"pages__v": 1,
"major_version_number__v": 1,
"annotations_anchors__v": 0,
"product__v": [
"1357662840293"
],
"export_filename__v": "451Chole",
"annotations_resolved__v": 0,
"type__v": "Reference Document",
"size__v": 11599,
"description__v": "This is my document.",
"status__v": "Draft",
"annotations_unresolved__v": 0,
"document_creation_date__v": "2015-02-25T01:26:55.845Z",
"locked__v": false,
"format__v": "application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document",
"annotations_links__v": 0,
"document_number__v": "REF-0201",
"annotations_all__v": 0,
"last_modified_by__v": 46916,
"name__v": "CholeCap Information",
"subtype__v": "Prescribing Information"
},
"renditions":
{
"viewable_rendition__v": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/450/renditions/viewable_rendition__v",
"veeva_distribution_package__c": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/450/renditions/veeva_distribution_package__c"
},
"versions": [
{
"number": "0.1",
"value": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/450/versions/0/1"
},
{
"number": "1.0",
"value": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/450/versions/1/0"
},
{
"number": "1.1",
"value": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/450/versions/1/1"
}
],
"attachments": [
{
"id": 547,
"url": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/450/attachments/547"
}
]
}
Retrieve all metadata from a document.
GET /api/{version}/objects/documents/{doc_id}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{doc_id} | The document id field value. |
Response Details
The boolean field binder__v indicates whether the returned document is a regular document (true) or a binder (false). The absence of this field means it is a document. Binder node structures are not listed as part of the response; they must be determined through the Binder API.
The boolean field crosslink__v indicates whether the returned document is a regular document (true) or a CrossLink document (false).
Retrieve Document Versions
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/534/versions
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"versions": [
{
"number": "0.1",
"value": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/534/versions/0/1"
},
{
"number": "0.2",
"value": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/534/versions/0/2"
},
{
"number": "1.0",
"value": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/534/versions/1/0"
},
{
"number": "1.1",
"value": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/534/versions/1/1"
},
{
"number": "2.0",
"value": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/534/versions/2/0"
},
{
"number": "2.1",
"value": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/534/versions/2/1"
},
{
"number": "2.2",
"value": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/534/versions/2/2"
},
{
"number": "2.3",
"value": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/534/versions/2/3"
}
],
"renditions":
{
"viewable_rendition__v": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/534/renditions/viewable_rendition__v",
"veeva_distribution_package__c": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/534/renditions/veeva_distribution_package__c"
}
}
Retrieve all versions of a document.
GET /api/{version}/objects/documents/{doc_id}/versions
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{doc_id} | The document id field value. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, Vault returns a list of all available versions of the specified document. In the example response, document id:534 has 8 different versions. Version 2.0 is the latest steady state version. Version 2.3 is the latest version. This document also has two different renditions: The viewable_rendition__v and a veeva_distribution_package__c rendition.
Retrieve Document Version
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/534/versions/2/3
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"document": {
"id": 534,
"allow_download_embedded_viewer__v": true,
"reviewer__v": {
"users": [
46916,
45589
],
"groups": [
1359484520721
]
},
"crosslink__v": false,
"lifecycle__v": "General Lifecycle",
"version_created_by__v": 46916,
"language__v": [
"English"
],
"minor_version_number__v": 3,
"created_by__v": 46916,
"annotations_lines__v": 0,
"version_creation_date__v": "2015-03-13T16:24:33.539Z",
"country__v": [],
"md5checksum__v": "94e18bdbcf695c905a5989629e0c5204",
"restrict_fragments_by_product__v": true,
"annotations_notes__v": 0,
"version_modified_date__v": "2015-03-13T16:24:54.000Z",
"pages__v": 1,
"major_version_number__v": 2,
"annotations_anchors__v": 0,
"product__v": [
"1357662840293"
],
"export_filename__v": "WD",
"annotations_resolved__v": 0,
"type__v": "Reference Document",
"size__v": 11518,
"description__v": "",
"status__v": "Draft",
"annotations_unresolved__v": 0,
"document_creation_date__v": "2015-02-25T01:26:55.845Z",
"locked__v": false,
"format__v": "application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document",
"annotations_links__v": 0,
"document_number__v": "REF-0059",
"annotations_all__v": 0,
"last_modified_by__v": 46916,
"name__v": "WonderDrug Information",
"binder__v": false,
"subtype__v": "Prescribing Information"
},
"renditions": [
{
"viewable_rendition__v": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/534/renditions/viewable_rendition__v",
"veeva_distribution_package__c": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/534/renditions/veeva_distribution_package__c"
}
],
"versions": [
{
"number": "2.3",
"value": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/534/versions/2/3"
}
],
"attachments": [
{
"id": 547,
"url": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/534/attachments/547"
},
{
"id": 561,
"url": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/534/attachments/561"
}
]
}
Retrieve all fields and values configured on a document version.
GET /api/{version}/objects/documents/{doc_id}/versions/{major_version}/{minor_version}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{doc_id} | The document id field value. |
{major_version} | The document major_version_number__v field value. |
{minor_version} | The document minor_version_number__v field value. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, Vault returns all fields and values for the specified version of the document. The example response shows information for document id:534 version 2.3.
Download Document File
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/534/file?lockDocument=true > file
Response
Content-Type: application/octet-stream;charset=UTF-8
Content-Disposition: attachment;filename="CholeCap-Presentation.pptx"
GET /api/{version}/objects/documents/{doc_id}/file
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{doc_id} | The document id field value. |
Query Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
lockDocument | Set to true to Check Out this document before retrieval. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, Vault retrieves the latest version of the source file from the document. The HTTP Response Header Content-Type is set to application/octet-stream. The HTTP Response Header Content-Disposition contains a filename component which can be used when naming the local file. Note that for most downloads (larger file sizes), the Transfer-Encoding method is set to chunked and the Content-Length is not displayed.
Download Document Version File
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/534/versions/2/3/file > file
Response
Content-Type: application/octet-stream;charset=UTF-8
Content-Disposition: attachment;filename="CholeCap-Presentation.pptx"
Download the file of a specific document version.
GET /api/{version}/objects/documents/{doc_id}/versions/{major_version}/{minor_version}/file
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{doc_id} | The document id field value. |
{major_version} | The document major_version_number__v field value. |
{minor_version} | The document minor_version_number__v field value. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, Vault retrieves the specified version of the source file from the document. The HTTP Response Header Content-Type is set to application/octet-stream. The HTTP Response Header Content-Disposition contains a filename component which can be used when naming the local file.
Download Document Version Thumbnail File
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/534/versions/2/3/thumbnail > thumbnail.png
Download the thumbnail image file of a specific document version.
GET /api/{version}/objects/documents/{doc_id}/versions/{major_version}/{minor_version}/thumbnail
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{doc_id} | The document id field value. |
{major_version} | The document major_version_number__v field value. |
{minor_version} | The document minor_version_number__v field value. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, Vault returns the thumbnail image for the specified version of the document. The HTTP Response Header Content-Type is set to image/png.
Create Documents
Create Single Document
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: multipart/form-data" \
-F "file=@gludacta-document-01.docx" \
-F "name__v=Gludacta Document" \
-F "type__v=Promotional Piece" \
-F "subtype__v=Advertisement" \
-F "classification__v=Web" \
-F "lifecycle__v=Promotional Piece" \
-F "major_version_number__v=0" \
-F "minor_version_number__v=1" \
-F "product__v=0PR0303" \
-F "external_id__v=GLU-DOC-0773" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"responseMessage": "successfully created document",
"id": 773
}
Create a single document.
The API supports all security settings.
POST /api/{version}/objects/documents
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | multipart/form-data |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
X-VaultAPI-MigrationMode | When set to true, Vault applies Document Migration Mode limitations to documents created with the request. You must have the Document Migration permission to use this header. When used with the status__v parameter, allows you to create documents in a state other than Starting State. Learn more about Document Migration Mode in Vault Help. |
Body Parameters
There are multiple ways to create a document.
Create Document from Uploaded File
Most documents in your Vault are created from uploaded source files, such as a file from your computer. Learn about Supported File Formats in Vault Help. Once uploaded with values assigned to document fields, Vault generates the viewable rendition, e.g., “mydocument.docx.pdf”. Learn about Viewable Renditions in Vault Help.
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
fileconditional | The filepath of the source document. The maximum allowed file size is 4GB. Only required when creating a document from an uploaded file. If omitted, creates a placeholder. |
name__vrequired | The name of the new document. |
type__vrequired | The label of the document type to assign to the new document. |
subtype__voptional | The label of the document subtype (if one exists on the document type). |
classification__voptional | The label of the document classification (if one exists on the document subtype). |
lifecycle__vrequired | The label of the document lifecycle to assign to the new document. |
major_version_number__voptional | The major version number to assign to the new document. |
minor_version_number__voptional | The minor version number to assign to the new document. |
Create Document from Template
When you create the new document, Vault copies the template file and uses that copy as the source file for the new document. This process bypasses the content upload process and allows for more consistent document creation. Document templates are associated with a specific document type, like documents themselves. Learn about Document Templates in Vault Help.
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
fromTemplateconditional | The name of the template to apply. Only required when creating a document from a template. |
name__vrequired | The name of the new document. |
type__vrequired | The label of the document type to assign to the new document. |
subtype__voptional | The label of the document subtype (if applicable). |
classification__voptional | The label of the document classification (if one exists on the document subtype). |
lifecycle__vrequired | The label of the document lifecycle to assign to the new document. |
major_version_number__voptional | The major version number to assign to the new document. |
minor_version_number__voptional | The minor version number to assign to the new document. |
Optional Parameters in PromoMats
In PromoMats Vaults, you can also optionally set the following parameters. Learn more about PromoMats Standard Metrics in Vault Help.
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
global_content_type__voptional | The name of the global content type to assign to the new document. If excluded, Vault creates the document with the default global content type, or as “Not Specified” if no default exists. |
content_creation_currency__voptional | The id of the content creation currency type. If excluded, Vault creates the document with the default content creation currency, or as “Not Specified” if no default exists. |
content_creation_cost__voptional | The id of the content creation cost. If excluded, Vault creates the document with the default content creation cost, or as “Not Specified” if no default exists. |
Create Content Placeholder Document
Creating a content placeholder document is just like creating a document from an uploaded file, but the file parameter is not included in the request. Learn about Content Placeholders in Vault Help. Admin may set other standard or custom document fields to required in your Vault.
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
name__vrequired | The name of the new document. |
type__vrequired | The label of the document type to assign to the new document. |
subtype__voptional | The label of the document subtype (if one exists on the document type). |
classification__voptional | The label of the document classification (if one exists on the document subtype). |
lifecycle__vrequired | The label of the document lifecycle to assign to the new document. |
major_version_number__voptional | The major version number to assign to the new document. |
minor_version_number__voptional | The minor version number to assign to the new document. |
Create Unclassified Document
Unclassified documents are documents which have a source file, but no document type. Learn about Unclassified Documents in Vault Help.
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
fileconditional | The filepath of the source document. The maximum allowed file size is 4GB. Only required when creating a document from an uploaded file. |
type__vrequired | Set the document type to Unclassified or Undefined.* |
lifecycle__vrequired | Set the document lifecycle to Inbox or Unclassified.* |
In eTMF Vaults, you can also (optionally) set the following fields:
product__vstudy__vstudy_country__vsite__v
Any other fields included in the input will be ignored. The document name__v will default to the name of the uploaded file.
* Prior to 21R1.3 (API v21.2), the Unclassified document type and Inbox lifecycle were known as the Undefined document type and Unclassified lifecycle. Relabeling the Undefined document type and Unclassified lifecycle may impact the functionality of custom integrations that use the old labels. Check your integrations before updating this label. We recommend that customers experiencing errors change the labels back to their original values until this issue is resolved.
Create CrossLink Document
When creating a CrossLink document, you must include all document fields that are required for the specified document type/subtype/classification and no file is uploaded. You must also specify the Vault ID and document ID for the source document which will be bound to the new CrossLink document. Learn about CrossLinks in Vault Help.
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
name__vrequired | The name of the new CrossLink document. |
type__vrequired | The label of the document type to assign to the new CrossLink document. |
subtype__voptional | The label of the document subtype (if one exists on the document type). |
classification__voptional | The label of the document classification (if one exists on the document subtype). |
lifecycle__vrequired | The label of the document lifecycle to assign to the new CrossLink document. |
major_version_number__voptional | The major version number to assign to the new CrossLink document |
minor_version_number__voptional | The minor version number to assign to the new CrossLink document. |
source_vault_id__vconditional | The Vault id field value of the Vault containing the source document that will be bound to the new CrossLink document. Only required when creating a CrossLink document. Learn more. |
source_document_id__vconditional | The document id field value of the source document that will be bound to the new CrossLink document. Only required when creating a CrossLink document. |
source_binding_rule__voptional | Possible values are Latest version, Latest Steady State version, or Specific Document version. These define which version of the source document will be bound to the CrossLink document. If not specified, this defaults to the Latest Steady State version. |
bound_source_major_version__voptional | When the source_binding_rule__v is set to Specific Document version, you must specify the major version number of the source document to bind to the CrossLink document. |
bound_source_minor_version__voptional | When the source_binding_rule__v is set to Specific Document version, you must specify the minor version number of the source document to bind to the CrossLink document. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the document is created and assigned a system-managed document id field value.
Create Multiple Documents
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: text/csv" \
-H "Accept: text/csv" \
--data-binary @"filename" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v9.0/objects/documents/batch
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": [
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"id": 771,
"external_id__v": "ALT-DOC-0771"
},
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"id": 772,
"external_id__v": "CHO-DOC-0772"
},
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"id": 773,
"external_id__v": "GLU-DOC-0773"
},
{
"responseStatus": "FAILURE",
"errors": [
{
"type": "INVALID_DATA",
"message": "Error message describing why this document was not created."
}
]
}
]
}
This endpoint allows you to create multiple documents at once with a CSV input file.
- The maximum CSV input file size is 1GB.
- The values in the input must be UTF-8 encoded.
- CSVs must follow the standard RFC 4180 format, with some exceptions.
- The maximum batch size is 500.
Note that this API does not support adding multi-value relationship fields by name. To add multi-value fields, you must first retrieve the ID values and add them to the relationship field.
The API supports all security settings except document lifecycle role defaults. You must create documents through the UI if your documents require document lifecycle role defaults. Learn more about document lifecycle role defaults in Vault Help.
POST /api/{version}/objects/documents/batch
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | text/csv |
Accept | application/json (default) or text/csv |
X-VaultAPI-MigrationMode | When set to true, Vault applies Document Migration Mode limitations to documents created with the request. You must have the Document Migration permission to use this header. When used with the status__v parameter, allows you to create documents in a state other than Starting State. Learn more about Document Migration Mode in Vault Help. |
Body Parameters
Prepare a CSV input file. There are multiple ways to create documents in bulk. The following shows the required standard fields needed to create documents, but an Admin may set other standard or custom document fields as required in your Vault. To find which fields are required, retrieve document fields. You can also optionally include any editable document field.
Create Documents from Uploaded Files
You must first upload the document source files to your Vault’s file staging server.
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
fileconditional | The filepath of the source document. The maximum allowed file size is 4GB. Only required when creating a document from an uploaded file. |
name__vrequired | The name of the new document. |
type__vrequired | The label of the document type to assign to the new document. |
subtype__voptional | The label of the document subtype (if one exists on the document type). |
classification__voptional | The label of the document classification (if one exists on the document subtype). |
lifecycle__vrequired | The label of the document lifecycle to assign to the new document. |
major_version_number__voptional | The major version number to assign to the new document |
minor_version_number__voptional | The minor version number to assign to the new document. |
suppressRenditionoptional | Set to true to suppress generation of viewable renditions. The default is false. |
product__voptional | Example: This is an example object reference field. To assign value for this field type, include either the document field name product__v or the document field name plus the name field on the object product__v.name__v. |
Create Documents from Templates
When you create a new document from a template, Vault copies the template file in your Vault and uses that copy as the source file for the new document.
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
fromTemplateconditional | The template to apply to the document. Only required when creating a document from a template. |
name__vrequired | The name of the new document. |
type__vrequired | The label of the document type to assign to the new document. |
subtype__voptional | The label of the document subtype (if one exists on the document type). |
classification__voptional | The label of the document classification (if one exists on the document subtype). |
lifecycle__vrequired | The label of the document lifecycle to assign to the new document. |
major_version_number__voptional | The major version number to assign to the new document |
minor_version_number__voptional | The minor version number to assign to the new document. |
product__voptional | Example: This is an example object reference field. To assign value for this field type, include either the document field name product__v or the document field name plus the name field on the object product__v.name__v. |
Create Content Placeholder Documents
Vault allows you to create content placeholders when the associated file is not yet available. You can add the source document at a later date.
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
filerequired | Include this column in your input, but leave the values blank. |
name__vrequired | The name of the new document. |
type__vrequired | The label of the document type to assign to the new document. |
subtype__voptional | The label of the document subtype (if one exists on the document type). |
classification__voptional | The label of the document classification (if one exists on the document subtype). |
lifecycle__vrequired | The label of the document lifecycle to assign to the new document. |
major_version_number__voptional | The major version number to assign to the new document |
minor_version_number__voptional | The minor version number to assign to the new document. |
Create Unclassified Documents
Unclassified documents are documents which have a source file, but no document type. The following fields are required, but you can include any editable document field.
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
filerequired | The filepath of the source document. The maximum allowed file size is 4GB. |
name__voptional | The name of the new document. |
type__vrequired | Set the document type to Unclassified or Undefined.* |
lifecycle__vrequired | Set the document lifecycle to Inbox or Unclassified.* |
* Prior to 21R1.3 (API v21.2), the Unclassified document type and Inbox lifecycle were known as the Undefined document type and Unclassified lifecycle. Relabeling the Undefined document type and Unclassified lifecycle may impact the functionality of custom integrations that use the old labels. Check your integrations before updating this label. We recommend that customers experiencing errors change the labels back to their original values until this issue is resolved.
Update Documents
Update Single Document
Request
$ curl -X PUT -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-d "language__v=English" \
-d "product__v=1357662840171" \
-d "audience__vs=consumer__vs" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/534
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"id": 534
}
Update editable field values on the latest version of a single document. To update past document versions, see Update Document Version. Note that this endpoint does not allow you to update the archive__v field. To archive a document, or to update multiple documents at once, see Update Multiple Documents.
PUT /api/{version}/objects/documents/{doc_id}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/x-www-form-urlencoded |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
X-VaultAPI-MigrationMode | When set to true, Vault applies Document Migration Mode limitations to documents updated with the request. You must have the Document Migration permission to use this header. Learn more about Document Migration Mode in Vault Help. |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{doc_id} | The document id field value. |
Body Parameters
In the body of the request, add any editable field values that you wish to update. To find these fields, Retrieve Document Fields configured on documents. Editable fields will have editable:true. To remove existing field values, include the field name and set its value to null.
Update Multiple Documents
Request
$ curl -X PUT -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: text/csv" \
-H "Accept: text/csv" \
--data-binary @"filename" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v9.0/objects/documents/batch
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": [
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"id": 771,
"external_id__v": "ALT-DOC-0771"
},
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"id": 772,
"external_id__v": "CHO-DOC-0772"
},
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"id": 773,
"external_id__v": "GLU-DOC-0773"
}
]
}
Bulk update editable field values on multiple documents. You can only update the latest version of each document. To update past document versions, see Update Document Version.
- The maximum CSV input file size is 1GB.
- The values in the input must be UTF-8 encoded.
- CSVs must follow the standard RFC 4180 format, with some exceptions.
- The maximum batch size is 1,000.
PUT /api/{version}/objects/documents/batch
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | text/csv or application/x-www-form-urlencoded |
Accept | application/json (default) or text/csv |
X-VaultAPI-MigrationMode | When set to true, Vault applies Document Migration Mode limitations to documents updated with the request. You must have the Document Migration permission to use this header. Learn more about Document Migration Mode in Vault Help. |
Body Parameters
You can use Name-Value pairs in the body of your request or upload a CSV file. id is the only required field, and you can update values of any editable document field. To find these fields, Retrieve Document Fields configured on documents. Editable fields will have editable:true. To remove existing field values, include the field name and set its value to null.
The following table includes required fields, and some optional document fields you may want to update:
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
idconditional | The ID of the document to update. Only required when uploading a CSV file. |
docIdsconditional | Comma-separated list of the IDs of documents to update. Only required when entering key-value pairs in the body of your request. |
archive__voptional | To archive a document, set to true. To unarchive a document, set to false. The default is false. |
template_doctype__voptional | If you need to create a controlled document template from this document, enter a value for the Template Document Type field. To retrieve a list of all possible field values for this field, Retrieve the Object Collection for doc_type_detail__v. Learn more about controlled document template creation in Vault Help. |
Reclassify Document
Request
$ curl -X PUT -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-d "reclassify=true" \
-d "type__v=Promotional Piece" \
-d "subtype__v=Advertisement" \
-d "classification__v=Web" \
-d "lifecycle__v=Promotional Piece" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/775
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"id": 775
}
Reclassify allows you to change the document type of an existing document or assign a document type to an unclassified document. This endpoint is analogous to the Reclassify action in the Vault UI.
A document “type” is the combination of the type__v, subtype__v, and classification__v fields on a document. When you reclassify, Vault may add or remove certain fields on the document. Add these new fields and values to the body of this request. If a new required field is missing, the error response will list the name of the required field. The API does not currently support bulk reclassify.
Not all documents are eligible for reclassification. For example, you can only reclassify the latest version of a document and you cannot reclassify a checked out document. Learn more about reclassifying documents in Vault Help.
PUT /api/{version}/objects/documents/{doc_id}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/x-www-form-urlencoded |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
X-VaultAPI-MigrationMode | When set to true, use with the status__v and document_number__v body parameters to reclassify documents to any document lifecycle state and with any document number. You must have the Document Migration permission to use this header. Learn more about Document Migration Mode in Vault Help. |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{doc_id} | The document id field value. |
Body Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
type__voptional | The name of the document type. |
subtype__voptional | The name of the document subtype (if one exists on the type). |
classification__voptional | The name of the document classification (if one exists on the subtype). |
lifecycle__voptional | The name of the document lifecycle. |
reclassifyrequired | Set to true. Without this, a standard document update action is performed. |
document_number__voptional | The document number for the reclassified document. If omitted, the document retains the existing document number. You must set both the reclassify parameter and the X-VaultAPI_MigrationMode header to true to change the document number, and you can only include this parameter when you also change the document lifecycle or type, subtype, or classification. |
status__voptional | Specifies the document lifecycle state for the reclassified document. If omitted, the document retains the existing state. You must set both the reclassify parameter and the X-VaultAPI_MigrationMode header to true to change the state, and you can only include this parameter when you also change the document lifecycle or type, subtype, or classification. |
You can also add or remove values for any other editable document field. Note that additional fields may be required depending on the document type, subtype, and classification being assigned to the document. Use the Document Metadata API to retrieve required and editable fields in your Vault. If a required field is missing, the error response will list the name of the required field.
Update Document Version
Request
$ curl -X PUT -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-d "language__v=English" \
-d "product__v=1357662840171" \
-d "audience__c=consumer__c" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/534/versions/2/0
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"id": 534
}
Update editable field values on a specific version of a document. See also Update Document above.
PUT /api/{version}/objects/documents/{doc_id}/versions/{major_version}/{minor_version}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/x-www-form-urlencoded |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
X-VaultAPI-MigrationMode | When set to true, Vault applies Document Migration Mode limitations to document versions updated with the request. You must have the Document Migration permission to use this header. Learn more about Document Migration Mode in Vault Help. |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{doc_id} | The document id field value. |
{major_version} | The document major_version_number__v field value. |
{minor_version} | The document minor_version_number__v field value. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, Vault updates field values for the specified version of the document and returns the ID of the updated document.
Create Multiple Document Versions
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: text/csv" \
-H "Accept: text/csv" \
--data-binary @"filename" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v10.0/objects/documents/versions/batch
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": [
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"id": 771,
"external_id__v": "ALT-DOC-0771",
"major_version_number__v": 0,
"minor_version_number__v": 2
},
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"id": 772,
"external_id__v": "CHO-DOC-0772",
"major_version_number__v": 0,
"minor_version_number__v": 2
},
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"id": 773,
"external_id__v": "GLU-DOC-0773",
"major_version_number__v": 1,
"minor_version_number__v": 0
},
{
"responseStatus": "FAILURE",
"errors": [
{
"type": "INVALID_DATA",
"message": "Error message describing why this document version was not added."
}
]
}
]
}
Create or add document versions in bulk.
- The maximum CSV input file size is 1GB.
- The values in the input must be UTF-8 encoded.
- CSVs must follow the standard RFC 4180 format, with some exceptions.
- The maximum batch size is 500.
POST /api/{version}/objects/documents/versions/batch
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | text/csv |
Accept | application/json (default) or text/csv |
X-VaultAPI-MigrationMode | Must be set to true. Vault applies Document Migration Mode limitations to document versions created with the request. You must have the Document Migration permission to use this header. Learn more about Document Migration Mode in Vault Help. |
Body Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
filerequired | The filepath of your source files. |
idconditional | The system-assigned document ID of the document to add the versions to. Not required if providing a unique field identifier (idParam) such as external_id__v. |
external_id__vconditional | Instead of id, you can use this user-defined document external ID. |
name__vrequired | Enter a name for the new document. This may be the same name as the existing document/version or a different name. |
type__vrequired | Enter the label of the document type to assign to the new document. |
subtype__voptional | Enter the label of the document subtype (if one exists on the document type). |
classification__voptional | Enter the label of the document classification (if one exists on the document subtype). |
lifecycle__vrequired | Enter the name of the document lifecycle to assign to the new document. This may be the same lifecycle as the existing document/version or a different lifecycle. |
major_version_number__vrequired | Enter the major version number to assign to the new document version. This must be a version that does not yet exist on the document being updated. |
minor_version_number__vrequired | Enter the minor version number to assign to the new document. This must be a version that does not yet exist on the document being updated. |
status__vrequired | Enter a status for the new document, e.g., Draft, In Review, Approved, etc. |
product__voptional | Example: This is an example object reference field. To assign value for this field type, include either the document field name product__v or the document field name plus the name field on the object product__v.name__v. |
Query Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
idParam | If you’re identifying documents in your input by a unique field, add idParam={fieldname} to the request endpoint. You can use any object field which has unique set to true in the object metadata, with the exception of picklists. For example, idParam=external_id__v. |
Note: In PromoMats Vaults with Automated Claims Linking enabled, when a reference document is updated with the Create Multiple Document Versions API, the associated claim record is updated to reference the new version and remains in the approved state, and the reference is not removed.
Create Single Document Version
Request: Copy file from current version
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: multipart/form-data" \
-F "createDraft=latestContent" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/534
Request: Upload a new file & Suppress rendition
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: multipart/form-data" \
-F "file=CholeCap-Presentation.pptx" \
-F "createDraft=uploadedContent" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/534?suppressRendition=true
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"responseMessage": "New draft successfully created.",
"major_version_number__v": 0,
"minor_version_number__v": 2
}
Add a new draft version of an existing document. You can choose to either use the existing source file, or a new source file. These actions will increase the document’s minor version number. This is analogous to using the Create Draft action in the UI.
Note that not all documents are eligible for draft creation. For example, you cannot create a draft of a checked out document. Learn more in Vault Help.
POST /api/{version}/objects/documents/{doc_id}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | multipart/form-data |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{doc_id} | The document id field value. |
Body Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
createDraftrequired | Choose one of the two available values:latestContent: Create a new draft version from the existing document in the Vault. This does not require uploading a file. This is analogous to the Copy file from current version option in the Create Draft UI.uploadedContent: Create a new draft version by uploading the document source file. This requires uploading a new source file with an additional file body parameter. The maximum allowed file size is 4GB. This is analogous to the Upload a new file option in the Create Draft UI. |
fileconditional | The filepath of the source document. Only required when createDraft=uploadedContent:
|
description__voptional | Add a Version Description for the new draft version. Other users may view this description in the document’s Version History. Maximum 1,500 characters. |
Query Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
suppressRendition | Set to true to suppress automatic generation of the viewable rendition. If omitted, defaults to false. |
Delete Documents
After deleting documents, the API allows you to retrieve their IDs for up to 30 days. The deleted files themselves are removed from the server and can only be retrieved by Vault Support. Note that you cannot delete checked out documents unless you have the Power Delete permission. Learn more about Power Delete in Vault Help.
Delete Single Document
Request
$ curl -X DELETE -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/534
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"id": 534
}
Delete all versions of a document, including all source files and viewable renditions.
DELETE /api/{version}/objects/documents/{document_id}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
document_id | The system-assigned document ID of the document to delete. |
Delete Multiple Documents
Request
$ curl -X DELETE -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: text/csv" \
-H "Accept: text/csv" \
--data-binary @"C:\Vault\Documents\delete_documents.csv" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v13.0/objects/documents/batch
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": [
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"id": 771,
"external_id__v": "ALT-DOC-0771"
},
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"id": 772,
"external_id__v": "CHO-DOC-0772"
},
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"id": 773,
"external_id__v": "GLU-DOC-0773"
},
{
"responseStatus": "FAILURE",
"errors": [
{
"type": "INVALID_DATA",
"message": "Error message describing why this document was not deleted."
}
]
}
]
}
Delete all versions of multiple documents, including all source files and viewable renditions.
- The maximum input file size is 1GB.
- The values in the input must be UTF-8 encoded.
- CSVs must follow the standard RFC 4180 format, with some exceptions.
- The maximum batch size is 500.
DELETE /api/{version}/objects/documents/batch
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | text/csv or application/json |
Accept | application/json (default) or text/csv |
Body Parameters
Create a CSV or JSON input file. Choose one of the following two ways to identify documents for deletion:
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
idconditional | The system-assigned document ID of the document to delete. Not required if providing a unique field identifier (idParam) such as external_id__v. |
external_id__vconditional | Instead of id, you can use this user-defined document external ID. |
Query Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
idParam | If you’re identifying documents in your input by a unique field, add idParam={fieldname} to the request endpoint. You can use any object field which has unique set to true in the object metadata, with the exception of picklists. For example, idParam=external_id__v. |
Delete Single Document Version
Request
$ curl -X DELETE -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/534/versions/0/2
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"id": 534
}
Delete a specific version of a document, including the version’s source file and viewable rendition. Other versions of the document remain unchanged. See also Delete Document.
DELETE /api/{version}/objects/documents/{doc_id}/versions/{major_version}/{minor_version}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or text/csv |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{doc_id} | The document id field value. |
{major_version} | The document major_version_number__v field value. |
{minor_version} | The document minor_version_number__v field value. |
Delete Multiple Document Versions
Request
$ curl -X DELETE -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: text/csv" \
-H "Accept: text/csv" \
--data-binary @"C:\Vault\Documents\delete_document_versions.csv" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v13.0/objects/documents/versions/batch
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": [
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"id": 771,
"external_id__v": "ALT-DOC-0771",
"major_version_number__v": 0,
"minor_version_number__v": 2
},
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"id": 772,
"external_id__v": "CHO-DOC-0772",
"major_version_number__v": 0,
"minor_version_number__v": 2
},
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"id": 773,
"external_id__v": "GLU-DOC-0773",
"major_version_number__v": 1,
"minor_version_number__v": 0
},
{
"responseStatus": "FAILURE",
"errors": [
{
"type": "INVALID_DATA",
"message": "Error message describing why this document version was not deleted."
}
]
}
]
}
Delete a specific version of multiple documents, including the version’s source file and viewable rendition.
- The maximum input file size is 1GB.
- The values in the input must be UTF-8 encoded.
- CSVs must follow the standard RFC 4180 format, with some exceptions.
- The maximum batch size is 500.
DELETE /api/{version}/objects/documents/versions/batch
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | text/csv or application/json |
Accept | application/json (default) or text/csv |
Body Parameters
Create a CSV or JSON input file.
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
idconditional | The system-assigned document ID of the document to delete. Not required if providing a unique field identifier (idParam) such as external_id__v. |
external_id__vconditional | Instead of id, you can use this user-defined document external ID. |
major_version_number__vrequired | Major version number of the document version to remove. |
minor_version_number__vrequired | Minor version number of the document version to remove. |
Query Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
idParam | If you’re identifying documents in your input by a unique field, add idParam={fieldname} to the request endpoint. You can use any object field which has unique set to true in the object metadata, with the exception of picklists. For example, idParam=external_id__v. |
Retrieve Deleted Document IDs
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v21.1/objects/deletions/documents
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"responseMessage": "OK",
"responseDetails": {
"total": 3,
"size": 3,
"limit": 1000,
"offset": 0
},
"data": [
{
"id": 23,
"major_version_number__v": 0,
"minor_version_number__v": 1,
"date_deleted": "2021-02-26T23:46:49Z",
"global_id__sys": "10000760_23",
"global_version_id__sys": "10000760_23_39",
"external_id__v": null,
"deletion_type": "version_change__sys"
},
{
"id": 7,
"major_version_number__v": 0,
"minor_version_number__v": 16,
"date_deleted": "2021-02-26T23:55:22Z",
"global_id__sys": "10000760_7",
"global_version_id__sys": "10000760_7_22",
"external_id__v": null,
"deletion_type": "document_version__sys"
},
{
"id": 10,
"major_version_number__v": "",
"minor_version_number__v": "",
"date_deleted": "2021-02-26T23:55:45Z",
"global_id__sys": "10000760_10",
"global_version_id__sys": null,
"external_id__v": null,
"deletion_type": "document__sys"
}
]
}
Retrieve IDs of documents deleted within the past 30 days.
After documents and document versions are deleted, their IDs remain available for retrieval for 30 days. After that, they cannot be retrieved. This request supports optional parameters to narrow the results to a specific date and time range within the past 30 days.
To completely restore a document deleted within the last 30 days, contact Veeva support.
GET /api/{version}/objects/deletions/documents
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/json or text/csv |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml or text/csv |
Query Parameters
You can modify the request by using one or both of the following parameters:
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
start_date | Specify a date (no more than 30 days past) after which Vault will look for deleted documents. Dates must be YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ format, for example, 7AM on January 15, 2016 would use 2016-01-15T07:00:00Z |
end_date | Specify a date (no more than 30 days past) before which Vault will look for deleted documents. Dates must be YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ format, for example, 7AM on January 15, 2016 would use 2016-01-15T07:00:00Z |
Dates and times are in UTC. If the time is not specified, it will default to midnight (T00:00:00Z) on the specified date.
Response Details
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
total | The total number of deleted documents and document versions. |
id | The ID of the deleted document or version. If the same document has multiple deleted versions, the same ID may appear twice. |
major_version_number__v | The major version of the deleted version. If all versions of the document were deleted (for example, using the Delete user action in the Vault UI), this value is blank (""). |
minor_version_number__v | The minor version of the deleted version. If all versions of the document were deleted (for example, using the Delete user action in the Vault UI), this value is blank (""). |
date_deleted | The date and time this document or version was deleted. |
global_id__sys | The global ID of the deleted document or version. |
global_version_id__sys | The global version ID of the deleted document or version. If all versions of the document were deleted (for example, using the Delete user action in the Vault UI), this value is null. |
external_id__v | The external ID of the deleted document or version. May be null if no external ID was set for this document. |
deletion_type | Describes how this document or version was deleted.
|
Document Locks
A document “lock” is analogous to “checking out a document” but without the file attached in the response for download. To download the document file after locking it, use the Download Document File endpoint.
Learn about Document Checkout (Locks) in Vault Help.
Retrieve Document Lock Metadata
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/metadata/objects/documents/lock
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"name": "lock",
"properties": [
{
"name": "locked_by__v",
"scope": "Lock",
"type": "ObjectReference",
"required": true,
"systemAttribute": true,
"editable": false,
"setOnCreateOnly": false,
"disabled": false,
"objectType": "User",
"label": "Locked By",
"hidden": false
},
{
"name": "locked_date__v",
"scope": "Lock",
"type": "DateTime",
"required": true,
"systemAttribute": true,
"editable": false,
"setOnCreateOnly": false,
"disabled": false,
"objectType": "DateTime",
"label": "Locked Date",
"hidden": false
}
]
}
GET /api/{version}/metadata/objects/documents/lock
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
Response Details
| Metadata Field | Description |
|---|---|
name | The “name” of the field used in the API. These include locked_by__v, locked_date__v, etc. |
label | The “label” of the field used in the UI. These include “Locked By”, “Locked Date”, etc. |
type | The “type” of field. These include “ObjectReference”, “DateTime”, etc. |
scope | The “scope” of the field. This value is “Lock” for all fields. |
required | Indicates if the field is required. |
systemAttribute | Boolean (true/false) field which indicates if the field is a standard (system-managed) field, i.e., not editable by the user. |
editable | Boolean (true/false) field which indicates if the field can be set or changed by the user, i.e., not system-managed. |
setOnCreateOnly | Boolean (true/false) field which indicates if the field can only be set during creation of a new document. |
objectType | When the field type is “ObjectReference”, this field indicates the object which is being referenced. |
Create Document Lock
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/534/lock
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"responseMessage": "Document successfully checked out."
}
A document lock is analogous to checking out a document but without the file attached in the response for download.
POST /api/{version}/objects/documents/{doc_id}/lock
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{doc_id} | The document id field value. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, Vault locks the document and other users are not allowed to lock (check-out) the document.
Retrieve Document Lock
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/534/lock
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"lock": {
"locked_by__v": 46916,
"locked_date__v": "2015-03-20T23:47:11.000Z"
}
}
GET /api/{version}/objects/documents/{doc_id}/lock
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{doc_id} | The document id field value. |
Response Details
If the document is locked (checked out), the response includes the user id field value of the person who checked it out and the date and time. If the document is not locked, the lock fields shown above will not be returned.
Delete Document Lock
Request
$ curl -X DELETE -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/534/lock
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"responseMessage": "Undo check out successful."
}
Deleting a document lock is analogous to undoing check out of a document.
DELETE /api/{version}/objects/documents/{doc_id}/lock
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{doc_id} | The document id field value. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, Vault unlocks the document, allowing other users to lock/check out the document.
Document Renditions
Learn about Document Renditions in Vault Help.
Note that requests to retrieve renditions might return an UNEXPECTED_ERROR. If this occurs, please retry the request after a few seconds.
Retrieve Document Renditions
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/534/renditions
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"renditionTypes": [
"viewable_rendition__v",
"imported_rendition__c",
"veeva_distribution_package__c"
],
"renditions": {
"viewable_rendition__v": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/534/renditions/viewable_rendition__v",
"veeva_distribution_package__c": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/534/renditions/veeva_distribution_package__c"
}
}
GET /api/{version}/objects/documents/{doc_id}/renditions
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{doc_id} | The document id field value. |
Response Details
| Metadata Field | Description |
|---|---|
renditionTypes[n] | List of all rendition types configured for the specified document. |
renditions[n] | List of renditions available for the specified document and the endpoint URL to retrieve them. |
Retrieve Document Version Renditions
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/534/versions/2/0/renditions
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"renditionTypes": [
"viewable_rendition__v",
"imported_rendition__c",
"veeva_distribution_package__c"
],
"renditions": {
"viewable_rendition__v": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/534/versions/2/0/renditions/viewable_rendition__v",
"veeva_distribution_package__c": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/534/versions/2/0/renditions/veeva_distribution_package__c"
}
}
GET /api/{version}/objects/documents/{doc_id}/versions/{major_version}/{minor_version}/renditions
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{doc_id} | The document id field value. |
{major_version} | The document major_version_number__v field value. |
{minor_version} | The document minor_version_number__v field value. |
Download Document Rendition File
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/534/renditions/viewable_rendition__v > file
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS"
}
Download a rendition file from the latest version of a document.
GET /api/{version}/objects/documents/{doc_id}/renditions/{rendition_type}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{doc_id} | The document id field value. |
{rendition_type} | The document rendition type. |
Query Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
steadyState | Set to true to download a rendition (file) from the latest steady state version (1.0, 2.0, etc.) of a document. |
protectedRendition | If your Vault is configured to use protected renditions, set to false to download the non-protected rendition. If omitted, defaults to true. You must have the Download Non-Protected Rendition permission to download non-protected renditions. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, Vault retrieves the file associated with the given renditions type for the document. The HTTP Response Header Content-Type is set to application/octet-stream.
Download Document Version Rendition File
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/534/versions/2/0/renditions/viewable_rendition__v > file
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS"
}
Download a rendition for a specified version of a document.
GET /api/{version}/objects/documents/{doc_id}/versions/{major_version}/{minor_version}/renditions/{rendition_type}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{doc_id} | The document id field value. |
{major_version} | The document major_version_number__v field value. |
{minor_version} | The document minor_version_number__v field value. |
{rendition_type} | The document rendition type. |
Query Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
protectedRendition | If your Vault is configured to use protected renditions, set to false to download the non-protected rendition. If omitted, defaults to true. You must have the Download Non-Protected Rendition permission to download non-protected renditions. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, Vault retrieves the file associated with the given renditions type for the specified document version. The HTTP Response Header Content-Type is set to application/octet-stream.
Add Multiple Document Renditions
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: text/csv" \
-H "Accept: text/csv" \
--data-binary @"filename" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v10.0/objects/documents/renditions/batch
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": [
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"id": 771,
"external_id__v": "ALT-DOC-0771",
"major_version_number__v": 0,
"minor_version_number__v": 2,
"rendition_type__c": "imported_rendition__c"
},
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"id": 772,
"external_id__v": "CHO-DOC-0772",
"major_version_number__v": 0,
"minor_version_number__v": 2,
"rendition_type__c": "imported_rendition__c"
},
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"id": 773,
"external_id__v": "GLU-DOC-0773",
"major_version_number__v": 1,
"minor_version_number__v": 0,
"rendition_type__c": "imported_rendition__c"
},
{
"responseStatus": "FAILURE",
"errors": [
{
"type": "INVALID_DATA",
"message": "Error message describing why this document rendition was not added."
}
]
}
]
}
Add document renditions in bulk. You must first load the renditions to the file staging server.
- If the
largeSizeAssetquery parameter is not set totrue, you must include theX-VaultAPI-MigrationModeheader. - The maximum CSV input file size is 1GB.
- The values in the input must be UTF-8 encoded.
- CSVs must follow the standard RFC 4180 format, with some exceptions.
- The maximum batch size is 500.
POST /api/{version}/objects/documents/renditions/batch
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | text/csv |
Accept | application/json (default) or text/csv |
X-VaultAPI-MigrationMode | When set to true, Vault applies Document Migration Mode limitations to renditions created with the request. You must have the Document Migration permission to use this header. Learn more about Document Migration Mode in Vault Help. |
Body Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
filerequired | The filepath of the rendition on the file staging server. |
idconditional | The system-assigned document ID of the document to add renditions to. Not required if providing a unique field identifier (idParam) such as external_id__v. |
external_id__vconditional | Instead of id, you can use this user-defined document external ID. |
rendition_type__vrequired | Document rendition type to assign to the new rendition. Only one rendition of each type may exist on each document. |
major_version_number__vrequired | Major version number to assign to the new document rendition. |
minor_version_number__vrequired | Minor version number to assign to the new document rendition. |
Query Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
idParam | If you’re identifying documents in your input by a unique field, add idParam={fieldname} to the request endpoint. You can use any object field which has unique set to true in the object metadata, with the exception of picklists. For example, idParam=external_id__v. |
largeSizeAsset | If set to true, indicates that the renditions to add are of the Large Size Asset (large_size_asset__v) rendition type. Vault applies Document Migration Mode limitations to renditions created with the request, but Document Migration permission is not required and your Vault need not be in Migration Mode to use the parameter. Note that the request results in an error if the CSV contains any rendition type other than large_size_asset__v. |
Add Single Document Rendition
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: multipart/form-data" \
-F "file=CholeCap-Document.pdf" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/534/renditions/imported_rendition__c
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS"
}
POST /api/{version}/objects/documents/{doc_id}/renditions/{rendition_type}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/json or multipart/form-data |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{doc_id} | The document id field value. |
{rendition_type} | The document rendition type. |
File Upload
To upload the file, use the multi-part attachment with the file component "file={file_name}". The maximum allowed file size is 4GB.
Response Details
On SUCCESS, Vault associates the uploaded file with the given rendition type for the specified document.
Upload Document Version Rendition
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: multipart/form-data" \
-F "file=CholeCap-Document.pdf" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/534/renditions/imported_rendition__c
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS"
}
POST /api/{version}/objects/documents/{doc_id}/versions/{major_version}/{minor_version}/renditions/{rendition_type}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | multipart/form-data |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{doc_id} | The document id field value. |
{major_version} | The document major_version_number__v field value. |
{minor_version} | The document minor_version_number__v field value. |
{rendition_type} | The document rendition type. |
File Upload
To upload the file, use the multi-part attachment with the file component "file={file_name}". The maximum allowed file size is 4GB.
Response Details
On SUCCESS, Vault associates the uploaded file with the given rendition type for the document with the specified version number.
Replace Document Rendition
Request
$ curl -X PUT -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: multipart/form-data" \
-F "file=CholeCap-Document.pdf" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/534/renditions/imported_rendition__c
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS"
}
PUT /api/{version}/objects/documents/{doc_id}/renditions/{rendition_type}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | multipart/form-data |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{doc_id} | The document id field value. |
{rendition_type} | The document rendition type. |
File Upload
To upload the file, use the multi-part attachment with the file component "file={file_name}". The maximum allowed file size is 4GB.
Response Details
On SUCCESS, Vault replaces the rendition of the given type from the latest version of the document.
Replace Document Version Rendition
Request
$ curl -X PUT -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: multipart/form-data" \
-F "file=CholeCap-Document.pdf" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/534/versions/2/0/renditions/imported_rendition__c
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS"
}
PUT /api/{version}/objects/documents/{doc_id}/versions/{major_version}/{minor_version}/renditions/{rendition_type}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | multipart/form-data |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{doc_id} | The document id field value. |
{major_version} | The document major_version_number__v field value. |
{minor_version} | The document minor_version_number__v field value. |
{rendition_type} | The document rendition type. |
File Upload
To upload the file, use the multi-part attachment with the file component "file={file_name}". The maximum allowed file size is 4GB.
Response Details
On SUCCESS, Vault replaces the rendition of the given type for the specified version of the document.
Delete Multiple Document Renditions
Request
$ curl -X DELETE -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: text/csv" \
-H "Accept: text/csv" \
--data-binary @"C:\Vault\Documents\delete_document_renditions.csv" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v13.0/objects/documents/renditions/batch
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": [
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"id": 771,
"external_id__v": "ALT-DOC-0771",
"major_version_number__v": 0,
"minor_version_number__v": 2,
"rendition_type__c": "imported_rendition__c"
},
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"id": 772,
"external_id__v": "CHO-DOC-0772",
"major_version_number__v": 0,
"minor_version_number__v": 2,
"rendition_type__c": "imported_rendition__c"
},
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"id": 773,
"external_id__v": "GLU-DOC-0773",
"major_version_number__v": 1,
"minor_version_number__v": 0,
"rendition_type__c": "imported_rendition__c"
},
{
"responseStatus": "FAILURE",
"errors": [
{
"type": "INVALID_DATA",
"message": "Error message describing why this document rendition was not added."
}
]
}
]
}
Delete document renditions in bulk.
- The maximum input file size is 1GB.
- The values in the input must be UTF-8 encoded.
- CSVs must follow the standard RFC 4180 format, with some exceptions.
- The maximum batch size is 500.
DELETE /api/{version}/objects/documents/renditions/batch
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | text/csv or application/json |
Accept | application/json (default) or text/csv |
Body Parameters
Create a CSV or JSON input file.
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
idconditional | The system-assigned document ID of the document to delete. Not required if providing a unique field identifier (idParam) such as external_id__v. |
external_id__vconditional | Instead of id, you can use this user-defined document external ID. |
rendition_type__vrequired | Rendition type to delete from the document. |
major_version_number__vrequired | Major version number of the document rendition to remove. |
minor_version_number__vrequired | Minor version number of the document rendition to remove. |
Query Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
idParam | If you’re identifying documents in your input by a unique field, add idParam={fieldname} to the request endpoint. You can use any object field which has unique set to true in the object metadata, with the exception of picklists. For example, idParam=external_id__v. |
Delete Single Document Rendition
Request
$ curl -X DELETE -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/534/renditions/imported_rendition__vs
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS"
}
Delete a single document rendition. On SUCCESS, Vault deletes the rendition of specified type from the latest document version.
DELETE /api/{version}/objects/documents/{document_id}/renditions/{rendition_type}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{document_id} - The document id field value. | |
{rendition_type} - The document rendition type. |
Delete Document Version Rendition
Request
$ curl -X DELETE -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/534/versions/2/0/renditions/imported_rendition__c
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS"
}
DELETE /api/{version}/objects/documents/{doc_id}/versions/{major_version}/{minor_version}/renditions/{rendition_type}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{doc_id} | The document id field value. |
{major_version} | The document major_version_number__v field value. |
{minor_version} | The document minor_version_number__v field value. |
{rendition_type} | The document rendition type. |
On SUCCESS, Vault deletes the rendition of the given type from the specified version of the document.
Document Attachments
Learn about Document Attachments in Vault Help.
Determine if a Document has Attachments
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/565
Response (abridged)
{
"attachments": [
{
"id": 566,
"url": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/565/attachments/566"
},
{
"id": 567,
"url": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/565/attachments/567"
}
]
}
GET /api/{version}/objects/documents/{doc_id}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{doc_id} | The document id field value. |
Response Details
Shown above, document id 565 has two different attachments: id 566 and id 567. Note that this endpoint does not retrieve the number of versions of each attachment nor the attachment metadata. The “attachments” attribute is displayed in the response for documents in which attachments have been enabled on the document type (even if the document has no attachments).
Retrieve Document Attachments
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/565/attachments
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": [
{
"id": 566,
"filename__v": "Site Area Map.png",
"format__v": "image/png",
"size__v": 109828,
"md5checksum__v": "78b36d9602530e12051429e62558d581",
"version__v": 2,
"created_by__v": 46916,
"created_date__v": "2015-01-14T00:35:01.775Z",
"versions": [
{
"version__v": 1,
"url": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/565/attachments/566/versions/1"
},
{
"version__v": 2,
"url": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/565/attachments/566/versions/2"
}
]
},
{
"id": 567,
"filename__v": "Site Facilities Contacts.docx",
"format__v": "application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document",
"size__v": 11483,
"md5checksum__v": "bddd2e18f40dd09ab4939ddd2acefeac",
"version__v": 3,
"created_by__v": 46916,
"created_date__v": "2015-01-14T00:35:12.320Z",
"versions": [
{
"version__v": 1,
"url": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/565/attachments/567/versions/1"
},
{
"version__v": 2,
"url": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/565/attachments/567/versions/2"
},
{
"version__v": 3,
"url": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/565/attachments/567/versions/3"
}
]
}
]
}
GET /api/{version}/objects/documents/{doc_id}/attachments
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{doc_id} | The document id field value. |
Response Details
Shown above, document id 565 has two different attachments. Attachment id 566 is an image file with two versions. Attachment id 567 is a Word™ document with three versions. Unlike “regular” document versioning, attachment versioning uses integer numbers beginning with 1 and incrementing sequentially (1, 2, 3,…). There is no concept of major or minor version numbers with attachments.
Retrieve Document Version Attachments
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v17.3/objects/documents/17/versions/0/1/attachments
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": [
{
"id": 39,
"filename__v": "New",
"format__v": "application/x-tika-ooxml",
"size__v": 55762,
"md5checksum__v": "c5e7eaafc39af8ba42081a213a68f781",
"version__v": 1,
"created_by__v": 61603,
"created_date__v": "2017-10-30T17:03:29.878Z",
"versions": [
{
"version__v": 1,
"url": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v17.3/objects/documents/17/versions/0/1/attachments/39/versions/1"
}
]
}
]
}
Retrieve attachments on a specific version of a document.
GET /api/{version}/objects/documents/{doc_id}/versions/{major_version}/{minor_version}/attachments
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{doc_id} | The document id field value. |
{major_version} | The document major_version_number__v field value. |
{minor_version} | The document minor_version_number__v field value. |
Retrieve Document Attachment Versions
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/565/attachments/566/versions
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": [
{
"version__v": 1,
"url": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/565/attachments/566/versions/1"
},
{
"version__v": 2,
"url": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/565/attachments/566/versions/2"
}
]
}
GET /api/{version}/objects/documents/{doc_id}/attachments/{attachment_id}/versions
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{doc_id} | The document id field value. |
{attachment_id} | The attachment id field value. |
Response Details
Unlike documents, attachment versions use integer values starting with version 1 and incrementing sequentially (2, 3, 4,…). Attachments do not use major or minor version numbers.
Retrieve Document Version Attachment Versions
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v17.3/objects/documents/17/versions/0/1/attachments/39/versions/1
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": [
{
"id": 39,
"filename__v": "New",
"format__v": "application/x-tika-ooxml",
"size__v": 55762,
"md5checksum__v": "c5e7eaafc39af8ba42081a213a68f781",
"version__v": 1,
"created_by__v": 61603,
"created_date__v": "2017-10-30T17:03:29.878Z"
}
]
}
Retrieve versions of an attachment on a specific version of a document.
GET /api/{version}/objects/documents/{doc_id}/versions/{major_version}/{minor_version}/attachments/{attachment_id}/versions/{attachment_version}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{doc_id} | The document id field value. |
{major_version} | The document major_version_number__v field value. |
{minor_version} | The document minor_version_number__v field value. |
{attachment_id} | The id of the document attachment to retrieve. |
{attachment_version} | Optional: The version of the attachment to retrieve. If omitted, the endpoint retrieves all versions of the specified attachment. |
Retrieve Document Attachment Metadata
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/565/attachments/566
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": [
{
"id": 566,
"filename__v": "Site Area Map.png",
"format__v": "image/png",
"size__v": 109828,
"md5checksum__v": "78b36d9602530e12051429e62558d581",
"version__v": 2,
"created_by__v": 46916,
"created_date__v": "2015-01-14T00:35:01.775Z",
"versions": [
{
"version__v": 1,
"url": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/565/attachments/566/versions/1"
},
{
"version__v": 2,
"url": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/565/attachments/566/versions/2"
}
]
}
]
}
GET /api/{version}/objects/documents/{doc_id}/attachments/{attachment_id}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{doc_id} | The document id field value. |
{attachment_id} | The attachment id field value. |
Response Details
The md5checksum__v field is calculated on the latest version of the attachment. If an attachment is added which has the same MD5 checksum value as an existing attachment on a given document, the new attachment is not added.
Vault Document Attachments include the following fields (metadata):
| Field Name | Description |
|---|---|
id | ID of the attachment. This is set by the system. |
version__v | Version of the attachment. Attachment versioning uses integer numbers beginning with 1 and incrementing sequentially (1, 2, 3,…). There is no concept of major or minor version numbers with attachments. |
filename__v | File name of the attachment. |
description__v | Optional description added to the attachment. You can add descriptions up to 1000 characters in length. |
format__v | File format of the attachment. You can add any type of file as an attachment. |
size__v | File size of the attachment. You can add up to 50 attachments to a document; each must be under 2GB. |
md5checksum__v | MD5 checksum value calculated for the attachment. To avoid creating identical versions, Vault assigns each a checksum value. When you add an attachment with the same file name and checksum value, Vault ignores the new file and does not version the existing attachment. |
created_by__v | User ID of the person who created the attachment. |
created_date__v | Date the attachment was created. |
versions[n] | List of links to earlier versions of the attachment. |
Retrieve Document Attachment Version Metadata
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/565/attachments/566/versions/2
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": [
{
"id": 566,
"filename__v": "Site Area Map.png",
"format__v": "image/png",
"size__v": 109828,
"md5checksum__v": "78b36d9602530e12051429e62558d581",
"version__v": 2,
"created_by__v": 46916,
"created_date__v": "2015-01-14T00:35:01.775Z"
}
]
}
GET /api/{version}/objects/documents/{doc_id}/attachments/{attachment_id}/versions/{attachment_version}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{doc_id} | The document id field value. |
{attachment_id} | The attachment id field value. |
{attachment_version} | The attachment version__v field value. |
Download Document Attachment
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/565/attachments/567/file
Response
Content-Type: application/octet-stream;charset=UTF-8
Content-Disposition: attachment;filename="file.pdf"
Downloads the latest version of the specified attachment from the document.
GET /api/{version}/objects/documents/{doc_id}/attachments/{attachment_id}/file
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{doc_id} | The document id field value. |
{attachment_id} | The attachment id field value. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, Vault retrieves the latest version of the attachment from the document. The file name is the same as the attachment file name.
The HTTP Response Header Content-Type is set to the MIME type of the file. For example, if the attachment is a PNG image, the Content-Typeis image/png. If we cannot detect the MIME file type, Content-Type is set to application/octet-stream. The HTTP Response Header Content-Disposition contains a filename attribute which can be used when naming the local file. When retrieving attachments with very small file size, the HTTP Response Header Content-Length is set to the size of the attachment. Note that for most attachment downloads (larger file sizes), the Transfer-Encoding method is set to chunked and the Content-Length is not displayed.
Download Document Attachment Version
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/565/attachments/567/versions/1/file
Response
Content-Type: application/octet-stream;charset=UTF-8
Content-Disposition: attachment;filename="file.pdf"
Downloads the specified version of the attachment from the document.
GET /api/{version}/objects/documents/{doc_id}/attachments/{attachment_id}/versions/{attachment_version}/file
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{doc_id} | The document id field value. |
{attachment_id} | The attachment id field value. |
{attachment_version} | The attachment version__v field value. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, Vault retrieves the specified version of the attachment from the document. The file name is the same as the attachment file name.
The HTTP Response Header Content-Type is set to the MIME type of the file. For example, if the attachment is a PNG image, the Content-Type is image/png. If we cannot detect the MIME file type, Content-Type is set to application/octet-stream. The HTTP Response Header Content-Disposition contains a filename attribute which can be used when naming the local file. When downloading attachments with very small file size, the HTTP Response Header Content-Length is set to the size of the attachment. Note that for most attachment downloads (larger file sizes), the Transfer-Encoding method is set to chunked and the Content-Length is not displayed.
Download Document Version Attachment Version
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v17.3/objects/documents/56/versions/0/1/attachments/14/versions/3/file
Response
Content-Type: application/octet-stream;charset=UTF-8
Content-Disposition: attachment;filename="file.pdf"
Downloads the specified attachment version from the specified document version.
GET /api/{version}/objects/documents/{doc_id}/versions/{major_version}/{minor_version}/attachments/{attachment_id}/versions/{attachment_version}/file
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{doc_id} | The document id field value. |
{major_version} | The document major_version_number__v field value. |
{minor_version} | The document minor_version_number__v field value. |
{attachment_id} | The id field value of the attachment. |
{attachment_version} | The version of the attachment. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, Vault retrieves the specified attachment version from the specified document version. The file name is the same as the attachment file name.
The HTTP Response Header Content-Type is set to the MIME type of the file. For example, if the attachment is a PNG image, the Content-Typeis image/png. If we cannot detect the MIME file type, Content-Type is set to application/octet-stream. The HTTP Response Header Content-Disposition contains a filename attribute which can be used when naming the local file. When retrieving attachments with very small file size, the HTTP Response Header Content-Length is set to the size of the attachment. Note that for most attachment downloads (larger file sizes), the Transfer-Encoding method is set to chunked and the Content-Length is not displayed.
Download All Document Attachments
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/565/attachments/file
Response
Content-Type: application/octet-stream;charset=UTF-8
Content-Disposition: attachment;filename="Document VV-02839 (v0.1) - attachments.zip"
Downloads the latest version of all attachments from the document.
GET /api/{version}/objects/documents/{doc_id}/attachments/file
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{doc_id} | The document id field value. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, Vault retrieves the latest version of all attachments from the document. The attachments are packaged in a ZIP file with the file name: Document {document number} (v. {major version}.{minor version}) - attachments.zip.
The HTTP Response Header Content-Type is set to application/zip. The HTTP Response Header Content-Disposition contains a filename attribute which can be used when naming the local file. When downloading attachments with very small file size, the HTTP Response Header Content-Length is set to the size of the attachment. Note that for most attachment downloads (larger file sizes), the Transfer-Encoding method is set to chunked and the Content-Length is not displayed.
Download All Document Version Attachments
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v17.3/objects/documents/56/versions/0/1/attachments/file
Response
Content-Type: application/octet-stream;charset=UTF-8
Content-Disposition: attachment;filename="file.pdf"
Downloads the latest version of all attachments from the specified version of the document.
GET /api/{version}/objects/documents/{doc_id}/versions/{major_version}/{minor_version}/attachments/file
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{doc_id} | The document id field value. |
{major_version} | The document major_version_number__v field value. |
{minor_version} | The document minor_version_number__v field value. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, Vault retrieves the latest version of all attachments from the specified version of the document. The file name is the same as the attachment file name.
The HTTP Response Header Content-Type is set to the MIME type of the file. For example, if the attachment is a PNG image, the Content-Typeis image/png. If we cannot detect the MIME file type, Content-Type is set to application/octet-stream. The HTTP Response Header Content-Disposition contains a filename attribute which can be used when naming the local file. When retrieving attachments with very small file size, the HTTP Response Header Content-Length is set to the size of the attachment. Note that for most attachment downloads (larger file sizes), the Transfer-Encoding method is set to chunked and the Content-Length is not displayed.
Delete Single Document Attachment
Request
$ curl -X DELETE -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/565/attachments/567
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS"
}
Deletes the specified attachment and all of its versions.
DELETE /api/{version}/objects/documents/{doc_id}/attachments/{attachment_id}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{doc_id} | The document id field value. |
{attachment_id} | The attachment id field value. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, Vault deletes the specific attachment and all its versions.
Delete Single Document Attachment Version
Request
$ curl -X DELETE -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/565/attachments/567/versions/3
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS"
}
Deletes the specified version of the specified attachment.
DELETE /api/{version}/objects/documents/{doc_id}/attachments/{attachment_id}/versions/{attachment_version}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{doc_id} | The document id field value. |
{attachment_id} | The attachment id field value. |
{attachment_version} | The attachment version__v field value. |
Delete Multiple Document Attachments
Request
$ curl -X DELETE -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: text/csv" \
-H "Accept: text/csv" \
--data-binary @"C:\Vault\Documents\delete_attachments.csv" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v17.3/objects/documents/attachments/batch
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": [
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"id": 26
}
]
}
Delete multiple document attachments in bulk with a JSON or CSV input file. This works for version-specific attachments and attachments at the document level.
- The maximum input file size is 1GB.
- The values in the input must be UTF-8 encoded.
- CSVs must follow the standard RFC 4180 format, with some exceptions.
- The maximum batch size is 500.
DELETE /api/{version}/objects/documents/attachments/batch
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/json or text/csv |
Accept | application/json (default) or text/csv or application/xml |
Body Parameters
Prepare a CSV or JSON input file.
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
idconditional | The attachment ID to delete. Not required if providing a unique field identifier (idParam) such as external_id__v. |
external_id__voptional | Identify documents by their external ID instead of regular id. You must also add the idParam=external_id__v query parameter. |
document_id__voptional | The source document id value. |
Query Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
idParam | If you’re identifying attachments in your input by external id, add idParam=external_id__v to the request endpoint. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response returns the id of all successfully deleted attachments. You can only delete the latest version of an attachment.
Create Document Attachment
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: multipart/form-data" \
-F "file=my_attachment_file.png" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/565/attachments
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data":
{
"id": "567",
"version__v": 3
}
}
Create an attachment on the latest version of a document. If the attachment already exists, Vault uploads the attachment as a new version of the existing attachment. Learn more about attachment versioning in Vault Help.
To create a version-specific attachment, or to create multiple attachments at once, use the bulk API.
POST /api/{version}/objects/documents/{doc_id}/attachments
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | multipart/form-data |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{doc_id} | The document id field value. |
File Upload
To upload the file, use the multi-part attachment with the file component "file={file_name}". The maximum allowed file size is 2GB.
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response will contain the attachment ID and version of the newly added attachment. Document attachments are automatically bound to all versions of a document. The following attribute values are determined based on the file in the request: filename__v, format__v, size__v.
Create Multiple Document Attachments
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: text/csv" \
-H "Accept: text/csv" \
--data-binary @"C:\Vault\Documents\create_attachments.csv" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v17.3/objects/documents/attachments/batch
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": [
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"id": 39,
"version": 1
}
]
}
Create multiple document attachments in bulk with a JSON or CSV input file. You must first load the attachments to the file staging server. This works for version-specific attachments and attachments at the document level. If the attachment already exists, Vault uploads the attachment as a new version of the existing attachment. Learn more about attachment versioning in Vault Help.
- The maximum input file size is 1GB.
- The values in the input must be UTF-8 encoded.
- CSVs must follow the standard RFC 4180 format, with some exceptions.
- The maximum batch size is 500.
POST /api/{version}/objects/documents/attachments/batch
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/json or text/csv |
Accept | application/json (default) or text/csv or application/xml |
Body Parameters
Prepare a CSV or JSON input file.
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
document_id__vrequired | The document ID to add this attachment. |
filename__vrequired | The name for the new attachment. This name must include the file extension, for example, MyAttachment.pdf. If an attachment with this name already exists, this attachment is added as a new version. |
filerequired | The filepath of the attachment on the file staging server. |
description__voptional | Description of the attachment. Maximum 1000 characters. |
major_version_number__voptional | The major version of the source document. |
minor_version_number__voptional | The minor version of the source document. |
external_id__voptional | Set an external ID value on the attachment. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, returns the ID and version of new attachments. Attachments created unsuccessfully are reported with an error message.
Restore Document Attachment Version
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/565/attachments/567/versions/2?restore=true
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data":
{
"id": "567",
"version__v": 3
}
}
POST /api/{version}/objects/documents/{doc_id}/attachments/{attachment_id}/versions/{attachment_version}?restore=true
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{doc_id} | The document id field value. |
{attachment_id} | The attachment id field value. |
{attachment_version} | The attachment version__v field value. |
Query Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
restore | The parameter restore must be set to true. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, Vault restores the specific version of an existing attachment to make it the latest version. The response will contain the attachment ID and version of the restored attachment.
Update Document Attachment Description
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-d "description__v=This is my description for this attachment." \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/565/attachments
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS"
}
Update an attachment on the latest version of a document. To update a version-specific attachment, or to update multiple attachments at once, use the bulk API.
PUT /api/{version}/objects/documents/{doc_id}/attachments/{attachment_id}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/x-www-form-urlencoded |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{doc_id} | The document id field value. |
{attachment_id} | The attachment id field value. |
Body Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
description__vrequired | This is the only editable field. The maximum character length is 1000. |
Update Multiple Document Attachment Descriptions
Request
$ curl -X PUT -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: text/csv" \
-H "Accept: text/csv" \
--data-binary @"C:\Vault\Documents\update_attachments.csv" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v17.3/objects/documents/attachments/batch
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": [
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"id": 38,
"version": 2
}
]
}
Update multiple document attachments in bulk with a JSON or CSV input file. This works for version-specific attachments and attachments at the document level. You can only update the latest version of an attachment.
- The maximum input file size is 1GB.
- The values in the input must be UTF-8 encoded.
- CSVs must follow the standard RFC 4180 format, with some exceptions.
- The maximum batch size is 500.
PUT /api/{version}/objects/documents/attachments/batch
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/json or text/csv |
Accept | application/json (default) or text/csv or application/xml |
Body Parameters
Prepare a CSV or JSON input file.
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
idconditional | The attachment ID to update. Not required if providing a unique field identifier (idParam) such as external_id__v. |
external_id__vconditional | Identify attachments by their external ID instead of regular id. You must also add the idParam=external_id__v query parameter. |
description__vrequired | Description of the attachment. Maximum 1,000 characters. |
Query Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
idParam | If you’re identifying attachments in your input by external id, add idParam=external_id__v to the request endpoint. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response gives the id and version of all successfully updated attachments.
Document Annotations
Learn about Document Annotations in Vault Help.
Download Document Annotations
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/14/annotations
GET /api/{version}/objects/documents/{doc_id}/annotations
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{doc_id} | The document id field value. |
Response
On SUCCESS, Vault retrieves the specified version document rendition and its associated annotations.
- The HTTP Response Header Content-Type is set to
application/pdf. - The HTTP Response Header
Content-Dispositioncontains afilenamecomponent which can be used when naming the local file.
Download Document Version Annotations
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/14/versions/2/1/annotations
GET /api/{version}/objects/documents/{doc_id}/versions/{major_version}/{minor_version}/annotations
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{doc_id} | The document id field value. |
{major_version} | The document major_version_number__v field value. |
{minor_version} | The document minor_version_number__v field value. |
Response
On SUCCESS, Vault retrieves the specified version document rendition and its associated annotations.
- The HTTP Response Header Content-Type is set to
application/pdf. - The HTTP Response Header
Content-Dispositioncontains afilenamecomponent which can be used when naming the local file.
Retrieve Anchor IDs
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v19.3/objects/documents/10/anchors
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"anchorDataList": [
{
"anchorId": 5,
"noteId": 1567562347570,
"anchorName": "Cholecap Indications",
"noteAuthor": "Olivia Cattington",
"noteTimestamp": "2019-09-04 01:59.08",
"pageNumber": 3
},
{
"anchorId": 10,
"noteId": 1568086425522,
"anchorName": "Elderly patients without clinically evident coronary heart disease",
"noteAuthor": "Seymour Stein",
"noteTimestamp": "2019-09-10 03:33.46",
"pageNumber": 3
},
{
"anchorId": 4,
"noteId": 1567562218164,
"anchorName": "Cholecap reduces total-C, LDL-C, and apo B in patients",
"noteAuthor": "Olivia Cattingtom",
"noteTimestamp": "2019-09-04 01:56.58",
"pageNumber": 11
},
{
"anchorId": 6,
"noteId": 1567562566851,
"anchorName": "Lower Triglycerides",
"noteAuthor": "Olivia Cattington",
"noteTimestamp": "2019-09-04 02:02.47",
"pageNumber": 19
}
]
}
Retrieve all anchor IDs from a document.
GET /api/{version}/objects/documents/{doc_id}/anchors
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json(default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{doc_id} | The document id field value. |
Response Details
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
anchorId | The id of the anchor. |
noteId | The id of the note annotation that contains the anchor. |
anchorName | The name of the anchor. |
noteAuthor | The user who created the anchor. |
noteTimestamp | The date and time the anchor was created. |
pageNumber | The page number where the anchor appears in the document. |
Retrieve Document Version Notes as CSV
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v19.3/objects/documents/10/versions/1/0/doc-export-annotations-to-csv
Response
Doc Name,Doc Number,Doc Version,Note ID,Title,Author,Created,Page,Type,Style,Comment,Status,Tags,Anchor Name
Cholecap Prescribing Information,PPI-0001,1.0,1568086425522,(image annotation),Olivia Cattington,2019-09-10 03:33.46,3,Anchor,Image,,Live,,Elderly patients without clinically evident coronary heart disease
Cholecap Prescribing Information,PPI-0001,1.0,1567562347570,(image annotation),Peter Murphy,2019-09-04 01:59.08,3,Anchor,Image,,Live,,Cholecap Indications
Cholecap Prescribing Information,PPI-0001,1.0,1567562218164,(image annotation),Olivia Cattington,2019-09-04 01:56.58,11,Anchor,Image,,Live,,"Cholecap reduces total-C, LDL-C, and apo B in patients"
Cholecap Prescribing Information,PPI-0001,1.0,1567562566851,(image annotation),Jason Miller,2019-09-04 02:02.47,19,Anchor,Image,,Live,,Lower Triglycerides
Retrieve notes in CSV format for any document that has a viewable rendition and at least one annotation. You must have a Full User license type.
GET /api/{version}/objects/documents/{doc_id}/versions/{major_version}/{minor_version}/doc-export-annotations-to-csv
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | text/csv (default) |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{doc_id} | The document id field value. |
{major_version} | The document major_version_number__v field value. |
{minor_version} | The document minor_version_number__v field value. |
Response
On SUCCESS, Vault returns annotation metadata in CSV format.
Retrieve Video Annotations
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v17.2/objects/documents/14/versions/2/1/export-video-annotations
Response
* Name: Cholecap Presentation
* Number: VV-00040
* Version: 2
* Status: draft
* Download timestamp: 1/4/18 11:32:02 AM PST
-------------------------------
Time signature: 00:01:35
Note ID: 1515092438330
Author: Lateef Gills
Timestamp: 1/4/18 11:00:38 AM PST
Version of origin: 2
Status: Open
Comment: Slide 3 displays here
Reply author: Teresa Ibanez
Reply timestamp: 1/4/18 12:31:05 PM PST
Reply comment: Thanks!
## END
Retrieve annotations on a video document.
GET /api/{version}/objects/documents/{doc_id}/versions/{major_version}/{minor_version}/export-video-annotations
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | text/csv (default) |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{doc_id} | The video document id field value. |
{major_version} | The video document major_version_number__v field value. |
{minor_version} | The video document minor_version_number__v field value. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, Vault includes the following information:
| Metadata Field | Description |
|---|---|
Note ID | The id of the video annotation to retrieve. |
Author | The name of the user who created the annotation. |
Timestamp | Timestamp when the annotation was created. |
Version of origin | The original version of the document where the annotation was created. |
Note status | Indicates if the annotation is open or closed. |
Comment text | The annotation text. |
This example includes a reply and the reply details which displays under the parent note. Vault orders annotations by time signature.
Upload Document Annotations
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: multipart/form-data" \
-F "file=document2016.pdf" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/548/annotations
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"responseMessage": "OK",
"replies": 0,
"failures": 0,
"new": 0
}
POST /api/{version}/objects/documents/{doc_id}/annotations
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | multipart/form-data |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
File Upload
To upload the file, use the multi-part attachment with the file component "file={file_name}". The maximum allowed file size is 4GB.
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{doc_id} | The document id field value. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, Vault uploads the file and its annotations.
Upload Document Version Annotations
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: multipart/form-data" \
-F "file=document2016.pdf" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/548/versions/2/1/annotations
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"responseMessage": "OK",
"replies": 0,
"failures": 0,
"new": 0
}
POST /api/{version}/objects/documents/{doc_id}/versions/{major_version}/{minor_version}/annotations
File Upload
To upload the file, use the multi-part attachment with the file component "file={file_name}". The maximum allowed file size is 4GB.
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | multipart/form-data |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{doc_id} | The document id field value. |
{major_version} | The document major_version_number__v field value. |
{minor_version} | The document minor_version_number__v field value. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, Vault associates the uploaded file with the given rendition type for the document with the specified version number.
Document Relationships
You cannot create or delete standard relationship types. Examples of standard relationship types include Based On and Original Source. Learn about Document Relationships in Vault Help.
Retrieve Document Type Relationships
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v21.2/metadata/objects/documents/types/promotional__c/relationships
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"properties": [
{
"name": "id",
"type": "id",
"length": 20,
"editable": false,
"queryable": true,
"required": true,
"multivalue": false,
"onCreateEditable": false
},
{
"name": "source_doc_id__v",
"type": "id",
"length": 20,
"editable": true,
"queryable": true,
"required": true,
"multivalue": false,
"onCreateEditable": true
},
{
"name": "source_major_version__v",
"type": "Integer",
"length": 10,
"editable": false,
"queryable": true,
"required": false,
"multivalue": false,
"onCreateEditable": true
},
{
"name": "source_minor_version__v",
"type": "Integer",
"length": 10,
"editable": false,
"queryable": true,
"required": false,
"multivalue": false,
"onCreateEditable": true
},
{
"name": "target_doc_id__v",
"type": "id",
"length": 20,
"editable": false,
"queryable": true,
"required": true,
"multivalue": false,
"onCreateEditable": true
},
{
"name": "target_major_version__v",
"type": "Integer",
"length": 10,
"editable": false,
"queryable": true,
"required": false,
"multivalue": false,
"onCreateEditable": true
},
{
"name": "target_minor_version__v",
"type": "Integer",
"length": 10,
"editable": false,
"queryable": true,
"required": false,
"multivalue": false,
"onCreateEditable": true
},
{
"name": "relationship_type__v",
"type": "String",
"length": 255,
"editable": false,
"queryable": true,
"required": true,
"multivalue": false,
"onCreateEditable": true
},
{
"name": "created_date__v",
"type": "DateTime",
"length": 0,
"editable": false,
"queryable": true,
"required": false,
"multivalue": false,
"onCreateEditable": false
},
{
"name": "created_by__v",
"type": "ObjectReference",
"length": 10,
"object": "users",
"editable": false,
"queryable": true,
"required": false,
"multivalue": false,
"onCreateEditable": false
},
{
"name": "source_vault_id__v",
"type": "id",
"length": 20,
"editable": false,
"queryable": true,
"required": false,
"multivalue": false,
"onCreateEditable": false
}
],
"relationshipTypes": [
{
"value": "crosslink_document_latest__v",
"label": "CrossLink Latest Bindings",
"sourceDocVersionSpecific": true,
"targetDocVersionSpecific": false,
"system": true,
"singleUse": false,
"targetDocumentTypes": [
{
"label": "Attachment",
"value": "attachment__v"
},
{
"label": "Staged",
"value": "staged__v"
},
{
"label": "Medication Packaging Text",
"value": "medication_packaging_text__c"
},
{
"label": "Promotional",
"value": "promotional__c"
},
{
"label": "Unclassified",
"value": "undefined__v"
}
]
},
{
"value": "supporting_documents__c",
"label": "Supporting Documents",
"sourceDocVersionSpecific": false,
"targetDocVersionSpecific": false,
"system": false,
"singleUse": false,
"targetDocumentTypes": [
{
"label": "Attachment",
"value": "attachment__v"
},
{
"label": "Staged",
"value": "staged__v"
},
{
"label": "Medication Packaging Text",
"value": "medication_packaging_text__c"
},
{
"label": "Promotional",
"value": "promotional__c"
},
{
"label": "Unclassified",
"value": "undefined__v"
}
]
},
{
"value": "references__v",
"label": "Linked Documents",
"sourceDocVersionSpecific": true,
"targetDocVersionSpecific": true,
"system": true,
"singleUse": false,
"targetDocumentTypes": [
{
"label": "Attachment",
"value": "attachment__v"
},
{
"label": "Staged",
"value": "staged__v"
},
{
"label": "Medication Packaging Text",
"value": "medication_packaging_text__c"
},
{
"label": "Promotional",
"value": "promotional__c"
},
{
"label": "Unclassified",
"value": "undefined__v"
}
]
},
{
"value": "crosslink_document_latest_steady_state__v",
"label": "CrossLink Latest Steady State Bindings",
"sourceDocVersionSpecific": true,
"targetDocVersionSpecific": false,
"system": true,
"singleUse": false,
"targetDocumentTypes": [
{
"label": "Attachment",
"value": "attachment__v"
},
{
"label": "Staged",
"value": "staged__v"
},
{
"label": "Medication Packaging Text",
"value": "medication_packaging_text__c"
},
{
"label": "Promotional",
"value": "promotional__c"
},
{
"label": "Unclassified",
"value": "undefined__v"
}
]
},
{
"value": "basedon__v",
"label": "Based on",
"sourceDocVersionSpecific": false,
"targetDocVersionSpecific": true,
"system": true,
"singleUse": false,
"targetDocumentTypes": [
{
"label": "Attachment",
"value": "attachment__v"
},
{
"label": "Staged",
"value": "staged__v"
},
{
"label": "Medication Packaging Text",
"value": "medication_packaging_text__c"
},
{
"label": "Promotional",
"value": "promotional__c"
},
{
"label": "Unclassified",
"value": "undefined__v"
}
]
},
{
"value": "original_source__v",
"label": "Original Source",
"sourceDocVersionSpecific": false,
"targetDocVersionSpecific": true,
"system": true,
"singleUse": false,
"targetDocumentTypes": [
{
"label": "Attachment",
"value": "attachment__v"
},
{
"label": "Staged",
"value": "staged__v"
},
{
"label": "Medication Packaging Text",
"value": "medication_packaging_text__c"
},
{
"label": "Promotional",
"value": "promotional__c"
},
{
"label": "Unclassified",
"value": "undefined__v"
}
]
},
{
"value": "crosslink_document_static__v",
"label": "CrossLink Static Bindings",
"sourceDocVersionSpecific": true,
"targetDocVersionSpecific": true,
"system": true,
"singleUse": false,
"targetDocumentTypes": [
{
"label": "Attachment",
"value": "attachment__v"
},
{
"label": "Staged",
"value": "staged__v"
},
{
"label": "Medication Packaging Text",
"value": "medication_packaging_text__c"
},
{
"label": "Doc Roles Doc",
"value": "doc_roles_doc__c"
},
{
"label": "Promotional",
"value": "promotional__c"
},
{
"label": "Unclassified",
"value": "undefined__v"
}
]
}
],
"relationships": [
{
"relationship_name": "source__vr",
"relationship_label": "Source Relationship",
"relationship_type": "reference_outbound",
"object": {
"name": "documents"
}
},
{
"relationship_name": "target__vr",
"relationship_label": "Target Relationship",
"relationship_type": "reference_outbound",
"object": {
"name": "documents"
}
}
]
}
Retrieve all relationships from a document type.
GET /api/{version}/metadata/objects/documents/types/{type}/relationships
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{type} | The document type. See Retrieve Document Types. |
Response Details
The example response shows the metadata for the relationship type configured for the specified document type promotional__c.
Relationship Fields
The relationships object includes the following fields:
| Field Name | Description |
|---|---|
id | The relationship id field. |
source_doc_id__v | The document id field of the source document on which the relationship is defined. |
source_major_version__v | The major_version_number__v of the source document. This only applies when the target document is bound to a specific version of the source document. |
source_minor_version__v | The minor_version_number__v of the source document. This only applies when the target document is bound to a specific version of the source document. |
target_doc_id__v | The document id field of the target document which is bound to the source document. |
target_major_version__v | The major_version_number__v of the target document. This only applies when the source document is bound to a specific version of the target document. |
target_minor_version__v | The minor_version_number__v of the target document. This only applies when the source document is bound to a specific version of the target document. |
relationship_type__v | The relationship type (basedon__c, supporting_documents__c, related_claims__c, related_pieces__c, etc.). |
created_date__v | The date and time when the relationship is created. |
created_by__v | The user id value of the person who creates the relationship. |
source_vault_id__v | The Vault id value where the source document exists. Learn more. |
Relationship Type Properties
Relationship types and their properties are configurable and vary from Vault to Vault.
| Metadata Field | Description |
|---|---|
value | The relationship type name (API key). |
label | The relationship type label. |
sourceDocVersionSpecific | Indicates whether or not the relationship type applies to a specific version of the source document. If false, the relationship type applies to all versions. |
targetDocVersionSpecific | Indicates whether or not the relationship type applies to a specific version of the target document. If false, the relationship type applies to all versions. |
system | Indicates whether or not the relationship type is a standard Vault relationship type. |
singleUse | Indicates whether or not the relationship type can only be used once for each document. |
targetDocumentTypes | Lists all document types which are valid target documents for the relationship type. |
Relationships
The source__vr and target__vr relationship names can be used to perform document relationship lookup queries.
Retrieve Document Relationships
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/866/versions/1/1/relationships
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"responseMessage": null,
"errorCodes": null,
"relationships": [
{
"relationship": {
"source_doc_id__v": 886,
"relationship_type__v": "related_pieces__c",
"created_date__v": "2015-12-15T21:42:01.000Z",
"id": 214,
"target_doc_id__v": 890,
"created_by__v": 46916
}
},
{
"relationship": {
"source_doc_id__v": 886,
"relationship_type__v": "related_pieces__c",
"created_date__v": "2015-12-15T22:06:28.000Z",
"id": 216,
"target_doc_id__v": 884,
"created_by__v": 46916
}
},
{
"relationship": {
"source_doc_id__v": 886,
"relationship_type__v": "supporting_documents__c",
"created_date__v": "2015-12-15T21:41:10.000Z",
"id": 213,
"target_doc_id__v": 885,
"created_by__v": 46916
}
},
{
"relationship": {
"source_doc_id__v": 886,
"relationship_type__v": "supporting_documents__c",
"created_date__v": "2015-12-15T22:06:21.000Z",
"id": 215,
"target_doc_id__v": 889,
"created_by__v": 46916
}
}
],
"errorType": null
}
Retrieve all relationships from a document.
GET /api/{version}/objects/documents/{doc_id}/versions/{major_version}/{minor_version}/relationships
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{doc_id} | The document id field value. |
{major_version} | The document major_version_number__v field value. |
{minor_version} | The document minor_version_number__v field value. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, Vault returns a list of all relationships configured on the document. In this example, document ID 886 v1.1 has reference relationships with four other documents in our Vault. This is the source document. Two of the referenced documents - target_doc_id__v 890 and 884 have the related_pieces__c relationship type. The other two referenced documents - target_doc_id__v 885 and 887 have the supporting_documents__c relationship type.
Note that when Strict Security Mode is on, if the authenticated user does not have explicit role-based View permission to the document (listed in Sharing Settings), custom document relationships added at the subtype or classification level are not returned by this API. Without this permission, custom relationships must be added at the document type level to be returned with this API. Learn more about Strict Security Mode in Vault Help.
Create Single Document Relationship
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-d "target_doc_id__v=548" \
-d "relationship_type__v=supporting_documents__vs" \
-d "target_major_version__v=0" \
-d "target_minor_version__v=2" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/548/versions/0/1/relationships
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"responseMessage": "Document relationship successfully created.",
"id": 200
}
Create a new relationship on a document.
You cannot create or delete standard relationship types. Examples of standard relationship types include Based On and Original Source. Learn about Document Relationships in Vault Help.
POST /api/{version}/objects/documents/{document_id}/versions/{major_version_number__v}/{minor_version_number__v}/relationships
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/x-www-form-urlencoded |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{document_id} | The document id field value. |
{major_version_number__v} | The document major_version_number__v field value. |
{minor_version_number__v} | The document minor_version_number__v field value. |
Body Parameters
| Field Name | Description |
|---|---|
target_doc_id__vrequired | The document id of the target document. |
relationship_type__vrequired | The relationship type retrieved from the Document Relationships Metadata call above. |
target_major_version__voptional | The major version number of the target document to which the source document will be bound. |
target_minor_version__voptional | The minor version number of the target document to which the source document will be bound. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, Vault returns the ID of the newly created document relationship.
Create Multiple Document Relationships
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: text/csv" \
-H "Accept: text/csv" \
--data-binary @"C:\Vault\Document Relationships\document_relationships.csv" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/relationships/batch
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": [
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"id": 10
},
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"id": 11
},
]
}
Create new relationships on multiple documents.
- The maximum input file size is 1GB.
- The values in the input must be UTF-8 encoded.
- CSVs must follow the standard RFC 4180 format, with some exceptions.
- The maximum batch size is 1000.
You cannot create or delete standard relationship types. Examples of standard relationship types include Based On and Original Source. Learn about Document Relationships in Vault Help.
POST /api/{version}/objects/documents/relationships/batch
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/json or text/csv |
Accept | application/json (default) or text/csv |
Body Parameters
Create a JSON or CSV input file. There are multiple ways to create document relationships. The following standard fields are required to create document relationships.
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
source_doc_id__vrequired | Document id value of the document on which the relationship is being created. |
target_doc_id__vrequired | Document id value of the document which is being associated with the source document as a related document. |
relationship_type__vrequired | The type of relationship the target document will have with the source document. |
Create Source Version-Specific Relationships
The following fields are required when creating a source version-specific relationship.
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
source_major_version__vrequired | The major version number of the source document. |
source_minor_version__vrequired | The minor version number of the source document. |
relationship_type__vrequired | The type of relationship the target document will have with the source document. |
Create Target Version-Specific Relationships
The following fields are required when creating a target version-specific relationship.
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
target_major_version__vrequired | The major version number of the target document to which the source document will be bound. |
target_minor_version__vrequired | The minor version number of the target document to which the source document will be bound. |
relationship_type__vrequired | The type of relationship the target document will have with the source document. |
Query Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
idParam | To create relationships based on an unique field, set idParam to a unique field name. You can use any object field which has unique set to true in the object metadata, with the exception of picklists. For example, idParam=external_id__v. You must then set Content-Type to text/csv and include your field name as a column. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, Vault returns the IDs of the newly created document relationships.
Retrieve Document Relationship
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/534/versions/2/0/relationships/200
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"responseMessage": null,
"errorCodes": null,
"relationships": [
{
"relationship": {
"id": 200,
"source_doc_id__v": 534,
"relationship_type__v": "supporting_documents__c",
"created_by__v": 46916,
"created_date__v": "2015-03-20T20:44:56.000Z",
"target_doc_id__v": 548
}
}
],
"errorType": null
}
Retrieve details of a specific document relationship.
GET /api/{version}/objects/documents/{doc_id}/versions/{major_version}/{minor_version}/relationships/{relationship_id}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{doc_id} | The document id field value. |
{major_version} | The document major_version_number__v field value. |
{minor_version} | The document minor_version_number__v field value. |
{relationship_id} | The relationship id field value. See Retrieve Document Relationships. |
Response Details
| Field Name | Description |
|---|---|
id | Relationship ID |
source_doc_id__v | The source document id field value. |
relationship_type__v | The relationship type. |
target_doc_id__v | The target document id field value. |
created_by__v | The user id field value of the person who created the relationship. |
created_date__v | The date and time when the relationship was created. |
Note that when Strict Security Mode is on, if the authenticated user does not have explicit role-based View permission to the document (listed in Sharing Settings), custom document relationships added at the subtype or classification level are not returned by this API. Without this permission, custom relationships must be added at the document type level to be returned with this API. Learn more about Strict Security Mode in Vault Help.
Delete Single Document Relationship
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/534/versions/2/0/relationships/200
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"responseMessage": "Document relationship successfully deleted.",
"id": 200
}
Delete a relationship from a document.
You cannot create or delete standard relationship types. Examples of standard relationship types include Based On and Original Source. Learn about Document Relationships in Vault Help.
DELETE /api/{version}/objects/documents/{doc_id}/versions/{major_version}/{minor_version}/relationships/{relationship_id}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{doc_id} | The document id field value. |
{major_version} | The document major_version_number__v field value. |
{minor_version} | The document minor_version_number__v field value. |
{relationship_id} | The relationship id field value. See Retrieve Document Relationships. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, Vault returns the relationship ID of the deleted relationship.
Delete Multiple Document Relationships
Request
$ curl -X DELETE -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: text/csv" \
-H "Accept: text/csv" \
--data-binary @"C:\Vault\Document Relationships\document_relationships.csv" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/relationships/batch
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": [
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"id": 10
},
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"id": 11
},
{
"responseStatus": "FAILURE",
"errors": [
{
"type": "INVALID_DATA",
"message": "Error message describing why this relationship was not deleted."
}
]
}
]
}
Delete relationships from multiple documents.
- The maximum input file size is 1GB.
- The values in the input must be UTF-8 encoded.
- CSVs must follow the standard RFC 4180 format, with some exceptions.
- The maximum batch size is 1000.
You cannot create or delete standard relationship types. Examples of standard relationship types include Based On and Original Source. Learn about Document Relationships in Vault Help.
DELETE /api/{version}/objects/documents/relationships/batch
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/json (default) or text/csv |
Accept | application/json (default) or text/csv |
Body Parameters
Create a CSV or JSON input file.
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
idrequired | The ID of the relationship to delete. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, Vault returns the relationship IDs of the deleted relationships.
Export Documents
The Export Documents API allows you to use the document id field to export a set of documents to your Vault’s file staging server. For example, you could use VQL to query the id of all documents from 2016 where type__v = Promotional Piece, then pass the results into the Export Documents API. This starts an asynchronous job whose status you can check with the Retrieve Document Export Results API.
You can export the following artifacts for a given document:
- Source document
- Renditions
You can export all versions or choose to export only the latest version.
This API does not support the following:
- Fields
- Attachments
- Audit trails
- Related documents
- Signature Pages
- Overlays
- Protected renditions
Note that the maximum number of document versions (source files) you can export per request is 10,000.
Export Documents
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/json" \
-H "Accept: application/json" \
--data-binary @"C:\Vault\Documents\export_documents.json" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v17.3/objects/documents/batch/actions/fileextract?source=true&renditions=false&allversions=true
Example Body
[{"id": "58"}, {"id":"134"}, {"id":"122"}]
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"url": "/api/v17.3/services/jobs/36203",
"job_id": "36203"
}
Use this request to export a set of documents to your Vault’s file staging server.
POST /api/{version}/objects/documents/batch/actions/fileextract
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/json |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
Body Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
idrequired | The id value of the document(s) to export. |
Query Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
source | Optional: To exclude source files, include a query parameter source=false. If omitted, defaults to true. |
renditions | Optional: To include renditions, include a query parameter renditions=true. If omitted, defaults to false. |
allversions | Optional: To include all versions or latest version, include a query parameter allversions=true. If omitted, defaults to false. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response includes the following information:
| Field Name | Description |
|---|---|
job_id | The Job ID value to retrieve the status and results of the document export request. |
url | URL to retrieve the current job status of the document export request. |
Export Document Versions
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/json" \
-H "Accept: application/json" \
--data-binary @"C:\Vault\Documents\export_document_version.json" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v17.3/objects/documents/versions/batch/actions/fileextract
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"url": "/api/v19.1/services/jobs/40604",
"job_id": "40604"
}
Export a specific set of document versions to your Vault’s file staging server. The files you export go to the u{userID} folder, regardless of your security profile.
POST /api/{version}/objects/documents/versions/batch/actions/fileextract
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/json |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
Body Parameters
Prepare a JSON input file with the following body parameters for each document version you wish to export:
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
idrequired | ID of the document to export. |
major_version_number__vrequired | The major version number of the document to export. |
minor_version_number__vrequired | The minor version number of the document to export. |
Query Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
source | To exclude source files, include a query parameter source=false. If omitted, defaults to true. |
renditions | To include renditions, include a query parameter renditions=true. If omitted, defaults to false. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response includes the following information:
| Field Name | Description |
|---|---|
url | URL to retrieve the current status of the document export job. |
job_id | The Job ID value of the document export request. |
Retrieve Document Export Results
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v17.3/objects/documents/batch/actions/fileextract/82701/results
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": [
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"id": 23,
"major_version_number__v": 0,
"minor_version_number__v": 1,
"file": "/82701/23/0_1/New Document.png",
"user_id__v": 88973
}
]
}
After submitting a request to export documents from your Vault, you can query your Vault to determine the results of the request.
Before submitting this request:
- You must have previously requested a document export job (via the API) which is no longer active.
- You must have a valid
job_idvalue (retrieved from the document export binder request above). - You must be a Vault Owner, System Admin or the user who initiated the job.
GET /api/{version}/objects/documents/batch/actions/fileextract/{jobid}/results
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{job_id} | The id value of the requested export job. This is returned with the export document requests above. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response includes the following information:
| Field Name | Description |
|---|---|
job_id | The Job ID value of the document export request. |
id | The id value of the exported document. |
major_version_number__v | The major version number of the exported document. |
minor_version_number__v | The minor version number of the exported document. |
file | The path on the file staging server. |
user_id__v | The id value of the Vault user who initiated the document export job. |
Document Events
The Document Events are used to track the document and binder distribution events across sub-systems such as iRep, Controlled Copy, Approved Email and Engage.
Retrieve Document Event Types and Subtypes
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/metadata/objects/documents/events
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"events": [
{
"name": "distribution__v",
"label": "Distribution Event",
"subtypes": [
{
"name": "approved_email__v",
"label": "Approved Email",
"value": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/metadata/objects/documents/events/distribution__v/types/approved_email__v"
},
{
"name": "controlled_copy__v",
"label": "Controlled Copy",
"value": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/metadata/objects/documents/events/distribution__v/types/controlled_copy__v"
},
{
"name": "irep__v",
"label": "CRM",
"value": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/metadata/objects/documents/events/distribution__v/types/irep__v"
},
{
"name": "engage__v",
"label": "Engage",
"value": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/metadata/objects/documents/events/distribution__v/types/engage__v"
},
{
"name": "published_content__v",
"label": "Published Content",
"value": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/metadata/objects/documents/events/distribution__v/types/published_content__v"
},
{
"name": "clm__v",
"label": "CLM",
"value": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/metadata/objects/documents/events/distribution__v/types/clm__v"
}
]
}
]
}
GET /api/{version}/metadata/objects/documents/events
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, Vault returns the list of events, and event types per each event (if applicable). If the user is not permitted to access the event data, the event type is omitted from the response. In this example, one document event distribution__v is configured in our Vault. This “Distribution Event” is configured with six document event “subtypes”.
Retrieve Document Event SubType Metadata
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/metadata/objects/documents/events/distribution__v/types/approved_email__v
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"name": "approved_email__v",
"label": "Approved Email",
"properties": [
{
"name": "event_date__v",
"label": "Event Date",
"type": "DateTime",
"queryable": true,
"systemAttribute": true
},
{
"name": "document_id__v",
"label": "Document ID",
"type": "ObjectReference",
"objectType": "Documents",
"queryable": true
},
{
"name": "major_version_number__v",
"label": "Document Major Version Number",
"type": "Number",
"queryable": true
},
{
"name": "minor_version_number__v",
"label": "Document Minor Version Number",
"type": "Number",
"queryable": true
},
{
"name": "triggered_by__v",
"label": "User ID",
"type": "ObjectReference",
"objectType": "Users",
"queryable": true,
"systemAttribute": true
},
{
"name": "event_type__v",
"label": "Event Type",
"type": "String",
"required": true,
"queryable": true
},
{
"name": "event_subtype__v",
"label": "Event Subtype",
"type": "String",
"required": true,
"queryable": true
},
{
"name": "classification__v",
"label": "Event Classification",
"type": "String",
"values": [
{
"name": "distribute__v",
"label": "Distribute"
},
{
"name": "view__v",
"label": "View"
},
{
"name": "download__v",
"label": "Download"
}
],
"required": true,
"queryable": true
},
{
"name": "external_id__v",
"label": "External ID",
"type": "String",
"required": true,
"queryable": true
},
{
"name": "user_email__v",
"label": "User Email",
"type": "String",
"required": true,
"queryable": true
},
{
"name": "document_title__v",
"label": "Document Title",
"type": "String",
"queryable": true,
"systemAttribute": true
},
{
"name": "document_number__v",
"label": "Document Number",
"type": "String",
"queryable": true,
"systemAttribute": true
},
{
"name": "document_name__v",
"label": "Document Name",
"type": "String",
"queryable": true,
"systemAttribute": true
}
]
}
GET /api/{version}/metadata/objects/documents/events/{event_type}/types/{event_subtype}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{event_type} | The event type. For example, distribution__v. |
{event_subtype} | The event subtype. For example, approved_email__v. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, Vault returns all metadata for the specified event subtype.
Create Document Event
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-d "event_type__v=distribution__v" \
-d "event_subtype__v=approved_email__v" \
-d "classification__v=download__v" \
-d "external_id__v=1234" \
-d "user_email__v=vern@veeva.com" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/72/versions/0/2/events
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS"
}
POST /api/{version}/objects/documents/{doc_id}/versions/{major_version}/{minor_version}/events
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/x-www-form-urlencoded |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{doc_id} | The document id field value. |
{major_version} | The document major_version_number__v field value. |
{minor_version} | The document minor_version_number__v field value. |
Body Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
event_type__vrequired | The event type. For example, distribution__v. |
event_subtype__vrequired | The event subtype. For example, approved_email__v. |
classification__vrequired | The event classification. The available classifications vary based on the event_subtype__v. |
external_id__vconditional | Set an external ID value on the document event. This parameter may be required depending on the document type, subtype, and classification. |
Additional fields may be required depending on the document event type, subtype, and classification. Use the Retrieve Document Event SubType Metadata endpoint to retrieve metadata for the required fields.
Response Details
On SUCCESS, Vault logs the document event.
Retrieve Document Events
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/534/events
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"events": [
{
"name": "download__v",
"label": "Approved Email Download",
"properties": {
"event_date__v": "2015-03-20T22:06:40.000Z",
"document_id__v": 534,
"major_version_number__v": 2,
"minor_version_number__v": 0,
"triggered_by__v": 46916,
"event_type__v": "Distribution Event",
"event_subtype__v": "Approved Email",
"classification__v": "Download",
"external_id__v": "1234",
"user_email__v": "quinntaylor@myemail.com",
"event_modified_by__v": 46916,
"event_modified_date__v": "2015-03-20T22:06:40.000Z",
"document_number__v": "REF-0059",
"document_name__v": "WonderDrug Information"
}
}
]
}
GET /api/{version}/objects/documents/{doc_id}/events
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{doc_id} | The document id field value. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, Vault returns the list of event objects, each containing the fields as defined by the metadata for its event type. Null and/or false valued fields are omitted from the response.
Document Templates
Learn about Document Templates in Vault Help.
Retrieve Document Template Metadata
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/metadata/objects/documents/templates
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": [
{
"name": "name__v",
"type": "String",
"requiredness": "required",
"max_length": 50,
"editable": true,
"multi_value": false
},
{
"name": "label__v",
"type": "String",
"requiredness": "required",
"max_length": 100,
"editable": true,
"multi_value": false
},
{
"name": "active__v",
"type": "Boolean",
"requiredness": "required",
"editable": true,
"multi_value": false
},
{
"name": "type__v",
"type": "Component",
"requiredness": "required",
"editable": true,
"multi_value": false,
"component": "Doctype"
},
{
"name": "subtype__v",
"type": "Component",
"requiredness": "conditional",
"editable": true,
"multi_value": false,
"component": "Doctype"
},
{
"name": "classification__v",
"type": "Component",
"requiredness": "optional",
"editable": true,
"multi_value": false,
"component": "Doctype"
},
{
"name": "format__v",
"type": "String",
"requiredness": "required",
"max_length": 200,
"editable": false,
"multi_value": false
},
{
"name": "size__v",
"type": "Number",
"requiredness": "required",
"max_value": 9223372036854775807,
"min_value": 0,
"scale": 0,
"editable": false,
"multi_value": false
},
{
"name": "created_by__v",
"type": "Number",
"requiredness": "required",
"max_value": 9223372036854775807,
"min_value": 0,
"scale": 0,
"editable": false,
"multi_value": false
},
{
"name": "file_uploaded_by__v",
"type": "Number",
"requiredness": "required",
"max_value": 9223372036854775807,
"min_value": 0,
"scale": 0,
"editable": false,
"multi_value": false
},
{
"name": "md5checksum__v",
"type": "String",
"requiredness": "required",
"max_length": 100,
"editable": false,
"multi_value": false
}
]
}
Retrieve the metadata which defines the shape of document templates in your Vault.
GET /api/{version}/metadata/objects/documents/templates
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
Response Details
| Field Name | Field Type | Description | Required | Editable |
|---|---|---|---|---|
name__v | String | Document template name. Used in the API when retrieving/creating/updating templates. | True | True |
label__v | String | Document template label. The name users see in the UI when selecting templates. | True | True |
active__v | Boolean | Indicates whether or not the template is available for creating documents. | True | True |
type__v | Component | The document type to which the template is associated. | True | True |
subtype__v | Component | The document subtype to which the template is associated. | Conditional * | True |
classification__v | Component | The document classification to which the template is associated. | Conditional * | True |
format__v | String | Document template format (.doc, .pdf, etc.). | System-Managed | False |
size__v | Number | Document template size (Kb). | System-Managed | False |
created_by__v | Number | Vault user ID of the person who created the template. | System-Managed | False |
file_uploaded_by__v | Number | Vault user ID of the person who uploaded the template file. | System-Managed | False |
md5checksum__v | String | A string calculated using MD5 algorithm that can be used to uniquely identify the source file. | System-Managed | False |
* The document subtype and classification fields are “conditional” in that they are only required if the template exists at the document subtype or classification level.
Retrieve Document Template Collection
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/templates
Response
{
"responseStatus":"SUCCESS",
"data":[
{
"name__v":"claim_document_template__c",
"label__v":"Claim Document Template",
"active__v":true,
"type__v":"claim__c",
"format__v": "application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document",
"size__v": 2781904,
"created_by__v": 12021,
"file_uploaded_by__v": 12021,
"md5checksum__v": 98238947109287333
},
{
"name__v":"clinical_study_document_template__c",
"label__v":"Clinical Study Document Template",
"active__v":true,
"type__v":"reference_document__c",
"subtype__v":"clinical_study__c",
"format__v": "application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document",
"size__v": 15776,
"created_by__v": 12021,
"file_uploaded_by__v": 12021,
"md5checksum__v": 75886214401031117
},
{
"name__v":"promo_ad_print_document_template__c",
"label__v":"Promo Ad Print Document Template",
"active__v":true,
"type__v":"promotional_piece__c",
"subtype__v":"advertisement__c",
"classification__v":"print__c",
"format__v": "application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document",
"size__v": 82923,
"created_by__v": 12021,
"file_uploaded_by__v": 12021,
"md5checksum__v": 52478042594365555
}
]
}
Retrieve all document templates.
GET /api/{version}/objects/documents/templates
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
Response Details
The response lists all document templates which have been added to the Vault. Shown above, three document templates exist in our Vault:
- The first
claim_document_template__cexists at the document type level. It is intended for use with new documents of theclaim__ctype. - The second
clinical_study_document_template__cexists at the document subtype level. It is intended for use with new documents of theclinical_study__csubtype. - The third
promo_ad_print_document_template__cexists at the document classification level. It is intended for use with new documents of theprint__cclassification.
For information about the document template metadata, refer to the “Retrieve Document Template Attributes” response below.
Retrieve Document Template Attributes
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/templates/promo_ad_print_document_template__c
Response
{
"responseStatus":"SUCCESS",
"data":[
{
"name__v":"promo_ad_print_document_template__c",
"label__v":"Promo Ad Print Document Template",
"active__v":true,
"type__v":"promotional_piece__c",
"subtype__v":"advertisement__c",
"classification__v":"print__c",
"format__v": "application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document",
"size__v": 82923,
"created_by__v": 12021,
"file_uploaded_by__v": 12021,
"md5checksum__v": 52478042594365555
}
]
}
Retrieve the attributes from a document template.
GET /api/{version}/objects/documents/templates/{template_name}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{template_name} | The document template name__v field value. |
Response Details
The response lists all attributes configured on a specific document template in the Vault. Shown above are the attributes configured on the specified template:
| Field Name | Description |
|---|---|
name__v | Name of the document template. This value is not displayed to end users in the UI. It is seen by Admins and used in the API. |
label__v | Label of the document template. When users in the UI create documents from templates, they see this value in the list of available templates. |
type__v | Vault document type to which the template is associated. |
subtype__v | Vault document subtype to which the template is associated. This field is only displayed if the template exists at the document subtype or classification level. |
classification__v | Vault document classification to which the template is associated. This field is only displayed if the template exists at the document classification level. The template shown in this response is configured for use with documents of the print__c classification. |
format__v | File format of the document template. |
size__v | Size of the document template (Kb). |
created_by__v | Vault user ID of the person who created the document template. |
file_uploaded_by__v | Vault user ID of the person who uploaded the document template. |
md5checksum__v | A string calculated using MD5 algorithm that can be used to uniquely identify the source file. |
Download Document Template File
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/templates/claim_document_template__c/file
Response
Content-Type: application/octet-stream;charset=UTF-8
Content-Disposition: attachment;filename="claim_document_template__c.pdf"
Download the file of a specific document template.
GET /api/{version}/objects/documents/templates/{template_name}/file
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml For this request, the Accept header controls only the error response. On SUCCESS, the response is a file stream (download). |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{template_name} | The document template name__v field value. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, Vault retrieves the document template file.
The HTTP Response Header Content-Type is set to application/octet-stream. The HTTP Response Header Content-Disposition contains a filename component which can be used when naming the local file. When retrieving templates with very small file size, the HTTP Response Header Content-Length is set to the size of the template file. Note that for template downloads of larger file sizes, the Transfer-Encoding method is set to chunked and the Content-Length is not displayed.
Create Single Document Template
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: multipart/form-data" \
-H "Accept: text/csv" \
-F "file=Promo Ad Template.docx" \
-F "label__v=Promo Ad Template" \
-F "type__v=promotional_piece__c" \
-F "subtype__v=advertisement__c" \
-F "classification__v=print__c" \
-F "active__v=true" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/templates
Response
responseStatus,name,errors
SUCCESS,promo_ad_template__c,
Create one basic document template. To create multiple document templates, see Bulk Create Document Templates.
POST /api/{version}/objects/documents/templates
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | multipart/form-data |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
Body Parameters: Basic Document Template
When creating basic document templates, the following fields are required in all Vaults:
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
name__voptional | The name of the new document template. If not included, Vault will use the specified label__v value to generate a value for the name__v field. |
label__vrequired | The label of the new document template. This is the name users will see among the available templates in the UI. |
type__vrequired | The name of the document type to which the template will be associated. |
subtype__voptional | The name of the document subtype to which the template will be associated. This is only required if associating the template with a document subtype. |
classification__voptional | The name of the document classification to which the template will be associated. This is only required if associating the template with a document classification. |
active__vrequired | Set to true or false to indicate whether or not the new document template should be set to active, i.e., available for selection when creating a document. |
filerequired | The filepath of the file for this document template. Maximum allowed size is 4GB. |
Create Multiple Document Templates
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: text/csv" \
--data-binary @"C:\Vault\Templates\add_document_templates.csv" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/templates
Response
{
"responseStatus":"SUCCESS",
"data":[
{
"responseStatus":"SUCCESS",
"name":"site_document_template__c"
},
{
"responseStatus":"SUCCESS",
"name":"tmf_document_template__c"
},
{
"responseStatus":"SUCCESS",
"name":"trial_protocol_document_template__c"
},
{
"responseStatus":"FAILURE",
"errors":[
{
"type":"INVALID_DATA",
"message":"Error message describing why this template was not created."
}
]
}
]
}
Create up to 500 document templates.
POST /api/{version}/objects/documents/templates
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/json or text/csv |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
Body Parameters: Basic Document Templates
To create basic document templates, create a CSV or JSON input file with the following fields:
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
name__voptional | The name of the new document template. If not included, Vault will use the specified label__v value to generate a value for the name__v field. |
label__vrequired | The label of the new document template. This is the name users will see among the available binder templates in the UI. |
type__vrequired | The name of the document type to which the template will be associated. |
subtype__voptional | The name of the document subtype to which the template will be associated. |
classification__voptional | The name of the document classification to which the template will be associated. |
active__vrequired | Set to true or false to indicate whether or not the new document template should be set to active, i.e., available for selection when creating a document. |
filerequired | The filepath of the file for this document template, from the file staging server. Maximum allowed size is 4GB. |
Body Parameters: Controlled Document Templates
To create controlled document templates, create a CSV or JSON input file with the following fields:
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
name__voptional | The name of the new document template. If not included, Vault will use the specified label__v value to generate a value for the name__v field. |
label__vrequired | The label of the new document template. This is the name users will see among the available binder templates in the UI. |
active__vrequired | Set to true or false to indicate whether or not the new document template should be set to active, i.e., available for selection when creating a document. |
is_controlled__vrequired | Set to true to indicate this template is a controlled document template. |
template_doc_id__vrequired | The document id value to use as the Template Document for this controlled document template. Learn more about setting up valid Template Documents in Vault Help. |
Example CSV Input: Basic Document Templates
file | name__v | label__v | type__v | subtype__v | classification__v | active__v |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| templates/doc_template_1.doc | site_document_template__c | SMF Template | site_master_file__v | true | ||
| templates/doc_template_2.doc | TMF Document Template | trial_master_file__v | true | |||
| templates/doc_template_3.doc | Trial Protocol Document Template | central_trial_documents__vs | trial_documents__vs | protocol__vs | true | |
| templates/doc_template_4.doc | Clinical Study Report Document Template | central_trial_documents__vs | reports__vs | clinical_study_report__vs | false |
In this example input, we’re creating four new document templates in our Vault:
- We’ve included the
fileparameter with the path/name of four document template source files located in the “templates” directory of our Vault’s staging server. - We’ve only specified the
name__vvalue for the first template and given it a differentlabel__vvalue. The other templates will inherit theirname__vvalues from thelabel__vvalues. - We’ve specified the document type, subtype, and classification to which each document template will be associated.
Update Single Document Template
Request
$ curl -X PUT -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-H "Accept: text/csv" \
-d "name__v=promo_ad_web_document_template__c" \
-d "label__v=Promo Ad Web Document Template" \
-d "active__v=true" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/templates/promo_ad_print_document_template__c
Response
responseStatus,name,errors
SUCCESS,promo_ad_web_document_template__c,
Update a single document template in your Vault.
PUT /api/{version}/objects/documents/templates/{template_name}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{template_name} | The document template name__v field value. |
Body Parameters
You can update the following fields on document templates:
| Field Name | Description |
|---|---|
name__voptional | The name of an existing document template. This is required. |
new_nameoptional | Change the name of an existing document template. |
label__voptional | Change the label of an existing document template. This is the name users will see among the available document templates in the UI. |
active__voptional | Set to true or false to indicate whether or not the document template should be set to active, i.e., available for selection when creating a document. |
Convert Basic Document Template to Controlled Document Template
To convert a basic document template to a controlled document template, specify the Template Document. Vault will automatically update is_controlled__v on this template to true.
It is not possible to convert a controlled document template into a basic document template.
| Field Name | Description |
|---|---|
template_doc_id__voptional | The document id value to use as the Template Document for this controlled document template. Learn more about setting up valid Template Documents in Vault Help. |
Update Multiple Document Templates
Request
$ curl -X PUT -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: text/csv" \
--data-binary @"C:\Vault\Templates\update_document_templates.csv" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/templates
Response
{
"responseStatus":"SUCCESS",
"data":[
{
"responseStatus":"SUCCESS",
"name":"claim_document_template__c"
},
{
"responseStatus":"SUCCESS",
"name":"clinical_study_document_template__c"
},
{
"responseStatus":"FAILURE",
"errors":[
{
"type":"INVALID_DATA",
"message":"Error message describing why this template was not created."
}
]
}
]
}
Update up to 500 document templates in your Vault.
PUT /api/{version}/objects/documents/templates
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/json or text/csv |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
Body Parameters
To update document templates, prepare a CSV or JSON input file. You can update the following fields on document templates:
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
name__vrequired | Include the name of an existing document template. |
new_nameoptional | Change the name of an existing document template. |
label__voptional | Change the label of an existing document template. This is the name users will see among the available binder templates in the UI. |
active__voptional | Set to true or false to indicate whether or not the document templates should be set to active, i.e., available for selection when creating a document. |
Convert Basic Document Template to Controlled Document Template
To convert a basic document template to a controlled document template, specify the Template Document. Vault will automatically update is_controlled__v on this template to true.
It is not possible to convert a controlled document template into a basic document template.
| Field Name | Description |
|---|---|
template_doc_id__voptional | The document id value to use as the Template Document for this controlled document template. Learn more about setting up valid Template Documents in Vault Help. |
Delete Basic Document Template
Request
$ curl -X DELETE -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/templates/promo_ad_web_document_template__c
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS"
}
Delete a basic document template from your Vault. You cannot delete controlled document templates. Learn more about controlled template deletion in Vault Help.
DELETE /api/{version}/objects/documents/templates/{template_name}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{template_name} | The document template name__v field value. |
Document Tokens
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-d "docIds=101,102,103,104" \
-d "expiryDateOffset=90" \
-d "downloadOption=PDF" \
-d "channel=00W000000000301" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/tokens
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"tokens": [
{
"document_id__v": 101,
"token__v": "3003-cb6e5c3b-4df9-411c-abc2-6e7ae120ede7"
}
{
"document_id__v": 102,
"token__v": "3003-1174154c-ac8e-4eb9-b453-2855de273bec"
},
{
"document_id__v": 103,
"token__v": "3003-51ca652c-36d9-425f-894f-fc2f42601fa9"
},
{
"document_id__v": 104,
"errorType": "OPERATION_NOT_ALLOWED",
"errors": [
{
"type": "INVALID_DOCUMENT",
"message": "Document not found [104]."
}
]
}
]
}
The Vault Document Tokens API allows you to generate document access tokens needed by the external viewer to view documents outside of Vault. Learn more.
POST /api/{version}/objects/documents/tokens
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/x-www-form-urlencoded |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
Body Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
docIdsrequired | Include the docIds request parameter with a comma-separated string of document id values. This will generate tokens for each document. For example: docIds=101,102,103,104 |
expiryDateOffsetoptional | Include the expiryDateOffset request parameter set to the number of days after which the tokens will expire and the documents will no longer be available in the viewer. If not specified, the tokens will expire after 10 years by default. |
downloadOptionoptional | Include the downloadOption request parameter set to PDF, source, both, or none. These allow users viewing the document to be able to download a PDF version or source version (Word™, PowerPoint™, etc.) of the document. If not specified, the download options default to those set on each document. |
channeloptional | Include the channel request parameter set to the website object record id value that corresponds to the distribution channel where the document is being made available. If no website record is specified, Vault will assume the request is for Approved Email. |
tokenGroupoptional | Include the tokenGroup request parameter to group together generated tokens for multiple documents in order to display the documents being referenced in the same viewer. This value accepts strings of alphanumeric characters (a-z, A-Z, 0-9, and single consecutive underscores) up to 255 characters in length. The token that is passed as a URL parameter to the External Viewer is the primary token and the document it references will be displayed normally. However, any additional documents that have tokens generated with the same case-sensitive tokenGroup string will be displayed in a sidebar of the viewer. The order of documents in the sidebar depends on the order in which the tokens are generated. If multiple tokens are generated with one request, the documents will be ordered top-to-bottom based on the order they are passed to the docIds parameter. For example: If passing the parameters docIds=101,102,103,104 and tokenGroup=group_1 with the request, the top-to-bottom order in the sidebar will be documents 101, 102, 103, 104. If a new request is then made with the parameters docIds=105 and tokenGroup=group_1, document 105 will be added below document 104 in the previous list. |
steadyStateoptional | If set to true, Vault generates a token for the latest steady state version of a document. If you do not have View permission, or if a steady-state version does not exist, Vault returns an INVALID_STATE error. If omitted, the default value is false, and Vault generates a token for the latest version, regardless of state. |
Response Details
In the example above, tokens are generated for the first three documents. The fourth document could not be found. This indicates either an incorrect document id or that the specified document is a binder.
Binders
Binders organize documents, sections, and other binders into a hierarchical structure that is useful for packaging related documents together for easier management or eventual publishing. Binders are a kind of document and many of the Document API calls, such as metadata, retrieving and setting properties, security, etc. can be used directly on a binder and will not be replicated here. All API calls related to files and renditions will not work on a binder object. Binders do have unique APIs that allow for interrogating and manipulating the binder structure.
Learn about Documents & Binders in Vault Help.
Retrieve Binders
Retrieve All Binders
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"size": 77,
"start": 0,
"limit": 200,
"documents": [
{
"document": {
"id": 101,
"binder__v": true,
"coordinator__v": {
"groups": [],
"users": [
25525 ]
},
"version_creation_date__v": "2015-03-11T22:04:44.725Z",
"major_version_number__v": 0,
"status__v": "Planned",
"product__v": [
"1357662840171"
],
"version_created_by__v": 25524,
"country__v": [],
"document_number__v": "VV-00127",
"minor_version_number__v": 1,
"lifecycle__v": "General Lifecycle",
"crosslink__v": false,
"name__v": "CholeCap Presentation"
}
}
]
}
In Vault, binders are just another kind of document. Therefore, to retrieve a list of all binders in your Vault, you must use the same API endpoint to retrieve documents. By searching the response, you can distinguish binders from documents by using the document field binder__v set to true or false. See the response details below. Note that nested binders (a binder contained within another binder) are not retrieved.
This endpoint does not retrieve binder sections, which means the response will not include binders within other binder sections. To retrieve all metadata configured on a binder, including sections, you must use the binder IDs retrieved from this request in the Retrieve Binder endpoint.
Alternatively, you can use VQL to find just binders SELECT id FROM binders. See VQL documentation for details.
GET /api/{version}/objects/documents
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
Response Details
The example response shows the field names and values configured on two separate documents in our Vault:
- The first record retrieved
"id": 101has"binder__v": true. This document is a binder. - The second record retrieved
"id": 102has"binder__v": false. This document is a regular document.
Retrieve Binder
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/binders/29?depth=all
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"document": {
"id": 29,
"binder__v": true,
"coordinator__v": {
"groups": [],
"users": [
63606
]
},
"owner__v": {
"groups": [],
"users": [
46916
]
},
"approver__v": {
"groups": [],
"users": [
25524
]
},
"reviewer__v": {
"groups": [],
"users": [
60145
]
},
"distribution_contacts__v": {
"groups": [],
"users": []
},
"viewer__v": {
"groups": [
3
],
"users": []
},
"consumer__v": {
"groups": [],
"users": [
60145
]
},
"editor__v": {
"groups": [],
"users": [
25496
]
},
"version_creation_date__v": "2016-03-09T21:55:22.000Z",
"major_version_number__v": 0,
"lifecycle__v": "Field Medical",
"subtype__v": "Training Materials",
"annotations_links__v": 0,
"annotations_notes__v": 0,
"name__v": "VeevaProm Info Binder",
"locked__v": false,
"annotations_all__v": 0,
"status__v": "Draft",
"type__v": "Field Medical",
"description__v": "",
"annotations_unresolved__v": 0,
"last_modified_by__v": 46916,
"product__v": [
"00P000000000102"
],
"version_created_by__v": 46916,
"document_creation_date__v": "2016-03-09T20:42:18.692Z",
"country__v": [
"00C000000000109"
],
"annotations_anchors__v": 0,
"document_number__v": "VV-MED-00029",
"annotations_resolved__v": 0,
"annotations_lines__v": 0,
"version_modified_date__v": "2016-03-09T21:55:22.000Z",
"created_by__v": 46916,
"minor_version_number__v": 2
},
"versions": [
{
"number": "0.1",
"value": "https://medcomms-veevapharm.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/binders/29/versions/0/1"
},
{
"number": "0.2",
"value": "https://medcomms-veevapharm.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/binders/29/versions/0/2"
}
],
"binder": {
"nodes": [
{
"properties": {
"document_id__v": 7,
"name__v": "VeevaProm Information",
"order__v": 0,
"type__v": "document",
"id": "1457556160448:810987462",
"parent_id__v": "rootNode"
}
},
{
"properties": {
"document_id__v": 2,
"name__v": "VeevaProm Consumer Info",
"order__v": 300,
"type__v": "document",
"id": "1457559259279:-602158059",
"parent_id__v": "rootNode"
}
},
{
"properties": {
"document_id__v": 5,
"name__v": "VeevaProm Brochure",
"order__v": 301,
"type__v": "document",
"id": "1457556176044:-743019200",
"parent_id__v": "rootNode"
}
},
{
"properties": {
"section_number__v": null,
"name__v": "First Section Folder",
"order__v": 401,
"type__v": "section",
"id": "1457560333810:-909497856",
"parent_id__v": "rootNode"
},
"nodes": [
{
"properties": {
"document_id__v": 28,
"name__v": "Alterin Prescribing Information",
"order__v": 0,
"type__v": "document",
"id": "1457560375017:-1371674753",
"parent_id__v": "1457560333810:-909497856"
}
},
{
"properties": {
"document_id__v": 26,
"name__v": "Alterin Health Notes",
"order__v": 100,
"type__v": "document",
"id": "1457560377637:-2013602559",
"parent_id__v": "1457560333810:-909497856"
}
},
{
"properties": {
"document_id__v": 27,
"name__v": "Alterin Information Packet",
"order__v": 200,
"type__v": "document",
"id": "1457560379150:954844502",
"parent_id__v": "1457560333810:-909497856"
}
}
]
},
{
"properties": {
"section_number__v": null,
"name__v": "Second Section Folder",
"order__v": 501,
"type__v": "section",
"id": "1457560348267:1179700878",
"parent_id__v": "rootNode"
},
"nodes": [
{
"properties": {
"document_id__v": 24,
"name__v": "Nyaxa Information Packet",
"order__v": 0,
"type__v": "document",
"id": "1457560406595:-2060980086",
"parent_id__v": "1457560348267:1179700878"
}
},
{
"properties": {
"document_id__v": 23,
"name__v": "Nyaxa and Your Health",
"order__v": 100,
"type__v": "document",
"id": "1457560409271:-1499449603",
"parent_id__v": "1457560348267:1179700878"
}
},
{
"properties": {
"document_id__v": 25,
"name__v": "Nyaxa Prescribing Information",
"order__v": 200,
"type__v": "document",
"id": "1457560412997:-1622511549",
"parent_id__v": "1457560348267:1179700878"
}
}
]
}
]
}
}
- Use this endpoint to retrieve all fields and values configured on a specific binder in you Vault (using the binder ID).
- The response includes the “first level” of the binder section node structure.
- To retrieve additional levels in the binder section node structure, use one of the
depthparameters described below. - For binders with unbound documents, the response includes versions based on binder display options for unbound documents set in the UI. Learn more about Document Type Settings in Vault Help.
GET /api/{version}/objects/binders/{binder_id}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{binder_id} | The binder id field value. |
Retrieve all fields and values configured on a specific binder in you Vault. By default, the response only includes the first level (root) of the binder structure. To retrieve all levels, use one of the depth parameters described below.
Query Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
depth | To retrieve all information in all levels of the binder, set this to all. By default, only one level is returned. |
Response Details
The example response shows fields and values configured on binder "id": 29, including the first level of binder nodes in the binder’s structure. In this first level, there is one document "id": 567 and two sections "section_number__v": "1" and "section_number__v": "2". The second example below, uses the depth=all request parameter to retrieve all levels of binder nodes in the binder’s structure.
On SUCCESS, Vault retrieves the fields and components of the binder in a hierarchical structure clearly showing the parent-child relationships for each item and maintaining the specific order of the objects in each level.
Response Details
For each node in a binder, the API returns the following fields:
| Field Name | Description |
|---|---|
nodes [n] | List of all nodes (documents and sections) at each level in the binder. |
properties [n] | List of all properties associated with each document or section node. |
order__v | Order of the node (document or section) within the binder or within the binder section. Note: There is a known issue affecting this parameter. It may not accurately reflect order. |
section_number__v | Optional number which can be added to each section. |
type | Type of node (document or section). |
document_id__v | The document ID of the document in the binder. This is the same as the document’s actual document id |
id | The document ID or section ID specific to the binder. For documents, this is different from the document’s actual document id. |
parent_id__v | Section ID of the parent node, e.g., “rootNode”. |
name__v | Name of the document or section. For sections, this is the name of the “subfolder” seen in the binder hierarchy in the UI. |
major_version_number__v | If the document binding rule is “specific”, this is major version number of the document. |
minor_version_number__v | If the document binding rule is “specific”, this is minor version number of the document. |
Retrieve All Binder Versions
Retrieve all versions of a binder.
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/binders/29/versions
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"versions": [
{
"number": "0.1",
"value": "https://medcomms-veevapharm.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/binders/29/versions/0/1"
},
{
"number": "0.2",
"value": "https://medcomms-veevapharm.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/binders/29/versions/0/2"
}
]
}
GET /api/{version}/objects/binders/{binder_id}/versions
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{binder_id} | The binder id field value. |
Response Details
Binders have versions just like regular documents. On SUCCESS, Vault returns a list of the available versions for the specified binder.
Retrieve Binder Version
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/binders/566/versions/0/3
Retrieve the fields and values configured on a specific version of a specific binder.
For binders with unbound documents, the response includes versions based on binder display options for unbound documents set in the UI. Learn more about Document Type Settings in Vault Help.
GET /api/{version}/objects/binders/{binder_id}/versions/(major_version}/{minor_version}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{binder_id} | The binder id field value. |
{major_version} | The binder major_version_number__v field value. |
{minor_version} | The binder minor_version_number__v field value. |
Create Binders
Create Binder
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-d "name__v=WonderDrug Compliance Package" \
-d "type__v=Compliance Package" \
-d "subtype__v=Professional" \
-d "lifecycle__v=Binder Lifecycle" \
-d "product__v=1357662840293" \
-d "major_version_number__v=0" \
-d "minor_version_number__v=1" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/binders
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"responseMessage": "Successfully created binder.",
"id": 563
}
Use this request to create a new binder in your Vault. Learn about Creating Binders in Vault Help.
POST /api/{version}/objects/binders
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/x-www-form-urlencoded |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
Query Parameters
All required binder (document) fields must be included in the request. When creating a binder, no file is included in the request.
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
async | When creating a binder, the binder metadata is indexed synchronously by default. To process the indexing asynchronously, include a query parameter async set to true (objects/binders?async=true). This helps speed up the response time from Vault when processing large amounts of data. |
Create Binder from Template
Request
Since we’re creating a new binder with the document type “Compliance Package” and subtype “Professional”, we need to find the available templates in the type/subtype metadata:
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/compliance_package__v/subtypes/professional__v
Response
{
"templates": [
{
"label": "Compliance Package Template",
"name": "compliance_package__v",
"kind": "binder",
"definedIn": "compliance_package__v",
"definedInType": "type"
},
{
"label": "eCTD Compliance Package",
"name": "ectd_compliance_package_template__v",
"kind": "binder",
"definedIn": "compliance_package__v",
"definedInType": "type"
}
]
}
Request (Create Binder from Template)
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-d "fromTemplate=ectd_compliance_package_template__v" \
-d "name__v=CholeCap eCTD Compliance Package" \
-d "type__v=Compliance Package" \
-d "subtype__v=Professional" \
-d "lifecycle__v=Binder Lifecycle" \
-d "product__v=1357662840171" \
-d "major_version_number__v=0" \
-d "minor_version_number__v=1" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/binders
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"responseMessage": "Successfully created binder.",
"id": 565
}
POST /api/{version}/objects/binders
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/x-www-form-urlencoded |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
Body Parameters
All required binder (document) fields must be included in the request. When creating a binder, no file is included in the request.
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
fromTemplaterequired | Include the parameter fromTemplate and specify the name of the template as returned from the document metadata as shown below. Only templates of "kind": binder are allowed. |
Response Details
The example response shows the "templates" section of the type/subtype response. There are two available templates we can use to create this binder (each template has the "kind": binder). Both are defined on the compliance_package__v document type. We’ll use the binder template ectd_compliance_package_template__v to create our new binder as shown below.
Create Binder Version
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/binders/566
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"responseMessage": "New draft successfully created",
"major_version_number__v": 0,
"minor_version_number__v": 4
}
POST /api/{version}/objects/binders/{binder_id}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{binder_id} | The binder id field value. |
Update Binders
Update Binder
Request
$ curl -X PUT -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-d "audience__c=Healthcare Provider" \
-d "country__v=1357662840400" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/binders/566
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"id": 566
}
PUT /api/{version}/objects/binders/{binder_id}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/x-www-form-urlencoded |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{binder_id} | The binder id field value. |
Reclassify Binder
Request
$ curl -X PUT -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-d "reclassify=true" \
-d "type__v=Claim" \
-d "lifecycle__v=Binder Lifecycle" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/binders/776
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"id": 776
}
Reclassify allows you to change the document type of an existing binder. A document “type” is the combination of the type__v, subtype__v, and classification__v fields on a binder. When you reclassify, Vault may add or remove certain fields on the binder. You can only reclassify the latest version of a binder and only one binder at a time. The API does not currently support Bulk Reclassify.
Learn more about:
- Vault Help: Reclassifying Documents.
- API: Retrieve Binders
- API: Retrieve Document Fields
- API: Retrieve Document Types, Subtypes, and Classifications
About this Request
- You can only reclassify the latest version of a specified binder.
- You can only reclassify one binder at a time. Bulk reclassify is not currently supported.
PUT /api/{version}/objects/binders/{binder_id}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/x-www-form-urlencoded |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{binder_id} | The binder id field value. |
Body Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
reclassifyrequired | Set to true. Without this, a standard binder update action is performed. |
type__voptional | The name of the document type being assigned to the binder. |
subtype__voptional | The name of the document subtype (if one exists on the type). |
classification__voptional | The name of the document classification (if one exists on the subtype). |
lifecycle__voptional | The name of the lifecycle. |
You can also add or remove values for any other editable field.
Note that additional fields may be required depending on the document type, subtype, and classification being assigned to the binder.
Use the Document Metadata API to retrieve required and editable fields in your Vault.
Update Binder Version
Request
$ curl -X PUT -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-d "audience__c=Healthcare Provider" \
-d "country__v=1357662840400" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/binders/566/0/1
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"id": 566
}
PUT /api/{version}/objects/binders/{binder_id}/versions/{major_version}/{minor_version}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/x-www-form-urlencoded |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{binder_id} | The binder id field value. |
{major_version} | The binder major_version_number__v field value. |
{minor_version} | The binder minor_version_number__v field value. |
Refresh Binder Auto-Filing
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-d "action=refresh_auto_filing" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/binders/566/actions
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS"
}
POST /api/{version}/objects/binders/{binder_id}/actions
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/x-www-form-urlencoded |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{binder_id} | The binder id field value. |
Body Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
action=refresh_auto_filingrequired | Trigger auto-filing for a specific binder. This is analogous to the Refresh Auto-Filing action in the UI. |
Delete Binders
Delete Binder
Request
$ curl -X DELETE -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/binders/566
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"id": 35
}
DELETE api/{version}/objects/binders/{binder_id}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{binder_id} | The binder id field value. |
Delete Binder Version
Request
$ curl -X DELETE -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/binders/566/versions/0/2
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"id": 124
}
DELETE /api/{version}/objects/binders/{binder_id}/versions/{major_version}/{minor_version}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{binder_id} | The binder id field value. |
{major_version} | The binder major_version_number__v field value. |
{minor_version} | The binder minor_version_number__v field value. |
Export Binders
The Export Binder API allows you to export a zip archive with all documents from a binder, or a subset of those documents.
You can also export different artifacts for the selected documents, including source documents, renditions, versions, and document fields.
Learn about Exporting Binders in Vault Help.
Export Binder
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/binders/454/actions/export
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"responseMessage": "Job for Binder Export Started",
"URL": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/services/jobs/1201",
"job_id": 1201
}
Use this request to export the latest version or a specific version of a binder in your Vault.
- This will export the complete binder, including all binder sections and documents.
- To export only specific binder sections and documents, refer to the next section.
- After initiating an export, you can retrieve its status, results, and download the exported binder.
To export the latest version of a binder, POST /api/{version}/objects/binders/{binder_id}/actions/export
To export a specific version of a binder, POST /api/{version}/objects/binders/{binder_id}/versions/{major_version}/{minor_version}/actions/export
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{binder_id} | The binder id field value. |
{major_version} | The binder major_version_number__v field value. |
{minor_version} | The binder minor_version_number__v field value. |
Exporting Document Source Files
- By default, the source files of all documents in the binder are exported.
- Source documents can be any type of file (ZIP, DOCX, CSV, etc.).
- To exclude source files, add the parameter
source=falseto the request endpoint. - For example:
.../actions/export?source=false
Exporting Document Renditions
- By default, document renditions are not exported.
- To include renditions, add the parameter
renditiontype={rendition_type}to the request endpoint. - For example:
.../actions/export?renditiontype=viewable_rendition__v - The
viewable_rendition__vis the most common, which exports the (typically auto-generated) PDF rendition of your document. - Note that if the document source file is a PDF, there is no separate viewable rendition to download.
Exporting Document Versions
- By default, the document versions that are exported are determined by the version binding rule configured for the binder, section, or binder document.
- To override the binding rule and export all major versions of each document, add the parameter
docversion=majorto the request endpoint. - For example:
.../actions/export?docversion=major - To override the binding rule and export all major and minor versions of each document, add the parameter
docversion=major_minorto the request endpoint. - For example:
.../actions/export?docversion=major_minor
Exporting Attachments
- To export binder attachments, include the parameter
attachments=allorattachments=latest - For example:
.../actions/export?attachments=allwill export all versions of all attachments. - For example:
.../actions/export?attachments=latestwill export the latest version of all attachments. - Available in API v15 or later.
Exporting Document Field Values & Metadata
- By default, exported files include the
name__vfield value only. - To export additional fields, include a comma-separated list of field values to export.
- For example, to export the binder name, title, document number, and export file name:
.../actions/export?name__v,title__v,document_number__v,export_filename__v - By default, all document metadata is exported. To exclude the metadata, add the parameter
docfield=false
Combining Multiple Request Parameters
- To add multiple parameters to the request endpoint, separate each with the ampersand (
&) character. - For example, to exclude the source file and export a rendition:
.../actions/export?source=false&renditiontype=viewable_rendition__v
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response includes the following information:
url- The URL to retrieve the current status of the binder export job.job_id- The Job ID value is used to retrieve the status and results of the binder export request.
Export Binder Sections
Response
{
"nodes": [
{
"properties": {
"section_number__v": "02.01.01",
"name__v": "Investigator Brochure",
"order__v": 0,
"type__v": "section",
"id": "1415381339215",
"parent_id__v": "1415381339209"
},
"nodes": [
{
"properties": {
"document_id__v": 18,
"name__v": "CHC032-194 Investigator Brochure",
"order__v": 0,
"type__v": "document",
"id": "1415381339220",
"parent_id__v": "1415381339215"
}
},
]
}
]
}
Request CSV Input File
To export just this one section and document from the binder, we would submit the following input file:
id
1415381339215
1415381339220
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: text/csv" \
--data-binary @"C:\Vault\Binders\export-binder-sections.csv" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/binders/454/1/0/actions/export
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"responseMessage": "Job for Binder Export Started",
"URL": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/services/jobs/1201",
"job_id": 1201
}
Use this request to export only specific sections and documents from the latest version of a binder in your Vault. This will export only parts of the binder, not the complete binder.
Before submitting this request:
- The Export Binder feature must be enabled in your Vault.
- You must be assigned permissions to use the API.
- You must have the Export Binder permission.
- You must have the View Document permission for the binder.
- Only documents in the binder which you have the View Document permission are available to export.
To export the latest version, POST /api/{version}/objects/binders/{binder_id}/actions/export
To export a specific version, POST /api/{version}/objects/binders/{binder_id}/versions/{major_version}/{minor_version}/actions/export
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/json or text/csv |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{binder_id} | The binder id field value. |
{major_version} | The binder major_version_number__v field value. |
{minor_version} | The binder minor_version_number__v field value. |
Query Parameters
Create a CSV or JSON input file with the id values of the binder sections and/or documents to be exported.
To retrieve a list of all nodes from a binder, GET /api/{version}/objects/binders/{binder_id}?depth=all. You may include any number of valid nodes. Vault will ignore id values which are invalid, but will export all which are valid.
For example, the abridged response below includes two nodes from a binder. Node “id”: “1415381339215” is a section (folder) and “id”: “1415381339220” is a document node.
Exporting a binder section node will automatically include all of its subsections and documents therein.
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response includes the following information:
url- The URL to retrieve the current status of the binder export job.job_id- The Job ID value is used to retrieve the status and results of the binder export request.
Retrieve Binder Export Results
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/binders/actions/export/1201/results
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"job_id": 1201,
"id": 454,
"major_version_number__v": 1,
"minor_version_number__v": 0,
"file": "/1201/454/1_0/Nyaxa Compliance Package.zip",
"user_id__v": 44533
}
After submitting a request to export a binder from your Vault, you can query Vault to determine the results of the request.
Before submitting this request:
- You must have previously requested a binder export job (via the API) which is no longer active.
- You must have a valid
job_idvalue (retrieved from the export binder request above).
GET /api/{version}/objects/binders/actions/export/{job_id}/results
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{job_id} | The id value of the requested export job. This is returned with the export binder requests above. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response includes the following information:
| Field Name | Description |
|---|---|
job_id | The Job ID value of the binder export request. |
id | The id value of the exported binder. |
major_version_number__v | The major version number of the exported binder. |
minor_version_number__v | The minor version number of the exported binder. |
file | The path/location of the downloaded binder ZIP file. |
user_id__v | The id value of the Vault user who initiated the binder export job. |
Download Exported Binder Files via File Staging Server
Once your binder export job has been successfully completed, you can download the files from your file staging server.
Prerequisites
Before downloading the files, the following conditions must be met:
- The binder export job must have been successfully completed.
- The API user must have a permission set which allows the Application: File Staging: Access permission.
Downloading the Files
The exported binder is packaged in a ZIP file on your file staging server. Learn more.
Binder Relationships
Learn about Binder Relationships in Vault Help.
Retrieve Binder Relationship
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/binders/566/versions/0/3/relationships/202
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"responseMessage": null,
"errorCodes": null,
"relationships": [
{
"relationship": {
"source_doc_id__v": 566,
"relationship_type__v": "supporting_documents__c",
"created_date__v": "2015-03-24T22:37:20.000Z",
"id": 202,
"target_doc_id__v": 254,
"created_by__v": 46916
}
}
],
"errorType": null
}
GET /api/{version}/objects/binders/{binder_id}/versions/{major_version}/{minor_version}/relationships/{relationship_id}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{binder_id} | The binder id field value. |
{major_version} | The binder major_version_number__v field value. |
{minor_version} | The binder minor_version_number__v field value. |
{relationship_id} | The binder relationship id field value. |
Response Details
| Field Name | Description |
|---|---|
id | Relationship ID. |
source_doc_id | Document ID of the source document. |
relationship_type__v | Relationship type |
created_by__v | User ID of user who created the relationship |
created_date__v | Timestamp when the relationship was created |
target_doc_id__v | Document ID for target document |
target_major_version__v | Major version of the target document; null values indicate that the relationship applies to all major versions |
target_minor_version__v | Minor version of the target document; null values indicate that the relationship applies to all minor versions |
Create Binder Relationship
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-d "target_doc_id__v=13" \
-d "relationship_type__v=supporting_documents__c" \
-d "target_major_version__v=0" \
-d "target_minor_version__v=1" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/binders/566/versions/0/3/relationships
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"responseMessage": "Document relationship successfully created.",
"id": 202
}
POST /api/{version}/objects/binders/{binder_id}/versions/{major_version}/{minor_version}/relationships
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/x-www-form-urlencoded |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{binder_id} | The binder id field value. |
{major_version} | The binder major_version_number__v field value. |
{minor_version} | The binder minor_version_number__v field value. |
Body Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
target_doc_id__vrequired | Set the target_doc_id__v to the document id of the “target document” to which a relationship will be established with the binder. |
relationship_type__vrequired | Set the relationship_type__v to the field value of one of the desired relationshipTypes from the “Documents Relationships Metadata” call. |
target_major_version__voptional | If you’re creating a relationship with a specific version of the target document, set the target_major_version__v to the major version number of the target document. |
target_minor_version__voptional | If you’re creating a relationship with a specific version of the target document, set the target_minor_version__v to the minor version number of the target document. |
Delete Binder Relationship
Request
$ curl -X DELETE -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/binders/566/versions/0/4/relationships/202
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"responseMessage": "Document relationship successfully deleted.",
"id": 202
}
DELETE /api/{version}/objects/binders/{binder_id}/versions/{major_version}/{minor_version}/relationships/{relationship_id}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{binder_id} | The binder id field value. |
{major_version} | The binder major_version_number__v field value. |
{minor_version} | The binder minor_version_number__v field value. |
{relationship_id} | The binder relationship id field value. |
Binder Sections
Retrieve Binder Sections
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/binders/29/sections
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"binder": {
"nodes": [
{
"properties": {
"document_id__v": 7,
"name__v": "VeevaProm Information",
"order__v": 0,
"type__v": "document",
"id": "1457556160448:810987462",
"parent_id__v": "rootNode"
}
},
{
"properties": {
"document_id__v": 2,
"name__v": "VeevaProm Consumer Info",
"order__v": 300,
"type__v": "document",
"id": "1457559259279:-602158059",
"parent_id__v": "rootNode"
}
},
{
"properties": {
"document_id__v": 5,
"name__v": "VeevaProm Brochure",
"order__v": 301,
"type__v": "document",
"id": "1457556176044:-743019200",
"parent_id__v": "rootNode"
}
},
{
"properties": {
"section_number__v": null,
"name__v": "First Section Folder",
"order__v": 401,
"type__v": "section",
"id": "1457560333810:-909497856",
"parent_id__v": "rootNode"
}
},
{
"properties": {
"section_number__v": null,
"name__v": "Second Section Folder",
"order__v": 501,
"type__v": "section",
"id": "1457560348267:1179700878",
"parent_id__v": "rootNode"
}
}
]
}
}
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/binders/29/sections/1457560348267:1179700878
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"node": {
"properties": {
"section_number__v": null,
"name__v": "Second Section Folder",
"order__v": 501,
"type__v": "section",
"id": "1457560348267:1179700878",
"parent_id__v": "rootNode"
},
"nodes": [
{
"properties": {
"document_id__v": 24,
"name__v": "Nyaxa Information Packet",
"order__v": 0,
"type__v": "document",
"id": "1457560406595:-2060980086",
"parent_id__v": "1457560348267:1179700878"
}
},
{
"properties": {
"document_id__v": 23,
"name__v": "Nyaxa and Your Health",
"order__v": 100,
"type__v": "document",
"id": "1457560409271:-1499449603",
"parent_id__v": "1457560348267:1179700878"
}
},
{
"properties": {
"document_id__v": 25,
"name__v": "Nyaxa Prescribing Information",
"order__v": 200,
"type__v": "document",
"id": "1457560412997:-1622511549",
"parent_id__v": "1457560348267:1179700878"
}
}
]
}
}
Retrieve all sections (documents and subsections) in a binder’s top-level root node or sub-level node.
GET /api/{version}/objects/binders/{binder_id}/sections/{section_id}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{binder_id} | The binder id field value. |
{section_id} | Optional: Retrieve all sections (documents and subsections) in a binder’s sub-level node. If not included, all sections from the binder’s top-level root node will be returned. |
Response Details
| Field Name | Description |
|---|---|
nodes [n] | List of all nodes (documents and sections) at each level in the binder. |
properties [n] | List of all properties associated with each document or section node. |
hierarchy__v | Specifies a single record from the hierarchy__v object that has been mapped this binder node. |
section_number__v | Optional number which can be added to each section. |
order__v | Order of the component (document or section) within the binder or within the binder section. Note: There is a known issue affecting this parameter. It may not accurately reflect order. |
type | Type of node (document or section). |
document_id__v | The document ID of the document in the binder. This is the same as the document’s actual document id |
id | The document ID or section ID specific to the binder. For documents, this is different from the document’s actual document id. |
parent_id__v | Section ID of the parent node, e.g., “rootNode”. |
name__v | Name of the document or section. For sections, this is the name of the “subfolder” seen in the binder hierarchy in the UI. |
major_version_number__v | If the document binding rule is “specific”, this is major version number of the document. |
minor_version_number__v | If the document binding rule is “specific”, this is minor version number of the document. |
Retrieve Binder Version Section
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/binders/29/versions/0/2/sections
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/binders/29/versions/0/2/sections/1457560348267:1179700878
For a specific version, retrieve all sections (documents and subsection) in a binder’s top-level root node or sub-level node.
GET /api/{version}/objects/binders/{binder_id}/versions/{major_version}/{minor_version}/sections/{section_id}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{binder_id} | The binder id field value. |
{major_version} | The binder major_version_number__v field value. |
{minor_version} | The binder minor_version_number__v field value. |
{section_id} | Retrieve all sections (documents and subsections) in a binder’s sub-level node. If not included, all sections from the binder’s top-level root node will be returned. |
Response Details
See Retrieve Binder Sections example response.
Create Binder Section
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-d "name__v=VeevaProm Additional Information" \
-d "section_number__v=1.3" \
-d "parent_id__v=1427232809771:1381853041" \
-d "order__v=1" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/binders/566/sections
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"id": "1427486900128:1467568099"
}
Create a new section in a binder.
POST /api/{version}/objects/binders/{binder_id}/sections
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/x-www-form-urlencoded |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{binder_id} | The binder id field value. |
Body Parameters
| Field Name | Description |
|---|---|
name__vrequired | Specify a name for the new section. |
section_number__voptional | Enter a numerical value for the new section. |
parent_id__voptional | If the new section is going to be a subsection, enter the Node ID of the parent section. If left blank, the new section will become a top-level section in the binder. When querying fields on binder nodes, this field corresponds to the parent_section_id__sys field. |
order__voptional | Enter a number reflecting the position of the section within the binder or parent section. By default, new components appear below existing components. Note: There is a known issue affecting this parameter. The values you enter may not work as expected. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, Vault returns the Node ID of the newly created section. This is unique within the binder, regardless of level.
Update Binder Section
Request
$ curl -X PUT -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-d "name__v=VeevaProm Additional Information" \
-d "section_number__v=3" \
-d "parent_id__v=rootNode" \
-d "order__v=4" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/binders/566/sections/1427232809771:1381853041
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"id": "1427486900128:1467568099"
}
Update a section in a binder.
PUT /api/{version}/objects/binders/{binder_id}/sections/{node_id}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/x-www-form-urlencoded |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{binder_id} | The binder id field value. |
{node_id} | The binder node id of the section. When querying fields on binder nodes, this field corresponds to the section_id__sys field. |
Body Parameters
Configure one or more of the following fields with values. These are all optional.
| Field Name | Description |
|---|---|
name__voptional | Change the name of the binder section. |
section_number__voptional | Update the section number value. |
order__voptional | Enter a number reflecting the position of the section within the binder or parent section. Note: There is a known issue affecting this parameter. The values you enter may not work as expected. |
parent_id__voptional | To move the section to a different section in the binder, include the value of the parent node where it will be moved. When querying fields on binder nodes, this field corresponds to the parent_section_id__sys field. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, Vault returns the Node ID of the newly created section. This is unique within the binder, regardless of level.
Delete Binder Section
Request
$ curl -X DELETE -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/binders/566/sections/1427486900128:1467568099
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"id": "1427486900128:1467568099"
}
Delete a section from a binder.
DELETE /api/{version}/objects/binders/{binder_id}/sections/{section_id}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/json or application/x-www-form-urlencoded |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{binder_id} | The binder id field value. |
{section_id} | The binder node id field value. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, Vault returns the Node ID of the deleted section.
Binder Documents
Add Document to Binder
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-d "document_id__v=585" \
-d "parent_id__v=1427232809771:1381853041" \
-d "section_id__v=1" \
-d "binding_rule__v=steady-state" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/binders/566/documents
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"id": "1427491342404:-1828014479"
}
Add a document to a binder.
POST /api/{version}/objects/binders/{binder_id}/documents
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/x-www-form-urlencoded |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{binder_id} | The binder id field value. |
Body Parameters
| Field Name | Description |
|---|---|
document_id__vrequired | ID of the document being added to the binder. |
parent_id__voptional | Section ID of the parent section, if the document will be in a section rather than top-level. Note: the section ID is unique no matter where it is in the binder hierarchy. Blank means adding the document at the top-level binder. |
order__voptional | Enter a number reflecting the position of the document within the binder or section. By default, new components appear below existing components. Note: There is a known issue affecting this parameter. The values you enter may not work as expected. |
binding_rule__voptional | The binding rule indicating which version of the document will be linked to the binder and the ongoing behavior. Options are: default (bind to the latest available version (assumed if binding_rule is blank)), steady-state (bind to latest version in a steady-state), current (bind to current version), or specific (bind to a specific version). |
major_version_number__voptional | If the binding_rule is specific, then this is required and indicates the major version of the document to be linked. Otherwise it is ignored. |
minor_version_number__voptional | If the binding_rule is specific, then this is required and indicates the minor version of the document to be linked. Otherwise it is ignored. |
Move Document in Binder
Request
$ curl -X PUT -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-d "parent_id__v=1457560333810:-909497856" \
-d "order__v=2" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/binders/566/documents/1457559259279:-602158059
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"id": "1457559259279:-602158059"
}
Move a document to a different position within a binder.
PUT /api/{version}/objects/binders/{binder_id}/documents/{section_id}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/x-www-form-urlencoded |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{binder_id} | The binder id field value. |
{section_id} | The binder node id field value. |
Body Parameters
| Field Name | Description |
|---|---|
order__voptional | Enter a number reflecting the new position of the document within the binder or section. Note: There is a known issue affecting this parameter. The values you enter may not work as expected. |
parent_id__voptional | To move the document to a different section or from a section to the binder’s root node, enter the value of the new parent node. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, Vault returns the new node ID of the document.
Remove Document from Binder
Request
$ curl -X DELETE -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/binders/566/documents/1427491342404:-1828014479
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"id": "1427491342404:-1828014479"
}
DELETE /api/{version}/objects/binders/{binder_id}/documents/{section_id}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{binder_id} | The binder id field value. |
{section_id} | The binder node id field value. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, Vault returns the Node ID of the deleted document.
Binder Templates
Learn about Binder Templates in Vault Help.
Retrieve Binder Template Metadata
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/metadata/objects/binders/templates
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": [
{
"name": "name__v",
"type": "String",
"requiredness": "required",
"max_length": 50,
"editable": true,
"multi_value": false
},
{
"name": "label__v",
"type": "String",
"requiredness": "required",
"max_length": 100,
"editable": true,
"multi_value": false
},
{
"name": "active__v",
"type": "Boolean",
"requiredness": "required",
"editable": true,
"multi_value": false
},
{
"name": "type__v",
"type": "Component",
"requiredness": "required",
"editable": true,
"multi_value": false,
"component": "Doctype"
},
{
"name": "subtype__v",
"type": "Component",
"requiredness": "conditional",
"editable": true,
"multi_value": false,
"component": "Doctype"
},
{
"name": "classification__v",
"type": "Component",
"requiredness": "optional",
"editable": true,
"multi_value": false,
"component": "Doctype"
},
{
"name": "filing_model__v",
"type": "Object",
"requiredness": "optional",
"editable": true,
"multi_value": false
},
{
"name": "enable_dynamic_view__v",
"type": "Boolean",
"requiredness": "optional",
"editable": true,
"multi_value": false
},
{
"name": "binder_template_parameters__v",
"type": "String",
"requiredness": "optional",
"max_length": 100,
"editable": false,
"multi_value": true,
"ordered": false
}
]
}
Retrieve the metadata which defines the shape of binder templates in your Vault.
GET /api/{version}/metadata/objects/binders/templates
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
Response Details
| Field Name | Description |
|---|---|
name__v | Binder template name, e.g., binder_template_1__c. This is used in the API when retrieving, creating, updating, or deleting binder templates. |
label__v | Binder template label, e.g., “Binder Template 1”. This is the name users see in the UI when selecting a binder template. |
type__v | Vault document type to which the template is associated. |
subtype__v | Vault document subtype to which the template is associated. This field is only required if the template exists at the document subtype or classification level. |
classification__v | Vault document classification to which the template is associated. This field is only required if the template exists at the document classification level. |
filing_model__v | eTMF Vaults only. The filing model for the binder template. |
enable_dynamic_view__v | eTMF Vaults only. Indicates if the binder template is available in the Dynamic Binder Viewer. |
binder_template_parameters__v | eTMF Vaults only. Lists the available binder template parameters for the Dynamic Binder Viewer. |
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
name | The binder template field name (name__v, label__v, type__v, etc.). |
type | The binder template field type. This can be one of String, Boolean, Component, or Object (eTMF Vaults). |
requiredness | Indicates whether or not a value must be added when creating a binder template. These include: - required : A value must be added.- conditional : For a template to exist at the document subtype or classification level, this is required. |
editable | Boolean (true/false) field indicating whether or not a value can be added or edited by a user when creating or updating a binder template. |
multi_value | Boolean (true/false) field indicating whether or not the field can have multiple values. |
component | The component property applies to the type__v, subtype__v, and classification__v fields and defines the data type that can be set into this field. |
Retrieve Binder Template Node Metadata
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/metadata/objects/binders/templates/bindernodes
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": [
{
"name": "id",
"type": "id",
"requiredness": "required",
"editable": true,
"multi_value": false
},
{
"name": "parent_id__v",
"type": "id",
"requiredness": "optional",
"editable": true,
"multi_value": false
},
{
"name": "order__v",
"type": "Number",
"requiredness": "optional",
"max_value": 2147483647,
"min_value": 0,
"scale": 0,
"editable": true,
"multi_value": false
},
{
"name": "node_type__v",
"type": "Enum",
"requiredness": "required",
"editable": true,
"multi_value": false,
"enums": [
"planned_document",
"section"
]
},
{
"name": "label__v",
"type": "String",
"requiredness": "required",
"max_length": 100,
"editable": true,
"multi_value": false
},
{
"name": "number__v",
"type": "String",
"requiredness": "optional",
"max_length": 50,
"editable": true,
"multi_value": false
},
{
"name": "lifecycle__v",
"type": "Component",
"requiredness": "conditional",
"editable": true,
"multi_value": false,
"component": "Documentlifecycle"
},
{
"name": "type__v",
"type": "Component",
"requiredness": "conditional",
"editable": true,
"multi_value": false,
"component": "Doctype"
},
{
"name": "subtype__v",
"type": "Component",
"requiredness": "conditional",
"editable": true,
"multi_value": false,
"component": "Doctype"
},
{
"name": "classification__v",
"type": "Component",
"requiredness": "conditional",
"editable": true,
"multi_value": false,
"component": "Doctype"
},
{
"name": "document_template__v",
"type": "String",
"requiredness": "conditional",
"max_length": 50,
"editable": true,
"multi_value": false
}
]
}
Retrieve the metadata which defines the shape of binder template nodes in your Vault.
GET /api/{version}/metadata/objects/binders/templates/bindernodes
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml or text/csv |
Response Details
Binder “nodes” are individual sections or documents in the binder template hierarchy. These can include folders and subfolders in the binder or documents existing within the sections.
| Field Name | Description |
|---|---|
id | For a given binder, these are the binder node (section or planned document) IDs. |
parent_id__v | For a given binder template node, this is the node ID of its parent node. The top-level node is the rootNode. |
node_type__v | Binder node types include section and planned_document (content placeholder documents within the binder template). |
label__v | Binder template node label (name). For section node types, this is the name of the folder within the binder template. Example: "label__v": "Operational Procedures". For planned document node types, this is the name of the content placeholder document and may include document field tokens. Example: "label__v": "${study_b} - ${site_b} Operational Procedure". |
number__v | These apply to binder section node types and are a numerical representation of the section’s hierarchy within the binder template. Example: Given two folders in a binder (under the root node), each containing three subfolders, the first and second folder numbers would be 01 and 02, respectively. The three subfolder numbers within the first and second folders would then be 01.01, 01.02, 01.03 and 02.01, 02.02, 02.03, respectively. |
order__v | Order of the node within the binder or within the parent node. Note: There is a known issue affecting this parameter. It may not accurately reflect order. |
type__v | Name of the document type to which templates are associated. |
subtype__v | Name of the document subtype to which templates are associated. |
classification__v | Name of the document classification to which templates are associated. |
lifecycle__v | Name of the binder lifecycle to which templates are associated. |
document_template__v | Name of the planned document template. |
milestone_type__v | eTMF Vaults only. Name of the milestone type associated with the planned document template. |
hierarchy_mapping__v | eTMF Vaults only. Object ID pointing to the lowest level in the TMF reference model. |
| Metadata Field | Description |
|---|---|
name | The binder template node field name (id, parent_id__v, node_type__v, etc.). |
type | The binder template field type. This can be one of ID, String, Number, Enum, or Component. |
requiredness | Indicates whether or not a value must be added when creating a binder template. These include: - required : A value must be added.- conditional : For a template to exist at the document subtype or classification level, this is required. |
editable | Boolean (true/false) field indicating whether or not a value can be added or edited by a user when creating or updating a binder template. |
multi_value | Boolean (true/false) field indicating whether or not the field can have multiple values. |
component | The component property applies to the type__v, subtype__v, classification__v, and lifecycle__v fields and defines the data type that can be set into this field. |
Retrieve Binder Template Collection
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/binders/templates
Response
{
"responseStatus":"SUCCESS",
"data":[
{
"name__v": "study_site_level_file_tmf_rm_30__c",
"label__v": "Study Site Level File TMF RM 2.0",
"active__v": true,
"type__v": "trial_master_file__v",
"subtype__v": null,
"classification__v": null,
"filing_model__v": "0MO000000000101"
},
{
"name__v": "study_site_level_file_tmf_rm_20__c",
"label__v": "Study Site Level File TMF RM 2.0",
"active__v": "true",
"type__v": "site_master_file__v",
"subtype__v": null,
"classification__v": null,
"filing_model__v": "0MO000000000102"
}
]
}
Retrieve the collection of all binder templates in your Vault.
GET /api/{version}/objects/binders/templates
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
Response Details
The response lists all binder templates which have been added to the Vault. Shown above, two binder templates exist in our Vault. Both exist at the document type level and are intended for use with the compliance_package__v type. For information about the document template metadata, refer to the “Retrieve Binder Template Attributes” response below.
Retrieve Binder Template Attributes
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/binders/templates/study_site_level_file_tmf_rm_20__c
Response
{
"responseStatus":"SUCCESS",
"data":[
{
"name__v": "study_site_level_file_tmf_rm_20__c",
"label__v": "Study Site Level File TMF RM 2.0",
"active__v": "true",
"type__v": "site_master_file__v",
"subtype__v": null,
"classification__v": null,
"filing_model__v": "0MO000000000102"
}
]
}
Retrieve the attributes of a specific binder template in your Vault.
GET /api/{version}/objects/binders/templates/{template_name}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{binder_id} | The binder id field value. |
{template_name} | The binder template name__v field value. |
Response Details
The response lists all attributes configured on a specific binder template in the Vault. Shown above are the attributes configured on the specified template:
| Field Name | Description |
|---|---|
name__v | Name of the binder template. This value is not displayed to end users in the UI. It is seen by Admins and used in the API. |
label__v | Label of the binder template. When users in the UI create binders from templates, they see this value in the list of available templates. |
type__v | Vault document type to which the template is associated. |
subtype__v | Vault document subtype to which the template is associated. This field is only displayed if the template exists at the document subtype or classification level. |
classification__v | Vault document classification to which the template is associated. This field is only displayed if the template exists at the document classification level. |
filing_model__v | eTMF Vaults only. Filing model for the binder template. |
Retrieve Binder Template Node Attributes
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/binders/templates/study_site_level_file_tmf_rm_20__c/bindernodes
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": [
{
"id": "5148",
"parent_id__v": "studySiteLevelFileTMFRM20",
"order__v": "0",
"node_type__v": "section",
"label__v": "Trial Management",
"number__v": "01"
},
{
"id": "9647",
"parent_id__v": "studySiteLevelFileTMFRM20",
"order__v": "100",
"node_type__v": "section",
"label__v": "Central Trial Documents",
"number__v": "02"
},
{
"id": "0908",
"parent_id__v": "studySiteLevelFileTMFRM20",
"order__v": "200",
"node_type__v": "section",
"label__v": "Site Management",
"number__v": "03"
},
{
"id": "6671",
"parent_id__v": "5148",
"order__v": "0",
"node_type__v": "section",
"label__v": "Trial Oversight",
"number__v": "01.01"
},
{
"id": "4509",
"parent_id__v": "5148",
"order__v": "100",
"node_type__v": "section",
"label__v": "General",
"number__v": "01.02"
},
{
"id": "3623",
"parent_id__v": "6671",
"order__v": "0",
"node_type__v": "section",
"label__v": "Operational Procedure",
"number__v": "01.01.01",
"hierarchy_mapping__v": "00H00484"
},
{
"id": "5575",
"parent_id__v": "6671",
"order__v": "100",
"node_type__v": "section",
"label__v": "Recruitment Plan",
"number__v": "01.01.02",
"hierarchy_mapping__v": "00H00488"
},
{
"id": "StudyBSiteBOperationalProcedur",
"parent_id__v": "3623",
"order__v": "0",
"node_type__v": "planned_document",
"label__v": "${study_b} - ${site_b} Operational Procedure",
"lifecycle__v": "etmf_lifecycle__c",
"type__v": "trial_management__c",
"subtype__v": "trial_oversight__c",
"classification__v": "operational_procedure_manual__c"
},
{
"id": "StudyBSiteBRecruitmentPlan",
"parent_id__v": "5575",
"order__v": "0",
"node_type__v": "planned_document",
"label__v": "${study_b} - ${site_b} Recruitment Plan",
"lifecycle__v": "etmf_lifecycle__c",
"type__v": "trial_management__c",
"subtype__v": "trial_oversight__c",
"classification__v": "recruitment_plan__c"
},
{
"id": "9454",
"parent_id__v": "4509",
"order__v": "0",
"node_type__v": "section",
"label__v": "Tracking Information",
"number__v": "01.02.01",
"hierarchy_mapping__v": "00H00511"
},
{
"id": "5014",
"parent_id__v": "4509",
"order__v": "100",
"node_type__v": "section",
"label__v": "Filenote",
"number__v": "01.02.02",
"hierarchy_mapping__v": "00H00515"
},
{
"id": "StudyBSiteBOperationalProcedu1",
"parent_id__v": "9454",
"order__v": "0",
"node_type__v": "planned_document",
"label__v": "${study_b} - ${site_b} Tracking Information",
"lifecycle__v": "etmf_lifecycle__c",
"type__v": "trial_management__c",
"subtype__v": "general__c",
"classification__v": "tracking_information__c"
},
{
"id": "StudyBSiteBFileNote",
"parent_id__v": "5014",
"order__v": "0",
"node_type__v": "planned_document",
"label__v": "${study_b} - ${site_b} File Note",
"lifecycle__v": "etmf_lifecycle__c",
"type__v": "trial_management__c",
"subtype__v": "general__c",
"classification__v": "filenote__c"
},
{
"id": "2443",
"parent_id__v": "9647",
"order__v": "0",
"node_type__v": "section",
"label__v": "Trial Documents",
"number__v": "02.01"
},
{
"id": "0413",
"parent_id__v": "9647",
"order__v": "100",
"node_type__v": "section",
"label__v": "Subject Information Sheet",
"number__v": "02.02"
},
{
"id": "5118",
"parent_id__v": "2443",
"order__v": "0",
"node_type__v": "section",
"label__v": "Protocol",
"number__v": "02.01.01",
"hierarchy_mapping__v": "00H00536"
},
{
"id": "StudyBSiteBTrialProtocol",
"parent_id__v": "5118",
"order__v": "0",
"node_type__v": "planned_document",
"label__v": "${study_b} - ${site_b} Trial Protocol",
"lifecycle__v": "etmf_lifecycle__c",
"type__v": "central_trial_documents__c",
"subtype__v": "trial_documents__c",
"classification__v": "protocol__c"
},
{
"id": "StudyBSiteBSubjectInformationS",
"parent_id__v": "0413",
"order__v": "0",
"node_type__v": "planned_document",
"label__v": "${study_b} - ${site_b} Subject Information Sheet",
"lifecycle__v": "etmf_lifecycle__c",
"type__v": "central_trial_documents__c",
"subtype__v": "subject_documents__c",
"classification__v": "subject_information_sheet__c"
},
{
"id": "9135",
"parent_id__v": "0908",
"order__v": "0",
"node_type__v": "section",
"label__v": "Site Selection",
"number__v": "03.01"
},
{
"id": "StudyBSiteBConfidentialityAgre",
"parent_id__v": "9135",
"order__v": "0",
"node_type__v": "planned_document",
"label__v": "${study_b} - ${site_b} Confidentiality Agreement",
"lifecycle__v": "etmf_lifecycle__c",
"type__v": "site_management__c",
"subtype__v": "site_selection__c",
"classification__v": "confidentiality_agreement__c"
},
{
"id": "StudyBSiteBSiteContacts",
"parent_id__v": "9135",
"order__v": "100",
"node_type__v": "planned_document",
"label__v": "${study_b} - ${site_b} Site Contacts",
"lifecycle__v": "etmf_lifecycle__c",
"type__v": "site_management__c",
"subtype__v": "site_selection__c",
"classification__v": "site_contact_details__c"
}
]
}
Retrieve the attributes of each node (folder/section) of a specific binder template in your Vault.
GET /api/{version}/objects/binders/templates/{template_name}/bindernodes
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{template_name} | The binder template name__v field value. |
Response Details
The response lists all attributes configured on each node of a specific binder template in the Vault. The binder template shown above has six nodes.
| Field Name | Description |
|---|---|
id | The binder node (section or planned document) IDs. |
parent_id__v | The node ID of a section or planned document’s parent node. The top-level node is the rootNode. |
node_type__v | Binder node types include section and planned_document (content placeholder documents within the binder template). |
label__v | Label of the binder section or planned document. |
type__v | Vault document type to which planned documents are associated. |
subtype__v | Vault document subtype to which planned documents are associated. This field is only displayed if the planned document exists at the document subtype or classification level. |
classification__v | Vault document classification to which planned documents are associated. This field is only displayed if the planned document exists at the document classification level. |
lifecycle__v | Name of the binder lifecycle to which planned documents are associated. |
number__v | These apply to binder section node types and are a numerical representation of the section’s hierarchy within the binder template. Example: Given two folders in a binder (under the root node), each containing three subfolders, the first and second folder numbers would be 01 and 02, respectively. The three subfolder numbers within the first and second folders would then be 01.01, 01.02, 01.03 and 02.01, 02.02, 02.03, respectively. |
order__v | Order of the node within the binder or within the parent node. Note: There is a known issue affecting this parameter. It may not accurately reflect order. |
hierarchy_mapping__v | eTMF Vaults only. Object ID pointing to the lowest level in the TMF reference model. |
Create Binder Template
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-d "label__v=Claim Binder Template" \
-d "type__v=claim__c" \
-d "active__v=true" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/binders/templates
Response
{
"responseStatus":"SUCCESS",
"data":[
{
"responseStatus":"SUCCESS",
"name__v":"claim_binder_template__c"
}
]
}
Create a new binder template in your Vault.
POST /api/{version}/objects/binders/templates
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/x-www-form-urlencoded |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
Body Parameters
When creating binder templates, the following fields are required in all Vaults:
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
name__voptional | The name of the new binder template. If not included, Vault will use the specified label__v value to generate a value for the name__v field. |
label__vrequired | The label of the new binder template. This is the name users will see among the available binder templates in the UI. |
type__vrequired | The name of the document type to which the template will be associated. |
subtype__voptional | The name of the document subtype to which the template will be associated. This is only required if associating the template with a document subtype. |
classification__voptional | The name of the document classification to which the template will be associated. This is only required if associating the template with a document classification. |
active__vrequired | Set to true or false to indicate whether or not the new binder template should be set to active, i.e., available for selection when creating a binder. |
In this example:
- The input format is set to
application/x-www-form-urlencoded. - The response format is not set and will default to JSON.
- The
name__vfield is not included. Vault will use the specifiedlabel__vfield value to create thename__v=claim_binder_template__c. - The
label__vfield specifies the binder template label “Claim Binder Template”. This is what users will see among the available templates in the UI. - The document
type__vis specified. This template is being created for binders oftype__v=claim__c. Since this exists at the document type level, the subtype and classification are not required. - The template is being set to
active__v=true. It will be available for selection when creating a new binder.
Response Details
On SUCCESS, Vault returns the name of the new binder template.
Bulk Create Binder Templates
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: text/csv" \
--data-binary @"C:\Vault\Templates\add_binder_templates.csv" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/templates
Response
{
"responseStatus":"SUCCESS",
"data":[
{
"responseStatus":"SUCCESS",
"name":"binder_template_1__c"
},
{
"responseStatus":"SUCCESS",
"name":"binder_template_2__c"
},
{
"responseStatus":"SUCCESS",
"name":"binder_template_3__c"
},
{
"responseStatus":"FAILURE",
"errors":[
{
"type":"INVALID_DATA",
"message":"Error message describing why this template was not created."
}
]
}
]
}
Create from 1-500 new binder templates in your Vault.
POST /api/{version}/objects/binders/templates
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/json or text/csv |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
Body Parameters
When creating binder templates, the following fields are required in all Vaults:
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
name__voptional | The name of the new binder templates. If not included, Vault will use the specified label__v value to generate a value for the name__v field. |
label__vrequired | The label of the new binder templates. This is the name users will see among the available binder templates in the UI. |
type__vrequired | The name of the document type to which the templates will be associated. |
subtype__voptional | The name of the document subtype to which the templates will be associated. This is only required if associating the templates with document subtypes. |
classification__voptional | The name of the document classification to which the templates will be associated. This is only required if associating the templates with document classifications. |
active__vrequired | Set to true or false to indicate whether or not the new binder templates should be set to active, i.e., available for selection when creating a binder. |
Example CSV Input
name__v | label__v | type__v | subtype__v | classification__v | active__v |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| binder_template_1__c | First Binder Template | site_master_file__v | true | ||
| Binder Template 2 | trial_master_file__v | true | |||
| Binder Template 3 | central_trial_documents__vs | trial_documents__vs | protocol__vs | true | |
| Binder Template 4 | central_trial_documents__vs | reports__vs | clinical_study_report__vs | false |
In this example input, we’re creating four new binder templates in our Vault:
- We’ve only specified the
name__vvalue for the first template and given it a differentlabel__vvalue. The other templates will inherit theirname__vvalues from thelabel__vvalues. - We’ve specified the document type, subtype, and classification to which each binder template will be associated.
In this example:
- The input file format is set to CSV.
- The response format is not set and will default to JSON.
- The path/name of the CSV input file in our local directory is specified.
Response Details
On SUCCESS, Vault returns the names of the new binder templates.
Create Binder Template Node
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: text/csv" \
--data-binary @"C:\Vault\Templates\add_binder_template_nodes.csv" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/binders/templates/binder_template_1__c/bindernodes
Create nodes in an existing binder template.
POST /api/{version}/objects/binders/templates/{template_name}/bindernodes
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/json or text/csv |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{template_name} | The binder template name__v field value. |
Body Parameters
When creating binder template nodes, the following fields are required in all Vaults:
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
idrequired | The ID of the binder node. This must be set to a unique number. |
parent_id__vrequired | Enter the id of the parent section. To create a node in the top level of the binder (rootNode), leave the value blank. |
node_type__vrequired | Set to section or planned_document. |
label__vrequired | Label for the section or planned document. For planned documents, this corresponds to “Planned Name” in the UI. |
type__voptional | The name of the document type to which the template will be associated. |
subtype__voptional | The name of the document subtype to which the templates will be associated. This is only required if associating the template with a document subtype. |
classification__voptional | The name of the document classification to which the template will be associated. This is only required if associating the template with a document classification. |
active__voptional | Set to true or false to indicate whether or not the binder template should be set to active, i.e., available for selection when creating a binder. |
order__voptional | Order of the component (planned document or section) within the binder template or within the template section. Note: There is a known issue affecting this parameter. The values you enter may not work as expected. |
Example CSV Input: Create Top-Level Section Binder Nodes
id | node_type__v | label__v | order__v | number__v | parent_id__v |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 100 | section | Folder A | 1 | 01 | |
| 200 | section | Folder B | 2 | 02 | |
| 300 | section | Folder C | 3 | 03 |
In this example input, we’re creating three new binder nodes in the template.
- These will be new
sectionnode types. - The required
parent_id__vname is included but its value left blank. By default, the new sections will be added to the top-level in the binder hierarchy. - The optional section order and number are set. These define the position of the three new sections in the binder template hierarchy.
Example CSV Input: Create Sub-Level Section Binder Nodes
id | node_type__v | label__v | order__v | number__v | parent_id__v |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 101 | section | SubFolder A1 | 1 | 01.01 | 100 |
| 102 | section | SubFolder A2 | 2 | 01.02 | 100 |
In this example input, we’re creating three new binder nodes in the template.
- These will be new
sectionnode types. - The required
parent_id__vname is included. If the values are left blank, the new sections will be added to the top-level in the binder hierarchy by default. - The optional section order and number are set. These define the position of the three new sections in the binder template hierarchy.
Example CSV Input: Create Planned Document Binder Node
id | node_type__v | label__v | order__v | parent_id__v | type__v | subtype__v | classification__v | lifecycle__v |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 101PD | planned_document | Planned Document A1 | 1 | 101 | promotional_piece__vs | advertisement__vs | web__vs | promotional_piece__vs |
In this example input, we’re creating new binder node of the type planned_document.
- The required
parent_id__vname is included. If the values are left blank, the planned document will be added to the top-level in the binder hierarchy by default. - The optional section order and number are set. These define the position of the planned document in the binder template hierarchy.
In this example:
- The input file format is set to CSV.
- The response format is not set and will default to JSON.
- The path/name of the CSV input file in our local directory is specified.
Update Binder Template
Request
$ curl -X PUT -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-H "Accept: text/csv" \
-d "active__v=true" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/binders/templates/binder_template_1__c
Response (CSV)
responseStatus,name,errors
SUCCESS,binder_template_1__c,
Update an existing binder template in your Vault.
By changing the document type/subtype/classification, you can move an existing binder template to a different level of the document type hierarchy, effectively reclassifying the template.
See also: Bulk Update Binder Templates below.
PUT /api/{version}/objects/binders/templates
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/x-www-form-urlencoded |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
Body Parameters
You can update the following fields on binder templates:
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
name__voptional | Change the name of an existing binder template. |
label__voptional | Change the label of an existing binder template. This is the name users will see among the available binder templates in the UI. |
type__vrequired | Change the document type to which the template is associated. |
subtype__voptional | Change the document subtype to which the template is associated. This is only required if associating the template with a document subtype. |
classification__voptional | Change the document classification to which the template is associated. This is only required if associating the template with a document classification. |
active__voptional | Set to true or false to indicate whether or not the binder template should be set to active, i.e., available for selection when creating a binder. |
In this example:
- The input file format is set to
application/x-www-form-urlencoded. - The response format is set to
text/csv. - The
active__vfield is set tofalse. We’re changing the status of this binder template from “Active” to “Inactive”.
Response Details
On SUCCESS, Vault returns the name of the updated binder template.
Bulk Update Binder Templates
Request
$ curl -X PUT -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: text/csv" \
-H "Accept: text/csv" \
--data-binary @"C:\Vault\Templates\update_binder_templates.csv" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/binders/templates
Response (CSV)
responseStatus,name,errors
SUCCESS,binder_template_2__c,
SUCCESS,binder_template_3__c,
SUCCESS,binder_template_4__c,
Update from 1-500 binder templates in your Vault.
By changing the document type/subtype/classification, you can move an existing binder template to a different level of the document type hierarchy, effectively reclassifying the template.
See also: Update [Single] Binder Template above.
PUT /api/{version}/objects/binders/templates
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/json or text/csv |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
Body Parameters
You can update the following fields on binder templates:
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
name__vrequired | Change the name of existing binder templates. |
label__voptional | Change the label of existing binder templates. This is the name users will see among the available binder templates in the UI. |
type__vrequired | Change the document type to which the templates are associated. |
subtype__voptional | Change the document subtype to which the templates are associated. This is only required if associating the templates with document subtypes. |
classification__voptional | Change the document classification to which the templates are associated. This is only required if associating the templates with document classifications. |
active__voptional | Set to true or false to indicate whether or not the binder templates should be set to active, i.e., available for selection when creating a binder. |
Example CSV Input
name__v | label__v | active__v |
|---|---|---|
| binder_template_2__c | Second Binder Template | true |
| binder_template_3__c | Binder Template 3 | true |
| binder_template_4__c | Binder Template 4 | false |
In this example input, we’re updating three existing binder templates in our Vault.
- On the first template, we’re updating both the
name__vandlabel__vvalues. - On the second template, we’re updating the
name__vvalue and setting theactive__vvalue totrue. - On the third template, we’re updating the
name__vvalue and setting theactive__vvalue tofalse.
Including a binder field name in the input but leaving its value blank will clear existing values from the field.
In this example:
- The input file format is set to CSV.
- The response format is not set and will default to JSON.
- The path/name of the CSV input file in our local directory is specified.
Response Details
On SUCCESS, Vault returns the names of the updated binder templates.
Replace Binder Template Nodes
Request
$ curl -X PUT -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/binders/templates/binder_template_1__c
Replace all binder nodes in an existing binder template. This action removes all existing nodes and replaces them with those specified in the input.
PUT /api/{version}/objects/binders/templates/{template_name}/bindernodes
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/json or text/csv |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{template_name} | The binder template name__v field value. |
Example CSV Input
See the Create Binder Template Node above for example inputs, which are the same as those used in this request.
Delete Binder Template
Request
$ curl -X DELETE -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/binders/templates/binder_template_1__c
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS"
}
Delete an existing binder template from your Vault.
DELETE /api/{version}/objects/binders/templates/{template_name}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{template_name} | The binder template name__v field value. |
Binding Rules
Learn about Version Binding in Vault Help.
Update Binding Rule
Request
$ curl -X PUT -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-d "binding_rule__v=steady-state" \
-d "binding_rule_override__v=true" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/binders/566/binding_rule
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"id": 566
}
PUT /api/{version}/objects/binders/{binder_id}/binding_rule
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/x-www-form-urlencoded |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{binder_id} | The binder id field value. |
Body Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
binding_rule__voptional | Indicates which binding rule to apply (which document versions to link to the section). Options are: default (bind to the latest available version (assumed if binding_rule is blank)), steady-state (bind to latest version in a steady-state), or current (bind to current version). |
binding_rule_override__voptional | Set to true or false to indicate if the specified binding rule should override documents or sections which already have binding rules set. If set to true, the binding rule is applied to all documents and sections within the current section. If blank or set to false, the binding rule is applied only to documents and sections within the current section that do not have a binding rule specified. |
Update Binder Section Binding Rule
Request
$ curl -X PUT -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-d "binding_rule__v=steady-state" \
-d "binding_rule_override__v=true" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/binders/566/sections/1427232809771:1381853041/binding_rule
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"id": "1427491342404:-1828014479"
}
PUT /api/{version}/objects/binders/{binder_id}/sections/{node_id}/binding_rule
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/x-www-form-urlencoded |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{binder_id} | The binder id field value. |
{node_id} | The binder node id field value. |
Body Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
binding_rule__voptional | Indicates which binding rule to apply (which document versions to link to the section). Options are: default (bind to the latest available version (assumed if binding_rule is blank)), steady-state (bind to latest version in a steady-state), or current (bind to current version). |
binding_rule_override__voptional | Set to true or false to indicate if the specified binding rule should override documents or sections which already have binding rules set. If set to true, the binding rule is applied to all documents and sections within the current section. If blank or set to false, the binding rule is applied only to documents and sections within the current section that do not have a binding rule specified. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, Vault returns the Node ID of the updated section.
Update Binder Document Binding Rule
Request
$ curl -X PUT -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-d "binding_rule__v=specific" \
-d "major_version_number__v=1" \
-d "minor_version_number__v=0" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/binders/566/documents/1427491342404:-1828014479/binding_rule
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"id": "1427491342404:-1828014479"
}
PUT /api/{version}/objects/binders/{binder_id}/documents/{node_id}/binding_rule
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/x-www-form-urlencoded |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{binder_id} | The binder id field value. |
{node_id} | The binder node id field value. |
Body Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
binding_rule__voptional | Indicates which binding rule to apply (which document versions to link to the section). Options are: default (bind to the latest available version (assumed if binding_rule is blank)), steady-state (bind to latest version in a steady-state), current (bind to current version), or specific (bind to a specific version). |
major_version_number__voptional | If the binding_rule is specific, then this is required and indicates the major version of the document to be linked. Otherwise it is ignored. |
minor_version_number__voptional | If the binding_rule is specific, then this is required and indicates the major version of the document to be linked. Otherwise it is ignored. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, Vault returns the Node ID of the updated document node within the binder
Vault Objects
Each Vault is configured with a set of standard objects (product__v, country__v, study__v, etc.). These vary by application and configuration.
Vault is also configured with a set of system objects (user__sys, person__sys, locale__sys, etc.) These are available for all Vault applications and configurations.
Admins may also create custom objects (region__c, agency__c, manufacturer__c, etc.). Vault limits the total number of custom objects that Admins can create in a single Vault. By default, the limit is 20.
- The API supports retrieval of Vault Objects and their metadata.
- The API does not support creating or updating Vault Objects. This must be done by Admin in the UI.
Each object can have multiple object records. For example, the product__v object may have records for products named CholeCap, Nyaxa, and WonderDrug. All object records are user-defined.
- The API supports retrieval of Vault Object Records and their metadata.
- The API supports creating, updating, and deleting object records.
Learn about Vault Objects & Fields in Vault Help.
Retrieve Object Metadata
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v21.2/metadata/vobjects/product__v
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"object": {
"available_lifecycles": [],
"label_plural": "Products",
"prefix": "00P",
"data_store": "standard",
"description": null,
"enable_esignatures": false,
"source": "standard",
"allow_attachments": false,
"relationships": [
{
"relationship_name": "product_family__vr",
"relationship_label": "Product Family",
"field": "product_family__v",
"relationship_type": "reference_outbound",
"localized_data": {
"relationship_label": {
"de": "Produktfamilie",
"ru": "Семейство продуктов",
"kr": "제품군",
"en": "Product Family",
"it": "Famiglia di prodotti",
"pt_BR": "Família de produtos",
"fr": "Famille de produits",
"hu": "Termékcsalád",
"es": "Familia de productos",
"zh": "产品系列",
"zh_TW": "產品系列",
"th": "ตระกูลผลิตภัณฑ์",
"ja": "製品ファミリー",
"pl": "Rodzina produktów",
"nl": "Productgroep",
"tr": "Ürün Ailesi",
"pt_PT": "Família do produto"
}
},
"relationship_deletion": "block",
"object": {
"url": "/api/v21.2/metadata/vobjects/product_family__v",
"label": "Product Family",
"name": "product_family__v",
"label_plural": "Product Families",
"prefix": "V95",
"localized_data": {
"label_plural": {
"de": "Produktfamilien",
"ru": "Семейства продуктов",
"kr": "제품군",
"en": "Product Families",
"it": "Famiglie di prodotti",
"pt_BR": "Famílias de produtos",
"fr": "Familles de produits",
"hu": "Termékcsaládok",
"es": "Familias de productos",
"zh": "产品系列",
"zh_TW": "產品系列",
"th": "ตระกูลผลิตภัณฑ์",
"ja": "製品ファミリー",
"pl": "Rodziny produktów",
"nl": "Productfamilies",
"tr": "Ürün Aileleri",
"pt_PT": "Famílias de produto"
},
"label": {
"de": "Produktfamilie",
"ru": "Семейство продуктов",
"kr": "제품군",
"en": "Product Family",
"it": "Famiglia di prodotti",
"pt_BR": "Família de produtos",
"fr": "Famille de produits",
"hu": "Termékcsalád",
"es": "Familia de productos",
"zh": "产品系列",
"zh_TW": "產品系列",
"th": "ตระกูลผลิตภัณฑ์",
"ja": "製品ファミリー",
"pl": "Rodzina produktów",
"nl": "Productgroep",
"tr": "Ürün Ailesi",
"pt_PT": "Família do produto"
}
}
}
}
],
"urls": {
"field": "/api/v21.2/metadata/vobjects/product__v/fields/{name}",
"record": "/api/v21.2/vobjects/product__v/{id}",
"list": "/api/v21.2/vobjects/product__v",
"metadata": "/api/v21.2/metadata/vobjects/product__v"
},
"role_overrides": false,
"localized_data": {
"label_plural": {
"de": "Produkte",
"ru": "Продукты",
"sv": "Produkter",
"kr": "제품",
"en": "Products",
"pt_BR": "Produtos",
"it": "Prodotti",
"fr": "Produits",
"hu": "Termékek",
"es": "Productos",
"zh": "产品",
"zh_TW": "產品",
"ja": "製品",
"pl": "Produkty",
"tr": "Ürünler",
"nl": "Producten",
"pt_PT": "Produtos"
},
"label": {
"de": "Produkt",
"ru": "Продукт",
"sv": "Produkt",
"kr": "제품",
"en": "Product",
"pt_BR": "Produto",
"it": "Prodotto",
"fr": "Produit",
"hu": "Termék",
"es": "Producto",
"zh": "产品",
"zh_TW": "產品",
"ja": "製品",
"pl": "Produkt",
"tr": "Ürün",
"nl": "Product",
"pt_PT": "Produto"
}
},
"object_class": "base",
"order": 12,
"allow_types": false,
"help_content": null,
"in_menu": true,
"label": "Product",
"modified_date": "2020-12-23T04:00:21.000Z",
"created_by": 1,
"secure_audit_trail": false,
"secure_sharing_settings": false,
"dynamic_security": false,
"auditable": true,
"name": "product__v",
"modified_by": 1,
"user_role_setup_object": null,
"secure_attachments": false,
"prevent_record_overwrite": false,
"created_date": "2020-05-26T10:19:27.000Z",
"system_managed": false,
"fields": [
{
"help_content": null,
"editable": false,
"lookup_relationship_name": null,
"label": "ID",
"source": "standard",
"type": "ID",
"modified_date": "2020-05-26T10:19:27.000Z",
"created_by": 1,
"required": false,
"no_copy": true,
"localized_data": {
"label": {
"de": "ID",
"ru": "Идентификатор",
"sv": "ID",
"kr": "ID",
"en": "ID",
"pt_BR": "ID",
"it": "ID",
"fr": "ID",
"hu": "Azonosító",
"es": "ID",
"zh": "ID",
"zh_TW": "識別碼",
"ja": "ID",
"pl": "Identyfikator",
"tr": "Kimlik",
"nl": "ID",
"pt_PT": "ID"
}
},
"name": "id",
"list_column": false,
"modified_by": 1,
"facetable": false,
"created_date": "2020-05-26T10:19:27.000Z",
"lookup_source_field": null,
"status": [
"active__v"
],
"order": 0
}
],
"status": [
"active__v"
],
"default_obj_type": "base__v"
}
}
Retrieve all metadata configured on a standard or custom Vault Object.
GET /api/{version}/metadata/vobjects/{object_name}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{object_name} | The object name__v field value. For example, product__v, country__v, custom_object__c. |
Query Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
loc | Set to true to retrieve the localized_data array, which contains the localized (translated) strings for the label and label_plural object fields. If omitted, defaults to false and localized Strings are not included. |
Response Details
The response includes all metadata configured on the object, such as:
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
in_menu | When true, the object appears in the Vault UI’s Business Admin. When configuring objects in the UI, this is the Display in Business Admin setting. |
source | The source of this object. For example, standard objects are Veeva-supplied objects, and custom objects are objects created by your organization. |
created_by | The user ID of the user who created this object. Standard objects are created by System, which is user ID 1. |
fields | An array of the fields available on this object. You can Retrieve Object Field Metadata with a field’s name value. |
facetable | When true, the object is available for use as a faceted filter in the Vault UI.Learn more about faceted filters in Vault Help. |
Retrieve Object Field Metadata
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v22.3/metadata/vobjects/product__v/fields/name__v
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"field": {
"lookup_relationship_name": null,
"start_number": null,
"source": "standard",
"type": "String",
"required": true,
"list_column": true,
"facetable": false,
"max_length": 128,
"order": 1,
"help_content": "The primary name of the product.",
"editable": true,
"label": "Product Name",
"modified_date": "2021-09-22T22:57:11.000Z",
"created_by": 1,
"no_copy": false,
"encrypted": false,
"system_managed_name": false,
"value_format": null,
"unique": true,
"name": "name__v",
"modified_by": 1,
"created_date": "2021-09-22T22:57:11.000Z",
"sequential_naming": false,
"lookup_source_field": null,
"status": [
"active__v"
]
}
}
GET /api/{version}/metadata/vobjects/{object_name}/fields/{object_field_name}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{object_name} | The object name__v field value (product__v, country__v, custom_object__c, etc.). |
{object_field_name} | The object field name value (id, name__v, external_id__v, etc.). |
Query Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
loc | Set to true to retrieve the localized_data array, which contains the localized (translated) strings for the label and label_plural object fields. If omitted, defaults to false and localized Strings are not included. |
Response Details
The response lists all metadata configured on the specified Vault object field. Note the following field metadata:
| Metadata Field | Description |
|---|---|
required | When true, the field value must be set when creating new object records. |
editable | When true, the field value can be defined by the currently authenticated user. When false, the field value is read-only or system-managed. |
no_copy | When true, field values are not copied when using the Make a Copy action. |
facetable | When true, the field is available for use as a faceted filter in the Vault UI. Learn more about faceted filters in Vault Help. |
searchable | Boolean indicating the lookup field is searchable. When true, the field is available for filtering and ordering with VQL and in the Vault UI. Only applies to lookup fields. Learn more about lookup fields on Vault Help. |
Retrieve Object Collection
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v21.3/metadata/vobjects?loc=true
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"objects": [
{
"url": "/api/v21.3/metadata/vobjects/user__sys",
"label": "User",
"name": "user__sys",
"label_plural": "Users",
"prefix": "V0A",
"order": 87,
"in_menu": true,
"source": "system",
"status": [
"active__v"
],
"configuration_state": "STEADY_STATE",
"localized_data": {
"label_plural": {
"de": "Benutzer",
"ru": "Пользователи",
"sv": "Användare",
"kr": "사용자",
"en": "Users",
"pt_BR": "Usuários",
"it": "Utenti",
"fr": "Utilisateurs",
"hu": "Felhasználók",
"es": "Usuarios",
"zh": "用户",
"zh_TW": "使用者",
"th": "ผู้ใช้",
"ja": "ユーザ",
"pl": "Użytkownicy",
"tr": "Kullanıcılar",
"nl": "Gebruikers",
"pt_PT": "Utilizadores"
},
"label": {
"de": "Benutzer",
"ru": "Пользователь",
"sv": "Användare",
"kr": "사용자",
"en": "User",
"pt_BR": "Usuário",
"it": "Utente",
"fr": "Utilisateur",
"hu": "Felhasználó",
"es": "Usuario",
"zh": "用户",
"zh_TW": "使用者",
"th": "ผู้ใช้",
"ja": "ユーザ",
"pl": "Użytkownik",
"tr": "Kullanıcı",
"nl": "Gebruiker",
"pt_PT": "Utilizador"
}
}
},
{
"url": "/api/v21.3/metadata/vobjects/country__v",
"label": "Country",
"name": "country__v",
"label_plural": "Countries",
"prefix": "00C",
"in_menu": true,
"source": "standard",
"status": [
"active__v"
],
"configuration_state": "STEADY_STATE",
"localized_data": {
"label_plural": {
"de": "Länder",
"ru": "Страны",
"sv": "Länder",
"kr": "국가",
"en": "Countries",
"it": "Paesi",
"pt_BR": "Países",
"fr": "Pays",
"hu": "Országok",
"es": "Países",
"zh": "国家/地区",
"zh_TW": "國家/地區",
"th": "ประเทศ",
"ja": "国",
"pl": "Kraje",
"tr": "Ülkeler",
"nl": "Landen",
"pt_PT": "Países"
},
"label": {
"de": "Land",
"ru": "Страна",
"sv": "Land",
"kr": "국가",
"en": "Country",
"it": "Paese",
"pt_BR": "País",
"fr": "Pays",
"hu": "Ország",
"es": "País",
"zh": "国家/地区",
"zh_TW": "國家/地區",
"th": "ประเทศ",
"ja": "国",
"pl": "Kraj",
"tr": "Ülke",
"nl": "Land",
"pt_PT": "País"
}
}
}
]
}
Retrieve all Vault objects in the authenticated Vault.
GET /api/{version}/metadata/vobjects
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
Query Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
loc | Set to true to retrieve localized (translated) strings for the label and label_plural object fields. If omitted, defaults to false and localized Strings are not included. |
Response Details
The response includes a summary of key information (url, label, name, prefix, status, etc.) for all standard and custom Vault Objects configured in your Vault.
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
localized_data | When loc=true, this array contains translated field labels for each object. This data is only available at the object and field level, and only if localized Strings have been configured on objects in your Vault. |
configuration_state | The configuration state of your high volume object.
|
Retrieve Object Record Collection
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v21.3/vobjects/product__v
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"responseDetails": {
"total": 20,
"offset": 0,
"limit": 200,
"url": "/api/v21.3/vobjects/product__v",
"object": {
"url": "/api/v21.3/metadata/vobjects/product__v",
"label": "Product",
"name": "product__v",
"label_plural": "Products",
"prefix": "00P",
"order": 1,
"in_menu": true,
"source": "standard",
"status": [
"active__v"
],
"configuration_state": "STEADY_STATE"
}
},
"data": [
{
"id": "0PR0202",
"name__v": "CholeCap"
},
{
"id": "0PR0303",
"name__v": "Gludacta"
},
{
"id": "0PR0404",
"name__v": "Nyaxa"
}
]
}
}
Retrieve all records for a specific Vault Object.
GET /api/{version}/vobjects/{object_name}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{object_name} | The object name__v field value. For example,product__v, country__v, custom_object__c. |
Query Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
fields | To specify fields to retrieve, include the parameter fields={FIELD_NAMES}. See Retrieve Specific Object Record Fields for details. |
Response Details
The response includes the object metadata for the specified object and the id and name__v of all object records configured on the object.
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
configuration_state | The configuration state of your high volume object.
|
Limit, Sort, and Paginate Results
By default, Vault returns a maximum of 200 object records per page. You can change (lower) this using the limit operator. For example, to limit the number of records to 20 per page:
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/vobjects/study__v?limit=20
The limit operator must be a positive integer. Values over 200 are ignored.
You can change the response to sort in descending desc or ascending asc order based on an object field. For example, to sort by the name of each product in descending order:
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/vobjects/study__v?sort=name__v desc
With a maximum of 200 records returned per page, you must submit a new request to see the “next page” of results (when more than 200 object records exist). Vault provides two methods to accomplish pagination: the offset operator and the next_page/previous_page URLs.
The offset operator is used in request in the same way as the limit operator above. For example, if you’re viewing the first page of 200 results (default maximum per page) out of 1000 total results found and want to see the next 200 results, enter offset=201.
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/vobjects/study__v?offset=201
The offset operator must be a positive integer. Values equaling to a number larger than the total number of records in the collection will not return any results.
To use limit, offset, and sort together, structure the string in the following manner:
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/vobjects/study__v?limit=10&offset=51&sort=name__v desc
The request shown above will return 10 results per page, starting with page 5 (results 51-60), and sort the results by the object record name in descending order.
Alternatively, you can use the next_page/previous_page URLs in the response to paginate results. Consider the following abridged response for an object record request:
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"responseDetails": {
"total": 1000,
"limit": 200,
"offset": 601,
"previous_page": "/api/v15.0/vobjects/study__v?limit=200&offset=401",
"next_page": "/api/v15.0/vobjects/study__v?limit=200&offset=801",
"object": {
}
}
}
There are a total of 1000 object records found. We used the default maximum of 200 records per page and offset the results to 601, meaning this response is displaying results 601-800 (page 3). Notice the next_page URL shows a limit of 200 and offset of 401 (to view page 4) and the previous_page URL shows a limit of 200 and offset of 801 (to view page 4.).
The pagination URLs are automatically provided in the response when the number of records exceeds the maximum number of results per page. These strings can be used to basically “copy and paste” your next query to paginate the entire result set. The numbers at the end of the string (?limit=200&offset=801") can also be modified with different limits and offsets before using the string to change the pagination.
Note that the next_page and previous_page strings only remain active for about 15 minutes following the query.
Vault-Owned user__sys Records
When you retrieve user__sys records, the response includes multiple system-owned user records that appear in all Vaults. These accounts are used to capture actions that are performed by Vault instead of by a user. These records are not included in license counts, are read-only, and cannot be referenced by another user or document. Learn more in Vault Help.
Retrieve Specific Object Record Fields
You can augment the request to retrieve fields other than the default object record id and name__v by using the fields parameter and a comma-delimited list of object field names.
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/vobjects/product__v?fields=id,name__v,external_id__v,generic_name__c
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"responseDetails": {
"total": 3,
"limit": 200,
"url": "/api/v15.0/vobjects/product__v?fields=id,name__v,external_id__v,generic_name__c",
"object": {
"url": "/api/v15.0/metadata/vobjects/product__v",
"label": "Product",
"name": "product__v"
},
"data": [
{
"id": "0PR0202",
"name__v": "CholeCap",
"external_id__v": "CHO-PROD-0772",
"generic_name__c": "cholepridol phosphate"
},
{
"id": "0PR0303",
"name__v": "Gludacta",
"external_id__v": "GLU-PROD-0773",
"generic_name__c": "glucerin sulfate"
},
{
"id": "0PR0404",
"name__v": "Nyaxa",
"external_id__v": "NYA-PROD-0774",
"generic_name__c": "nitroprinaline oxalate"
}
]
}
}
Retrieve Object Record
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/vobjects/product__v/0PR0202
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"responseDetails": {
"url": "/api/v15.0/vobjects/product__v/00PR0202",
"object": {
"url": "/api/v15.0/metadata/vobjects/product__v",
"label": "Product",
"name": "product__v",
"label_plural": "Products",
"prefix": "00P"
}
},
"data": {
"external_id__v": "CHO-457",
"product_family__c": [
"cholepriol__c"
],
"compound_id__c": "CHO-55214",
"abbreviation__c": "CHO",
"therapeutic_area__c": [
"endocrinology__c"
],
"name__v": "CholeCap",
"modified_by__v": 12022,
"modified_date__v": "2016-05-10T21:06:11.000Z",
"inn__c": null,
"created_date__v": "2015-07-30T20:55:16.000Z",
"id": "00PR0202",
"internal_name__c": null,
"generic_name__c": "cholepridol phosphate",
"status__v": [
"active__v"
],
"created_by__v": 1
},
"manually_assigned_sharing_roles": {
"owner__v": {
"groups": null,
"users": [
12022
]
},
"viewer__v": {
"groups": [
3311303
],
"users": [
35551,
48948,
55002
]
},
"editor__v": {
"groups": [
4411606
],
"users": [
60145,
70012,
89546
]
}
}
}
Retrieve metadata configured on a specific object record in your Vault.
GET /api/{version}/vobjects/{object_name}/{object_record_id}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{object_name} | The object name__v field value (product__v, country__v, custom_object__c, etc.). |
{object_record_id} | The object record id field value. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response lists all fields and values configured on the object record.
When Custom Sharing Rules have been enabled on the object ("dynamic_security": true), the response includes the following additional information:
manually_assigned_sharing_roles
owner__vviewer__veditor__v
These are the users and groups that have been manually assigned to each role on the object record.
Not all object records will have users and groups assigned to roles. You can update object records to add or remove users and/or groups on each role.
Create Object Records
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: text/csv" \
-H "Accept: text/csv" \
--data-binary @"C:\Vault\Object Records\create_object_records.csv" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v8.0/vobjects/product__v
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": [
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": {
"id": "0PR0771",
"url": "api/v8.0/vobjects/product__v/0PR0771"
}
},
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": {
"id": "0PR0772",
"url": "api/v8.0/vobjects/product__v/0PR0772"
}
},
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": {
"id": "0PR0773",
"url": "api/v8.0/vobjects/product__v/0PR0773"
}
},
{
"responseStatus": "FAILURE",
"errors": [
{
"type": "INVALID_DATA",
"message": "Error message describing why this object record was not created."
}
]
}
]
}
Create Vault object records in bulk.
You can use this endpoint to create User Tasks or User (user__sys) records. Learn more about User Tasks and the User & Person Objects in Vault Help.
- The maximum input file size is 10 MB.
- The values in the input must be UTF-8 encoded.
- CSVs must follow the standard RFC 4180 format, with some exceptions.
- The maximum batch size is 500.
You can only add relationships on object fields using ID values or based on a unique field on the target object. This API does not support object lookup fields.
POST /api/{version}/vobjects/{object_name}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | text/csv or application/json |
Accept | application/json (default) or text/csv |
X-VaultAPI-MigrationMode | If set to true, Vault bypasses entry criteria, entry actions, validation rules, and reference constraints when creating object records and allows you to create records in a specific state or state type. If a valid state or state type is not specified, records will be created in their initial state. You must have the Record Migration permission to use this header. |
X-VaultAPI-UnchangedFieldBehavior | When upserting, set to IgnoreSetOnCreateOnly (default) to ignore values given for the Object Type field and parent object fields if the record already exists and the value has not changed. Set to NeverIgnore to enforce Edit permission for all fields in the payload, regardless of whether or not the value has changed. Read-only fields such as Object Type will fail even if the value has not changed. Set to AlwaysIgnore to ignore fields that match between the record and payload values during upsert. |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{object_name} | The name of the object, for example, product__v. |
Body Parameters
Upload parameters as a JSON or CSV file.
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
name__vrequired | This field is required unless it is set to system-managed. To find out if an object uses system-managed naming, retrieve its name__v field and look for the system_managed_name property set to true or false. Learn more about system-managed naming in Vault Help. |
object_type__voptional | To create objects of a specific object type, add this field with the id of the object type. |
object_type__v.api_name__voptional | To create objects of a specific object type, add this field with the name of the object type. If both object_type__v.api_name__v and object_type__v are included, Vault creates the object with the type specified in object_type__v.api_name__v. |
source_record_idoptional | To copy an existing object record, add this field with the id of the existing object record. Any values specified for other fields will override the copied values. To perform a deep (hierarchical) copy of a record, see the Deep Copy endpoint. |
state__voptional | Specifies the lifecycle state of the record when X-VaultAPI-MigrationMode is set to true. For example, draft_state__c. |
state_labeloptional | Specifies the lifecycle state type of the record when X-VaultAPI-MigrationMode is set to true. Use the format base:object_lifecycle: followed by the object state type. For example, base:object_lifecycle:initial_state_type. When providing both a state and state type, the state_label value must map to the provided state__v value. For example, if the state__v value is set to draft_state__c, the state_label value must already be set to draft in the destination Vault. |
Add Relationships on Object Fields
Many object records have relationships with other object records. For example, the object record details for the Marketing Campaign “CholeCap Campaign” references its parent “CholeCap” Product record. When creating or upserting object records, there are instances where an object field in your input file indicates an object relationship. The API supports the use of reference relationships and parent-child relationships within fields, but not lookup fields. To refer to object relationships in an object field, set the column header in the input file to be a combination of the relationship name and a unique object field, such as name__v. For example, product__vr.name__v references the name of the related Product record.
Upsert Object Records
Upsert is a combination of create and update. With idParam, you can identify an object record by any unique object field. This allows you to use one input file to create new object records and update existing records at the same time. If a matching record exists, Vault updates the record with the unique field values specified in the input. If no matching object record exists, Vault creates a new record using the values in the input. To control how non-editable fields are handled during upsert, use the Unchanged Field Behavior header. To upsert records in a specific state or state type, use the Migration Mode header.
Query String Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
idParam | To upsert object records, add idParam={field_name} to the request endpoint. For example, idParam=external_id__v. You can use any object field which has unique set to true in the object metadata. For example, idParam=external_id__v. |
Admin may set other standard or custom object fields to required. Use the Object Metadata API to retrieve all fields configured on objects. You can add any object field with editable: true.
Create User Object Records
To create user__sys records, your input file must have all required fields on user__sys. You can choose to create new users in pending state and defer welcome emails by setting activation_date__sys to a future date.
Use the Retrieve Object Metadata endpoint on user__sys to retrieve a full list of fields.
This API does not support the following:
- Creating cross-domain users. To create cross-domain users, use the Create Single User endpoint.
- Adding users to a domain without assigning them to a Vault. To add users to a domain only, use the Create Single User endpoint.
- Changing user passwords.
Body Parameters
The following fields are required in your input file to create user__sys records:
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
email__sysrequired | The user’s email address. For example, ewoodhouse@email.com An email address is required to prevent adding duplicate users in error. For example, users John and Jane Smith may both use “jsmith” as a user name. An email address ensures adding the correct user. |
first_name__sysrequired | The user’s first name. |
last_name__sysrequired | The user’s last name. |
username__sysrequired | The user’s Vault user name (login credential). username__sys is a multi-part field. To set the user name, provide the entire value. For example, ewoodhouse@veepharm.com. |
language__sysrequired | The user’s preferred language. |
locale__sysrequired | The user’s location. |
timezone__sysrequired | The user’s time zone. |
license_type__sysoptional | The user’s license type. If omitted, default value is full__v. |
security_profile__sysrequired | The user’s security profile. |
status__voptional | The status of the user. |
source_person_id__voptional | The person record to be associated with this user. This field is only available in Clinical Operations Vaults. See Managing the Person & Organization Objects for more information. |
activation_date__sysoptional | The date the user will first be able to access Vault in YYYY-MM-DD format. If excluded, defaults to today’s date. |
send_welcome_email__sysoptional | Set to true to defer welcome email until user’s account activation date. Set to false to send no welcome email. |
Note that when you create, add, or update user__sys, Vault synchronizes those changes with users across all Vaults to which that user is a member. This includes cross-domain Vaults.
Response Details
On SUCCESS, Vault returns the id and url of each new record.
Note that if an object has a field default configured, the value you use for that field overrides the default.
Note that in CTMS Vaults, if you do not specify a milestone record ID when creating a new Monitoring Event record, this call will automatically create a new Milestone record. However, the id of the new Milestone record is not returned in this response. Learn more about automated CTMS object creation in Vault Help.
Update Object Records
Request
$ curl -X PUT -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: text/csv" \
-H "Accept: text/csv" \
--data-binary @"C:\Vault\Object Records\update_object_records.csv" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v8.0/vobjects/product__v
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": [
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS"
},
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS"
},
{
"responseStatus": "FAILURE",
"errors": [
{
"type": "INVALID_DATA",
"message": "Error message describing why this object record was not updated."
}
]
}
]
}
Update Object Records in bulk. You can use this endpoint to update user records (user__sys).
- The maximum input size is 10 MB.
- The values in the input must be UTF-8 encoded.
- CSVs must follow the standard RFC 4180 format, with some exceptions.
- The maximum batch size is 500.
PUT /api/{version}/vobjects/{object_name}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | text/csv or application/json |
Accept | application/json (default) or text/csv |
X-VaultAPI-MigrationMode | If set to true, Vault bypasses entry criteria, entry actions, validation rules, and reference constraints when updating object records and allows you to update records to a specific state or state type. If a valid state or state type is not specified, the update job will fail. You must have the Record Migration permission to use this header. |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{object_name} | The name of the object, for example, product__v. |
Body Parameters
Include parameters as JSON or CSV. The following shows the required standard fields needed to create object records, but an Admin may set other standard or custom object fields as required in your Vault.
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
idrequired | The object record ID. You can only update an object record ID once per request. If you provide duplicate IDs, the bulk update skips the duplicate record. Instead of id, you can use a unique field defined by the idParam query parameter. |
{field_name}optional | The field name to update on this object record. Use the Object Metadata API to retrieve all fields configured on objects. You can update any field with editable: true. |
state__voptional | Specifies the lifecycle state of the record when X-VaultAPI-MigrationMode is set to true. For example, draft_state__c. |
state_labeloptional | Specifies the lifecycle state type of the record when X-VaultAPI-MigrationMode is set to true. Use the format base:object_lifecycle: followed by the object state type. For example, base:object_lifecycle:initial_state_type. When providing both a state and state type, the state_label value must map to the provided state__v value. For example, if the state__v value is set to draft_state__c, the state_label value must already be set to draft in the destination Vault. |
Query Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
idParam | Optional: To identify objects in your input by a unique field, add idParam={field_name} to the request endpoint. You can use any object field that has unique set to true in the object metadata. For example, idParam=external_id__v. |
Additional Notes:
- If an object is a parent in a parent-child relationship with another object, you cannot update its
status__vfield in bulk. - If an object has a field default configured, the value you use for that field overrides the default. Learn more about the order of operations for field defaults in Vault Help.
- If Dynamic Security (Custom Sharing Rules) is configured on an object, you can add or remove users and groups on manually assigned roles. For example,
editor__v.users. This will overwrite any users currently in the role. - You can also use this call to complete user tasks by setting the
complete__vfield totrue. - The Edit permission is required on the object record when updating role assignments. This endpoint only supports updating standard roles (for example, viewer, editor, owner) and not custom roles. We recommend using the Assign Users & Groups to Roles on Object Records and the Remove Users & Groups from Roles on Object Records endpoints, which support all roles with better performance.
- When you create, add, or update
user__sys, Vault synchronizes those changes with users across all Vaults to which that user is a member. This includes cross-domain Vaults.
Delete Object Records
Request
$ curl -X DELETE -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: text/csv" \
-H "Accept: text/csv" \
--data-binary @"C:\Vault\Object Records\delete_object_records.csv" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/vobjects/product__v
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": [
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS"
},
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS"
},
{
"responseStatus": "FAILURE",
"errors": [
{
"type": "INVALID_DATA",
"message": "Error message describing why this object record was not deleted."
}
]
}
]
}
Delete Object Records in bulk. Admins can also define special deletion rules for objects, which affects how Vault behaves when you attempt to delete an object record. Learn more about limitations on object record deletion in Vault Help.
If you need to delete a parent record along with all of its children and grandchildren, use the Cascade Delete endpoint.
Note that you cannot use this API to delete user__sys records. Use the Update Object Records endpoint to set the status__v field to inactive.
- The maximum input file size is 1GB.
- The values in the input must be UTF-8 encoded.
- CSVs must follow the standard RFC 4180 format, with some exceptions.
- The maximum batch size is 500.
DELETE /api/{version}/vobjects/{object_name}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | text/csv or application/json |
Accept | application/json (default) or text/csv |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{object_name} | The name of the object, for example, product__v. |
Body Parameters
Upload parameters as a JSON or CSV file.
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
idconditional | The system-assigned object record ID to delete. Not required if providing a unique field identifier (idParam) such as external_id__v. |
external_id__vconditional | Instead of id, you can use this user-defined document external ID. |
Query Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
idParam | If you’re identifying objects in your input by a unique field, add idParam={fieldname} to the request endpoint. You can use any object field which has unique set to true in the object metadata. For example, idParam=external_id__v. |
Admin may set other standard or custom object fields to required. Use the Object Metadata API to retrieve all fields configured on objects. You can update any object field with editable: true.
Cascade Delete Object Record
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v16.0/vobjects/product__v/00P000000000302/actions/cascadedelete
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"job_id": 27301,
"url": "/api/v16.0/services/jobs/27404"
}
This asynchronous endpoint will delete a single parent object record and all related children and grandchildren.
POST /api/{version}/vobjects/{object_name}/{object_record_id}/actions/cascadedelete
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or text/csv |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{object_name} | The name of the object to delete. |
{object_record_id} | The ID of the specific object record to delete. |
Retrieve Results of Cascade Delete Job
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Accept: text/csv" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v16.0/vobjects/cascadedelete/results/product__v/success/27404
Response
Source Object, Record Id
product__v, OP0000146
edl__v, OE0000147
edl_item__v, EE123456
After submitting a request to cascade delete an object record, you can query Vault to determine the results of the request. Before submitting this request:
- You must have previously requested a cascade delete job (via the API) which is no longer active.
- You must have a valid
job_id value, retrieved from the response of the cascade delete request.
GET /api/{version}/vobjects/cascadedelete/results/{object_name}/{job_status}/{job_id}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | text/csv (default) |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{object_name} | The name of the object which was deleted. |
{job_id} | The ID of the job, retrieved from the response of the job request. |
{job_status} | Possible values are success or failure. Find if your job succeeded or failed by retrieving the job status. |
Object Types
Vault Objects can be can be partitioned into Object Types. For example, a Product object may have two different object types: “Pharmaceutic Product” and “Medical Device Product”. These object types may share some fields but also have fields only used in each object type. By using object types, two product groups can not only manage data specific to their business but also easily report on products in both groups.
Retrieve Details from All Object Types
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/configuration/Objecttype
GET /api/{version}/configuration/Objecttype
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
Response
The response lists all object types and all fields configured on each object type. See the next response for details.
Retrieve Details from a Specific Object
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/configuration/Objecttype.product__v.base__v
GET /api/{version}/configuration/{object_name_and_object_type}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{object_name_and_object_type} | The object name followed by the object type in the format Objecttype.{object_name}.{object_type}. For example, Objecttype.product__v.base__v. |
Response
The response lists all object types and all fields configured on each object type for the specific object. See the next response for details.
Change Object Type
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: text/csv" \
-H "Accept: application/json" \
--data-binary @"C:\Vault\Objects\objecttypes.csv" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/vobjects/product__v/actions/changetype
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": [
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": {
"id": "00P07710",
"url": "api/v15.0/vobjects/product__v/00P07710"
}
}
]
}
Change the object types assigned to object records. Any field values that exist on both the original and new object type will carry over to the new type. All other field values will be removed, as only fields on the new type are valid. You can set field values on the new object type in the CSV input.
- The maximum input file size is 1GB.
- The values in the input must be UTF-8 encoded.
- CSVs must follow the standard format.
- The maximum batch size is 500.
POST /api/{version}/vobjects/{object_name}/actions/changetype
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/json or text/csv |
Accept | application/json (default) or text/csv |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{object_name} | The name of the object. |
Body Parameters
Upload parameters as a JSON or CSV file.
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
idrequired | The ID of the object record. |
object_type__vrequired | The ID of the new object type. |
Object Roles
Object records can have different roles available to them depending on their type and lifecycles. There are a set of standard roles that ship with Vault: owner__v, viewer__v, and editor__v. In addition, Admins can create custom roles defined per lifecycle. Not all object records will have users and groups assigned to roles. Learn more about roles on object records in Vault Help.
Through the object record role APIs, you can:
- Retrieve available roles on object records
- Retrieve who is currently assigned to a role
- Add additional users and groups to a role
- Remove users and groups from roles
Note that all user and group information is returned as IDs, so you need to use the Retrieve User or Retrieve Group API to determine the name.
For roles on documents or binders, see Roles.
Retrieve Object Record Roles
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v17.2.0/vobjects/campaign__c/OBE000000000412/roles
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": [
{
"name": "approver__c",
"users": [
61583,
61584,
86488
],
"groups": [
3,
1392631750101
],
"assignment_type": "manual_assignment"
}
]
}
Retrieve manually assigned roles on an object record and the users and groups assigned to them.
GET /api/{version}/vobjects/{object_name}/{id}/roles{/role_name}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{object_name} | The object name. |
{id} | The id of the document, binder, or object record. |
{/role_name} | Optional: Include a role name to filter for a specific role. For example, owner__v. |
Response Details
Even though the owner__v role is automatically assigned when you apply Custom Sharing Rules, the assignment_type for roles on objects is always manual_assignment.
Assign Users & Groups to Roles on Object Records
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: text/csv" \
-H "Accept: text/csv" \
--data-binary @"C:\Vault\Roles\assign_object_record_roles.csv" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v17.2/vobjects/campaign__c/roles
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": [
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": {
"id": "OBE000000000412"
}
}
]
}
Example JSON Request Body
[
{
"id": "OBE000000000412",
"roles": [
{
"role": "content_creator__c",
"users": "61590"
}
]
}
]
Assign users and groups to roles on an object record in bulk.
- The maximum CSV input file size is 1GB.
- The values in the input must be UTF-8 encoded.
- CSVs must follow the standard RFC 4180 format, with some exceptions.
- The maximum batch size is 500.
Assigning users and groups to roles is additive, and duplicate groups are ignored. For example, if groups 1 and 2 are currently assigned to a particular role and you assign groups 2 and 3 to the same role, the final list of groups assigned to the role will be 1, 2, and 3.
POST /api/{version}/vobjects/{object_name}/roles
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | text/csv or application/json |
Accept | application/json (default), text/csv, or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{object_name} | The name of the object where you want to update records. |
Body Parameters
Prepare a JSON or CSV input file. User and group assignments are ignored if they are invalid, inactive, or already exist.
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
idrequired | The object record ID. |
role__v.usersoptional | A string of user id values for the new role. |
role__v.groupsoptional | A string of group id values for the new role. |
See Example JSON Request Body in the right-hand column, or click the button below to download a sample CSV input file.
Response Details
On SUCCESS, The response includes the object record id.
Remove Users & Groups from Roles on Object Records
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: text/csv" \
-H "Accept: text/csv" \
--data-binary @"C:\Vault\Roles\remove_object_record_roles.csv" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v17.2/vobjects/campaign__c/roles
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": [
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": {
"id": "OBE000000000412"
}
}
]
}
Example JSON Request Body
[
{
"id": "OBE000000000412",
"roles": [
{
"role": "content_creator__c",
"users": "61590"
}
]
}
]
Remove users and groups from roles on an object record in bulk.
- The maximum CSV input file size is 1GB.
- The values in the input must be UTF-8 encoded.
- CSVs must follow the standard RFC 4180 format, with some exceptions.
- The maximum batch size is 500.
DELETE /api/{version}/vobjects/{object_name}/roles
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | text/csv or application/json |
Accept | application/json (default), text/csv, or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{object_name} | The name of the object where you want to remove roles. |
Body Parameters
Prepare a JSON or CSV input file. Users and groups are ignored if they are invalid or inactive.
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
idrequired | The object record ID. |
role__v.usersoptional | A string of user id values to remove. |
role__v.groupsoptional | A string of group id values to remove. |
See Example JSON Request Body in the right-hand column, or click the button below to download a sample CSV input file.
Response Details
On SUCCESS, The response includes the object record id.
Object Record Attachments
Determine if Attachments are Enabled on an Object
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/metadata/vobjects/site__v
Response (abridged)
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"object": {
"created_date": "2014-02-03T20:12:29.000Z",
"created_by": 1,
"allow_attachments": true,
"auditable": true,
"modified_date": "2015-01-06T22:34:15.000Z",
"status": [
"active__v"
],
"urls": {
"field": "/api/v15.0/metadata/vobjects/site__v/fields/{NAME}",
"record": "/api/v15.0/vobjects/site__v/{id}",
"attachments": "/api/v15.0/vobjects/site__v/{id}/attachments",
"list": "/api/v15.0/vobjects/site__v",
"metadata": "/api/v15.0/metadata/vobjects/site__v"
},
"label_plural": "Study Sites",
"role_overrides": false,
"label": "Study Site",
"in_menu": true,
"help_content": null,
"source": "standard",
"order": null,
"modified_by": 46916,
"description": null,
"name": "site__v"
}
}
GET /api/{version}/metadata/vobjects/{object_name}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{object_name} | The object name__v field value (product__v, country__v, custom_object__c, etc.). |
Response Details
Shown above, “allow_attachments” is set to true for this object and “attachments” is included in the list of urls, indicating that attachments are enabled on the site__v object. This means that any of the object records can have attachments.
Retrieve Object Record Attachments
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/vobjects/site__v/1357752909483/attachments
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": [
{
"id": 558,
"filename__v": "Site Contact List.docx",
"description__v": "Facilities information and contacts",
"format__v": "application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document",
"size__v": 11450,
"md5checksum__v": "9c6f61847207898ca98431d3e9ad176d",
"version__v": 3,
"created_by__v": 46916,
"created_date__v": "2015-01-07T21:42:47.772Z",
"versions": [
{
"version__v": 1,
"url": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/vobjects/site__v/1357752909483/attachments/558/versions/1"
},
{
"version__v": 2,
"url": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/vobjects/site__v/1357752909483/attachments/558/versions/2"
},
{
"version__v": 3,
"url": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/vobjects/site__v/1357752909483/attachments/558/versions/3"
}
]
},
{
"id": 571,
"filename__v": "Site Area Map.png",
"format__v": "image/png",
"size__v": 109828,
"md5checksum__v": "78b36d9602530e12051429e62558d581",
"version__v": 1,
"created_by__v": 46916,
"created_date__v": "2015-01-16T22:28:44.039Z",
"versions": [
{
"version__v": 1,
"url": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/vobjects/site__v/1357752909483/attachments/571/versions/1"
}
]
}
]
}
Retrieve a list of all attachments on a specific object record.
GET /api/{version}/vobjects/{object_name}/{object_record_id}/attachments
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{object_name} | The object name__v field value (product__v, country__v, custom_object__c, etc.). |
{object_record_id} | The object record id field value. |
Response Details
Shown above, the site__v object record has three versions of attachment id 558 and one version of attachment id 571. Attachment versioning uses integer numbers beginning with 1 and incrementing sequentially (1, 2, 3,…). There is no concept of major or minor version numbers with attachments.
Retrieve Object Record Attachment Metadata
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/vobjects/site__v/1357752909483/attachments/558
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": [
{
"id": 558,
"filename__v": "Site Contact List.docx",
"description__v": "Facilities information and contacts",
"format__v": "application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document",
"size__v": 11450,
"md5checksum__v": "9c6f61847207898ca98431d3e9ad176d",
"version__v": 3,
"created_by__v": 46916,
"created_date__v": "2015-01-07T21:42:47.772Z",
"versions": [
{
"version__v": 1,
"url": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/vobjects/site__v/1357752909483/attachments/558/versions/1"
},
{
"version__v": 2,
"url": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/vobjects/site__v/1357752909483/attachments/558/versions/2"
},
{
"version__v": 3,
"url": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/vobjects/site__v/1357752909483/attachments/558/versions/3"
}
]
}
]
}
GET /api/{version}/vobjects/{object_name}/{object_record_id}/attachments/{attachment_id}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{object_name} | The object name__v field value (product__v, country__v, custom_object__c, etc.). |
{object_record_id} | The object record id field value. |
{attachment_id} | The attachment id field value. |
Response Details
The md5checksum__v field is calculated on the latest version of the attachment. If an attachment is added which has the same MD5 checksum value as an existing attachment on a given object record, the new attachment is not added.
Retrieve Object Record Attachment Versions
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/vobjects/site__v/1357752909483/attachments/571/versions
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": [
{
"version__v": 1,
"url": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/vobjects/site__v/1357752909483/attachments/571/versions/1"
}
]
}
GET /api/{version}/vobjects/{object_name}/{object_record_id}/attachments/{attachment_id}/versions
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{object_name} | The object name__v field value (product__v, country__v, custom_object__c, etc.). |
{object_record_id} | The object record id field value. |
{attachment_id} | The attachment id field value. |
Retrieve Object Record Attachment Version Metadata
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/vobjects/site__v/1357752909483/attachments/571/versions/1
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": [
{
"id": 571,
"filename__v": "Site Area Map.png",
"format__v": "image/png",
"size__v": 109828,
"md5checksum__v": "78b36d9602530e12051429e62558d581",
"version__v": 1,
"created_by__v": 46916,
"created_date__v": "2015-01-16T22:28:44.039Z"
}
]
}
GET /api/{version}/vobjects/{object_name}/{object_record_id}/attachments/{attachment_id}/versions/{attachment_version}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{object_name} | The object name__v field value (product__v, country__v, custom_object__c, etc.). |
{object_record_id} | The object record id field value. |
{attachment_id} | The attachment id field value. |
{attachment_version} | The attachment version__v field value. |
Download Object Record Attachment File
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/vobjects/site__v/1357752909483/attachments/571/file
Response
Content-Type: application/octet-stream;charset=UTF-8
Content-Disposition: attachment;filename="file.pdf"
GET /api/{version}/vobjects/{object_name}/{object_record_id}/attachments/{attachment_id}/file
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{object_name} | The object name__v field value (product__v, country__v, custom_object__c, etc.). |
{object_record_id} | The object record id field value. |
{attachment_id} | The attachment id field value. |
Response Details
The HTTP Response Header Content-Type is set to application/octet-stream. The HTTP Response Header Content-Disposition contains a filename component which can be used when naming the local file. When downloading attachments with very small file size, the HTTP Response Header Content-Length is set to the size of the attachment. Note that for most attachments (larger file sizes), the Transfer-Encoding method is set to chunked and the Content-Length is not displayed.
Download Object Record Attachment Version File
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/vobjects/site__v/1357752909483/attachments/571/versions/1/file
Response Header
Content-Type: application/octet-stream;charset=UTF-8
Content-Disposition: attachment;filename="file.pdf"
GET /api/{version}/vobjects/{object_name}/{object_record_id}/attachments/{attachment_id}/versions/{attachment_version}/file
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{object_name} | The object name__v field value (product__v, country__v, custom_object__c, etc.). |
{object_record_id} | The object record id field value. |
{attachment_id} | The attachment id field value. |
{attachment_version} | The attachment version__v field value. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, Vault retrieves the specified version of the attachment from the object record. The file name is the same as the attachment file name.
The HTTP Response Header Content-Type is set to application/octet-stream. The HTTP Response Header Content-Disposition contains a filename component which can be used when naming the local file. When downloading attachments with very small file size, the HTTP Response Header Content-Length is set to the size of the attachment. Note that for most attachments (larger file sizes), the Transfer-Encoding method is set to chunked and the Content-Length is not displayed.
Download All Object Record Attachment Files
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/vobjects/site__v/1357752909483/attachments/file
Response
Content-Type: application/octet-stream;charset=UTF-8
Content-Disposition: attachment;filename="Product CholeCap - attachments.zip"
GET /api/{version}/vobjects/{object_name}/{object_record_id}/attachments/file
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{object_name} | The object name__v field value (product__v, country__v, custom_object__c, etc.). |
{object_record_id} | The object record id field value. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, Vault retrieves the latest version of all attachments from the object record. The attachments are packaged in a ZIP file with the file name: {object type label} {object record name} - attachments.zip.
The HTTP Response Header Content-Type is set to application/octet-stream. The HTTP Response Header Content-Disposition contains a filename component which can be used when naming the local file. When downloading attachments with very small file size, the HTTP Response Header Content-Length is set to the size of the attachment. Note that for most attachment downloads (larger file sizes), the Transfer-Encoding method is set to chunked and the Content-Length is not displayed.
Create Object Record Attachment
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: multipart/form-data" \
-F "file=my_attachment_file.png" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/vobjects/site__v/1357752909483/attachments
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data":
[{
"id": "558",
"version__v": 3
}]
}
Create a single object record attachment. If the attachment already exists, Vault uploads the attachment as a new version of the existing attachment. Learn more about attachment versioning in Vault Help.
POST /api/{version}/vobjects/{object_name}/{object_record_id}/attachments
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | multipart/form-data |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{object_name} | The object name__v field value (product__v, country__v, custom_object__c, etc.). |
{object_record_id} | The object record id field value. |
File Upload
To upload the file, use the multi-part attachment with the file component "file={file_name}". The maximum allowed file size is 4GB.
If an attachment is added which has the same filename as an existing attachment on a given object record, the new attachment is added as a new version of the existing attachment. If an attachment is added which is exactly the same (same MD5 checksum value) as an existing attachment on a given object record, the new attachment is not added.
The following attribute values are determined based on the file in the request: filename__v, format__v, size__v.
Create Multiple Object Record Attachments
Request
$ curl -X POST -H 'Authorization: {SESSION_ID}\
-H 'Accept: text/csv' \
-H 'Content-Type: text/csv' \
--data-binary @"create_attachments.csv" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v19.3/vobjects/veterinary_patient__c/attachments/batch
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": [
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"id": 140,
"version": 1
},
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"id": 141,
"version": 1
}
]
}
You can create object record attachments in bulk with a JSON or CSV input file. You must first load the attachments to the file staging server. If the attachment already exists in your Vault, Vault uploads it as a new version of the existing attachment. Learn more about attachment versioning in Vault Help.
- The maximum input file size is 1GB.
- The values in the input must be UTF-8 encoded.
- CSVs must follow the standard format.
- The maximum batch size is 500.
POST /api/{version}/vobjects/{object_name}/attachments/batch
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/json or text/csv |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
Body Parameters
Prepare a CSV or JSON input file.
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
idrequired | The id of the object record to which to add the attachment. |
filename__voptional | The name for the new attachment. This name must include the file extension, for example, MyAttachment.pdf. If an attachment with this name already exists, it is added as a new version. Cannot exceed 218 bytes. |
filerequired | The filepath of the attachment on the file staging server. |
description__voptional | Description of the attachment. Maximum 1,000 characters. |
external_id__voptional | The external ID value of the attachment. |
Restore Object Record Attachment Version
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/vobjects/site__v/1357752909483/attachments/571/versions/2?restore=true
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data":
{
"id": "571",
"version__v": 2
}
}
POST /api/{version}/vobjects/{object_name}/{object_record_id}/attachments/{attachment_id}/versions/{attachment_version}?restore=true
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{object_name} | The object name__v field value (product__v, country__v, custom_object__c, etc.). |
{object_record_id} | The object record id field value. |
{attachment_id} | The attachment id field value. |
{attachment_version} | The attachment version__v field value. |
Update Object Record Attachment Description
Request
$ curl -X PUT -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-d "description__v=This is my description for this attachment." \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/vobjects/site__v/1357752909483/attachments/571
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS"
}
PUT /api/{version}/vobjects/{object_name}/{object_record_id}/attachments/{attachment_id}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/json or application/x-www-form-urlencoded |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{object_name} | The object name__v field value (product__v, country__v, custom_object__c, etc.). |
object_record_id} | The object record id field value. |
{attachment_id} | The attachment id field value. |
Body Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
description__vrequired | This is the only editable field. The maximum length is 1000 characters. |
Update Multiple Object Record Attachment Descriptions
Request
$ curl -X PUT -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H 'Accept: text/csv' \
-H 'Content-Type: text/csv' \
--data-binary @"create_attachments.csv" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v19.3/vobjects/veterinary_patient__c/attachments/batch
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": [
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"id": 140,
"version": 1
},
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"id": 141,
"version": 1
}
]
}
Update object record attachments in bulk with a JSON or CSV input file. You can only update the latest version of an attachment.
- The maximum input file size is 1GB.
- The values in the input must be UTF-8 encoded.
- CSVs must follow the standard format.
- The maximum batch size is 500.
PUT /api/{version}/vobjects/{object_name}/attachments/batch
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/json or text/csv |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
Body Parameters
Prepare a CSV or JSON input file.
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
idrequired | The id of the object record to which to add the attachment. |
attachment_idrequired | The id of the attachment you are updating on the record. |
external_id__voptional | Identify attachments by their external id. You must also add the idParam=external_id__v query parameter. |
description__vrequired | Description of the attachment. 1000 characters maximum. |
Query Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
idParam | If you’re identifying attachments in your input by external id, add idParam=external_id__v to the request endpoint. |
Delete Object Record Attachment
Request
$ curl -X DELETE -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/vobjects/site__v/1357752909483/attachments/571
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS"
}
DELETE /api/{version}/vobjects/{object_name}/{object_record_id}/attachments/{attachment_id}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{object_name} | The object name__v field value (product__v, country__v, custom_object__c, etc.). |
{object_record_id} | The object record id field value. |
{attachment_id} | The attachment id field value. |
Delete Multiple Object Record Attachments
Request
$ curl -X DELETE -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H 'Accept: application/json' \
-H 'Content-Type: application/json' \
-d '[
{
"id": "V15000000000305",
"attachment_id": "141"
}
]'
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v19.3/vobjects/veterinary_patient__c/attachments/batch
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": [
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"id": 141
}
]
}
Delete object record attachments in bulk with a JSON or CSV input file. You can only delete the latest version of an attachment.
- The maximum input file size is 1GB.
- The values in the input must be UTF-8 encoded.
- CSVs must follow the standard format.
- The maximum batch size is 500.
DELETE /api/{version}/vobjects/{object_name}/attachments/batch
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/json or text/csv |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
Body Parameters
Prepare a CSV or JSON input file.
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
idconditional | The id of the object record to which to add the attachment. Not required if providing a unique field identifier (idParam) such as external_id__v. |
external_id__vconditional | Identify attachments by their external id. You must also add the idParam=external_id__v query parameter. |
attachment_idrequired | The id of the attachment being updated. |
Query Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
idParam | If you’re identifying attachments in your input by external id, add idParam=external_id__v to the request endpoint. |
Delete Object Record Attachment Version
Request
$ curl -X DELETE -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/vobjects/site__v/1357752909483/attachments/571/versions/1
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS"
}
DELETE /api/{version}/vobjects/{object_name}/{object_record_id}/attachments/{attachment_id}/versions/{attachment_version}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{object_name} | The object name__v field value (product__v, country__v, custom_object__c, etc.). |
{object_record_id} | The object record id field value. |
{attachment_id} | The attachment id field value. |
{attachment_version} | The attachment version__v field value. |
Object Page Layouts
Object page layouts are defined at the object or object-type level and control the information displayed to a user on the object record detail page. Objects that include multiple object types can define a different layout for each type. Learn more about configuring object page layouts in Vault Help.
The page layout APIs consider the authenticated user’s permissions, so fields which are hidden from the authenticated user will not be included in the API response. For example, field-level security, object controls, and other object-level permissions are considered. Record-level permissions such as atomic security are not considered. Layout rules are not applied, but instead have their configurations returned as metadata. Both active and inactive fields are included in the response.
Retrieve Page Layouts
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v22.1/metadata/vobjects/quality_event__qdm/page_layouts
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": [
{
"name": "quality_event_detail_page_layout__c",
"label": "Quality Event Page Layout",
"object_type": "base__v",
"url": "/api/v22.1/metadata/vobjects/quality_event__qdm/page_layouts/quality_event_detail_page_layout__c"
},
{
"name": "change_control_detail_page_layout__c",
"label": "Change Control Detail Page Layout",
"object_type": "change_control__qdm",
"url": "/api/v22.1/metadata/vobjects/quality_event__qdm/page_layouts/change_control_detail_page_layout__c"
},
{
"name": "internal_finding_detail_page_layout__c",
"label": "Internal Finding Detail Page Layout",
"object_type": "internal_finding__qdm",
"url": "/api/v22.1/metadata/vobjects/quality_event__qdm/page_layouts/internal_finding_detail_page_layout__c"
}
]
}
Given an object, retrieve all page layouts associated with that object. You can use this data to retrieve specific page layout metadata.
GET /api/{version}/metadata/vobjects/{object_name}/page_layouts
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{object_name} | The name of the object from which to retrieve page layouts. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the API returns the name, label, and object_type associated with all page layouts in the specified object.
Retrieve Page Layout Metadata
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v22.1/metadata/vobjects/quality_event__qdm/page_layouts/proactive_initiative_detail_page_layout__c
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": {
"name": "proactive_initiative_detail_page_layout__c",
"label": "Proactive Initiative Detail Page Layout",
"object": "quality_event__qdm",
"object_type": "proactive_initiative__qdm",
"created_date": "2021-11-09T23:22:05.000Z",
"last_modified_date": "2021-11-09T23:22:05.000Z",
"layout_rules": [
{
"evaluation_order": 100,
"status": "active__v",
"fields_to_hide": [],
"sections_to_hide": [
"effectiveness_check__c"
],
"controls_to_hide": [],
"expression": "Or(require_effectiveness_check__qdm=FALSE, isBlank(require_effectiveness_check__qdm))"
}
],
"sections": [
{
"name": "details__c",
"title": "Details",
"type": "detail",
"help_content": null,
"show_in_lifecycle_states": [],
"properties": {
"layout_type": "Two-Columns",
"items": [
{
"type": "field",
"reference": "name__v",
"status": "active__v"
},
{
"type": "field",
"reference": "object_type__v",
"status": "active__v"
},
{
"type": "field",
"reference": "abbreviation__c",
"status": "inactive__v"
}
]
}
},
{
"name": "products__c",
"title": "Products / Batches",
"type": "related_object",
"help_content": null,
"show_in_lifecycle_states": [],
"properties": {
"relationship": "product_quality_event__qdmr",
"related_object": "product_quality_event__qdm",
"prevent_record_create": false,
"modal_create_record": true,
"criteria_vql": null,
"columns": [
{
"reference": "name__v",
"width": "179",
"status": "active__v"
},
{
"reference": "product__qdmr.name__v",
"width": "179",
"status": "active__v"
}
]
}
}
]
}
}
Given a page layout name, retrieve the metadata for that specific page layout.
The page layout APIs consider the authenticated user’s permissions, so fields which are hidden from the authenticated user will not be included in the API response. For example, field-level security, object controls, and other object-level permissions are considered. Record-level permissions such as atomic security are not considered. Both active and inactive fields are included in the response.
Layout rules are not applied, but instead have their configurations returned as metadata
GET /api/{version}/metadata/vobjects/{object_name}/page_layouts/{layout_name}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{object_name} | The name of the object from which to retrieve page layout metadata. |
{layout_name} | The name of the page layout from which to retrieve metadata. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, returns metadata for the specified page layout, including the object_type, layout_rules, and sections.
Deep Copy Object Record
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/json" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v16.0/vobjects/product__v/00P000000000202/actions/deepcopy
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"job_id": 26001,
"url": "/api/v16.0/services/jobs/26001"
}
Example: Deep Copy with Override
[{"name__v":"Copied record 1","external_id__v":""}]
Deep Copy copies an object record, including all of the record’s related child and grandchild records. Each deep (hierarchical) copy can copy a maximum of 10,000 related records at a time.
See Copying Object Records for details on required access permissions.
POST /api/{version}/vobjects/{object_name}/{object_record_ID}/actions/deepcopy
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/json or text/csv |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{object_name} | The name of the parent object to copy. For example, product__v. |
{object_record_ID} | The ID of the specific object record to copy. |
Body
In the request body, you can include field names to override field values in the source record. For example, including external_id__v removes the field value in the copy while leaving the source record unchanged.
If the input is formatted as CSV, only a single data line is accepted. If the input is formatted as JSON, only one in the list is accepted.
Retrieve Results of Deep Copy Job
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Accept: text/csv" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v16.0/vobjects/deepcopy/results/product__v/failure/26901
Response
line number,vobject,sourceRecordId,errors
1,product__v,00P000000000301,"""PARAMETER_REQUIRED|Missing required parameter [internal_name__c]"",""OPERATION_NOT_ALLOWED|Another resource already exists with [name__v=WonderDrug]"""
After submitting a request to deep copy an object record, you can query Vault to determine the results of the request. Before submitting this request:
- You must have previously requested a deep copy job (via the API) which is no longer active.
- You must have a valid
job_idvalue, retrieved from the response of the deep copy request.
GET /api/{version}/vobjects/deepcopy/results/{object_name}/{job_status}/{job_id}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | text/csv (default) |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
object_name | The name of the deep copied object. |
job_id | The ID of the job, retrieved from the response of the job request. |
job_status | Possible values are success or failure. Find if your job succeeded or failed by retrieving the job status. |
Retrieve Deleted Object Record ID
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v22.2/objects/deletions/vobjects/product__v
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"responseMessage": "OK",
"responseDetails": {
"total": 3,
"size": 3,
"limit": 1000,
"offset": 0
},
"data": [
{
"id": "V29000000002001",
"date_deleted": "2022-06-22T15:24:27Z"
},
{
"id": "V29000000003001",
"date_deleted": "2022-06-23T21:16:25Z"
},
{
"id": "V29000000003002",
"date_deleted": "2022-06-23T21:16:30Z"
}
]
}
Retrieve the IDs of object records that have been deleted from your Vault within the past 30 days. After object records are deleted from a Vault, their IDs are still available for retrieval for 30 days. After that, they cannot be retrieved. You can use the optional request parameters below to narrow the results to a specific date and time range within the past 30 days.
GET /api/{version}/objects/deletions/vobjects/{object_name}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or text/csv |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{object_name} | The object name__v field value (product__v, country__v, custom_object__c, etc.). |
Query Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
start_date | Specify a date (no more than 30 days past) after which Vault will look for deleted object records. Dates must be YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ format, for example, 7AM on January 15, 2016 would use 2016-01-15T07:00:00Z |
end_date | Specify a date (no more than 30 days past) before which Vault will look for deleted object records. Dates must be YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ format, for example, 7AM on January 15, 2016 would use 2016-01-15T07:00:00Z |
limit | Paginate the results by specifying the maximum number of records per page in the response. This can be any value between 1 and 1000. If omitted, defaults to 1000. |
offset | Paginate the results displayed per page by specifying the amount of offset from the entry returned. For example, if you are viewing the first 50 results (page 1) and want to see the next page, set this to offset=50. If omitted, defaults to 0. |
Dates and times are in UTC. If the time is not specified, it will default to midnight (T00:00:00Z) on the specified date.
Retrieve Limits on Objects
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/limits
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": [
{
"name": "records_per_object",
"max": 1000000
},
{
"name": "custom_objects",
"remaining": 7,
"max": 20
}
]
}
Vault limits the number of object records that can be created for each object (product__v, study__v, custom_object__c, etc.). There is also a limit to the number of custom objects that can be created in each Vault. To retrieve these limits:
GET /api/{version}/limits
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
Response Details
| Field Name | Description |
|---|---|
records_per_object | The maximum number of records that can be created per object in the Vault. |
custom_objects | The maximum number of custom objects that can be created in the Vault and the number remaining. |
Update Corporate Currency Fields
Request
$ curl -X PUT -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/json" \
-d "id=00P000000000301" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v18.3/vobjects/product__v/actions/updatecorporatecurrency
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"job_id": 81603,
"url": "/api/v18.3/services/jobs/81603"
}
Currency is a field type available on all Vault objects. Whenever a user populates a local currency field value, Vault automatically populates the related corporate currency field value, except in the following scenarios:
- Admins change the Corporate Currency setting for the vault
- Admins update the Rate setting for the local currency used by a record
This endpoint updates the field_corp__sys field values of an object record based on the Rate of the currency, denoted by the local_currency__sys field of the specified record. Learn more about Currency Fields in Vault Help.
PUT /api/{version}/vobjects/{object_name}/actions/updatecorporatecurrency
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/json or text/csv |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{object_name} | The object name__v field value, for example, product__v. |
Body Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
idoptional | The object record id field value. If you don’t provide an id, Vault updates corporate fields of all records for the object. |
Document Roles
Documents and binders can have different roles available to them depending on their type and lifecycles. There are a set of standard roles that ship with Vault: owner__v, viewer__v, and editor__v. In addition, Admins can create custom roles defined per lifecycle. Learn more about Roles in Vault Help.
Through the Role APIs, you can:
- Retrieve available roles on documents and binders
- Determine who can be assigned to roles
- Retrieve default users who are assigned automatically within the Vault UI
- Retrieve who is currently assigned to a role
- Add additional users and groups to a role
- Remove users and groups from roles
Note that all user and group information is returned as IDs and you need to use the Retrieve User or Retrieve Group API to determine the name, etc.
For roles on object records, see Object Roles.
Retrieve Roles
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/245/roles
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"responseMessage": "Document roles retrieved",
"errorCodes": null,
"documentRoles": [
{
"name": "reviewer__v",
"label": "Reviewer",
"assignedUsers": [
25496,
26231
],
"assignedGroups": [
1,
2
],
"availableUsers": [
25496,
26231,
28874
],
"availableGroups": [
1,
2,
3
],
"defaultUsers": [
25496,
26231
],
"defaultGroups": [
1,
2
]
}
]
}
Retrieve all available roles on a document or binder and the users and groups assigned to them.
GET /api/{version}/objects/{documents_or_binders}/{id}/roles{/role_name}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{documents_or_binders} | Choose to retrieve values for documents or binders. |
{id} | The id of the document, binder, or object record. |
{/role_name} | Optional: Include a role name to filter for a specific role. For example, owner__v. |
Response Details
In the response, document ID 245 is configured with roles. Two users (25496 & 26231) and two groups (1 & 2) are assigned to the reviewer__v role by default.
Assign Users & Groups to Roles on a Single Document
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-d "consumer__v.users=35565,35571" \
-d "approver__v.users-45585,45594" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/245/roles
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"responseMessage": "Document roles updated",
"updatedRoles": {
"consumer__v": {
"users": [
19376,18234,19456
]
},
"legal__c": {
"groups": [
19365,18923
]
}
}
}
Assign users and groups to roles on a single document or binder.
POST /api/{version}/objects/documents/{id}/roles
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/x-www-form-urlencoded |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{id} | The document or binder id field value. |
Body Parameters
Include name-value pairs of all users or groups with their corresponding roles in the form {Role_name}.{USERS or GROUPS}=ID1,ID2,ID3. For example, reviewer__v.users = "3003, 4005".
Response Details
The response includes ROLE:ID pairs for the users and groups successfully assigned to roles on the document or binder.
Assign Users & Groups to Roles on Multiple Documents
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: text/csv" \
-H "Accept: text/csv" \
--data-binary @"C:\Vault\Document Roles\assign_document_roles.csv" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v9.0/objects/documents/roles/batch
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": [
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"id": 771,
"reviewer__v.groups": [
3311303,
4411606
],
"reviewer__v.users": [
12021,
12022,
12023,
12124
]
},
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"id": 772,
"reviewer__v.groups": [
3311303,
4411606
],
"reviewer__v.users": [
12021,
12022,
12023,
12124
]
},
{
"responseStatus":"FAILURE",
"id":"773",
"errors":[
{
"type":"INVALID_DATA",
"message":"Error message describing why the users and groups were not assigned to roles on this document.."
}
]
}
]
}
Assign users and groups to roles on a document or binder in bulk.
- The maximum CSV input file size is 1GB.
- The values in the input must be UTF-8 encoded.
- CSVs must follow the standard RFC 4180 format, with some exceptions.
- The maximum batch size is 1000.
Assigning users and groups to document roles is additive. For example, if groups 1, 2, and 3 are currently assigned to a particular role and you assign groups 3, 4, and 5 to the same role, the final list of groups assigned to the role will be 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5. Users and groups (IDs) in the input that are either invalid (not recognized) or cannot be assigned to a role due to permissions are ignored and not processed.
POST /api/{version}/objects/documents/roles/batch
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | text/csv or application/x-www-form-urlencoded |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
Body Parameters
You can add parameters in the request body, or upload them as a CSV file.
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
idrequired | The document ID. |
role__v.usersoptional | A string of user id values for the new role. |
role__v.groupsoptional | A string of user id values for the new group. |
For example,
id | reviewer__v.users | reviewer__v.groups | approver__v.users | approver__v.groups |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 771 | “12021,12022” | “3311303,3311404” | 22124 | 4411606 |
Response Details
The response includes role:id pairs for the users and groups successfully assigned to roles.
Remove Users & Groups from Roles on a Single Document
Request
$ curl -X DELETE -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/1234/roles/consumer__v.user/19376
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"responseMessage": "User/group deleted from document role",
"updatedRoles": {
"consumer__v": {
"users": [
19376
]
}
}
}
Remove users and groups from roles on a single document or binder.
DELETE /api/{version}/objects/documents/{doc_id}/roles/{role_name_and_user_or_group}/{id}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{doc_id} | The id value of the document or binder from which to remove roles. |
{role_name_and_user_or_group} | The name of the role from which to remove the user or group followed by either user or group. The format is {role_name}.{user_or_group}. For example, consumer__v.user. |
{id} | The id value of the user or group to remove from the role. |
Remove Users and Groups from Roles on Multiple Documents
Request
$ curl -X DELETE -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: text/csv" \
-H "Accept: text/csv" \
--data-binary @"C:\Vault\Document Roles\remove_document_roles.csv" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v9.0/objects/documents/roles/batch
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": [
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"id": 771,
"reviewer__v.groups": [
4411606
],
"reviewer__v.users": [
12124
]
},
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"id": 772,
"reviewer__v.groups": [
4411606
],
"reviewer__v.users": [
12124
]
},
{
"responseStatus":"FAILURE",
"id":"773",
"errors":[
{
"type":"INVALID_DATA",
"message":"Error message describing why the users and groups were not removed from roles on this document."
}
]
}
]
}
Remove users and groups from roles on a document or binder in bulk.
- The maximum CSV input file size is 1GB.
- The values in the input must be UTF-8 encoded.
- CSVs must follow the standard RFC 4180 format, with some exceptions.
- The maximum batch size is 1000.
DELETE /api/{version}/objects/documents/roles/batch
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | text/csv or application/x-www-form-urlencoded |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
Body Parameters
You can add parameters in the request body, or upload them as a CSV file.
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
idrequired | The document ID. |
role__v.usersoptional | A string of user id values to remove. |
role__v.groupsoptional | A string of group id values to remove. |
For example,
id | reviewer__v.users | reviewer__v.groups | approver__v.users | approver__v.groups |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 771 | “12021,12022” | “3311303,3311404” | 22124 | 4411606 |
Workflows
A workflow is a series of steps configured in Vault to align with specific business processes. The different types of steps offer a flexible way to organize a wide variety of processes for an object record, including assigning tasks to users, sending notifications, and changing a record’s status. Workflow tasks can allow users to enter comments, choose verdicts (approve, deny, etc.), update required fields, or provide eSignatures.
Object workflows are specific to an object, meaning that a single workflow cannot apply to multiple objects. A single object record can only be in one workflow at a time.
Retrieve Workflows
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/objectworkflows?object__v=product__v&record_id__v=00P07551
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"responseDetails": {
"total": 2,
"offset": 0,
"page_size": 200,
"object": {
"name": "objectworkflows",
"label": "Object Workflow",
"url": "/api/v14.0/objects/objectworkflows?object__v=product__v&record_id__v=00P07551",
"label_plural": "Object Workflows"
}
},
"data": [
{
"id": 4602,
"label__v": "Product Workflow",
"status__v": [
"active__v"
],
"object__v": "product__v",
"record_id__v": "00P07551",
"initiator__v": 52212,
"started_date__v": "2023-04-03T16:09:28.000Z"
},
{
"id": 3901,
"label__v": "Product Workflow",
"status__v": [
"cancelled__v"
],
"object__v": "product__v",
"record_id__v": "00P07551",
"initiator__v": 46916,
"started_date__v": "2022-05-17T17:22:18.000Z",
"cancelled_date__v": "2022-05-17T17:24:08.000Z"
}
]
}
Retrieve all workflow instances for a specific object and object record or from a specific workflow participant.
GET /api/{version}/objects/objectworkflows
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
Query Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
object__v, record_id__v | To retrieve all workflows configured on an object, include the Vault object name__v and object record id field values as object__v={name__v}&record_id__v={id}. These two parameters are required when the participant parameter is not used. |
participant | To retrieve all workflows available to a particular user, include the user id field value as participant={id}. To retrieve your own workflows, set this value to participant=me(). This parameter is required when the object__v and record_id__v parameters are not used. |
status__v | To retrieve all workflows with specific statuses, include one or more status name__v field values. For example: status__v=active__v, status__v=active__v,completed__v. |
offset | This parameter is used to paginate the results. It specifies the amount of offset from the first record returned. Vault returns 200 records per page by default. If you are viewing the first 200 results (page 1) and want to see the next page, set this to offset=201. |
page_size | This parameter is used to paginate the results. It specifies the size number of records to display per page. Vault returns 200 records per page by default. You can set this value lower or as high as 1000 records per page. For example: page_size=1000. |
loc | When localized (translated) strings are available, retrieve them by including loc=true. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response lists all workflows matching the query parameters. Each workflow may include the following fields:
id- The workflow ID.label__v- The workflow label as seen in the UI.status__v- The current status of the workflow.object__v- The name of the object using the workflow.record_id__v- The ID of the object record using the workflow.initiator__v- The ID of the user who started the workflow. This is the workflow owner.started_date__v- The date and time when the workflow was started.completed_date__v- The date and time when the workflow was completed.cancelled_date__v- The date and time when the workflow was cancelled.
Retrieve Workflow Details
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/objectworkflows/801
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"responseDetails": {
"url": "/api/v14.0/objects/objectworkflows/801",
"object": {
"name": "objectworkflows",
"label": "Object Workflow",
"url": "/api/v14.0/metadata/objectworkflows",
"label_plural": "Object Workflows"
}
},
"data": [
{
"id": 801,
"label__v": "Approve",
"status__v": [
"active__v"
],
"object__v": "product__v",
"record_id__v": "00P07551",
"initiator__v": 46916,
"started_date__v": "2016-05-12T19:22:15.000Z"
}
]
}
Retrieve the details for a specific workflow.
GET /api/{version}/objects/objectworkflows/{workflow_id}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{workflow_id} | The workflow idfield value. |
Query Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
loc | When localized (translated) strings are available, retrieve them by including loc=true. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response lists the workflow details. The workflow may include the following fields:
id- The workflow ID.label__v- The workflow label as seen in the UI.status__v- The current status of the workflow.object__v- The name of the object using the workflow.record_id__v- The ID of the object record using the workflow.initiator__v- The ID of the user who started the workflow. This is the workflow owner.started_date__v- The date and time when the workflow was started.completed_date__v- The date and time when the workflow was completed.cancelled_date__v- The date and time when the workflow was cancelled.
Retrieve Workflow Actions
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v21.1/objects/objectworkflows/3302/actions
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": [
{
"name": "cancel",
"label": "Cancel"
},
{
"name": "replaceworkflowowner",
"label": "Replace Workflow Owner"
},
{
"name": "addparticipants",
"label": "Add Participants"
}
]
}
Retrieve all available workflow actions that can be initiated on a specific workflow.
GET /api/{version}/objects/objectworkflows/{workflow_id}/actions
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{workflow_id} | The workflow id field value. |
Query Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
loc | When localized (translated) strings are available, retrieve them by including loc=true. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response lists all available workflow actions. Each action includes the following fields:
name- The workflow action name used to initiate the workflow in the request below.label- The workflow action label as seen in the UI.
Retrieve Workflow Action Details
Request
$ curl -X GET "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v19.3/objects/objectworkflows/1801/actions/removecontent
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": {
"name": "removecontent",
"label": "Remove Content",
"controls": [
{
"label": "Documents",
"type": "documents",
"prompts": [
{
"name": "documents__sys",
"label": "Documents",
"required": true
}
],
"current_values": [
{
"document_id__v": "67"
},
{
"document_id__v": "41"
}
]
}
]
}
}
Retrieve details about a workflow action. For example, the prompts needed to complete a workflow action.
GET /api/{version}/objects/objectworkflows/{workflow_id}/actions/{workflow_action}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{workflow_id} | The workflow id field value. |
{workflow_action} | The name of the workflow action. To get this value, you can Retrieve Workflow Actions. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response lists all prompts required to complete the workflow action. If the workflow action does not require any prompts, the response will only list SUCCESS. In the example response, the removecontent workflow action requires a value for contents__sys.
Initiate Workflow Action
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/json" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/objectworkflows/801/actions/cancel
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS"
}
Initiate a workflow action on a specific workflow.
POST /api/{version}/objects/objectworkflows/{workflow_id}/actions/{workflow_action}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/json (default) or application/x-www-form-urlencoded |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{workflow_id} | The workflow id field value. |
{workflow_action} | The workflow action name retrieved from Retrieve Workflow Actions. |
Body Parameters
In the body of the request, add any fields required to initiate the action. These will differ depending on your specified {workflow_action}. For more information about fields required for an action, Retrieve Workflow Action Details. The following tables show common workflow actions in Vault, but there may be other actions which are not listed here.
Replace Workflow Owner: replaceworkflowowner
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
new_workflow_ownerrequired | The id of the user who will become the new workflow owner, in the format user:{id}. For example, user:6014. |
Email Workflow Participants: emailparticipants
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
email_recipientsrequired | A comma-delimited list of email recipients or groups, in the format user:{user_id} and group:{group_label}. For example, user:1082,user:4802,group:incompleteTaskOwners,user:3582. To find available {group_label}s, Retrieve Workflow Action Details for emailparticipants. If a user is not a potential recipient based on their task status, the user will not receive an email. |
email_messagerequired | The body of the email message to send to users. Maximum 5,000 characters. |
send_copy_to_selfoptional | Set to true to send a copy of the email to the authenticated user. If omitted, defaults to false. |
Add Participants: addparticipants
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
participantsrequired | The id of the user to add as a participant, in the format user:{id}. For example, user:1006. |
Remove Documents from Envelope: removecontent
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
contents__sysrequired | The id of the document to remove from the workflow. To remove multiple documents, use a comma-separated list of ids. |
Response Details
If the {workflow_action} executes successfully, the response returns SUCCESS. For example, the cancel workflow action.
Workflow Tasks
Retrieve Workflow Tasks
Request
curl -L -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v21.2/objects/objectworkflows/tasks?assignee__v=674737
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"responseDetails": {
"total": 2,
"offset": 0,
"page_size": 200,
"object": {
"name": "objectworkflow_tasks",
"label": "Object Workflow Task",
"url": "/api/v21.2/objects/objectworkflows/tasks?assignee__v=674737",
"label_plural": "Object Workflow Tasks"
}
},
"data": [
{
"id": 123101,
"label__v": "Review",
"status__v": [
"available__v"
],
"object__v": "envelope__sys",
"record_id__v": "0ER00000003G001",
"instructions__v": "Review and either Approve or Reject each document",
"created_date__v": "2021-05-31T21:31:29.000Z",
"workflow__v": "23001"
},
{
"id": 123001,
"label__v": "R&U WF Task New",
"status__v": [
"assigned__v"
],
"object__v": "envelope__sys",
"record_id__v": "0ER00000003F001",
"instructions__v": "Complete this new task",
"assignee__v": "674737",
"created_date__v": "2021-05-31T18:33:34.000Z",
"assigned_date__v": "2021-05-31T18:33:34.000Z",
"workflow__v": "22901",
"workflow_class__sys": "read_and_understood__sys"
}
]
}
Retrieve all available tasks across all workflows.
GET /api/{version}/objects/objectworkflows/tasks
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
Query Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
object__v, record_id__v | To retrieve all workflow tasks configured on an object, include the Vault object name__v and object record id field values as object__v={name__v}&record_id__v={id}. These two parameters are required when the assignee__v parameter is not used. |
assignee__v | To retrieve all workflow tasks available to a particular user, include the user id field value as assignee__v={id}. To retrieve your own workflow tasks, set this value to assignee__v=me(). This parameter is required when the object__v and record_id__v parameters are not used. |
status__v | To retrieve all workflow tasks with specific statuses, include one or more status name__v field values. For example: status__v=available__v or status__v=available__v,completed__v. |
offset | This parameter is used to paginate the results. It specifies the amount of offset from the first record returned. Vault returns 200 records per page by default. If you are viewing the first 200 results (page 1) and want to see the next page, set this to offset=201. |
page_size | This parameter is used to paginate the results. It specifies the size number of records to display per page. Vault returns 200 records per page by default. You can set this value lower or as high as 1000 records per page. For example: page_size=1000. |
loc | When localized (translated) strings are available, retrieve them by including loc=true. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response lists all workflow tasks matching the query parameters. Each task may include the following fields:
id- The task ID.label__v- The task label as seen in the UI.status__v- The current status of the task.object__v- The name of the object using the task.record_id__v- The ID of the object record using the task.instructions__v- Instructions for completing the task.assignee__v- The ID of the user assigned the task. This is the task owner.created_date__v- The date and time when the task was created.assigned_date__v- The date and time when the task was assigned.due_date__v- The date and time when the task is due.workflow__v- The workflow ID in which the task is configured.workflow_class__sys- Included with a value ofread_and_understood__sysif the task is a Read & Understood task.
Retrieve Workflow Task Details
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v21.2/objects/objectworkflows/tasks/123001
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"responseDetails": {
"url": "/api/v21.2/objects/objectworkflows/tasks/123001",
"object": {
"name": "objectworkflow_tasks",
"label": "Object Workflow Task",
"url": "/api/v21.2/metadata/objectworkflows/tasks",
"label_plural": "Object Workflow Tasks"
}
},
"data": [
{
"id": 123001,
"label__v": "R&U WF Task New",
"status__v": [
"assigned__v"
],
"object__v": "envelope__sys",
"record_id__v": "0ER00000003F001",
"instructions__v": "Complete this new task",
"assignee__v": "674737",
"created_date__v": "2021-05-31T18:33:34.000Z",
"assigned_date__v": "2021-05-31T18:33:34.000Z",
"workflow__v": "22901",
"workflow_class__sys": "read_and_understood__sys"
}
]
}
Retrieve the details of a specific workflow task.
GET /api/{version}/objects/objectworkflows/tasks/{task_id}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{task_id} | The task id field value. |
Query Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
loc | When localized (translated) strings are available, retrieve them by including loc=true. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response lists all workflow tasks matching the query parameters. The task may include the following fields:
id- The task ID.label__v- The task label as seen in the UI.status__v- The current status of the task.object__v- The name of the object using the task.record_id__v- The ID of the object record using the task.instructions__v- Instructions for completing the task.assignee__v- The ID of the user assigned the task. This is the task owner.created_date__v- The date and time when the task was created.assigned_date__v- The date and time when the task was assigned.due_date__v- The date and time when the task is due.workflow__v- The workflow ID in which the task is configured.workflow_class__sys- Included with a value ofread_and_understood__sysif the task is a Read & Understood task.
Retrieve Workflow Task Actions
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/objectworkflows/tasks/7201/actions
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": [
{
"name": "complete",
"label": "Complete"
},
{
"name": "cancel",
"label": "Cancel"
}
]
}
Retrieve all available actions that can be initiated on a given workflow task.
GET /api/{version}/objects/objectworkflows/tasks/{task_id}/actions
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{task_id} | The task id field value. |
Retrieve Workflow Task Action Details
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v21.2/objects/objectworkflows/tasks/5702/actions/complete
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": {
"name": "workflow_task__c",
"label": "Complete Review",
"type": "task",
"description": "Initiate the Content Module Approval flow.",
"controls": [
{
"label": "Instruction",
"type": "instructions",
"instructions": "Please complete a review of the content within this content module and review the Content Module Asset record status as well."
},
{
"label": "Verdict",
"type": "verdict",
"verdict": "verdict_public_key__c",
"reason": "reason__c",
"capacity": "capacity__c",
"verdicts": [
{
"name": "verdict_approve_module__c",
"label": "Approve Module",
"esignature": true,
"prompts": [],
"comment": {
"name": "verdict_approve_module_comment__c",
"label": "Optional Approval Comments",
"type": "comment",
"required": false
},
"reasons": {
"label": "Approved",
"required": true,
"prompts": [
{
"name": "reason_0_0__c",
"label": "Passes Inspection"
}
]
},
"capacities": {
"label": "Approver",
"required": false,
"prompts": [
{
"name": "capacity_0_0__c",
"label": "General Approver"
}
]
}
},
{
"name": "verdict_return_to_draft__c",
"label": "Return to Draft",
"esignature": false,
"prompts": [],
"comment": {
"name": "verdict_return_to_draft_comment__c",
"label": "Updates Required",
"type": "comment",
"required": true
},
"reasons": {
"label": "Fails Inspection",
"required": false,
"prompts": [
{
"name": "reason_1_0__c",
"label": "Poor Quality"
},
{
"name": "reason_1_1__c",
"label": "Incorrect Data"
},
{
"name": "reason_1_2__c",
"label": "Other"
}
]
},
"capacities": {
"label": "Rejector",
"required": false,
"prompts": [
{
"name": "capacity_1_0__c",
"label": "General Rejector"
}
]
}
}
]
}
]
}
}
Retrieve the details of a specific workflow task action. The response lists the details of the task action, including all fields required to initiate the action. Note that task actions where esignature is true cannot be initiated via the API.
GET /api/{version}/objects/objectworkflows/tasks/{task_id}/actions/{task_action}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{task_id} | The task id field value. |
{task_action} | The name of the task action retrieved from Retrieve Workflow Task Actions. |
Query Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
loc | When localized (translated) strings are available, retrieve them by including loc=true. |
Initiate Workflow Task Action
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-H "Accept: application/json" \
--data-urlencode "verdict_public_key__c=verdict_impact_assessment_complete__c" \
--data-urlencode "capacity__c=capacity_0_0__c" \
--data-urlencode "reason__c=reason_0_0__c" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v21.1/objects/objectworkflows/tasks/502/actions/complete
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS"
}
Initiate a workflow task action. Note that the API does not support initiating task actions requiring eSignatures (where esignature is true).
POST /api/{version}/objects/objectworkflows/tasks/{task_id}/actions/{task_action}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/json or application/x-www-form-urlencoded |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{task_id} | The task id field value. |
{task_action} | The name of the task action retrieved from Retrieve Workflow Task Actions. |
Body Parameters
Required parameters depend on the action being initiated. Controls marked as required in the Retrieve Workflow Task Action Details response must be provided. If a control (such as verdict) defines a set of required fields, those must also be provided.
For example, the following request parameters may apply to the complete action:
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
verdict | The verdict name returned in Retrieve Workflow Task Action Details. |
reason | The reason name returned in Retrieve Workflow Task Action Details. |
capacity | The capacity name returned in Retrieve Workflow Task Action Details. |
The cancel action doesn’t require any parameters.
For workflows where type is set to multidocworkflow and cardinality is set to One, Vault pre-populates document field values in field prompts. If you include keys for field prompts without values, Vault submits a blank field value on the document.
Bulk Active Workflow Actions
The API allows you to retrieve actions and action details and to execute actions for up to 500 workflows at once. These can be object, document, or legacy workflows.
Retrieve Bulk Workflow Actions
Retrieve all available workflow actions that can be initiated on a workflow which:
- The authenticated user has permissions to view or initiate
- Can be initiated through the API
Request
$ curl -L -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v21.1/object/workflow/actions
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": [
{
"name": "canceltasks",
"label": "Cancel Tasks"
},
{
"name": "cancelworkflows",
"label": "Cancel Workflows"
},
{
"name": "reassigntasks",
"label": "Reassign Tasks"
},
{
"name": "replaceworkflowowner",
"label": "Replace Workflow Owner"
}
]
}
GET /api/{version}/object/workflow/actions
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response lists all available workflow actions for a Vault.
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
name | The workflow action name. |
label | The workflow action label as seen in the UI. |
Retrieve Bulk Workflow Action Details
Once you’ve retrieved the available workflow actions, use this request to retrieve the details for a specific workflow action.
Request
$ curl -L -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v20.2/object/workflow/actions/cancelworkflows
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": {
"name": "cancelworkflows",
"controls": [
{
"prompts": [
{
"multi_value": true,
"label": "Workflow Ids",
"required": true,
"name": "workflow_ids"
}
],
"type": "field",
"label": "Fields"
}
]
}
}
GET /api/{version}/object/workflow/actions/{action}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
action | The name of the workflow action. To get this value, Retrieve Bulk Workflow Actions. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response returns metadata for the specified workflow action, including the fields required to execute the action.
For each control, the following data may be returned:
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
label | UI label for the control. |
type | Type of control. |
prompts | The input prompts which accept values when initiating a workflow action. |
For each prompt, the following data may be returned:
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
multi_value | If true, indicates that the field accepts multiple values. |
label | UI label for the prompt. |
required | If true, indicates that the field is required to initiate the workflow action. |
Initiate Workflow Actions on Multiple Workflows
Use this request to initiate a workflow action on multiple workflows. This starts an asynchronous job whose status you can check with the Retrieve Job Status endpoint. Maximum 500 workflows per request.
Request
$ curl -L -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H 'Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded' \
--data-urlencode 'workflow_ids=2903,2904,2905' \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v20.2/object/workflow/actions/cancelworkflows
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": {
"job_id": 93601
}
}
POST /api/{version}/object/workflow/actions/{action}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/x-www-form-urlencoded |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
action | The name of the workflow action. To get this value, Retrieve Bulk Workflow Actions. |
Body Parameters
In the body of the request, add any fields required to initiate the action. To find which fields are required for an action, Retrieve Bulk Workflow Action Details.
Cancel Active Workflows: cancelworkflows
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
workflow_idsrequired | Input a comma-separated list of workflow_id__v field values. Maximum 500 workflows. |
cancellation_commentoptional | If this workflow requires a comment for cancellation, use this parameter to provide a comment. |
Reassign Workflow Tasks: reassigntasks
Note that this action can reassign a maximum of 500 tasks.
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
current_task_assigneerequired | Input the user ID of the user whose tasks you wish to reassign. You cannot reassign specific tasks for a user, only all tasks currently assigned to a user. |
new_task_assigneerequired | Input the user ID of the user who will receive the newly assigned tasks. |
Cancel Workflow Tasks: canceltasks
When cancelling tasks, you can do so by user ID or task ID. Use one of the following parameters:
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
user_idsconditional | To cancel tasks by user ID, input a comma-separated list of the user IDs for the users whose tasks you wish to cancel. You cannot cancel specific tasks for a user, only all tasks currently assigned to a user. Maximum 100 user IDs per request. |
task_idsconditional | To cancel tasks by task ID, input a comma-separated list of the task IDs to cancel. You cannot cancel task IDs for a specific user, only all instances of the given task IDs. |
Replace Workflow Owner: replaceworkflowowner
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
new_workflow_ownerrequired | Input the ID of the user who will become the new workflow owner. For example, 54937. |
current_workflow_ownerrequired | Input the ID of the user who is the current workflow owner. For example, 87944. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response returns the job_id for the action, and the authenticated user will receive an email notification with details of any failures that occur.
Document Lifecycle & Workflows
Document lifecycles are the sequences of states (Draft, In Review, etc.) a document goes through during its life. A lifecycle can be simple (two states requiring users to manually move between states) or very complex (multiple states with different security and workflows that automatically move the document to another state). In Vault, lifecycles simplify the implementation of business logic that traditionally required custom coding or time-consuming manual setup.
Lifecycle states are the ordered states within a lifecycle representing the stages a document transitions through as users create, review, approve, and eventually archive or replace it. A set of business rules applies to each state and defines what happens to the document in that state. Admins define these rules for each lifecycle state and Vault automatically applies them to every document that enters the state.
Learn about Lifecycles & Workflows in Vault Help.
Document & Binder User Actions
The API supports initiation of the following user action types:
- Workflow (legacy): This action starts the specified legacy workflow. Only legacy workflows that are already configured and active for the selected lifecycle are available. To start a document workflow, see Document Workflows.
- State Change: This action allows the user to manually move a document into a different lifecycle state. Vault enforces entry criteria and entry actions for the state change.
- Controlled Copy: This action is available in QualityDocs Vaults and with the QualityOne application family. It allows the user to generate and distribute a controlled copy.
- Create Presentation: This action is only available in PromoMats and Medcomms. It creates multiple Multichannel Slide documents and a Multichannel Presentation binder from a single document. This applies to Vaults that are configured for Engage integration or CLM integration.
- Create Email Fragment: This action is only available in PromoMats and MedComms Vaults that are configured for Approved Email Integration. It creates an email fragment for a document by applying a master email fragment.
Your Vault may include other user action types, all of which cannot be initiated through the Vault API. Learn more about document user action types in Vault Help.
The API does not support initiation of user actions requiring eSignatures.
Retrieve User Actions
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v19.3/objects/documents/17/versions/0/1/lifecycle_actions
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"responseMessage": "Success",
"lifecycle_actions__v": [
{
"name__v": "start_review__c",
"label__v": "Start Review",
"lifecycle_action_type__v": "workflow",
"lifecycle__v": "general_lifecycle__c",
"state__v": "draft__c",
"executable__v": "false"
},
{
"name__v": "start_approval__c",
"label__v": "Start Approval",
"lifecycle_action_type__v": "workflow",
"lifecycle__v": "general_lifecycle__c",
"state__v": "draft__c",
"executable__v": "true",
"entry_requirements__v": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v19.3/objects/documents/17/versions/0/1/lifecycle_actions/start_approval__c/entry_requirements"
},
{
"name__v": "approve__c",
"label__v": "Approve",
"lifecycle_action_type__v": "stateChange",
"lifecycle__v": "general_lifecycle__c",
"state__v": "draft__c",
"executable__v": "true",
"entry_requirements__v": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v19.3/objects/documents/17/versions/0/1/lifecycle_actions/approve__c/entry_requirements"
}
]
}
Retrieve all available user actions on a specific version of a document or binder which:
- The authenticated user has permissions to view or initiate.
- Can be initiated through the API. See supported user actions.
- Is not currently in an active workflow.
GET /api/{version}/objects/{documents_or_binders}/{id}/versions/{major_version}/{minor_version}/lifecycle_actions
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{documents_or_binders} | Choose to retrieve values for documents or binders. |
{id} | The document or binder id field value from which to retrieve available user actions. |
{major_version} | The major version number of the document or binder. |
{minor_version} | The minor version number of the document or binder. |
Response Details
The response lists all available user actions (lifecycle_actions__v) that can be initiated on the specified version of the document or binder.
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
name__v | The user action name (consumed by the API). These vary from Vault to Vault and may be text, numeric, or alphanumeric values. |
label__v | The user action label displayed to users in the UI. |
lifecycle_action_type__v | The workflow (legacy) and stateChange types are the most commonly used and are available in all Vaults. Others may exist. |
lifecycle__v | The document or binder lifecycle the action belongs to. For example, general_lifecycle__c. |
state__v | The state of the document or binder. |
executable__v | Indicates if the currently authenticated user has Execute permission for this action. If true the user can execute the action, otherwise false. |
entry_requirements__v | The endpoint to retrieve the entry requirements for each user action. If no entry criteria exist, the endpoint returns an empty list. If the authenticated user does not have permission to execute this action, entry_requirements__v does not appear in the response. |
Retrieve User Actions on Multiple Documents or Binders
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-d "docIds=22:0:1,21:1:0,20:1:0" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v13.0/objects/documents/lifecycle_actions
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"responseMessage": "Success",
"lifecycle_actions__v": [
{
"name__v": "make_obsolete__c",
"label__v": "Make Obsolete",
"lifecycle_action_type__v": "stateChange",
"lifecycle__v": "general_lifecycle__c",
"state__v": "approved__c",
"entry_requirements__v": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v13.0/objects/documents/lifecycle_actions/make_obsolete__c/entry_requirements?lifecycle=general_lifecycle__c&state=approved__c"
},
{
"name__v": "approve__c",
"label__v": "Approve",
"lifecycle_action_type__v": "stateChange",
"lifecycle__v": "general_lifecycle__c",
"state__v": "draft__c",
"entry_requirements__v": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v13.0/objects/documents/lifecycle_actions/approve__c/entry_requirements?lifecycle=general_lifecycle__c&state=draft__c"
}
]
}
Retrieve all available user actions on specific versions of multiple documents or binders.
POST /api/{version}/objects/{documents_or_binders}/lifecycle_actions
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/x-www-form-urlencoded |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{documents_or_binders} | Choose to retrieve values for documents or binders. |
Body Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
docIdsrequired | The document or binder docIds field values from which to retrieve the available user actions. Include a comma-separated list of document or binder IDs and major and minor version numbers in the format {doc_id:major_version:minor_version}. For example, 22:0:1. |
Response Details
The response lists all available lifecycle actions (lifecycle_actions__v) that can be initiated on the specified versions of multiple documents or binders.
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
name__v | The lifecycle action name (consumed by the API). These vary from Vault to Vault and may be text, numeric, or alphanumeric values. |
label__v | The lifecycle action label. This is the “User Action” label seen in the UI. |
lifecycle_action_type__v | The workflow (legacy) and stateChange types are the most commonly used and are available in all Vaults. Others may exist. |
lifecycle__v | The document or binder lifecycle the action belongs to. For example, general_lifecycle__c. |
state__v | The state of the document or binder. |
entry_requirements__v | The endpoint to retrieve the entry requirements for each lifecycle action. If no entry requirements exist, the endpoint returns an empty list. |
Note that lifecycle actions are not returned for documents or binders which are currently in an active workflow.
Retrieve Entry Criteria
Request: Start Legacy Workflow
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v19.3/objects/documents/17/versions/0/1/lifecycle_actions/start_approval__c/entry_requirements
Response: Start Legacy Workflow
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"responseMessage": "Success",
"properties": [
{
"name": "user_control_multiple__c",
"description": "Approver",
"type": [
"ObjectReference"
],
"objectTypeReferenced": {
"name": "User",
"label": "User"
},
"required": true,
"editable": true,
"repeating": true,
"scope": "WorkflowActivation"
},
{
"name": "date_control__c",
"description": "Approval Due Date",
"type": [
"Date"
],
"required": true,
"editable": true,
"scope": "WorkflowActivation"
}
]
}
Request: Change State
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v19.3/objects/documents/17/versions/0/1/lifecycle_actions/approve__c/entry_requirements
Response: Change State
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"responseMessage": "Success",
"properties": [
{
"name": "country__v",
"description": "Country",
"type": [
"ObjectReference"
],
"objectTypeReferenced": {
"name": "country__v",
"label": "Country",
"url": "/api/v19.3/metadata/vobjects/country__v",
"label_plural": "Countries"
},
"required": true,
"editable": true,
"repeating": true,
"scope": "Document",
"currentSetting": [
{
"name": "00C000000000109",
"label": "United States",
"value": "/api/v19.3/vobjects/country__v/00C000000000109"
}
],
"records": "/api/v19.3/vobjects/country__v"
}
]
}
Retrieve the entry criteria for a user action. Entry criteria are requirements the document or binder must meet before you can initiate the action. Entry criteria are dynamic and depend on the lifecycle configuration, lifecycle state, or any workflow activation requirements defined in the Start Step of the workflow. Learn more about entry criteria in Vault Help.
To retrieve entry criteria, the authenticated user must have permission to execute the action. To check permissions, Retrieve User Actions and check for actions where executable__v is true.
GET /api/{version}/objects/{documents_or_binders}/{id}/versions/{major_version}/{minor_version}/lifecycle_actions/{name__v}/entry_requirements
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{documents_or_binders} | Choose to retrieve values for documents or binders. |
{id} | The document or binder id field value from which to retrieve available user actions. |
{major_version} | The major version number of the document or binder. |
{minor_version} | The minor version number of the document or binder. |
{name__v} | The lifecycle name__v field value from which to retrieve entry criteria. Retrieve this value from Retrieve User Actions. |
Response Details
The response may include the following metadata elements describing the properties for which values need to be specified:
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
name | The entry criteria name (used in the API). This value must be specified when starting the user action. |
description | The entry criteria name (used in the UI). |
type | The entry criteria data type. This value can be one of String, Number, Date, Boolean, Picklist, or ObjectReference. |
objectTypeReferenced | When type is ObjectReference, this is the object being referenced. For example: User, Product, Country, etc. |
required | Boolean value indicating whether or not the entry criteria must be specified when initiating a user action. |
editable | Boolean value indicating whether or not the value can be edited by the user. |
repeating | Boolean value indicating whether or not the entry criteria can have multiple values. |
minValue | Indicates the minimum character length for the value. |
maxValue | Indicates the maximum character length for the value. |
values | When type is Picklist, this provides a list of possible values that can be used. |
currentSetting | When a value has already been set, this shows the value. |
scope | Indicates where the entry criteria property is defined. This value can be one of:
|
Response Details: Start Legacy Workflow
This example requests entry criteria for the start_approval__c workflow on document ID 17. The properties array in the response shows there are two entry criteria:
Approver: user_control_multiple__c
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
name | The name of this entry criteria in the API is user_control_multiple__c. Use this name when referring to this field in the API. |
description | The label of this entry criteria in the UI is Approver. This should tell you the intended usage of this field. |
type | This field is an ObjectReference. |
objectTypeReferenced | This field is an ObjectReference to a User. |
repeating | This field can accept more than one value, meaning more than one user can be assigned as the approver. |
scope | The scope is WorkflowActivation, which means you can include this data as a name-value pair in the initiate request. |
Approval Due Date: date_control__c
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
name | The name of this entry criteria in the API is date_control__c. Use this name when referring to this field in the API. |
description | The label of this entry criteria in the UI is Approval Due Date. This should tell you the intended usage of this field. |
type | This field is a Date. |
scope | The scope is WorkflowActivation, which means you can include this data as a name-value pair in the initiate request. |
Response Details: Change State
This example requests entry criteria for the approve__c user action on document ID 17. The properties array in the response shows there is one entry criteria:
Country: country__v
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
name | The name of this entry criteria in the API is country__v. |
description | The label of this entry criteria in the UI is Country. |
type | This field is an ObjectReference. |
objectTypeReferenced | This field is an ObjectReference to the Country object. |
repeating | This field can accept more than one value, meaning the document can belong to more than one country. |
scope | The scope is Document, which means this document field must have a value before you can initiate the action. |
currentSetting | The field on this document is currently set to United States. If you’re okay with this setting, you can initiate the action. If this was blank, you’d need to set it first. |
Initiate User Action
Request: Start Legacy Workflow
$ curl -X PUT -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-d 'user_control_multiple__c=user%3A10001400&date_control__c=2019-10-31'\
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v19.3/objects/documents/17/versions/0/1/lifecycle_actions/start_approval__c
Response: Start Legacy Workflow
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"id": 17,
"workflow_id__v": "401"
}
Request: Change State
$ curl -X PUT -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v19.3/objects/documents/17/versions/0/1/lifecycle_actions/approve__vs
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"id": 17
}
Initiate a user action. Before initiating, you should retrieve any applicable entry criteria for the action.
Only some user action types can be initiated through the API. See supported user actions.
The authenticated user must have permission to initiate this action. To check permissions, Retrieve User Actions and check for actions where executable__v is true.
PUT /api/{version}/objects/{documents_or_binders}/{id}/versions/{major_version}/{minor_version}/lifecycle_actions/{name__v}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/x-www-form-urlencoded |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{documents_or_binders} | Choose to initiate an action on documents or binders. |
{id} | The document or binder id field value on which to initiate the user action. |
{major_version} | The major version number of the document or binder. |
{minor_version} | The minor version number of the document or binder. |
{name__v} | The action name__v field value to initiate. Retrieve this value from Retrieve User Action. |
Request Details: Start Legacy Workflow
This request is initiating a start_approval__c workflow. Retrieving the entry criteria told us what fields we need to add to initiate this action, and that the scope is WorkflowActivation. This scope means we can add the required entry criteria fields as name-value pairs in the body of this request.
user_control_multiple__c=user%3A10001400is anObjectReferenceto aUser.date_control__c=2019-10-31is aDate.
Request Details: Change State
This request is initiating the approve__c user action, which changes the state of the document to Approved. Retrieving the entry criteria told us what fields we need to add or update to initiate this action, and that the scope is Document. This scope means the required entry criteria must be set on the document prior to this request, so there are no additional parameters to add to this initiate request.
Download Controlled Copy Job Results
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v18.3/objects/documents/actions/draft_to_effective_lifecycle__c.effective__c.downloadControlledCopya95fbf38/39303/results
-OJ
Response
Content-Type: application/octet-stream;charset=UTF-8
Content-Disposition: attachment;filename="Download Issued Batch Record - 2018-10-10T22-01-18.473Z.zip"
This endpoint is for Extensible Controlled Copy; controlled_copy_trace__v and controlled_copy_user_input__v objects. If your organization is not using these objects, you should use the endpoints for Legacy Controlled Copy.
After initiating a controlled copy user action, use this endpoint to download the controlled copy. To execute this request in an integration flow, Retrieve the Job Status and use the href under "rel": "artifacts". We do not recommend executing this request outside of this flow.
Before submitting this request:
- You must have previously requested an initiate controlled copy job (via the API) which is no longer active
- You must be the user who initiated the job or have the Admin: Jobs: Read permission
GET /api/{version}/objects/documents/actions/{lifecycle_and_state_and_action}/{job_id}/results
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml. For this request, the Accept header controls only the error response. On SUCCESS, the response is a file stream (download). |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{lifecycle_and_state_and_action} | The name__v values for the lifecycle, state, and action in the format {lifecycle_name}.{state_name}.{action_name}. To get this value, Retrieve the Job Status and find the href under "rel": "artifacts". |
{job_id} | The ID of the job, returned from the original job request. For controlled copy, you can find this ID in the Initiate User Action response. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, Vault downloads your controlled copy.
The HTTP Response Header Content-Type is set to application/octet-stream. The HTTP Response Header Content-Disposition contains a default filename component which you can use when naming the local file.
By default, your file is named in the format {user action label} - {now()}.zip, which is consistent with downloading this file through the Vault UI. If you choose to name this file yourself, make sure you add the .zip extension.
Initiate Bulk User Actions
Request
$ curl -X PUT -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-d "docIds=222:0:1,223:0:1,224:0:1,225:0:1" \
-d "lifecycle=general_lifecycle__c" \
-d "state=draft__c" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v17.1/objects/documents/lifecycle_actions/approve__c
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS"
}
For each bulk action, you may only select a single workflow that Vault will start for all selected and valid documents.
PUT /api/{version}/objects/{documents_or_binders}/lifecycle_actions/{user_action_name}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/x-www-form-urlencoded |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{documents_or_binders} | Choose to change the state of documents or binders. |
{user_action_name} | The user action name__v field value. Find this value with the Retrieve User Actions on Multiple Documents or Binders endpoint. |
Body Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
docIdsrequired | Include a comma-separated list of document or binder IDs and major and minor version numbers. For example, 222:0:1,223:0:1,224:0:1 specifies version 0.1 of document IDs 222, 223, and 224. The user action is only executed on document IDs in the lifecycle and state specified in the request body. Document IDs listed in this parameter which are not in the specified lifecycle and state are skipped. |
lifecyclerequired | Include the name of the document or binder lifecycle. |
staterequired | Include the current state of your document. |
Request Details
In this request:
- The input file format is set to accept name-value pairs.
- The lifecycle is specified. These documents are assigned to the
general_lifecycle__c. - The state is specified. We’re changing the state of all four documents from draft to approved.
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the initiating user receives a summary email detailing which documents or binders succeeded and failed the requested action.
Lifecycle Role Assignment Rules
For both standard and custom roles, you can define a subset of users who are allowed in the role and define users that Vault automatically assigns to the role at document creation or when a workflow starts. You can also override the allowed users and default users settings based on standard object-type document fields like Country, Product, Study, etc.
Vault Help Resources
Note the following limitations:
- The API can only be used with active lifecycles and roles.
- If the input contains duplicate field values, only the first instance is processed. The remaining duplicate fields are ignored.
- If the input contains duplicate field values, only the first instance is processed. The remaining duplicate fields are ignored.
- The maximum number of roles that can be created or updated per request is 50,000.
- The lifecycle role default rule cannot be set when creating override rules.
- A role cannot be assigned more users or groups to default roles than allowed on the role.
- The default
owner__vrole cannot be edited.
Retrieve Lifecycle Role Assignment Rules (Default & Override)
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/configuration/role_assignment_rule?lifecycle__v=general_lifecycle__c&role__v=editor__c
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": [
{
"lifecycle__v": "general_lifecycle__c",
"role__v": "editor__c",
"allowed_users__v": [
"ally@veepharm.com",
"beth@veepharm.com",
"cruz@veepharm.com",
"dave@veepharm.com"
],
"allowed_groups__v": [
"global_products_team__c",
"vault_products_team__c",
"vault_doc_management__c"
],
"allowed_default_users__v": [
"ally@veepharm.com"
],
"allowed_default_groups__v": [
"global_products_team__c"
]
},
{
"lifecycle__v": "general_lifecycle__c",
"role__v": "editor__c",
"product__v.name__v": "CholeCap",
"country__v.name__v": "United States",
"product__v": "0PR0011001",
"country__v": "0CR0022002",
"allowed_users__v": [
"etta@veepharm.com",
"finn@veepharm.com",
"greg@veepharm.com",
"hope@veepharm.com"
],
"allowed_groups__v": [
"cholecap_us_docs_group__c",
"cholecap_us_research_group__c",
"cholecap_us_compliance_group__c",
"cholecap_us_product_management_group__c"
],
"allowed_default_users__v": [
"etta@veepharm.com"
],
"allowed_default_groups__v": [
"cholecap_us_docs_group__c"
]
}
]
}
GET /api/{version}/configuration/role_assignment_rule
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml or CSV text/csv |
This endpoint alone will retrieve a list of all lifecycle role assignment rules (default & override) from all roles in all lifecycles in your Vault.
To filter the results by lifecycle or role, add one or both of the following parameters to the request endpoint:
Query Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
lifecycle__v | Include the name of the lifecycle from which to retrieve information. For example: lifecycle_v=general_lifecycle__c |
role__v | Include the name of the role from which to retrieve information. For example: role__v=editor__c |
product__v | Include the ID/name of a specific product to see product-based override rules to default users/allowed users for the lifecycle role. For example: product__v=0PR0011001 or product__v.name__v=CholeCap |
country__v | Include the ID/name of a specific country to see country-based override rules to default users/allowed users for the lifecycle role. For example: country__v=0CR0022002 or country__v.name__v=United States |
study__v | In eTMF Vaults only. Include the ID/name of a specific study to see study-based override rules to default users/allowed users for the lifecycle role. For example: study__v=0ST0021J01 or study__v.name__v=CholeCap Study |
study_country__v | In eTMF Vaults only. Include the ID/name of a specific study country to see study country-based override rules to default users/allowed users for the lifecycle role. For example: study_country__v=0SC0001001 or study_country__v.name__v=Germany |
The response will include:
- The default role assignments
- The override role assignments when an override condition (when configured on the role) is met
- The override conditions (when configured on the role)
If you filter the results by one or more override conditions (product__v or country__v), the response will exclude the default role assignments and role assignments for the override conditions.
Request Details
Retrieve lifecycle role assignment rules from a specific role (editor__c) in a specific lifecycle (general_lifecycle__c):
Response Details
In this example response, the editor__c role in the general_lifecycle__c lifecycle is configured with the following role assignment rules:
Default Rule
When a document is assigned this lifecycle, the following users and groups are automatically assigned to the editor__c role:
allowed_default_users__v- The userally@veepharm.comis automatically assigned to the role.allowed_users__v- The usersbeth@veepharm.com,cruz@veepharm.com, anddave@veepharm.comcan be (optionally) assigned to the role at any time during the lifecycle.allowed_default_groups__v- The groupglobal_products_team__cis automatically assigned to the role.allowed_groups__v- The groupsvault_products_team__candvault_doc_management__ccan be (optionally) assigned to the role at any time during the lifecycle.
Override Conditions
This lifecycle role has been configured with two override conditions which state: If both the product “CholeCap” and country “United States” are assigned to a document, do not apply the default rule, but instead apply the override rule.
The API returns both the system-managed object record id and the user-defined object record name__v (via the object__v.name__v lookup) field values which define the override conditions:
"product__v.name__v": "CholeCap"- The product object record name."country__v.name__v": "United States"- The country object record name."product__v": "0PR0011001"- The product object record ID."country__v": "0CR0022002"- The country object record ID.
Override Rule
When both the product “CholeCap” and country “United States” are assigned (at any time) to a document in this lifecycle, the following (alternate) users and groups are automatically assigned to the editor__c role:
allowed_default_users__v- The useretta@veepharm.comis automatically assigned to the role.allowed_users__v- The usersfinn@veepharm.com,greg@veepharm.com, andhope@veepharm.comcan be (optionally) assigned to the role during its lifecycle.allowed_default_groups__v- The groupcholecap_us_docs_group__cis automatically assigned to the role.allowed_groups__v- The groupscholecap_us_research_group__c,cholecap_us_compliance_group__c, andcholecap_us_product_management_group__ccan be (optionally) assigned to the role during its lifecycle.
Note: If the lifecycle role has not been configured with an override rule, the response will only display the default rule.
Create Lifecycle Role Assignment Override Rules
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/json" \
--data-binary @"C:\Vault\Override Rules\create-lifecycle-role-override-rules.json" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/configuration/role_assignment_rule
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": [
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS"
}
]
}
POST /api/{version}/configuration/role_assignment_rule
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/json or text/csv |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml or text/csv |
Body Parameters
Before submitting this request, prepare a JSON or CSV input file with the following information:
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
name__vrequired | The name__v field values of the lifecycle and role to which the override rule is being added. |
name__voptional | The name__v field values of the allowed and default groups who will be assigned to the role when the override condition is met. |
idoptional | The id or name__v field values of the object records which define the override condition. |
user_name__voptional | The user_name__v field values of the allowed and default users who will be assigned to the role when the override condition is met. |
Note the following scope and limitations:
- This request can only be used to specify the override rules (conditions, users, and groups). It cannot be used to create default rules.
- The input may include override rules for multiple lifecycles and roles.
- Each role may be configured with multiple override rules.
Example CSV & JSON Input Files
Create an override rule on the editor__c role of the general_lifecycle__c with the following override conditions, users, and groups:
lifecycle__v | role__v | product__v.name__v | country__v.name__v | allowed_users__v | allowed_groups__v | allowed_default_users__v | allowed_default_groups__v |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
general_lifecycle__c | editor__c | CholeCap | United States | “etta@veevapharm.com,finn@veevapharm.com,greg@veevapharm.com,hope@veevapharm.com” | “cholecap_us_docs_group__c,cholecap_us_research_group__c,cholecap_us_compliance_group__c,cholecap_us_product_management_group__c” | etta@veevapharm.com | cholecap_us_docs_group__c |
[
{
"lifecycle__v": "general_lifecycle__c",
"role__v": "editor__c",
"product__v.name__v": "CholeCap",
"country__v.name__v": "United States",
"allowed_users__v": [
"etta@veepharm.com",
"finn@veepharm.com",
"greg@veepharm.com",
"hope@veepharm.com"
],
"allowed_groups__v": [
"cholecap_us_docs_group__c",
"cholecap_us_research_group__c",
"cholecap_us_compliance_group__c",
"cholecap_us_product_management_group__c"
],
"allowed_default_users__v": [
"etta@veepharm.com"
],
"allowed_default_groups__v": [
"cholecap_us_docs_group__c"
]
}
]
Request Details
In this example:
- The input file format is set to JSON.
- The response format is not set and will default to JSON.
- The path/name of the JSON input file is specified.
Response Details
For each override rule specified in the input, the response includes a SUCCESS or FAILURE message.
Update Lifecycle Role Assignment Rules (Default & Override)
Request
$ curl -X PUT -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: text/csv" \
--data-binary @"C:\Vault\Override Rules\update-lifecycle-role-override-rules.csv" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/configuration/role_assignment_rule
Before submitting this request, prepare a JSON or CSV input file. See the Create Lifecycle Role Assignment Override Rules request above for details.
PUT /api/{version}/configuration/role_assignment_rule
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/json or text/csv |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml or text/csv |
Response Details
For each default or override rule specified in the input, the response includes a SUCCESS or FAILURE message.
Delete Lifecycle Role Assignment Override Rules
Request: Delete All Overrides
$ curl -X DELETE -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/configuration/role_assignment_rule?lifecycle__v=general_lifecycle__c&role__v=editor__c
Response: Delete All Overrides
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": {
"rules_deleted": 2
}
}
Request: Delete Object-Specific Override
$ curl -X DELETE -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/configuration/role_assignment_rule?lifecycle__v=general_lifecycle__c&role__v=editor__c&product__v.name__v=CholeCap
Response: Delete Object-Specific Override
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": {
"rules_deleted": 1
}
}
Delete override rules configured on a specific lifecycle role.
DELETE /api/{version}/configuration/role_assignment_rule
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml or text/csv |
Query Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
lifecycle__v | Include the name of the lifecycle from which to delete override rules. For example, lifecycle__v=general_lifecycle__c. |
role__v | Include the name of the role from which to delete override rules. For example, role__v=editor__c. |
{object_name} | Optional: To delete overrides on a specific object by ID, include the object ID. For example, product__v=0PR0011001. |
{object_name}.name__v | Optional: To delete overrides on a specific object by name, include the object name. For example, product__v.name__v=CholeCap. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the example response displays the number of override rules that were deleted from the lifecycle role.
Document Workflows
Document workflows enable users to send a collection of one or more documents for review and approval using a single workflow. The API allows you to retrieve, manage, and initiate document workflows.
Learn about Document Workflows in Vault Help.
Retrieve All Document Workflows
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v21.2/objects/documents/actions
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": [
{
"name": "Objectworkflow.clinical_study_report_approval__c",
"label": "Clinical Study Report Approval",
"type": "multidocworkflow",
"cardinality": "OneOrMany"
},
{
"name": "Objectworkflow.medical_docs_review_and_approval__c",
"label": "Medical Docs Review and Approval",
"type": "multidocworkflow",
"cardinality": "OneOrMany"
}
]
}
Retrieve all available document workflows that can be initiated on a set of documents which:
- The authenticated user has permissions to view or initiate
- Can be initiated through the API
GET /api/{version}/objects/documents/actions
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
Query Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
loc | When localized (translated) strings are available, retrieve them by setting loc to true. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response lists all available document workflows and includes the following:
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
name | The workflow name. |
label | UI Label for the workflow. |
type | Type of workflow. |
cardinality | Indicates how many contents (One, OneOrMany) can be included in a workflow. |
For users without the Workflow: Start permission, the response returns an INSUFFICIENT_ACCESS error.
Retrieve Document Workflow Details
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v21.2/objects/documents/actions/Objectworkflow.clinical_study_report_approval__c
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": {
"name": "Objectworkflow.clinical_study_report_approval__c",
"controls": [
{
"type": "instructions",
"instructions": "Add approvers",
"prompts": [],
"label": "Instructions"
},
{
"type": "participant",
"prompts": [
{
"label": "Approver",
"name": "approver__c"
}
],
"required": true,
"label": "Participants"
},
{
"type": "participant",
"prompts": [
{
"label": "Exec Approver",
"name": "exec_approver__c"
}
],
"required": true,
"label": "Participants"
},
{
"prompts": [
{
"label": "Documents",
"name": "documents__sys"
}
],
"label": "Documents",
"type": "documents"
},
{
"prompts": [
{
"multi_value": false,
"label": "Description",
"name": "description__sys"
}
],
"label": "Description",
"type": "description"
}
],
"label": "Clinical Study Report Approval",
"type": "multidocworkflow",
"cardinality": "OneOrMany"
}
}
Retrieves the details for a specific document workflow.
GET /api/{version}/objects/documents/actions/{workflow_name}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
workflow_name | The document workflow name value. |
Query Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
loc | When localized (translated) strings are available, retrieve them by setting loc to true. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response lists the fields that must be configured with values in order to initiate the document workflow. These are based on the controls configured in the workflow start step.
The response may include the following types of controls:
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
prompts | The input prompts which accept values when initiating the workflow. |
instructions | Contains static instruction text regarding workflow initiation. |
participant | Used to specify users who will be part of the workflow. |
date | Date selections for the workflow, such as due date. |
documents | Used to specify the documents for inclusion in the workflow. |
description | The document workflow description. |
variable | The variable prompts which accept values when initiating the workflow. |
For each control, the following data may be returned:
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
label | UI Label for the control. |
type | Type of control (instructions, participant, date, documents, description, or variable). |
Additionally, the response includes following fields describing the workflow:
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
name | The workflow name. |
label | UI Label for the workflow. |
type | Type of workflow (multidocworkflow). |
cardinality | Indicates how many contents (One, OneOrMany) can be included in a workflow. |
Initiate Document Workflow
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/json" \
-d "approver__c: user:83610" \
-d "exec_approver__c: user:10081" \
-d "contents__sys: 56,31,25" \
-d "description__sys: CSR Approval" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v18.3/objects/documents/actions/Objectworkflow.clinical_study_report_approval__c
Response: Success
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": {
"record_url": "/api/v18.3/vobjects/envelope__sys/0ER000000000501",
"record_id__v": "0ER000000000501",
"workflow_id": "1301"
}
}
Response: Failure
{
"responseStatus": "FAILURE",
"errors": [
{
"type": "INVALID_DATA",
"message": "Invalid value [94] specified for parameter [contents__sys] : documents are in invalid lifecycles"
}
]
}
Initiate a document workflow on a set of documents. If any document is not in the relevant state or does not meet configured field conditions, the API returns INVALID_DATA for the invalid documents and the workflow does not start.
POST /api/{version}/objects/documents/actions/{workflow_name}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/json (default) or application/x-www-form-urlencoded |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{workflow_name} | The document workflow name value. |
Body Parameters
The following parameters are required, but an Admin may set other fields as required in your Vault. To find which fields are required to start this workflow, Retrieve Document Workflow Details.
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
contents__sysrequired | Input a comma-separated list of document id field values. Maximum 100 documents. |
description__sysrequired | Description of the workflow. Maximum 128 characters. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response includes the following:
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
record_id__v | The id value of the envelope__sys record. |
workflow_id | The workflow id field value. |
Manage Document Workflow Tasks
Document workflows share some of the same capabilities as object workflows and are configured on the envelope_sys object. You can use the Workflow Task endpoints to retrieve document workflow tasks, task details, and initiate document workflow tasks.
Remove Documents from Envelope
You can remove one or more documents from an envelope__sys object using the removecontent action in the Initiate Workflow Action endpoint.
Object Lifecycle & Workflows
Object lifecycles are the sequences of states (Draft, In Review, etc.) an object record goes through. A lifecycle can be simple (two states that require users to manually move between them) or very complex (multiple states with different security and workflows that automatically move records from one state to another). In Vault, lifecycles simplify the implementation of business logic that traditionally required custom coding or time-consuming manual setup. A set of business rules applies to each state and defines what happens to object records in that state. Admins define these rules for each lifecycle state and Vault automatically applies them to every object record that enters the state.
Learn about Lifecycles & Workflows in Vault Help.
Object Record User Actions
The API supports retrieval and initiation of user actions on Vault object records.
Retrieve Object Record User Actions
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v20.1/vobjects/product__v/00P000000000301/actions
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": [
{
"links": [
{
"rel": "metadata",
"href": "/api/v20.1/vobjects/product__v/00P000000000301/actions/Objectlifecyclestateuseraction.product__v.active_state__c.start_workflow_useraction__c",
"accept": "application/json",
"method": "GET"
},
{
"rel": "execute",
"href": "/api/v20.1/vobjects/product__v/00P000000000301/actions/Objectlifecyclestateuseraction.product__v.active_state__c.start_workflow_useraction__c",
"accept": "application/json",
"method": "POST"
}
],
"label": "Start Workflow",
"type": "workflow",
"name": "Objectlifecyclestateuseraction.product__v.active_state__c.start_workflow_useraction__c"
}
]
}
Retrieve all available user actions that can be initiated on a specific object record which:
- The authenticated user has permissions to view or initiate
- Can be initiated through the API
GET /api/{version}/vobjects/{object_name}/{object_record_id}/actions
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{object_name} | The object name__v field value. |
{object_record_id} | The object record id field value. |
Query Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
loc | Optional: When true, retrieves localized (translated) strings for the label. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response lists all available user actions that can be initiated on the specified object record.
- For users with the View permission, the response includes a link to retrieve the metadata for the specified user action.
- For users without the View permission, the response returns an
INSUFFICIENT_ACCESSerror. - For users with the Execute permission, the response includes a link to initiate the specified action.
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
type | The type of user action. For example, an action of the type State Change will appear as state_change. Object actions which are not attached to a lifecycle state appear as type object_action. |
name | The user action name. object_action types include the Objectaction prefix. Lifecycle user action types, such as workflow, include the Objectlifecyclestateuseraction prefix. |
label | The user action label as seen in the UI. |
Retrieve Object User Action Details
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v17.3/vobjects/product_v/0PR0771/actions/Objectaction.product__v.copy_record__c
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": {
"links": [
{
"rel": "metadata",
"accept": "application/json",
"Href": "api/v17.3/vobjects/product_v/0PR0771/actions/Objectaction.product__v.copy_record__c",
"method": "GET"
},
{
"rel": "execute",
"accept": "application/json",
"Href": "api/v17.3/vobjects/product_v/0PR0771/actions/Objectaction.product__v.copy_record__c",
"method": "POST"
}
],
"label": "Copy Record",
"type": "object_action",
"name": "Objectaction.product__v.copy_record__c"
}
}
Once you’ve retrieved the available user actions, use this request to retrieve the details for a specific user action.
GET /api/{version}/vobjects/{object_name}/{object_record_id}/actions/{action_name}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
object_name | The object name__v field value. |
object_record_id | The object record id field value from which to retrieve user action details. |
action_name | Either the name of the Objectaction or Objectlifecyclestateuseraction to initiate. This is obtained from the Retrieve User Actions request. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response returns metadata for the specified object action.
- For users with the View permission, the response includes a link to retrieve the metadata for the specified user action.
- For users without the View permission, the response returns an
INSUFFICIENT_ACCESSerror. - For users with the Execute permission, the response includes a link to initiate the specified action.
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response lists the fields that must be configured with values in order to initiate the user action. These are based on the controls configured in the workflow start step.
- For users with the View permission, the response includes a link to retrieve the metadata for the specified user action.
- For users without the View permission, the response returns an
INSUFFICIENT_ACCESSerror. - For users with the Execute permission on the action, the response includes a link to initiate the specified action.
For actions with the type: workflow, the following types of controls may be returned:
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
instructions | Contains static instruction text regarding workflow initiation. |
participant | Used to specify users who will be part of the workflow. |
date | Date selections for the workflow, such as due date. |
field | All object fields requiring values. |
For each control, the following data may be returned:
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
label | UI Label for the control. |
type | Type of control (instructions, participants, date, or fields). |
prompts | The input prompts (if any) which accept values when initiating the workflow. Prompts of type field accept values per the metadata specified for the field in the object metadata. |
Initiate Object Action on a Single Record
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-d 'due_date__c=2020-03-01T08:00:00.000Z' \
-d 'product__v.generic_name__c=nitroprinaline oxalate' \
-d 'product__v.internal_name__c=Nyaxa' \
-d 'product__v.compound_id__c=CC-127' \
-d 'approvers__c=user:10001399' \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v20.1/vobjects/product__v/00P000000000301/actions/Objectlifecyclestateuseraction.product__v.active_state__c.start_workflow_useraction__c
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS"
}
Use this request to initiate an action on a specific object record.
POST /api/{version}/vobjects/{object_name}/{object_record_id}/actions/{action_name}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/x-www-form-urlencoded |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
object_name | The object name__v field value. |
object_record_id | The object record id field value from which to retrieve user actions. |
action_name | The name of the Objectaction or Objectlifecyclestateuseraction to initiate. You can retrieve this from the Retrieve User Actions request. The format for action_name is Objectaction.vobject.action or Objectlifecyclestateuseraction.vobject.state.action. |
Body Parameters
Include any parameters required to initiate the action as name-value pairs in the request body. You can retrieve the required parameters for your action by Retrieving Object User Action Details.
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
storyEventKeyoptional | The ID of the target Story Event object record when executing the Apply Milestone Template action. This is only applicable in Clinical Operations Vaults. |
Values in Required Field Prompts
When providing values for field prompts on a start step, task step, or verdict, required fields cannot be omitted, set as blank, or defaulted to their existing value.
To preserve the existing value of a required field prompt, submit the existing value as the new value.
Initiate Object Action on Multiple Records
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-d "ids: 0MO0771, 0MO0772, 0MO0773" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v17.3/vobjects/monitoring_event__v/actions/Objectaction.monitoring_event__v.copy_record__v
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": [
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"id": "0MO0771"
},
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"id": "0MO0772"
},
{
"responseStatus": "FAILURE",
"id": "0MO0773",
"errors": [
{
"type": "INSUFFICIENT_ACCESS",
"message": "User does not have sufficient privileges to perform the action"
}
]
}
]
}
Use this request to initiate an object user action on multiple records. Maximum 500 records per batch.
POST /api/{version}/vobjects/{object_name}/actions/{action_name}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/x-www-form-urlencoded |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
object_name | The object name__v field value. |
action_name | Either the name of the Objectaction or Objectlifecyclestateuseraction to initiate. This is obtained from the Retrieve User Actions request. The format for action_name is Objectaction.vobject.action or Objectlifecyclestateuseraction.vobject.state.action. |
Body Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
idsrequired | Comma-separated list of object record ids on which to initiate the action. |
Values in Required Field Prompts
When providing values for field prompts on a start step, task step, or verdict, required fields cannot be omitted, set as blank, or defaulted to their existing value.
To preserve the existing value of a required field prompt in a workflow on a single record, submit the existing value as the new value.
For a workflow on multiple records, there is no way to preserve existing values in a field if that field is a required prompt. Setting a value for a prompt updates all records to the same single value.
Multi-Record Workflows
An object workflow is a series of steps configured in Vault to correspond with the specific business processes of your organization. These steps are actions that occur on or in relation to an individual object record or a group of object records on the same object.
Object workflows are specific to an object, meaning that a single workflow cannot apply to multiple objects. A single object record can only be in one workflow at a time.
Retrieve All Multi-Record Workflows
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v22.3/objects/objectworkflows/actions
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": [
{
"name": "Objectworkflow.approval__c",
"label": "Review & Approval Workflow",
"type": "multirecordworkflow",
"cardinality": "OneOrMany"
}
]
}
Retrieve all available multi-record workflows which:
- The authenticated user has permissions to view or initiate
- Can be initiated through the API
GET /api/{version}/objects/objectworkflows/actions
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response includes the following:
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
name | The workflow name. |
label | UI label for the workflow. |
type | Type of workflow. |
cardinality | Indicates how many contents (One, OneOrMany) can be included in a workflow. |
For users without the Workflow: Start permission, the response returns an INSUFFICIENT_ACCESS error.
Retrieve Multi-Record Workflow Details
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/json" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v22.3/objects/objectworkflows/actions/Objectworkflow.approval__c
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": {
"name": "Objectworkflow.approval__c",
"controls": [
{
"prompts": [
{
"label": "Contents",
"name": "contents__sys"
}
],
"type": "contents",
"label": "Contents"
},
{
"prompts": [
{
"multi_value": false,
"label": "Description",
"name": "description__sys"
}
],
"type": "description",
"label": "Description"
}
],
"label": "Multi-Object",
"type": "multirecordworkflow",
"cardinality": "OneOrMany"
}
}
Retrieves the fields required to initiate a specific multi-record workflow.
GET /api/{version}/objects/objectworkflows/actions/{workflow_name}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{workflow_name} | The multi-record workflow name value. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response lists the fields that must be configured with values in order to initiate the workflow. These are based on the controls configured in the workflow start step.
The response may include the following types of controls:
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
prompts | The input prompts which accept values when initiating the workflow. |
instructions | Contains static instruction text regarding workflow initiation. |
participant | Used to specify users who will be part of the workflow. |
date | Date selections for the workflow, such as due date. |
documents | Used to specify the documents for inclusion in the workflow. |
description | The document workflow description. |
variable | The variable prompts which accept values when initiating the workflow. |
Additionally, the response includes following fields describing the workflow:
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
name | The workflow name. |
label | UI Label for the workflow. |
type | Type of workflow (multirecordworkflow). |
cardinality | Indicates how many contents (One, OneOrMany) can be included in a workflow. |
Initiate Multi-Record Workflow
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-d "contents__sys: Object:feature_record__c.V3O000000005001,Object:feature_record__c.V3O000000005002" \
-d "description__sys: CSR Approval" \
-d "exec_approver__c: user:10081" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v22.3/objects/objectworkflows/actions/Objectworkflow.approval__c
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": {
"record_url": "/api/v22.3/vobjects/envelope__sys/0ER000000009003",
"record_id__v": "0ER000000009003",
"workflow_id": "8703"
}
}
Initiate a multi-record workflow on a set of records. If any record is not in the relevant state or does not meet configured field conditions, the API returns INVALID_DATA for the invalid records and the workflow does not start.
POST /api/{version}/objects/objectworkflows/actions/{workflow_name}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/x-www-form-urlencoded |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{workflow_name} | The workflow name value. |
Body Parameters
The following parameters are required, but an Admin may set other fields as required in your Vault. To find which fields are required to start this workflow, Retrieve Multi-Record Workflow Details.
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
contents__sysrequired | Input a comma-separated list of records, in the format Object:{objectname}.{record_ID}. For example, Object:product__c.V3O000000005001. Maximum 100 records. |
description__sysrequired | Description of the workflow. Maximum 128 characters. |
Values in Required Field Prompts
Required fields cannot be omitted, set as blank, or defaulted to their existing value.
To preserve the existing value of a required field prompt in a workflow on a single record, submit the existing value as the new value.
For a workflow on multiple records, there is no way to preserve existing values in a field if that field is a required prompt. Setting a value for a prompt updates all records to the same single value.
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response includes the following:
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
record_id__v | The id value of the envelope__sys record. |
workflow_id | The workflow id field value. |
Manage Multi-record Workflow Tasks
Multi-record workflows are configured on the envelope_sys object. You can use the Workflow Task endpoints to retrieve workflow tasks, details, and initiate tasks.
Remove Records from Workflow
You can remove one or more records from an envelope__sys object using the removecontent action in the Initiate Workflow Action endpoint.
Users
Learn about Creating & Managing Users and Managing Users Across Vaults in Vault Help.
To update Vault Membership for multiple Vaults within the same domain, create cross-domain users, or add users to a domain without assigning Vault membership, use the Create Users endpoint.
Learn about Managing the User & Person Objects in Vault Help.
Retrieve User Metadata
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/metadata/objects/users
Response (abridged)
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"properties": [
{
"name": "user_name__v",
"type": "String",
"length": 255,
"editable": true,
"queryable": true,
"required": true,
"multivalue": false,
"onCreateEditable": true
},
{
"name": "user_first_name__v",
"type": "String",
"length": 100,
"editable": true,
"queryable": true,
"required": true,
"multivalue": false,
"onCreateEditable": true
},
{
"name": "user_last_name__v",
"type": "String",
"length": 100,
"editable": true,
"queryable": true,
"required": true,
"multivalue": false,
"onCreateEditable": true
},
{
"name": "alias__v",
"type": "String",
"length": 40,
"editable": true,
"queryable": false,
"required": false,
"multivalue": false,
"onCreateEditable": true
},
{
"name": "user_email__v",
"type": "String",
"length": 255,
"editable": true,
"queryable": true,
"required": true,
"multivalue": false,
"onCreateEditable": true
},
{
"name": "user_timezone__v",
"type": "String",
"length": 255,
"editable": true,
"queryable": true,
"required": true,
"multivalue": false,
"onCreateEditable": true,
"values": [
{
"value": "Pacific/Niue",
"label": "(GMT-11:00) Niue Time (Pacific/Niue)"
},
{
"value": "Pacific/Pago_Pago",
"label": "(GMT-11:00) Samoa Standard Time (Pacific/Pago_Pago)"
},
]
},
{
"name": "user_locale__v",
"type": "String",
"length": 10,
"editable": true,
"queryable": true,
"required": true,
"multivalue": false,
"onCreateEditable": true,
"values": [
{
"value": "pt_BR",
"label": "Brazil"
},
{
"value": "es_ES",
"label": "Spain"
},
]
},
{
"name": "user_title__v",
"type": "String",
"length": 255,
"editable": true,
"queryable": true,
"required": false,
"multivalue": false,
"onCreateEditable": true
},
{
"name": "office_phone__v",
"type": "String",
"length": 20,
"editable": true,
"queryable": true,
"required": false,
"multivalue": false,
"onCreateEditable": true
},
{
"name": "fax__v",
"type": "String",
"length": 255,
"editable": true,
"queryable": true,
"required": false,
"multivalue": false,
"onCreateEditable": true
},
{
"name": "mobile_phone__v",
"type": "String",
"length": 20,
"editable": true,
"queryable": true,
"required": false,
"multivalue": false,
"onCreateEditable": true
},
{
"name": "site__v",
"type": "String",
"length": 255,
"editable": true,
"queryable": true,
"required": false,
"multivalue": false,
"onCreateEditable": true
},
{
"name": "is_domain_admin__v",
"type": "Boolean",
"length": 1,
"editable": true,
"queryable": true,
"required": false,
"multivalue": false,
"onCreateEditable": true
},
{
"name": "active__v",
"type": "Boolean",
"length": 1,
"editable": true,
"queryable": true,
"required": false,
"multivalue": false,
"onCreateEditable": true
},
{
"name": "domain_active__v",
"type": "Boolean",
"length": 1,
"editable": true,
"queryable": true,
"required": false,
"multivalue": false,
"onCreateEditable": false
},
{
"name": "security_policy_id__v",
"type": "ObjectReference",
"length": 20,
"object": "securitypolicies",
"editable": true,
"queryable": true,
"required": true,
"multivalue": false,
"onCreateEditable": true
},
{
"name": "user_needs_to_change_password__v",
"type": "Boolean",
"length": 1,
"editable": true,
"queryable": true,
"required": false,
"multivalue": false,
"onCreateEditable": true
},
{
"name": "id",
"type": "id",
"length": 20,
"object": "users",
"editable": false,
"queryable": true,
"required": true,
"multivalue": false,
"onCreateEditable": false
},
{
"name": "created_date__v",
"type": "Calendar",
"length": 0,
"editable": false,
"queryable": true,
"required": true,
"multivalue": false,
"onCreateEditable": false
},
{
"name": "created_by__v",
"type": "ObjectReference",
"length": 20,
"object": "users",
"editable": false,
"queryable": true,
"required": true,
"multivalue": false,
"onCreateEditable": false
},
{
"name": "modified_date__v",
"type": "Calendar",
"length": 0,
"editable": false,
"queryable": true,
"required": true,
"multivalue": false,
"onCreateEditable": false
},
{
"name": "modified_by__v",
"type": "ObjectReference",
"length": 20,
"object": "users",
"editable": false,
"queryable": true,
"required": true,
"multivalue": false,
"onCreateEditable": false
},
{
"name": "domain_id__v",
"type": "ObjectReference",
"length": 20,
"object": "domains",
"editable": false,
"queryable": true,
"required": true,
"multivalue": false,
"onCreateEditable": false
},
{
"name": "vault_id__v",
"type": "ObjectReference",
"length": 20,
"object": "vaults",
"editable": false,
"queryable": true,
"required": true,
"multivalue": true,
"onCreateEditable": false
},
{
"name": "federated_id__v",
"type": "String",
"length": 100,
"editable": true,
"queryable": true,
"required": false,
"multivalue": false,
"onCreateEditable": true
},
{
"name": "salesforce_user_name__v",
"type": "String",
"length": 255,
"editable": true,
"queryable": true,
"required": false,
"multivalue": false,
"onCreateEditable": true
},
{
"name": "last_login__v",
"type": "Calendar",
"length": 0,
"editable": false,
"queryable": true,
"required": false,
"multivalue": false,
"onCreateEditable": false
},
{
"name": "medidata_uuid__v",
"type": "String",
"length": 255,
"editable": true,
"queryable": true,
"required": false,
"multivalue": false,
"onCreateEditable": true
},
{
"name": "user_language__v",
"type": "String",
"length": 10,
"editable": true,
"queryable": true,
"required": true,
"multivalue": false,
"onCreateEditable": true,
"values": [
{
"value": "en",
"label": "English"
},
{
"value": "ja",
"label": "Japanese"
},
]
},
{
"name": "company__v",
"type": "String",
"length": 255,
"editable": true,
"queryable": true,
"required": false,
"multivalue": false,
"onCreateEditable": true
},
{
"name": "group_id__v",
"type": "ObjectReference",
"length": 20,
"object": "groups",
"editable": false,
"queryable": false,
"required": false,
"multivalue": true,
"onCreateEditable": false
},
{
"name": "security_profile__v",
"type": "ObjectReference",
"length": 40,
"object": "Securityprofile",
"editable": true,
"queryable": true,
"required": false,
"multivalue": false,
"onCreateEditable": true,
"values": [
{
"value": "business_admin__v",
"label": "Business Administrator"
},
{
"value": "document_user__v",
"label": "Document User"
},
{
"value": "external_user__v",
"label": "External User"
},
{
"value": "read_only_user__v",
"label": "Read-Only User"
},
{
"value": "system_admin__v",
"label": "System Administrator"
},
{
"value": "vault_owner__v",
"label": "Vault Owner"
},
{
"value": "view_based_user__v",
"label": "View-Based User"
}
]
},
{
"name": "license_type__v",
"type": "Picklist",
"length": 40,
"picklist": "license_type__v",
"editable": true,
"queryable": true,
"required": false,
"multivalue": false,
"onCreateEditable": true
}
]
}
GET /api/{version}/metadata/objects/users
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
Response Details
This response includes a full list of fields for users. Some field values are abridged to shorten this example response.
Retrieve All Users
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/users
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/users?vaults=all
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/users?vaults=-1
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/users?vaults=3003,4004,5005
Response (abridged)
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"size": 200,
"start": 0,
"limit": 200,
"sort": "id asc",
"users": [
{
"user": {
"id": 25501,
"user_name__v": "ewoodhouse@veepharm.com",
"user_first_name__v": "Elaine",
"user_last_name__v": "Woodhouse"
}
},
{
"user": {
"id": 25502,
"user_name__v": "bashton@veepharm.com",
"user_first_name__v": "Bruce",
"user_last_name__v": "Ashton"
}
},
{
"user": {
"id": 25503,
"user_name__v": "tchung@veepharm.com",
"user_first_name__v": "Thomas",
"user_last_name__v": "Chung"
}
}
]
}
GET /api/{version}/objects/users
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
Query Parameters
Using the endpoint alone with no optional parameters will retrieve users assigned only to the Vault in which the request is made. For customers with multiple Vaults in their domain, users with Domain Admin, System Admin, and Vault Owner privileges can access user information across different Vaults in the domain by including the optional parameter vaults set to one of the following values:
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
vaults=all | Retrieve all users assigned to all Vaults in your domain. |
vaults=-1 | Retrieve all users assigned to all Vaults in your domain except for the Vault in which the request is made. |
vaults={Vault IDs} | Retrieve all users assigned to Vault ID 3003, Vault ID 4004, and Vault ID 5005. Use a comma-separated list of Vault IDs to retrieve users assigned only to the specified Vaults. |
exclude_vault_membership | Optional: Set to false to include vault_membership fields. If true or omitted, vault_membership fields are not included in the response. |
exclude_app_licensing | Optional: Set to false to include app_licensing fields. If true or omitted, app_licensing fields are not included in the response. |
System Admins and Vault Owners must have administrative access to Vault applications referenced in the vaults parameter to be able to access users from those Vault.
The response also supports pagination. By default the page limit is set to 200 records. The pagination parameters are:
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
limit | [optional, default is 200] the size of the result set in the page |
start | [optional, default is 0] the starting record number |
sort | [optional, default is “id asc”] the sort order for the result set (asc - ascending, desc - descending) (e.g. user_name__v asc) |
Vault-Owned Users
When you retrieve legacy users, the response includes multiple system-owned user records that appear in all Vaults. These accounts are used to capture actions that are performed by Vault instead of by a user. These records are not included in license counts, are read-only, and cannot be referenced by another user or document. Learn more in Vault Help.
Retrieve User
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v18.1/objects/users/1006546
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"users": [
{
"user": {
"user_name__v": "olive@veepharm.com",
"user_first_name__v": "Olivia",
"user_last_name__v": "Cattington",
"user_email__v": "olivia.cattington@veepharm.com",
"user_timezone__v": "America/Los_Angeles",
"user_locale__v": "en_US",
"user_title__v": "Senior Vice President for Research & Development",
"is_domain_admin__v": false,
"active__v": true,
"domain_active__v": true,
"security_policy_id__v": 1000181,
"user_needs_to_change_password__v": false,
"id": 1006546,
"created_date__v": "2022-05-23T20:49:06.000Z",
"created_by__v": 1003079,
"modified_date__v": "2022-06-16T17:22:49.000Z",
"modified_by__v": 1,
"domain_id__v": 1000076,
"domain_name__v": "veepharm.com",
"vault_id__v": [
1000660,
1000659
],
"last_login__v": "2022-05-23T21:01:13.000Z",
"user_language__v": "en",
"company__v": "Veepharm",
"group_id__v": [
1,
1394917493302,
6
],
"security_profile__v": "vault_owner__v",
"license_type__v": "full__v"
}
}
]
}
Retrieve information for one user. To get information for all users, see Retrieve All Users.
GET /api/{version}/objects/users/{id}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{id} | The user id field value. To get information for the currently authenticated user, see Validate Session User. |
Query Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
exclude_vault_membership | Optional: Set to false to include vault_membership fields. Including these fields may decrease performance. If omitted, vault_membership fields are not included in the response. |
exclude_app_licensing | Optional: Set to false to include app_licensing fields. Including these fields may decrease performance. If omitted, app_licensing fields are not included in the response. |
Create Users
Create new user accounts or add existing users as cross-domain users. Learn more about cross-domain users in Vault Help. Note that users only receive welcome emails if they are assigned to a Vault. For example, a new domain user who does not have any assigned Vaults will not receive a welcome email.
Suppressing Welcome Emails: When creating new users, you can prevent Vault from sending welcome emails to a user by setting the user_needs_to_change_password__v setting to false. This does not work for users with SSO security profiles, but you can work around this limitation by creating the users with a basic security profile and updating them to the SSO security profile with an update action.
Create Single User
Request: Add User to Domain
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: multipart/form-data" \
-F "user_name__v=ewoodhouse@veepharm.com" \
-F "user_email__v=ewoodhouse@veepharm.com" \
-F "user_first_name__v=Elaine" \
-F "user_last_name__v=Woodhouse" \
-F "user_language__v=en" \
-F "user_timezone__v=America/Denver" \
-F "user_locale__v=en_US" \
-F "security_policy_id__v=821" \
-F "domain=true" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/users
Request: Add User to Current Vault
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: multipart/form-data" \
-F "user_name__v=ewoodhouse@veepharm.com" \
-F "user_email__v=ewoodhouse@veepharm.com" \
-F "user_first_name__v=Elaine" \
-F "user_last_name__v=Woodhouse" \
-F "user_language__v=en" \
-F "user_timezone__v=America/Denver" \
-F "user_locale__v=en_US" \
-F "security_policy_id__v=821" \
-F "security_profile__v=business_admin__v" \
-F "license_type__v=full__v" \
-F "file=@C:\Documents\Pictures\profile_image.jpg"
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/users
Request Details: Add Cross-Domain User
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: multipart/form-data" \
-F "user_name__v=ewoodhouse@veepharm.com" \
-F "security_profile__v=business_admin__v" \
-F "license_type__v=full__v" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/users
Create one user at a time without the need for a csv input file or upload profile pictures to the file staging server. After creation, you can assign these users to Vaults with the Update Vault Membership endpoint.
Some Vaults use multiple applications, for example, a RIM Vault with Submissions and Registrations. If multiple applications are available, this API adds the user with the specified license_type__v to all available applications. For example, if license_type__v is specified as read_only__v, Vaults adds the user with a license type of read_only__v to both RIM Submissions and RIM Registrations. If you need your user to have different license types across available applications, you must use the Create Multiple Users API with the app_licensing field. After creation, you can also adjust the user’s license types manually through the Vault UI.
POST /api/{version}/objects/users
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | multipart/form-data |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
Body Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
user_name__vrequired | The user’s Vault username (login credential). For example, ewoodhouse@veepharm.com |
user_first_name__vrequired | The user’s first name. |
user_last_name__vrequired | The user’s last name. |
user_email__vrequired | The user’s email address. |
user_timezone__vrequired | The user’s time zone. Retrieve values from Retrieve Users. |
user_locale__vrequired | The user’s location. Retrieve values from Retrieve Users. |
security_policy_id__vrequired | The user’s security policy. Retrieve values from Retrieve All Security Policies. |
user_language__vrequired | The user’s preferred language. Retrieve values from Retrieve Users. |
security_profile__voptional | The user’s security profile. If omitted, the default value is document_user__v. |
license_type__voptional | The user’s license type. If multiple applications are available, this API adds the user with this specified license type to all available applications. For example, in a RIM Vault with Submissions and Registrations, if this parameter is specified as read_only__v, Vaults adds the user with the license type of read_only__v to both RIM Submissions and RIM Registrations. If omitted, default value is full__v for all available applications. |
fileoptional | The file path to upload a profile picture. Must be JPG, PNG, or GIF, and less than 10MB in size. Vault automatically resizes images to 64 x 64 pixels and removes the animations in GIFs. Note that when you upload or change a user’s profile image, the change applies across the entire domain and will be visible in all Vaults where user has membership. |
You may add values to any other editable user field, unless you are are adding a cross-domain user (see below). See Retrieve Users for all possible values.
Cross-Domain Users
The following are the only fields required to create a cross domain user. All other fields are ignored.
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
user_name__vrequired | The user’s Vault username (login credential). For example, ewoodhouse@veepharm.com |
security_profile__voptional | The user’s security profile. If omitted, default value is document_user__v. |
license_type__voptional | The user’s license type. If omitted, default value is full__v. |
Query Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
domain | When set to true, the user will not be assigned to a Vault. |
Request Details: Add User to Domain
On SUCCESS, the user account is created and set to active. The new user is not assigned a license type or security profile, nor do they have access to any Vaults in your domain. This means they will not receive a welcome email.
Request Details: Add User to Current Vault
This request adds one new user to your domain and assigns them to the Vault where the request was made. They will receive a welcome email with instructions for logging into the Vault, and they will not have access to any other Vaults in your domain. To give them access to other Vaults, see Update Vault Membership.
This example request includes all fields required to create a new user, and two optional fields (security profile and license type). If these optional fields were not included in the request, the user would be assigned the document_user__v security profile and full__v license type by default.
Request Details: Add Cross-Domain User
This request adds the user ewoodhouse.veevavault.com to your current domain as a cross-domain user.
All other metadata fields are ignored. Learn more about cross-domain users in Vault Help.
Create Multiple Users
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: text/csv" \
-H "Accept: text/csv" \
--data-binary @"C:\Vault\Users\create_users.csv" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v12.0/objects/users
Response
{
"responseStatus":"SUCCESS",
"data":[
{
"responseStatus":"SUCCESS",
"id":"12021"
},
{
"responseStatus":"SUCCESS",
"id":"12022"
},
{
"responseStatus":"SUCCESS",
"id":"12023"
},
{
"responseStatus":"FAILURE",
"errors":[
{
"type":"INVALID_DATA",
"message":"Error message describing why this user was not created."
}
]
}
]
}
Create new users and assign them to Vaults in bulk. You can also add multiple existing users as cross-domain users.
- The maximum input file size is 1GB.
- The values in the input must be UTF-8 encoded.
- CSVs must follow the standard RFC 4180 format, with some exceptions.
- The maximum batch size is 500.
- If you want to add profile pictures, you must upload these to the file staging server.
POST /api/{version}/objects/users
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/json or text/csv |
Accept | application/json (default) or text/csv |
Body Parameters
Prepare a JSON or CSV input file. You may add values to any other editable user field, unless you are are adding a cross-domain user. See Retrieve Users for all possible values. Using only the required fields will add users to your domain but will not assign them to individual Vaults within your domain. See Vault Membership below.
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
user_name__vrequired | The user’s Vault username (login credential). For example, ewoodhouse@veepharm.com |
user_first_name__vrequired | The user’s first name. |
user_last_name__vrequired | The user’s last name. |
user_email__vrequired | The user’s email address. |
user_timezone__vrequired | The user’s time zone. Retrieve values from Retrieve Users. |
user_locale__vrequired | The user’s location. Retrieve values from Retrieve Users. |
security_policy_id__vrequired | The user’s security policy. Retrieve values from Retrieve All Security Policies. |
user_language__vrequired | The user’s preferred language. Retrieve values from Retrieve Users. |
fileoptional | The file path of a profile picture from the file staging server. Must be JPG, PNG, or GIF, and less than 10MB in size. Vault automatically resizes images to 64 x 64 pixels and removes the animations from GIFs. Note that when you upload or change a user’s profile image, the change applies across the entire domain and will be visible in all Vaults where user has membership. |
domainoptional | If you set this to true, the user will not be assigned to a Vault. |
security_profile__voptional | The user’s security profile. If omitted, default value is document_user__v. |
license_type__voptional | The user’s license type. If omitted, default value is full__v. |
vault_membershipoptional | Use this field to assign a user to individual Vaults within your domain. This is required to create cross-domain users. See below for how to configure. |
app_licensingoptional | Use this field to assign a user to individual applications within your Vault. See below for how to configure. |
Vault Membership
To assign user permissions across Vaults or create cross-domain users, you must include the vault_membership column configured with the following fields:
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
vault_idrequired | The Vault ID to assign the user to. |
active__voptional | Set the user to active (true) or inactive (false). If not specified, default value is true. |
security_profile__voptional | Set the user’s security profile, for example, read_only_user__v. If not specified, this value defaults to document_user__v. |
license_type__voptional | Set the user’s license type, for example, read_only__v. If not specified, this value defaults to full__v. |
For example, to add an active user to Vault ID 3003 with the system_admin__vsecurity profile and the full__v license type:
vault_membership |
|---|
3003:true:system_admin__v:full__v |
Application Licensing
To add a user to specific applications within a Vault or across Vaults, you must include the app_licensing column configured with the following fields:
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
vault_idrequired | The Vault ID to assign the user to. |
active__voptional | Set the user to active (true) or inactive (false). If not specified, default value is true. |
application_namerequired | The application to add the user to. Possible values are:
|
license_type__voptional | Set the user’s license type, for example, read_only__v. |
The format for adding these fields is:
{vault_id}|{application_name}{:active__v}{:license_type__v}
To add a user to more than one application, separate the applications with a pipe. To add a user to applications in multiple Vaults, separate the Vaults with a semicolon. For example:
app_licensing |
|---|
3003|rimReg_v:true:full__v|rimSubs_v:true:full__v;4112|rimSubs_v:true:full__v |
This adds an active user to both RIM Registrations and RIM Submissions in Vault ID 3003, and to the RIM Submissions application in Vault ID 4112, all with the full__v license type.
Add Cross-Domain Users
The only required fields for cross-domain users are user_name__v and vault_membership. All other metadata fields are ignored. Learn more about cross-domain users in Vault Help.
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
user_name__vrequired | The user’s Vault username (login credential). For example, ewoodhouse@veepharm.com. |
vault_membershiprequired | Assign this user permissions across domains. See Vault Membership Fields above for description. |
Query Parameters: Upsert Users
Upsert is a combination of create and update. Use one input file to create new users and update existing users at the same time. If a matching user record is found in your Vault, it is updated with the field values specified in the input. If no matching user record is found, a new user is created using values in the input.
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
operation | To upsert users, you must include operation=upsert |
idParam | To upsert users, you must include either idParam=id or idParam=user_name__v to the request endpoint. |
Response Details:
On SUCCESS, Vault responds will list the id of each user. The order results are displayed in the response is the same as the order of records in the input.
Update Users
Update information for a user.
System Admins and Vault Owners can update users in the Vaults where they have administrative access. System Admins who are also Domain Admins have an unrestricted access to users across all Vaults in the domain.
Note that some user fields are not available to update through the API. For example, you cannot update user profile pictures through the API. To find out which fields are available to update, you can Retrieve User Metadata and find all fields marked as "editable": true. If a field is missing from this response, it is not editable.
Update Single User
Request: Update User Profile Information
$ curl -X PUT -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-d "user_timezone__v=America/Los Angeles" \
-d "company__v=VeevaPharm" \
-d "user_title__v=Product Manager" \
-d "alias__v=Skipper" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/users/25001
Request: Disable User at Domain-Level
$ curl -X PUT -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-d "domain_active__v=false" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/users/25001
Request: Re-Enable User at Domain-Level
$ curl -X PUT -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-d "domain_active__v=false" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/users/25001
Request: Promote a User to Domain Admin
$ curl -X PUT -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-d "is_domain_admin__v=true" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/users/25001
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"id": 25001
}
Update information for a single user. To update information for multiple users, see Retrieve All Users.
PUT /api/{version}/objects/users/{id}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/x-www-form-urlencoded |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{id} | The user id field value. Use the value me to update information for the currently authenticated user. |
Body Parameters
In the body of the request, add any editable fields you wish to update. To remove existing field values, include the field name and set its value to null.
Example Request: Disable User at Domain-Level
Only Domain Admins may use this request.
When updating a user, domain_active__v can be (optionally) included in the input and set to either true or false to enable or disable the user at the domain-level. Disabling a user at the domain-level will disable the user in every Vault in your domain. Re-enabling a user enables them in the domain but does not re-activate them in their Vaults. After re-enabling a user, you must update their Vault membership to make them active in the individual Vaults.
This request will set the user (ID: 25001) profile to inactive in all Vaults in your domain. The user will still be a member in the Vaults and retain their license types and security profiles, but their user profile will be inactive and they will no longer have access to any Vaults in your domain.
Example Request: Re-Enable User at Domain-Level
Only Domain Admins may use this request.
This request will set the (previously inactive) user (ID: 25001) profile to active in your Vault domain. However, they will still be inactive in and unable to access your domain Vaults. Use the Update Vault Membership request below to set their status to active in the individual Vaults in your domain.
Example Request: Promote a User to Domain Admin
Only Domain Admins may use this request.
This request will promote a user to Domain Admin. To remove a user from the Domain Admin role, set the is_domain_admin__v field to false. Each domain must have at least one user in the Domain Admin role.
Update My User
Request
$ curl -X PUT -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-d "user_title__v=Technical Writer" \
-d "site__v": "San Francisco",
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v17.1/objects/users/me
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"id": 61579
}
Update information for the currently authenticated user.
PUT /api/{version}/objects/users/me
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/x-www-form-urlencoded |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
Body Parameters
In the body of the request, add any editable fields you wish to update. To remove existing field values, include the field name and set its value to null.
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the specified values are updated and the request returns the id of the currently authenticated user.
Update Multiple Users
Request
$ curl -X PUT -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: text/csv" \
-H "Accept: text/csv" \
--data-binary @"C:\Vault\Users\update_users.csv" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v12.0/objects/users
Response
{
"responseStatus":"SUCCESS",
"data":[
{
"responseStatus":"SUCCESS",
"id":"12021"
},
{
"responseStatus":"SUCCESS",
"id":"12022"
},
{
"responseStatus":"SUCCESS",
"id":"12023"
},
{
"responseStatus":"FAILURE",
"id":"22124",
"errors":[
{
"type":"INVALID_DATA",
"message":"Error message describing why this user was not updated."
}
]
}
]
}
Update information for multiple users at once.
- The maximum input file size is 1GB.
- The values in the input must be UTF-8 encoded.
- CSVs must follow the standard format.
- The maximum batch size is 500.
PUT /api/{version}/objects/users
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/json or text/csv |
Accept | application/json (default) or text/csv |
Body Parameters
Prepare a JSON or CSV input file. You can include any editable user field and value in the input. Note this endpoint does not support the security_profile attribute for updating profiles.
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
idrequired | The ID of the user to update. |
vault_membershipoptional | See Vault Membership for how to configure. |
Disable User
Request: Disable User in a Vault
$ curl -X DELETE -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/users/25001
Request: Disable User in All Domain Vaults
$ curl -X DELETE -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/users/25001?domain=true
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"id": 25001
}
Disable a user in a specific Vault or disable a user in all Vaults in the domain.
Permissions
System Admins and Vault Owners can update users in the Vaults where they have administrative access. System Admins who are also Domain Admins have an unrestricted access to users across all Vaults in the domain.
DELETE /api/{version}/objects/users/{user_id}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{user_id} | The user id field value. See Retrieve All Users above. |
Query Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
domain | When true, this disables the user account in all Vaults in the domain. |
Request: Disable User in a Vault
This request will set the user (ID: 25001) profile to inactive in the Vault in which the request is made. The user will still be a member in the Vault and retain their license type and security profile, but their user profile will be inactive and they will no longer have access to the Vault.
Request: Disable User in All Domain Vaults
This request will set the user (ID: 25001) profile to inactive in all Vaults in your domain. The user will still be a member in the Vaults and retain their license types and security profiles, but their user profile will be inactive and they will no longer have access to any Vaults in your domain.
Change My Password
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-d "password__v=CurrentPassword" \
-d "new_password__v=NewPassword" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v17.1/objects/users/me/password
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS"
}
Change the password for the currently authenticated user.
POST /api/{version}/objects/users/me/password
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/x-www-form-urlencoded |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
Body Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
password__vrequired | Enter your current password. |
new_password__vrequired | Enter your desired new password. Must be a different value than password__v. |
Passwords must meet minimum requirements, which are configured by your Vault Admin. Learn about Configuring Password Requirements in Vault Help.
Response Details
On SUCCESS, your password is changed.
Update Vault Membership
Request: Add User to a Vault
$ curl -X PUT -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-d "active__v=true" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/users/25001/vault_membership/3003
Request: Disable User in a Vault
$ curl -X PUT -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-d "active__v=false" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/users/25001/vault_membership/3003
Request: Set Security Profile & License Type
$ curl -X PUT -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-d "security_profile__v=business_admin__v" \
-d "license_type__v=full__v"
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/users/25001/vault_membership/3003
Use this request to:
- Assign an existing user to a Vault in your domain.
- Remove (disable) an existing user from a Vault in your domain.
- Update the security profile and license type of an existing user.
You cannot use this request to:
- Create a new user. See Create Object Records.
- Update other user profile information. See Update Object Records.
Additional information:
- For a list of user fields and properties, see Retrieve Users.
- Learn about Creating & Managing Users and Managing Users Across Vaults in Vault Help.
Permissions
System Admins and Vault Owners can update users in the Vaults where they have administrative access. System Admins who are also Domain Admins have an unrestricted access to users across all Vaults in the domain.
PUT /api/{version}/objects/users/{user_id}/vault_membership/{vault_id}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/x-www-form-urlencoded |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{user_id} | The user id field value. See Retrieve All Users above. |
{vault_id} | The system-managed id field value assigned to each Vault in the domain. |
Body Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
active__voptional | Set the user status to active (true) or inactive (false). If omitted, this value defaults to active__v. |
security_profile__voptional | Assigns the user a specific security profile in the Vault. If omitted, defaults to document_user__v. |
license_type__voptional | Assigns the user a specific license type in the Vault. If omitted, defaults to full__v. |
See the example requests below for additional information about using these input values.
Request Details: Add User to a Vault
This request will assign the user (ID: 25001) to the Vault (ID: 3003). There are a few default settings that will be applied here:
The user’s status will be set to active in the Vault. This is the default setting; the active__v=true parameter ca be omitted and produce the same results. We’ve not included the optional security_profile__v and license_type__v in the input. Therefore, the user will be assigned a full__v license type and document_user__v security profile by default.
Request Details: Disable User in a Vault
This request will set the user (ID: 25001) profile to inactive in the Vault (ID: 3003). They will still be a member in the Vault and retain their license type and security profile, but their user profile will be inactive and they will no longer have access to the Vault.
Request Details: Set Security Profile & License Type
This request will set the user (ID: 25001) security profile and license type to specific values in the Vault (ID: 3003). If the user is already a member of the Vault, this will change their security profile and license type. If the user is not a member of the Vault, this will assign them to the Vault, set their status to active, and their security profile and license type to the specified values.
Retrieve User Permissions
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v17.1/objects/users/61579/permissions?filter=name__v::object.product__v.object_actions
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": [
{
"name__v": "object.product__v.object_actions",
"permissions": {
"read": true,
"edit": true,
"create": false,
"delete": false
}
}
]
}
Retrieve all object and object field permissions (Read, Edit, Create, Delete) assigned to a specific user.
GET /api/{version}/objects/users/{id}/permissions
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{id} | The ID of the user. Use the value me to retrieve information for the currently authenticated user. |
Query Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
filter=name__v::{permission_name} | Filter the results to show only one specific name__v, which is in the format object.{object name}.{object or field}_actions. Wildcards are not supported. |
Retrieve My User Permissions
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v17.1/objects/users/me/permissions?filter=name__v::object.user__sys.object_actions
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": [
{
"name__v": "object.user__sys.object_actions",
"permissions": {
"read": true,
"edit": true,
"create": true,
"delete": false
}
}
]
}
Retrieve all object and object field permissions (Read, Edit, Create, Delete) assigned to the currently authenticated user.
GET /api/{version}/objects/users/me/permissions
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
Query Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
filter=name__v::{permission_name} | Filter the results to show only one specific name__v, which is in the format object.{object name}.{object or field}_actions. Wildcards are not supported. |
SCIM
System for Cross-domain Identity Management (SCIM) is designed to make managing user identities in cloud-based applications and services easier. The Vault REST API is based on SCIM 2.0.
All SCIM endpoints require a Vault session ID which can be used as Bearer tokens.
Discovery Endpoints
Retrieve SCIM Provider
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://veepharm.com/api/v18.2/scim/v2/ServiceProviderConfig
Response
{
"schemas": [
"urn:ietf:params:scim:schemas:core:2.0:ServiceProviderConfig"
],
"documentationUri": "https://developer.veevavault.com",
"patch": {
"supported": false
},
"bulk": {
"supported": false,
"maxOperations": 0,
"maxPayloadSize": 0
},
"filter": {
"supported": false,
"maxResults": 1000
},
"changePassword": {
"supported": false
},
"sort": {
"supported": true
},
"etag": {
"supported": false
},
"authenticationSchemes": [
{
"name": "OAuth Bearer Token",
"description": "Authentication scheme using the OAuth Bearer Token Standard",
"type": "oauthbearertoken",
"primary": true
}
],
"meta": {
"resourceType": "ServiceProviderConfig",
"location": "https://promomats-template.vaultdev.com/api/v18.2/scim/v2/ServiceProviderConfig"
}
}
Retrieve a JSON that describes the SCIM specification features available on the currently authenticated Vault.
GET /api/{version}/scim/v2/ServiceProviderConfig
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/scim+json |
Response Details
The attributes returned in the JSON object are defined in Section 5 of RFC7643.
Retrieve All SCIM Schema Information
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://veepharm.com/api/v18.2/scim/v2/Schemas
Response
{
"schemas": [
"urn:ietf:params:scim:api:messages:2.0:ListResponse"
],
"totalResults": 6,
"Resources": [
{
"schemas": [
"urn:ietf:params:scim:schemas:core:2.0:Schema"
],
"id": "urn:ietf:params:scim:schemas:core:2.0:User",
"name": "User",
"description": "User Account",
"attributes": [
{
"name": "active",
"type": "boolean",
"multiValued": false,
"description": "A Boolean value indicating the User's administrative status.",
"required": false,
"caseExact": true,
"mutability": "readWrite",
"returned": "default",
"uniqueness": "none"
},
{
"name": "displayName",
"type": "string",
"multiValued": false,
"description": "The name of the User, suitable for display to end-users. The name SHOULD be the full name of the User being described if known.",
"required": false,
"caseExact": false,
"mutability": "readOnly",
"returned": "default",
"uniqueness": "none"
}
]
}
]
}
Retrieve information about all SCIM schema specifications supported by a Vault SCIM service provider.
GET /api/{version}/scim/v2/Schemas
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/scim+json |
Retrieve Single SCIM Schema Information
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://veepharm.com/api/v18.2/scim/v2/Schemas/urn:ietf:params:scim:schemas:extension:veevavault:2.0:User
Response
{
"schemas": [
"urn:ietf:params:scim:schemas:core:2.0:Schema"
],
"id": "urn:ietf:params:scim:schemas:extension:veevavault:2.0:User",
"name": "VaultSCIMUser",
"description": "Veeva Vault User",
"attributes": [
{
"name": "createdBy",
"type": "complex",
"subAttributes": [
{
"name": "$ref",
"type": "reference",
"multiValued": false,
"description": "The URI of the SCIM resource representing the User",
"required": true,
"caseExact": false,
"mutability": "readOnly",
"returned": "default",
"uniqueness": "none",
"referenceTypes": [
"User"
]
},
{
"name": "value",
"type": "string",
"multiValued": false,
"description": "The id of the SCIM resource representing a User",
"required": true,
"caseExact": false,
"mutability": "readOnly",
"returned": "default",
"uniqueness": "none"
}
],
"multiValued": false,
"description": "The user who has created this record.",
"required": false,
"caseExact": false,
"mutability": "readOnly",
"returned": "default",
"uniqueness": "none"
}
]
}
Retrieve information about a single SCIM schema specification supported by a Vault SCIM service provider.
GET /api/{version}/scim/v2/Schemas/{id}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/scim+json |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
id | The ID of a specific schema. For example, urn:ietf:params:scim:schemas:extension:veevavault:2.0:User. |
Retrieve All SCIM Resource Types
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://veepharm.com/api/v18.2/scim/v2/ResourceTypes
Response
{
"schemas": [
"urn:ietf:params:scim:api:messages:2.0:ListResponse"
],
"totalResults": 4,
"Resources": [
{
"schemas": [
"urn:ietf:params:scim:schemas:core:2.0:ResourceType"
],
"id": "User",
"name": "User",
"description": "User Account",
"endpoint": "/Users",
"schema": "urn:ietf:params:scim:schemas:core:2.0:User",
"schemaExtensions": [
{
"schema": "urn:ietf:params:scim:schemas:extension:veevavault:2.0:User",
"required": true
},
{
"schema": "urn:ietf:params:scim:schemas:extension:enterprise:2.0:User",
"required": false
}
],
"meta": {
"resourceType": "Resource Type",
"location": "https://promomats-template.vaultdev.com/api/v18.2/scim/v2/ResourceTypes/User"
}
},
{
"schemas": [
"urn:ietf:params:scim:schemas:core:2.0:ResourceType"
],
"id": "SecurityProfile",
"name": "SecurityProfile",
"description": "Security Profile",
"endpoint": "/SecurityProfiles",
"schema": "urn:ietf:params:scim:schemas:extension:veevavault:2.0:SecurityProfile",
"meta": {
"resourceType": "Resource Type",
"location": "https://promomats-template.vaultdev.com/api/v18.2/scim/v2/ResourceTypes/SecurityProfile"
}
}
Retrieve the types of SCIM resources available. Each resource type defines the endpoints, the core schema URI that defines the resource, and any supported schema extensions.
GET /api/{version}/scim/v2/ResourceTypes
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/scim+json |
Retrieve Single SCIM Resource Type
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://veepharm.com/api/v18.2/scim/v2/ResourceTypes/SecurityProfile
Response
{
"schemas": [
"urn:ietf:params:scim:schemas:core:2.0:ResourceType"
],
"id": "SecurityProfile",
"name": "SecurityProfile",
"description": "Security Profile",
"endpoint": "/SecurityProfiles",
"schema": "urn:ietf:params:scim:schemas:extension:veevavault:2.0:SecurityProfile",
"meta": {
"resourceType": "Resource Type",
"location": "https://promomats-template.vaultdev.com/api/v18.2/scim/v2/ResourceTypes/SecurityProfile"
}
}
Retrieve a single SCIM resource type. Defines the endpoints, the core schema URI which defines this resource, and any supported schema extensions.
GET /api/{version}/scim/v2/ResourceTypes/{type}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/scim+json |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
type | A specific resource type. You can retrieve all available types from the Retrieve All SCIM Resource Types endpoint, where the value for this parameter is the id value. |
Users
Retrieve All Users with SCIM
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://veepharm.com/api/v18.2/scim/v2/Users
Response
{
"schemas": [
"urn:ietf:params:scim:schemas:extension:veevavault:2.0:User",
"urn:ietf:params:scim:schemas:core:2.0:User",
"urn:ietf:params:scim:schemas:extension:enterprise:2.0:User"
],
"id": "100084",
"meta": {
"created": "2018-01-24T21:28:47.000Z",
"lastModified": "2018-05-22T04:51:21.000Z",
"resourceType": "User",
"location": "https://veepharm.com/api/v18.2/scim/v2/Users/100084"
},
"active": true,
"displayName": "Kimathi Gills",
"emails": [
{
"value": "kg@veepharm.com",
"type": "work"
}
],
"locale": "en_US",
"name": {
"familyName": "Gills",
"givenName": "Kimathi"
},
"preferredLanguage": "en",
"timezone": "America/Los_Angeles",
"userName": "kimathi@veepharm.com",
"urn:ietf:params:scim:schemas:extension:veevavault:2.0:User": {
"createdBy": {
"$ref": "https://veepharm.com/api/v18.2/scim/v2/Users/1",
"value": "1"
},
"domainAdmin": false,
"favoriteDocNewComment": false,
"favoriteDocNewContent": false,
"favoriteDocNewStatus": false,
"lastLogin": "2018-01-26T19:13:20.000Z",
"lastModifiedBy": {
"$ref": "https://veepharm.com/api/v18.2/scim/v2/Users/1",
"value": "1"
},
"licenseType": {
"$ref": "https://veepharm.com/api/v18.2/scim/v2/LicenseTypes/full__v",
"value": "full__v"
},
"lifecycle": "vault_membership_lifecycle__sys",
"lifecycleState": "active_state__sys",
"productAnnouncementEmails": false,
"securityPolicy": {
"$ref": "https://veepharm.com/api/v18.2/scim/v2/SecurityPolicies/2525",
"value": "2525"
},
"securityProfile": {
"value": "business_admin__v",
"$ref": "https://veepharm.com/api/v18.2/scim/v2/SecurityProfiles/business_admin__v"
},
"systemAvailabilityEmails": false
},
"urn:ietf:params:scim:schemas:extension:enterprise:2.0:User": {
"manager": "61603"
}
}
Retrieve all users with SCIM.
GET /api/{version}/scim/v2/Users
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/scim+json |
Query Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
filter | Optional: Filter for a specific attribute value. Must be in the format {attribute} eq "{value}". For example, to filter for a particular user name, userName eq "john". Complex expressions are not supported, and eq is the only supported operator. |
attributes | Optional: Include specified attributes only. Enter multiple values in a comma separated list. For example, to include only user name and email in the response, attributes=userName,emails. Note that the schemas and id attributes are always returned. |
excludedAttributes | Optional: Exclude specific attributes from the response. Enter multiple values in a comma separated list. For example, to exclude user name and email from the response, excludedAttributes=userName,emails. Note that the schemas and id attributes are always returned and cannot be excluded. |
sortBy | Optional: Specify an attribute or sub-attribute to order the response. For example, you can sort by the displayName attribute, or the name.familyName sub-attribute. If omitted, the response is sorted by id. Note that the following attributes are not supported:
|
sortOrder | Optional: Specify the order in which the sortBy parameter is applied. Allowed values are ascending or descending. If omitted, defaults to ascending. |
count | Optional: Specify the number of query results per page, for example, 10. Negative values are treated as 0, and 0 returns no results except for totalResults. If omitted, defaults to 1000. |
startIndex | Optional: Specify the index of the first result. For example, 10 would omit the first 9 results and begin on result 10. Omission, negative values, and 0 is treated as 1. |
Retrieve Single User with SCIM
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://veepharm.com/api/v18.2/scim/v2/Users/61579?attributes=userName,emails
Response
{
"schemas": [
"urn:ietf:params:scim:schemas:extension:veevavault:2.0:User",
"urn:ietf:params:scim:schemas:core:2.0:User"
],
"id": "61579",
"emails": [
{
"value": "mmurray@veepharm.com",
"type": "work"
}
],
"userName": "mmurray@veepharm.com"
}
Retrieve a specific user with SCIM.
GET /api/{version}/scim/v2/Users/{id}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/scim+json |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
id | The ID of a specific user. |
Query Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
filter | Optional: Filter for a specific attribute value. Must be in the format {attribute} eq "{value}". For example, to filter for a particular user name, userName eq "john". Complex expressions are not supported, and eq is the only supported operator. |
attributes | Optional: Include specified attributes only. Enter multiple values in a comma separated list. For example, to include only user name and email in the response, attributes=userName,emails. Note that the schemas and id attributes are always returned. |
excludedAttributes | Optional: Exclude specific attributes from the response. Enter multiple values in a comma separated list. For example, to exclude user name and email from the response, excludedAttributes=userName,emails. Note that the schemas and id attributes are always returned and cannot be excluded. |
Retrieve Current User with SCIM
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://veepharm.com/api/v18.2/scim/v2/Me?attributes=userName,emails,meta
Response
{
"schemas": [
"urn:ietf:params:scim:schemas:extension:veevavault:2.0:User",
"urn:ietf:params:scim:schemas:core:2.0:User"
],
"id": "61579",
"meta": {
"created": "2018-01-09T23:07:46.000Z",
"lastModified": "2018-06-19T22:48:30.000Z",
"resourceType": "User",
"location": "https://veepharm.com/api/v18.2/scim/v2/Users/61579"
},
"emails": [
{
"value": "mmurray@veepharm.com",
"type": "work"
}
],
"userName": "mmurray@veepharm.com"
}
Retrieve the currently authenticated user with SCIM.
GET /api/{version}/scim/v2/Me
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/scim+json |
Query Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
attributes | Optional: Include specified attributes only. Enter multiple values in a comma separated list. For example, to include only user name and email in the response, attributes=userName,emails. Note that the schemas and id attributes are always returned. |
excludedAttributes | Optional: Exclude specific attributes from the response. Enter multiple values in a comma separated list. For example, to exclude user name and email from the response, excludedAttributes=userName,emails. Note that the schemas and id attributes are always returned and cannot be excluded. |
Update Current User with SCIM
Request
$ curl -X PUT -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://veepharm.com/api/v18.2/scim/v2/Me?attributes=userName,name
Body
{
"schemas": [
"urn:ietf:params:scim:schemas:extension:veevavault:2.0:User",
"urn:ietf:params:scim:schemas:core:2.0:User"
],
"name": {
"familyName": "Murray",
"givenName": "Megan"
}
}
Response
{
"schemas": [
"urn:ietf:params:scim:schemas:extension:veevavault:2.0:User",
"urn:ietf:params:scim:schemas:core:2.0:User"
],
"id": "61579",
"name": {
"familyName": "Murray",
"givenName": "Megan"
},
"userName": "mmurray@veepharm.com"
}
Update the currently authenticated user with SCIM.
PUT /api/{version}/scim/v2/Me
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/scim+json |
Query Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
attributes | Optional: Include specified attributes only. Enter multiple values in a comma separated list. For example, to include only user name and email in the response, attributes=userName,emails. Note that the schemas and id attributes are always returned. |
excludedAttributes | Optional: Exclude specific attributes from the response. Enter multiple values in a comma separated list. For example, to exclude user name and email from the response, excludedAttributes=userName,emails. Note that the schemas and id attributes are always returned and cannot be excluded. |
Body Parameters
The body of your request should be a JSON file with the information you want to update for your user. You can include any editable attribute. Invalid attributes are ignored. You can set single-valued attributes to blank using null, or an empty array [] for multi-valued attributes.
You can determine which of the core attributes are editable based on schemas. If the mutability is readWrite, the attribute is editable.
Create User with SCIM
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/scim+json" \
--data-binary @"C:\Vault\Users\create_users_scim.json" \
https://veepharm.com/api/v18.2/scim/v2/Users
Body
{
"schemas": [
"urn:ietf:params:scim:schemas:extension:veevavault:2.0:User",
"urn:ietf:params:scim:schemas:core:2.0:User"
],
"userName": "AbigailSmith@veepharm.com",
"emails": [
{
"value": "abigail.smith@veepharm.com",
"type": "work"
}
],
"name": {
"familyName": "Smith",
"givenName": "Abigail"
},
"preferredLanguage": "en",
"locale": "en_US",
"timezone": "America/Los_Angeles",
"urn:ietf:params:scim:schemas:extension:veevavault:2.0:User": {
"securityProfile": {
"value": "system_admin__v"
}
}
}
Response
{
"schemas": [
"urn:ietf:params:scim:schemas:extension:veevavault:2.0:User",
"urn:ietf:params:scim:schemas:core:2.0:User"
],
"id": "114055",
"meta": {
"created": "2018-05-29T23:44:08.000Z",
"lastModified": "2018-05-29T23:44:08.000Z",
"resourceType": "User",
"location": "https://veepharm.com/api/v18.2/scim/v2/Users/114055"
},
"active": true,
"displayName": "Abigail Smith",
"emails": [
{
"value": "abigail.smith@veepharm.com",
"type": "work"
}
],
"locale": "en_US",
"name": {
"familyName": "Smith",
"givenName": "Abigail"
},
"preferredLanguage": "en",
"timezone": "America/Los_Angeles",
"userName": "AbigailSmith@veepharm.com",
"urn:ietf:params:scim:schemas:extension:veevavault:2.0:User": {
"createdBy": {
"$ref": "https://veepharm.com/api/v18.2/scim/v2/Users/61579",
"value": "61579"
},
"extendedAttributes": [
{
"name": "is_asset_portal_user__sys",
"value": "false"
}
],
"lastModifiedBy": {
"$ref": "https://veepharm.com/api/v18.2/scim/v2/Users/61579",
"value": "61579"
},
"licenseType": {
"$ref": "https://veepharm.com/api/v18.2/scim/v2/LicenseTypes/full__v",
"value": "full__v"
},
"lifecycle": "vault_membership_lifecycle__sys",
"lifecycleState": "active_state__sys",
"securityPolicy": {
"$ref": "https://veepharm.com/api/v18.2/scim/v2/SecurityPolicies/2525",
"value": "2525"
},
"securityProfile": {
"value": "system_admin__v",
"$ref": "https://veepharm.com/api/v18.2/scim/v2/SecurityProfiles/system_admin__v"
}
}
}
Create a user with SCIM.
POST /api/{version}/scim/v2/Users
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/scim+json |
Content-Type | application/json or application/scim+json |
Body Parameters
The body of your request should be a JSON file with the required information for your new user. The following fields are required, but you can add any other editable field in the request. Note that an Admin may set additional fields as required in your Vault.
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
schemasrequired | A JSON array of the schemas required to create this user. These may differ depending on the fields you wish to set for this user. |
userNamerequired | The user name for the new user. Must be in the format name@domain.com, and the domain must match the Vault. |
emailsrequired | A JSON array with the email information for a user. The array must include the following sub-attributes:
|
namerequired | A JSON object for the user’s first name (givenName) and last name (familyName). |
preferredLanguagerequired | The language for the user. Value is the language abbreviation, for example, en. |
localerequired | The user’s locale, in the format language_country. For example, en_US. |
timezonerequired | The user’s timezone, for example, America/Los_Angeles. |
securityProfilerequired | A JSON object with the user’s security profile, set with the value sub-attribute. For example, "securityProfile": { "value": "system_admin__v"}. |
securityPolicyoptional | A JSON object with the user’s security policy, set with the value sub-attribute. If omitted, defaults to Basic. |
licenseTypeoptional | A JSON object with the user’s license type, set with the value sub-attribute. If omitted, defaults to full__v. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response includes the full details of the newly created user.
Update User with SCIM
Request
$ curl -X PUT -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/scim+json" \
--data-binary @"C:\Vault\Users\update_user_scim.json" \
https://veepharm.com/api/v18.2/scim/v2/Users/56798
Body
{
"schemas": [
"urn:ietf:params:scim:schemas:extension:veevavault:2.0:User",
"urn:ietf:params:scim:schemas:core:2.0:User"
],
"userName": "AbigailSmith@veepharm.com",
"name": {
"familyName": "Smith",
"givenName": "Abigail"
},
"urn:ietf:params:scim:schemas:extension:veevavault:2.0:User": {
"securityProfile": {
"value": "system_admin__v"
}
}
}
Response
{
"schemas": [
"urn:ietf:params:scim:schemas:extension:veevavault:2.0:User",
"urn:ietf:params:scim:schemas:core:2.0:User"
],
"id": "93521",
"meta": {
"created": "2018-01-09T23:07:43.000Z",
"lastModified": "2018-05-30T22:21:18.000Z",
"resourceType": "User",
"location": "https://veepharm.com/api/v18.2/scim/v2/Users/93521"
},
"active": true,
"displayName": "Abigail Smith",
"emails": [
{
"value": "abigail.smith@veepharm.com",
"type": "work"
}
],
"locale": "en_US",
"name": {
"familyName": "Smith",
"givenName": "Abigail"
},
"preferredLanguage": "en",
"timezone": "America/Los_Angeles",
"userName": "a.smithn@veepharm.com",
"urn:ietf:params:scim:schemas:extension:veevavault:2.0:User": {
"createdBy": {
"$ref": "https://veepharm.com/api/v18.2/scim/v2/Users/1",
"value": "1"
},
"domainAdmin": true,
"favoriteDocNewComment": false,
"favoriteDocNewContent": false,
"favoriteDocNewStatus": false,
"lastLogin": "2018-05-30T20:53:10.000Z",
"lastModifiedBy": {
"$ref": "https://veepharm.com/api/v18.2/scim/v2/Users/61579",
"value": "61579"
},
"licenseType": {
"$ref": "https://veepharm.com/api/v18.2/scim/v2/LicenseTypes/full__v",
"value": "full__v"
},
"lifecycle": "vault_membership_lifecycle__sys",
"lifecycleState": "active_state__sys",
"productAnnouncementEmails": false,
"securityPolicy": {
"$ref": "https://veepharm.com/api/v18.2/scim/v2/SecurityPolicies/2525",
"value": "2525"
},
"securityProfile": {
"value": "system_admin__v",
"$ref": "https://veepharm.com/api/v18.2/scim/v2/SecurityProfiles/system_admin__v"
},
"systemAvailabilityEmails": false
}
}
Update fields values on a single user with SCIM.
PUT /api/{version}/scim/v2/Users/{id}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/scim+json |
Content-Type | application/json or application/scim+json |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
id | The id of the user you wish to update. |
Body Parameters
The body of your request should be a JSON file with the information you want to update for your user. You can include any editable attribute. Invalid attributes are ignored. You can set single-valued attributes to blank using null, or an empty array [] for multi-valued attributes.
You can determine which of the core attributes are editable based on schemas. If the mutability is readWrite, the attribute is editable.
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the reponse contains the new information for the updated user.
Retrieve SCIM Resources
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://veepharm.com/api/v18.2/scim/v2/SecurityProfiles
Response
{
"schemas": [
"urn:ietf:params:scim:api:messages:2.0:ListResponse"
],
"totalResults": 20,
"Resources": [
{
"schemas": [
"urn:ietf:params:scim:schemas:extension:veevavault:2.0:SecurityProfile"
],
"id": "business_admin__v",
"meta": {
"created": "2018-02-09T09:41:14.000Z",
"lastModified": "2018-02-09T09:41:14.000Z",
"resourceType": "SecurityProfile",
"location": "https://promomats-template.vaultdev.com/api/v18.2/scim/v2/SecurityProfiles/business_admin__v"
},
"active": true,
"displayName": "Business Administrator"
},
{
"schemas": [
"urn:ietf:params:scim:schemas:extension:veevavault:2.0:SecurityProfile"
],
"id": "document_user__v",
"meta": {
"created": "2018-02-09T09:41:14.000Z",
"lastModified": "2018-02-09T09:41:14.000Z",
"resourceType": "SecurityProfile",
"location": "https://promomats-template.vaultdev.com/api/v18.2/scim/v2/SecurityProfiles/document_user__v"
},
"active": true,
"displayName": "Document User"
}
]
}
Retrieve a single SCIM resource type. Defines the endpoints, the core schema URI which defines this resource, and any supported schema extensions.
GET /api/{version}/scim/v2/{type}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/scim+json |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
type | The resource type to retrieve. You can retrieve all available types from the Retrieve All SCIM Resource Types endpoint, where the value for this parameter is the endpoint value. |
Query Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
filter | Optional: Filter for a specific attribute value. Must be in the format {attribute} eq "{value}". For example, to filter for a particular user name, userName eq "john". Complex expressions are not supported, and eq is the only supported operator. |
attributes | Optional: Include specified attributes only. Enter multiple values in a comma separated list. For example, to include only user name and email in the response, attributes=userName,emails. Note that the schemas and id attributes are always returned. |
excludedAttributes | Optional: Exclude specific attributes from the response. Enter multiple values in a comma separated list. For example, to exclude user name and email from the response, excludedAttributes=userName,emails. Note that the schemas and id attributes are always returned and cannot be excluded. |
sortBy | Optional: Specify an attribute or sub-attribute to order the response. For example, you can sort by the displayName attribute, or the name.familyName sub-attribute. If omitted, the response is sorted by id. Note that the following attributes are not supported:
|
sortOrder | Optional: Specify the order in which the sortBy parameter is applied. Allowed values are ascending or descending. If omitted, defaults to ascending. |
count | Optional: Specify the number of query results per page, for example, 10. Negative values are treated as 0, and 0 returns no results except for totalResults. If omitted, defaults to 1000. |
startIndex | Optional: Specify the index of the first result. For example, 10 would omit the first 9 results and begin on result 10. Omission, negative values, and 0 is treated as 1. |
Retrieve Single SCIM Resource
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://veepharm.com/api/v18.2/scim/v2/SecurityProfiles/business_admin__v
Response
{
"schemas": [
"urn:ietf:params:scim:schemas:extension:veevavault:2.0:SecurityProfile"
],
"id": "business_admin__v",
"meta": {
"created": "2018-02-09T09:41:14.000Z",
"lastModified": "2018-02-09T09:41:14.000Z",
"resourceType": "SecurityProfile",
"location": "https://veepharm.com/api/v18.2/scim/v2/SecurityProfiles/business_admin__v"
},
"active": true,
"displayName": "Business Administrator"
}
Retrieve a single SCIM resource.
GET /api/{version}/scim/v2/{type}/{id}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/scim+json |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
type | The resource type to retrieve. You can retrieve all available types from the Retrieve All SCIM Resource Types endpoint, where the value for this parameter is the endpoint value. |
id | The ID of the resource to retrieve. You can retrieve all resource IDs from a particular resource type with the Retrieve SCIM Resources endpoint. For example, business_admin__v. |
Query Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
attributes | Optional: Include specified attributes only. Enter multiple values in a comma separated list. For example, to include only user name and email in the response, attributes=userName,emails. Note that the schemas and id attributes are always returned. |
excludedAttributes | Optional: Exclude specific attributes from the response. Enter multiple values in a comma separated list. For example, to exclude user name and email from the response, excludedAttributes=userName,emails. Note that the schemas and id attributes are always returned and cannot be excluded. |
Groups
Groups are key to managing user access in Vault. A group is simply a named list of users. By defining groups which reflect the teams and roles in your company, and then assigning those groups to document roles, you can manage document access more easily and efficiently. In Vaults using Dynamic Access Control (DAC) for documents, Vault also automatically creates groups that correspond to one lifecycle role and additional document field criteria. These are called Auto Managed Groups.
Learn about Groups in Vault Help.
Retrieve Group Metadata
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v19.3/metadata/objects/groups
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"properties": [
{
"name": "id",
"type": "id",
"length": 20,
"editable": false,
"queryable": true,
"required": true,
"multivalue": false,
"onCreateEditable": false
},
{
"name": "label__v",
"type": "String",
"length": 255,
"editable": true,
"queryable": true,
"required": true,
"multivalue": false,
"onCreateEditable": true
},
{
"name": "allow_delegation_among_members__v",
"type": "Boolean",
"length": 1,
"editable": true,
"queryable": true,
"required": false,
"multivalue": false,
"onCreateEditable": true
},
{
"name": "group_description__v",
"type": "String",
"length": 200,
"editable": true,
"queryable": true,
"required": false,
"multivalue": false,
"onCreateEditable": true
}
]
}
GET /api/{version}/metadata/objects/groups
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
Retrieve All Groups
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v19.3/objects/groups
Response (abridged)
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"groups": [
{
"group": {
"members__v": [
25496,
25513,
25514,
25515,
25519,
25524,
25525,
25526,
25527,
25528,
25532
],
"active__v": true,
"security_profiles__v": [
"document_user__v",
"business_admin__v",
"system_admin__v",
"vault_owner__v"
],
"name__v": "all_internal_users__v",
"modified_by__v": 25524,
"editable__v": true,
"allow_delegation_among_members__v": true,
"modified_date__v": "2016-03-08T21:13:49.000Z",
"group_description__v": "All Internal Vault Users (System Provided Group)",
"system_group__v": true,
"label__v": "All Internal Users",
"created_date__v": "2014-02-17T10:09:03.000Z",
"type__v": "System Provided Group",
"id": 1,
"created_by__v": 1
}
}
]
}
Retrieve all groups except Auto Managed groups.
GET /api/{version}/objects/groups
Retrieve all Auto Managed groups.
GET /api/{version}/objects/groups/auto
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
/auto | Optional: Add /auto to this endpoint to retrieve Auto Managed groups. Learn more about Auto Managed groups in Vault Help. |
Query Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
includeImplied | Optional: When true, the response includes the implied_members__v field. These users are automatically added to the group when their security_profiles__v are added to the group. If omitted, the response includes only the members__v field. These users are individually added to a group by an Admin. |
Retrieve Group
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v19.3/objects/groups/1435176677013
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"groups": [
{
"group": {
"members__v": [
25518,
25519,
25520
],
"active__v": true,
"security_profiles__v": [],
"name__v": "cholecap_editors_group__c",
"modified_by__v": 46916,
"editable__v": true,
"allow_delegation_among_members__v": true,
"modified_date__v": "2015-06-24T20:11:17.000Z",
"group_description__v": null,
"system_group__v": false,
"label__v": "Cholecap Editors Group",
"created_date__v": "2015-06-24T20:11:17.000Z",
"type__v": "User Managed Group",
"id": 1435176677013,
"created_by__v": 46916
}
}
]
}
GET /api/{version}/objects/groups/{group_id}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{group_id} | The group id field value. |
Query Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
includeImplied | When true, the response includes the implied_members__v field. These users are automatically added to the group when their security_profiles__v are added to the group. When not used, the response includes only the members__v field. These users are individually added to a group by Admin. |
Create Group
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-d "label__v=Cholecap Team US Compliance" \
-d "members__v=45501,45002" \
-d "security_profiles__v=document_user__v"
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/groups
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"responseMessage": "Group successfully created.",
"id": 1358979070034
}
POST /api/{version}/objects/groups
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/x-www-form-urlencoded |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
Body Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
label__vrequired | Enter a group label. Vault uses this to create the group name__v value. |
members__voptional | Add a comma-separated list of user IDs. This manually assigns individual users to the group. |
security_profiles__voptional | Add a comma-separated list of security profiles. This automatically adds all users with the security profile to the group. These are implied_members__v. |
active__voptional | By default, the new group will be created as active. To set the group to inactive, set this value to false |
group_description__voptional | Add a description of the group. |
allow_delegation_among_members__voptional | When set to true, members of this group will only be allowed to delegate access to other members of the same group. You can set this field for user and system managed groups, with the exception of the Vault Owners group. If omitted, defaults to false. Learn more about Delegate Access |
Update Group
Request
$ curl -X PUT -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-d "label__v=Cholecap Team" \
-d "members__v=45501,45502,45503,45004" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/groups/1358979070034
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"responseMessage": "Group successfully updated.",
"id": 1358979070034
}
Update editable group field values. Add or remove group members and security profiles.
PUT /api/{version}/objects/groups/{group_id}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/x-www-form-urlencoded |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{group_id} | The group id field value. |
Body Parameters
In the body of the request, add any editable fields you wish to update.
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
label__voptional | Updates the label of the group. |
members__voptional | Add a comma-separated list of user IDs. This manually assigns individual users to the group. |
security_profiles__voptional | Add a comma-separated list of security profiles. |
active__voptional | To set the group to inactive, set this value to false. |
group_description__voptional | Updates the description of the group. |
allow_delegation_among_members__voptional | When set to true, members of this group will only be allowed to delegate access to other members of the same group. You can set this field for user and system managed groups, with the exception of the Vault Owners group. If omitted, defaults to false. Learn more about Delegate Access |
Request Details
You may change the values of any editable group field. Changing the security_profiles__v will automatically replace all previous implied users assigned via the previous security profile.
Add or Remove Users
To add or remove group members, add a comma-separated list of user IDs in members__v. This replaces all previous users who were manually assigned. This action is not additive.
Alternatively, you can add or remove group members without replacing previous users in the following ways:
To add users, set the value of
members__vtoaddfollowed by a comma-separated list of user IDs enclosed in parenthesis. For exampleadd (userID1, userID2). This only adds the specified users to the group.To delete users, set the value of
members__vtodeletefollowed by a comma-separated list of user IDs enclosed in parenthesis. For exampledelete (userID1, userID2)This only removes the specified users from the group.
Delete Group
Request
$ curl -X DELETE -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/groups/1358979070034
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"id": 1358979070034
}
Delete a user-defined group. You cannot delete system-managed groups.
DELETE /api/{version}/objects/groups/{group_id}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{group_id} | The group id field value. |
Picklists
Picklists allow users to select a value for a field from a range of predefined options. A single picklist may contain up to 1024 options (values). The API supports retrieving picklists and picklist values, creating and deleting picklist values, and updating picklist value labels and names. The API does not support creating, updating, or deleting the picklists themselves; this must be done in the Admin UI.
Learn about Picklists in Vault Help.
Retrieve All Picklists
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/picklists
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"responseMessage": "Success",
"errorCodes": null,
"picklists": [
{
"name": "asset_type__c",
"label": "Asset Type",
"kind": "global",
"usedIn": [
{
"documentTypeName": "promotional_piece__c:advertisement__c:web__c",
"propertyName": "assetType_pm"
},
{
"documentTypeName": "claim__c",
"propertyName": "assetType_pm"
}
]
},
{
"name": "audience__c",
"label": "Audience",
"kind": "global",
"usedIn": [
{
"documentTypeName": "promotional_piece__c",
"propertyName": "audience_pm"
}
]
},
{
"name": "branding__c",
"label": "Branding",
"kind": "global",
"usedIn": [
{
"documentTypeName": "promotional_piece__c",
"propertyName": "brandingStatus_pm"
}
]
},
{
"name": "campaign_name__c",
"label": "Campaign",
"kind": "global",
"usedIn": [
{
"documentTypeName": "promotional_piece__c",
"propertyName": "campaign_pm"
}
]
},
{
"name": "claim_category__c",
"label": "Claim Category",
"kind": "global",
"usedIn": [
{
"documentTypeName": "claim__c",
"propertyName": "claimCategory_pm"
}
]
},
{
"name": "email_template_type__v",
"label": "Email Template Type",
"kind": "global",
"system": true,
"usedIn": [
{
"documentTypeName": "email_template__v",
"propertyName": "emailTemplateType_b"
}
]
},
{
"name": "language__v",
"label": "Language",
"kind": "global",
"system": true,
"usedIn": [
{
"documentTypeName": "base_document__v",
"propertyName": "language__v"
}
]
}
]
"errorType": null
}
GET /api/{version}/objects/picklists
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
Response Details
| Metadata Field | Description |
|---|---|
name | Picklist name. This is used only in the API and displayed in the Admin UI. |
label | Picklist label. This is used in the API and UI. Users see the label on document and object picklist fields. |
kind | There are two kinds of picklists: global picklists apply to documents and objects; user picklists apply to Vault users. |
system | Indicates if the picklist is system-managed. If true, the picklist values cannot be added, edited, or removed. |
usedIn | The document type or object in which the picklist is defined. |
documentTypeName | For document picklists, this the document type name in which the picklist is defined. |
objectName | For object picklists, this is the object name in which the picklist is defined. |
propertyName | For document picklists, this is the document field name using the picklist. For object picklists, this is the object field name using the picklist. |
Retrieve Picklist Values
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/picklists/license_type__v
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"responseMessage": "Success",
"picklistValues": [
{
"name": "full__v",
"label": "Full User"
},
{
"name": "read_only__v",
"label": "Read-only User"
},
{
"name": "external__v",
"label": "External User"
},
{
"name": "view_based__v",
"label": "View-Based User"
}
]
}
Retrieve all available values configured on a picklist.
GET /api/{version}/objects/picklists/{picklist_name}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{picklist_name} | The picklist name field value (license_type__v, product_family__c, region__c, etc.) |
Response Details
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
name | The picklist value name. This is used only in the API and displayed in the Admin UI. |
label | The picklist value label. This is used in the API and UI. Users see the label when selecting picklist values. |
Create Picklist Values
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-d "value_1=North America" \
-d "value_2=Central America" \
-d "value_3=South America" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/picklists/regions__c
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"responseMessage": "Created picklist value(s).",
"picklistValues": [
{
"name": "north_america__c",
"label": "North America"
},
{
"name": "central_america__c",
"label": "Central America"
},
{
"name": "south_america__c",
"label": "South America"
}
]
}
Add new values to a picklist. You can add up to 1024 values to any picklist.
POST /api/{version}/objects/picklists/{picklist_name}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/x-www-form-urlencoded |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{picklist_name} | The picklist name field value (license_type__v, product_family__c, region__c, etc.) |
Request Details
To add new values, use value_1, value_2, etc., set to alphanumeric values. Enter each new picklist value label as they will be displayed in the UI. Vault uses the label to create the picklist value name.
Response Details
| Metadata Field | Description |
|---|---|
name | The picklist value name. This is used to reference this value in the API, and displayed to Vault Admins in the UI. |
label | The picklist value label. Users see this label when selecting picklist values. Maximum 128 characters. |
Update Picklist Value Label
Request
$ curl -X PUT -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-d "north_america__c=North America/United States" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/picklists/regions__c
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"responseMessage": "Updated picklist value(s).",
"picklistValues": [
{
"name": "north_america__c",
"label": "North America/United States"
}
]
}
Change a picklist value label (only). To change a picklist value name, see the next section below.
Use caution when editing picklist labels or names. When these attributes are changed, they affect all existing document and object metadata that refer to the picklist. For users in the UI who are accustomed to seeing a particular selection, the changes may cause confusion. This may also break existing integrations that access picklist values via the API.
PUT /api/{version}/objects/picklists/{picklist_name}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/x-www-form-urlencoded |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{picklist_name} | The picklist name field value (license_type__v, product_family__c, region__c, etc.) |
Request Details
To change an existing picklist value label, use its picklist value name set to a new label. The picklist value name will remain unchanged. For example, to change the label of the existing "north_america__c=North America", enter "north_america__c=North America/United States". You may include one or more picklist values in the request.
Response Details
As shown above, only the picklist value label has changed. The picklist value name remains the same. The new label will be automatically updated on all documents and objects in which it is used. In the UI, users will see the new label when selecting values for the picklist. In the UI, Admins will see the new name in Business Admin > Picklists > {Picklist}.
Update Picklist Value
Request
$ curl -X PUT -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-d "name=north_america_united_states" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/picklists/regions__c/north_america__c
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS"
}
Change a picklist value name or status. To change a picklist value label, see Update Picklist Value Label.
Use caution when editing picklist value names. When you change a picklist value name, it may affect existing document and object metadata that refer to the picklist. This may also break existing integrations that access picklist values via the API.
PUT /api/{version}/objects/picklists/{picklist_name}/{picklist_value_name}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/x-www-form-urlencoded |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{picklist_name} | The picklist name field value (license_type__v, product_family__c, region__c, etc.) |
{picklist_value_name} | The picklist value name field value (north_america__c, south_america__c, etc.) |
Body Parameters
At least one of the following parameters is required:
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
nameconditional | The new name for a picklist value. This does not affect the label. Vault adds __c after processing. Special characters and double underscores __ are not allowed. |
statusconditional | The new status for a picklist value. Valid values are active or inactive. |
Response Details
Only the picklist value name is changed. The picklist value label remains the same. In the UI, Admins will see the new name in Business Admin > Picklists > {Picklist}.
Inactivate Picklist Value
Request
$ curl -X DELETE -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/picklists/regions__c/north_america_united_states__c
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"responseMessage": "Deleted picklist value.",
"name": "north_america_united_states__c"
}
Inactivate a value from a picklist. This does not affect picklist values that are already in use.
DELETE /api/{version}/objects/picklists/{picklist_name}/{picklist_value_name}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{picklist_name} | The picklist name field value (license_type__v, product_family__c, region__c, etc.) |
{picklist_value_name} | The picklist value name field value (north_america__c, south_america__c, etc.) |
Expected Document Lists
Expected Document Lists (EDLs) help you to measure the completeness of projects. Learn about EDLs in Vault Help. Note that if your Vault is configured to set milestone values by EDL item, the following EDL endpoints may trigger updates to a document’s milestone fields. Learn about milestones in Vault Help.
Create a Placeholder from an EDL Item
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-H "Accept: application/json" \
-d "edlItemIds=00EI000000000127, 0EI000000000128" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v18.2/vobjects/edl_item__v/actions/createplaceholder \
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"job_id": 84201,
"url": "/api/v18.2/services/jobs/84201"
}
Create a placeholder from an EDL item. Learn about working with Content Placeholders in Vault Help.
POST /api/{version}/vobjects/edl_item__v/actions/createplaceholder
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/x-www-form-urlencoded |
Accept | application/json (default) |
Body Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
edlItemIdsrequired | Comma separated list of EDL Item ids on which to initiate the action. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response includes the following information:
url- The URL to retrieve the current status of the export job.job_id- The Job ID value is used to retrieve the status and results of the request.
Retrieve All Root Nodes
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v16.0/composites/trees/edl_hierarchy__v
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": [
{
"id": "0000000000000JIT",
"order__v": 1,
"ref_type__v": "edl__v",
"ref_name__v": "NewEDL",
"url": "/vobjects/edl__v/0EL000000001901",
"ref_id__v": "0EL000000001901",
"parent_id__v": null
}
]
}
Retrieves all root EDL nodes and node metadata. Learn more about EDL hierarchies in Vault Help.
GET /api/{version}/composites/trees/{edl_hierarchy_or_template}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/json (default) or text/csv |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml or text/csv |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
edl_hierarchy_or_template | Choose to retrieve nodes for either edl_hierarchy__v or edl_template__v. |
Retrieve Specific Root Nodes
Request
curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
--header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
--data-raw '[
{
"ref_id__v": "0EL000000000401"
}
]' \
https:myvault.veevavault.com/api/v20.2/composites/trees/edl_hierarchy__v/actions/listnodes
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": [
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"id": "0000000000000IR1",
"ref_id__v": "0EL000000000401"
}
]
}
Retrieves the root node ID for the given EDL record IDs.
POST /api/{version}/composites/trees/{edl_hierarchy_or_template}/actions/listnodes
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/json (default) or text/csv |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml or text/csv |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
edl_hierarchy_or_template | Choose to retrieve nodes for either edl_hierarchy__v or edl_template__v. |
Body Parameters
In the body of the request, include a raw JSON object with the following information:
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
ref_id__vrequired | The ID of the EDL record whose root node you’d like to retrieve. Maximum 1,000 IDs per request. |
Retrieve a Node’s Children
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v16.0/composites/trees/edl_hierarchy__v/0000000000000JIT/children
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": [
{
"id": "0000000000000JLL",
"order__v": 1,
"ref_type__v": "edl_item__v",
"ref_name__v": "NewEDL Child",
"url": "/vobjects/edl_item__v/0EI000000009401",
"ref_id__v": "0EI000000009401",
"parent_id__v": "0000000000000JIT"
}
]
}
Given an EDL node ID, retrieves immediate children (not grandchildren) of that node. Learn more about EDL hierarchies in Vault Help.
GET /api/{version}/composites/trees/{edl_hierarchy_or_template}/{parent_node_id}/children
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/json (default) or text/csv |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml or text/csv |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
edl_hierarchy_or_template | Choose to retrieve node children for either edl_hierarchy__v or edl_template__v. |
parent_node_id | The ID of a parent node in the hierarchy. |
Update Node Order
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/json" \
-d '{"id": "0000000000000JLL","order__v": "2"}'
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v16.0/composites/trees/edl_hierarchy__v/0000000000000JIT/children
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS"
}
Given an EDL parent node, update the order of its children.
PUT /api/{version}/composites/trees/{edl_hierarchy_or_template}/{parent_node_id}/children
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/json (default) or text/csv |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml or text/csv |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
edl_hierarchy_or_template | Choose to update node order for either edl_hierarchy__v or edl_template__v. |
parent_node_id | The ID of a parent node in the hierarchy. |
Body Parameters
Expressed as a JSON or a CSV.
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
idrequired | The ID of the child node to update. |
order__vrequired | The new order for the node in the hierarchy, such as “1”, “2”, etc. |
Add EDL Matched Documents
Request
$ curl -L -X POST -H 'Authorization: {SESSION_ID}' \
-H 'Content-Type: application/json' \
--data-raw '[
{
"id": "0EI000000003001",
"document_id": "21",
"major_version_number__v": 1,
"minor_version_number__v": 0,
"lock": true
}
]'
'https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v20.3/objects/edl_matched_documents/batch/actions/add' \
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": [
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"id": "0EI000000003001",
"document_id": "21",
"major_version_number__v": "1",
"minor_version_number__v": "0",
"lock": "true"
}
]
}
Add matched documents to EDL Items. You must have a security profile that grants the Application: EDL Matching: Edit Document Matches permission, and EDL Matched Document APIs must be enabled in your Vault. To enable this feature, contact Veeva Support.
POST /api/{version}/objects/edl_matched_documents/batch/actions/add
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/json (default) or text/csv |
Accept | application/json (default) |
Body Parameters
Expressed as JSON or CSV.
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
idrequired | The EDL Item id to match to documents. |
document_idrequired | The document id to match to an EDL Item. |
major_version_number__voptional | The major version number of a document. You must also include minor_version_number__v to use this parameter. |
minor_version_number__voptional | The minor version number of a document. You must also include major_version_number__v to use this parameter. |
lockoptional | If set to true, locks the EDL Item to match a specific steady state document version or, if version numbers are omitted, the latest steady state document version. If set to false or omitted, and version numbers are omitted, Vault matches the latest version of the document without regard to state. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response includes a SUCCESS or FAILURE status and any applicable error messages for each EDL Item to document match in the body of your request.
Remove EDL Matched Documents
Request
curl -L -X POST -H 'Authorization: {SESSION_ID}' \
-H 'Content-Type: application/json' \
--data-raw '[
{
"id": "0EI000000003001",
"document_id": "21",
"major_version_number__v": 1,
"minor_version_number__v": 0,
"remove_locked": true
},
{
"id": "0EI000000003001",
"document_id": "22",
"major_version_number__v": 0,
"minor_version_number__v": 1,
"remove_locked": true
}
]'
'https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v20.3/objects/edl_matched_documents/batch/actions/remove' \
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": [
{
"responseStatus": "FAILURE",
"errors": [
{
"type": "INVALID_DATA",
"message": "Can not remove an automatically matched Document"
}
],
"id": "0EI000000003001",
"document_id": "22",
"major_version_number__v": "0",
"minor_version_number__v": "1",
"lock": "true"
},
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"id": "0EI000000003001",
"document_id": "21",
"major_version_number__v": "1",
"minor_version_number__v": "0",
"lock": "true"
}
]
}
Remove manually matched documents from EDL Items. You must have a security profile that grants the Application: EDL Matching: Edit Document Matches permission, and EDL Matched Document APIs must be enabled in your Vault. To enable this feature, contact Veeva Support.
POST /api/{version}/objects/edl_matched_documents/batch/actions/remove
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/json (default) or text/csv |
Accept | application/json (default) |
Body Parameters
Expressed as JSON or CSV.
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
idrequired | The EDL Item id to match to documents. |
document_idrequired | The document id to match to an EDL Item. |
major_version_number__voptional | The major version number of a document. You must also include minor_version_number__v to use this parameter. |
minor_version_number__voptional | The minor version number of a document. You must also include major_version_number__v to use this parameter. |
remove_lockedoptional | If set to true, removes a matched document from the EDL Item even if the EDL Item is locked to a specific steady state document version. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response includes a SUCCESS or FAILURE status and any applicable error messages for each matched document to remove from an EDL Item in the body of your request.
Security Policies
Vault security policies allow you to create and manage password policies for users. These settings control password requirements, expiration period, reuse policy, security question policy, and delegated authentication via Salesforce.com™. Security policies apply across all Vaults in a multi-Vault domain.
Learn more about security policies in Vault Help.
Retrieve Security Policy Metadata
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v21.1/metadata/objects/securitypolicies
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"responseMessage": "Success",
"metadata": {
"name": "security_policy",
"description": "Security Policy",
"properties": [
{
"name": "policy_details__v",
"type": [
"CompleteObject"
],
"description": "Details",
"objectTypeReferenced": [
{
"type": "policy_details"
}
]
},
{
"name": "policy_security_settings__v",
"type": [
"CompleteObject"
],
"description": "Security Settings",
"objectTypeReferenced": [
{
"type": "policy_security_settings"
}
]
}
],
"objects": [
{
"name": "policy_details",
"description": "Details",
"properties": [
{
"name": "name__v",
"type": [
"string"
],
"description": "Public Key"
},
{
"name": "label__v",
"type": [
"string"
],
"description": "Policy Name",
"required": true,
"maxValue": 60,
"minValue": 1,
"editable": true,
"onCreateEditable": true
}
]
},
{
"name": "policy_security_settings",
"description": "Security Policy",
"properties": [
{
"name": "authentication_type__v",
"type": [
"SummaryObject"
],
"description": "Authentication Type",
"required": true,
"editable": true,
"onCreateEditable": true
},
{
"name": "passwords_require_number__v",
"type": [
"boolean"
],
"description": "Passwords require a number",
"required": true,
"editable": true,
"onCreateEditable": true
},
{
"name": "passwords_require_uppercase_letter__v",
"type": [
"boolean"
],
"description": "Passwords require an upper-case letter",
"required": true,
"editable": true,
"onCreateEditable": true
}
]
}
]
}
}
Retrieve the metadata associated with the security policy object.
GET /api/{version}/metadata/objects/securitypolicies
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
Retrieve All Security Policies
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/securitypolicies
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"security_policies__v": [
{
"name__v": "821",
"label__v": "Basic",
"value__v": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/securitypolicies/821"
},
{
"name__v": "958",
"label__v": "Default",
"value__v": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/securitypolicies/958"
},
{
"name__v": "957",
"label__v": "High Security",
"value__v": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/securitypolicies/957"
},
{
"name__v": "1909",
"label__v": "Single Sign-on Okta",
"value__v": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/securitypolicies/1909"
}
]
}
GET /api/{version}/objects/securitypolicies
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
Response Details
The response lists all security_policies__v in the Vault:
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
name__v | System-managed value automatically assigned to security policies. This is typically a numeric value. |
label__v | Security policy label displayed in Admin UI. |
value__v | URL value to retrieve security policy metadata. |
Retrieve Security Policy
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/securitypolicies/958
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"responseMessage": "Success",
"security_policy__v": {
"policy_details__v": {
"name__v": "958",
"label__v": "Default",
"is_active__v": true
},
"policy_security_settings__v": {
"authentication_type__v": {
"name__v": "Password",
"label__v": "Password"
},
"passwords_require_number__v": true,
"passwords_require_uppercase_letter__v": true,
"min_password_length__v": 8,
"password_expiration__v": 0,
"password_history_reuse__v": 0
}
}
}
GET /api/{version}/objects/securitypolicies/{security_policy_name}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{security_policy_name} | Security policy name__v field value (retrieved from previous request). This is typically a numeric value. |
Response Details
Depending on the configuration, the response may include some or all of the following security_policy__v fields:
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
policy_details__v | Policy Details |
name__v | Security Policy ID |
label__v | Security Policy Label |
description__v | Security Policy Description |
is_active__v | Active (true/false) |
policy_security_settings__v | Policy Security Settings |
authentication_type__v | Authentication Type |
name__v | Authentication Type Name |
label__v | Authentication Type Label |
passwords_require_number__v | Passwords Require Number (true/false) |
passwords_require_uppercase_letter__v | Passwords Require Upper-Case Letter (true/false) |
passwords_require_nonalpha_char__v | Passwords Require Non-Alphanumeric Character (true/false) |
min_password_length__v | Minimum Password Length (7, 8, 10, or 12 characters) |
password_expiration__v | Password Expiration (90 days, 180 days, or no expiration) |
password_history_reuse__v | Password History Reuse (prevent reuse of the last 3 passwords, 5 passwords, or no limitations) |
require_question_on_password_reset__v | Require Security Question on Password Reset (true/false) |
allow_delegated_auth_sfdc__v | Allow Salesforce™ Delegated Authentication (true/false) |
sfdc_org_id__v | Salesforce™ Org ID |
Note: Boolean fields are only returned when the value is set to true.
Configuration Migration
The following endpoints allow you to export, import, validate, and deploy Vault Packages (VPKs). These packages allow you to migrate configuration changes between two Vaults. Learn more about Configuration Migration in Vault Help.
Export Package
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-d "packageName=PKG-0001" \
--output "myVPK.vpk" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v18.2/services/package
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"url": "/api/v18.2/services/jobs/60905",
"job_id": 60905
}
POST /api/{version}/services/package
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/x-www-form-urlencoded |
Body Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
packageNamerequired | The name of the Outbound Package you would like to export. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response includes the following information:
url- The URL to retrieve the current status of the export job.job_id- The Job ID value is used to retrieve the status and results of the request.- A separate email with a link to download the .vpk file.
Import Package
Request
$ curl -L -X PUT -H 'Authorization: {Session_ID}' \
-H 'Accept: application/json' \
-F 'file=myFile.vpk'\
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v20.2/services/package
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"url": "/api/v20.2/services/jobs/88717",
"job_id": 88717
}
Asynchronously import and validate a VPK package attached to this request. On completion, Vault sends an email notification which includes a link to the validation log. For packages that include Vault Java SDK code, this checks code compilation and restrictions in use of the JDK. For example, new is not allowed for non-allowlisted classes. Learn more about Vault Java SDK limits and restrictions.
PUT /api/{version}/services/package
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | multipart/form-data (default) or application/x-www-form-urlencoded |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
Body Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
filerequired | The .vpk file. See Export Package above. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response includes the following information: url - The URL to retrieve the current status of the import job. job_id - The Job ID value is used to retrieve the status and results of the request. A separate email with a link to download the validation log.
Deploy Package
Request
$ curl -X PUT -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v16.0/vobject/vault_package__v/0PI000000000101/actions/deploy
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"url": "/api/v16.0/services/jobs/23301",
"job_id": 23301
}
POST /api/{version}/vobject/vault_package__v/{package_id}/actions/deploy
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/x-www-form-urlencoded |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
package_id | The id field value of the vault_package__v object record used for deploy. See Import Package above. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response includes the following information:
url- The URL to retrieve the current status of the export job.job_id- The Job ID value is used to retrieve the status and results of the request.
Retrieve Package Deploy Results
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v20.1/vobject/vault_package__v/0PI000000000101/actions/deploy/results
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"responseDetails": {
"total_steps": 1,
"deployed": 0,
"deployed_with_warnings": 0,
"deployed_with_failures": 0,
"deployed_with_error": 0,
"failed": 1,
"skipped": 0,
"package_status__v": "error__v",
"deployment_log": [
{
"filename": "PKG-0018-1-192204.log",
"url": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v20.1/vobjects/vault_package__v/0PI000000000702/attachments/44/versions/1/file",
"created_date__v": "2019-12-06 23:30:01.509"
}
]
},
"package_steps": [
{
"id": "0IS000000000702",
"name__v": "00010",
"step_type__v": "Data",
"step_name__v": "batch__v",
"type__v": "Object",
"deployment_status__v": "error__v",
"package_components": [],
"package_data": [
{
"id": "0PT000000000502",
"name__v": "DSET-00008-Batch",
"object__v": "batch__v",
"data_type__v": "Object",
"data_action__v": "Create",
"record_migration_mode__sys": true,
"record_count__sys": "0",
"checksum__v": "e3190ec2d6b1c17e25d1a5f4e2b64c1f"
}
],
"package_code": []
}
]
}
After Vault has finished processing the deploy job, use this request to retrieve the results of the completed deploy.
GET /api/{version}/vobject/vault_package__v/{package_id}/actions/deploy/results
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
package_id | The id field value of the vault_package__v object record used for deploy. See Deploy Package above. |
Response Details
Learn more about the possible response values for deployment_status__v in Vault Help.
Retrieve Outbound Package Dependencies
Request: Retrieve Dependencies
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v22.2/vobjects/outbound_package__v/0PO000000001001/dependencies
Response: Retrieve Dependencies
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"responseDetails": {
"total_dependencies": 1,
"target_vault_id": 1000486,
"package_name": "PKG-0001",
"package_id": "0PO000000001001",
"package_summary": "Outbound Package",
"package_description": "Package for deployment",
"url": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v22.2/vobjects/package_component__v"
},
"package_dependencies": [
{
"id": "0CD000000000M70",
"name__v": "Product Label",
"component_name__v": "product_label__c",
"component_type__v": "Object",
"referenced_component_name": "product__v",
"referenced_component_type": "Object"
}
]
}
Request: Add Dependencies
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/api/v22.2/vobjects/package_component__v
Example JSON Request Body: Add Dependencies
[
{
"outbound_package__v": "0PO000000001001",
"vault_component__v": "0CD000000002810"
}
]
Outbound packages only include configuration details for the included components. Sometimes, a configuration for one component depends on another component which you may not have explicitly specified.
With this API, you can retrieve all outstanding component dependencies for an outbound package. You can then add these missing dependencies to the package with the Create Object Records API.
GET /api/{version}/vobjects/outbound_package__v/{package_id}/dependencies
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{package_id} | The ID of the outbound_package__v record from which to retrieve dependencies. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response includes the following information:
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
total_dependencies | The total number of outstanding component dependencies. |
target_vault_id | The ID of the target Vault for the outbound package. |
package_name | The name__v value of the outbound package. |
package_id | The ID of the outbound_package__v record with these outstanding dependencies. |
url | The Vault REST API request to add missing dependencies to this outbound package. Learn more about adding dependencies. |
package_dependencies | This array contains information about each of the total_dependencies. If there are no outstanding dependencies, this array is not returned. |
Adding Dependencies
From the url in the response, you can add missing dependencies using the Create Object Records API with the following body parameters:
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
outbound_package__v | The ID of the outbound_package__v record with these outstanding dependencies. In the retrieve dependencies response body, this is the package_id value. |
vault_component__v | The ID of the component to add. This is the value returned for the dependency in the array. In the retrieve dependencies response body, this is the id value of the component within the package_dependencies array. |
Vault Compare
Request
Curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
- H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
- d "vault_id=1234" \
- d "results_type=Complete" \
https://myveevavault.com/api/v17.2/objects/vault/actions/compare
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"job_id": 16202,
"url": "/api/v17.2/services/jobs/16202"
}
Compare the configuration of two different Vaults. The Vault you make the request in is the source Vault, and the target Vault for the comparison is listed in the body. Learn more about Vault Compare in Vault Help.
The user who makes the request must be a cross-domain user and must have access to the vault_component__v in both Vaults. Learn more about cross-domain users in Vault Help.
POST /api/{version}/objects/vault/actions/compare
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/json (default) or application/x-www-form-urlencoded |
Body Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
vault_idrequired | The target Vault id for the comparison. |
results_typeoptional | To include all configuration values, set this to complete. To only see the differences between Vaults, set to differences. If omitted, this defaults to differences. |
details_typeoptional | To show component level details only, set to none. To include simple attribute-level details, set to simple. To show all attribute-level details, set to complex. If omitted, this defaults to simple. |
include_doc_binder_templatesoptional | To exclude Document and Binder Templates for comparison, set to false. If omitted, this defaults to true and templates are included. |
include_vault_settingsoptional | To exclude Vault Settings for comparison, set to false. If omitted, this defaults to true and Vault Settings are included. |
component_typesoptional | Add a comma separated list of component types to include. For example, Doclifecycle, Doctype, Workflow. To exclude all component types, set to none. If omitted, this defaults to include all components. |
generate_outbound_packagesoptional | If set to true, Vault automatically generates an Outbound Package based on differences between the source Vault and target Vault. If omitted, the default value is false. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response includes the url and job_id of the new Comparison Report job. You can use these to find the Job Status, and using the links from the job status response, download your report. The download is an Excel™ file. If Vault encounters any MDL component or configuration issues, the job status response also includes a link to download an error log as a CSV file. The authenticated user will also receive an in-app notification with these download links. If there are pending component updates, Vault places the report request in a queue and sends you a notification. Once component update processing is complete, Vault generates the report and sends another notification.
Vault Configuration Report
Request
curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
- H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
- d "include_components_modified_since=2017-01-01" \
https://myveevavault.com/api/v17.3/objects/vault/actions/configreport
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"url": "/api/v17.3/services/jobs/43902",
"job_id": 43902
}
Generate an Excel™ report containing configuration information for a Vault. Users must have the Vault Configuration Report permission to use this API.
POST /api/{version}/objects/vault/actions/configreport
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | multipart/form-data (default) or application/x-www-form-urlencoded |
Body Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
include_vault_settingsoptional | To exclude Vault Settings for comparison, set to false. If omitted, this defaults to true and Vault Settings are included. |
include_inactive_componentsoptional | If set to true, inactive components and subcomponents are included in the report. If omitted, defaults to false and only active components and subcomponents are included. See details for inactive workflows. |
include_components_modified_sinceoptional | Only include components modified since the specified date. Provide the date in the format yyyy-mm-dd. If omitted, includes all components. This option is not available for subcomponents. |
include_doc_binder_templatesoptional | To exclude document and binder templates, set to false. If omitted, this defaults to true and document and binder templates are included. |
suppress_empty_resultsoptional | If set to true, Vault excludes tabs with only header rows from the report. |
component_typesoptional | Add a comma-separated list of component types to include. For example, Doclifecycle,Doctype,Workflow. If omitted, this defaults to include all components and Vault includes an Excel™ object data report in the ZIP file output. |
output_formatoptional | Output report as either an Excel (XSLX) or Excel_Macro_Enabled (XLSM) file. If omitted, defaults to Excel_Macro_Enabled. |
Inactive Document Workflows
Vault ignores the setting include_inactive_components for document workflows. If a workflow was active, but is currently in “editing” state, the report shows the latest active version of it. If a workflow has never been active, the report does not include it.
Inactive Object Workflows
Vault respects the include_inactive_components setting for object workflows. If set to true, the report includes all inactive workflows, including those that have never been active. If set to false, the report does not include any workflows that are currently in “editing” state, including those that have an active version.
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response includes the url and job_id of the new Configuration Report job. You can use these to find the Job Status, and using the link from the job status response, download your report. The download is a ZIP file. If Vault encounters any MDL component or configuration issues, the job status response also includes a link to download an error log as a CSV file. The authenticated user will also receive an in-app notification with these download links. If there are pending component updates, Vault places the report request in a queue and sends you a notification. Once component update processing is complete, Vault generates the report and sends another notification.
Component Modified Date values in the report only refer to component-level modifications and do not reflect modifications to subcomponents. For example, modifying an object field does not change the Component Modified Date value for an object, but modifying the object label does. See the Component Type referenece for more information about components and their subcomponents.
Validate Package
Request
$ curl -L -X POST -H 'Authorization: {Session_ID}' \
-H 'Accept: application/json' \
-F 'file=myFile.vpk' \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v20.2/services/package/actions/validate
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"responseDetails": {
"summary": "Auto Claims Linking Config",
"author": "jennie@veepharm.com",
"package_name": "PKG-0004-2",
"package_id": "N/A",
"source_vault": "51577",
"package_status": "Blocked",
"total_steps": 2,
"total_steps_blocked": 1,
"start_time": "07:05:2020 06:24:15",
"end_time": "07:05:2020 06:24:15",
"package_error": "",
"package_steps": [
{
"name__v": "00010",
"step_type__v": "Component",
"step_label__v": "Claim Targets",
"step_name__v": "annotation_keyword_targets__sys",
"type__v": "Object",
"deployment_status__v": "Verified",
"deployment_action": "Update",
"dependencies": [
{
"component_name": "annotation_keyword_targets__sys.base__v",
"component_type": "Objecttype",
"subcomponent_name": "",
"subcomponent_type": "",
"status": "In Target"
},
{
"component_name": "default_status__v",
"component_type": "Picklist",
"subcomponent_name": "",
"subcomponent_type": "",
"status": "In Target"
}
]
},
{
"name__v": "00020",
"step_type__v": "Component",
"step_label__v": "Claims Document",
"step_name__v": "claims_document__c",
"type__v": "Doctype",
"deployment_status__v": "Blocked",
"deployment_action": "Add (missing in Vault)",
"dependencies": [
{
"component_name": "document_creation_date__v",
"component_type": "Docfield",
"subcomponent_name": "",
"subcomponent_type": "",
"status": "In Target"
},
{
"component_name": "reference_documents__c",
"component_type": "Doclifecycle",
"subcomponent_name": "",
"subcomponent_type": "",
"status": "In Target"
},
{
"component_name": "product__v",
"component_type": "Docfield",
"subcomponent_name": "",
"subcomponent_type": "",
"status": "In Target"
},
{
"component_name": "air_bulk_03__c",
"component_type": "Renditiontype",
"subcomponent_name": "",
"subcomponent_type": "",
"status": "Missing - Block"
},
{
"component_name": "country__v",
"component_type": "Docfield",
"subcomponent_name": "",
"subcomponent_type": "",
"status": "In Target"
}
]
}
]
}
}
Validate a VPK package attached to this request. The validation response will include the same information on dependent components as validation logs generated through the UI. For packages that include Vault Java SDK code, this checks checks code compilation and restrictions in use of the JDK. For example, new is not allowed for non-allowlisted classes. Learn more about Vault Java SDK limits and restrictions.
This endpoint does not import your package.
POST /api/{version}/services/package/actions/validate
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) |
Body Parameters
To upload the VPK file, use the multi-part attachment with the file component ”file={filename}”. The maximum allowed file size is 2GB.
Validate Inbound Package
Request
$ curl -L -X POST -H 'Authorization: {Session_ID}' \
-H 'Accept: application/json' \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v20.2/services/vobject/vault_package__v/0PI000000000301/actions/validate
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"responseDetails": {
"summary": "Auto Claims Linking Config",
"author": "jennie@veepharm.com",
"package_name": "PKG-0004-1",
"package_id": "0PI000000000301",
"source_vault": "51577",
"package_status": "Blocked",
"total_steps": 2,
"total_component_steps_blocked": 1,
"start_time": "07:05:2020 06:29:25",
"end_time": "07:05:2020 06:29:26",
"package_error": "",
"package_steps": [
{
"id": "0IS000000000301",
"name__v": "00010",
"step_type__v": "Component",
"step_label__v": "Claim Targets",
"step_name__v": "annotation_keyword_targets__sys",
"type__v": "Object",
"deployment_status__v": "Verified",
"deployment_action": "Update",
"dependencies": [
{
"component_name": "annotation_keyword_targets__sys.base__v",
"component_type": "Objecttype",
"subcomponent_name": "",
"subcomponent_type": "",
"status": "In Target"
},
{
"component_name": "default_status__v",
"component_type": "Picklist",
"subcomponent_name": "",
"subcomponent_type": "",
"status": "In Target"
}
]
},
{
"id": "0IS000000000302",
"name__v": "00020",
"step_type__v": "Component",
"step_label__v": "Claims Document",
"step_name__v": "claims_document__c",
"type__v": "Doctype",
"deployment_status__v": "Blocked",
"deployment_action": "Add (missing in Vault)",
"dependencies": [
{
"component_name": "document_creation_date__v",
"component_type": "Docfield",
"subcomponent_name": "",
"subcomponent_type": "",
"status": "In Target"
},
{
"component_name": "reference_documents__c",
"component_type": "Doclifecycle",
"subcomponent_name": "",
"subcomponent_type": "",
"status": "In Target"
},
{
"component_name": "product__v",
"component_type": "Docfield",
"subcomponent_name": "",
"subcomponent_type": "",
"status": "In Target"
},
{
"component_name": "air_bulk_03__c",
"component_type": "Renditiontype",
"subcomponent_name": "",
"subcomponent_type": "",
"status": "Missing - Block"
},
{
"component_name": "country__v",
"component_type": "Docfield",
"subcomponent_name": "",
"subcomponent_type": "",
"status": "In Target"
}
]
}
]
}
}
Validate an imported VPK package before deploying it to your Vault. The validation response includes information on dependent components and whether they exist in the package or in your Vault. You can then add missing dependencies to the package in the source Vault before re-importing and deploying it to your target Vault. Learn more about validation logs in Vault Help.
POST /api/{version}/services/vobject/vault_package__v/{package_id}/actions/validate
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json(default) |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
package_id | The id field value of the vault_package__v object record to validate. |
Sandbox Vaults
Sandbox Vaults provide environments for testing, including development, UAT, and validation testing. Learn more about sandbox Vaults in Vault Help.
Retrieve Sandboxes
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v20.3/objects/sandbox
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": {
"entitlements": [
{
"size": "Small",
"available": 1,
"allowed": 1,
"temporary": 0
},
{
"size": "Large",
"available": 0,
"allowed": 1,
"temporary": 0
},
{
"size": "Full",
"available": 1,
"allowed": 1,
"temporary": 0
}
],
"active": [
{
"pod": "vv1-10",
"vault_id": 56220,
"name": "Sandbox1",
"type": "config",
"size": "Large",
"status": "active",
"domain": "veevavault.com",
"dns": "sandbox1.veevavault.com",
"source_vault_id": 13803,
"refresh_available": "2020-08-20T13:20:10.000Z",
"created_date": "2020-08-20T13:20:10.000Z",
"created_by": 1,
"modified_date": "2020-08-20T13:43:10.000Z",
"modified_by": 1,
"release": "limited",
"entitlements": []
}
]
}
}
Retrieve information about the sandbox Vaults for the authenticated Vault.
GET /api/{version}/objects/sandbox
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
Response Details
The response contains information about the sandbox Vaults for the authenticated Vault.
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
pod | The name of the POD the sandbox is on. |
vault_id | The sandbox ID number. |
name | The name of the sandbox. |
type | The type of sandbox, such as configuration (config). |
size | The size of the sandbox: Small, Large, or Full. |
status | The current status of the sandbox:
|
domain | The sandbox domain. |
dns | The sandbox domain name. |
source_vault_id | The Vault ID of the sandbox’s parent Vault. |
refresh_available | The date and time when this sandbox can be refreshed. You can refresh a sandbox once every 24 hours. |
release | The type of release. This can be general, limited, or prerelease. Learn more about Vault releases in Vault Help. |
entitlements | The sandbox entitlements, including type, availability, and allowed information. The temporary entitlement shows only when a temporary entitlement is active. |
Retrieve Sandbox Details by ID
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v20.3/objects/sandbox/56219
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": {
"pod": "vv1-10",
"vault_id": 56219,
"name": "Sandbox0",
"type": "config",
"size": "Large",
"status": "active",
"domain": "veevavault.com",
"dns": "mlkg-sandbox0.veevavault.com",
"source_vault_id": 13803,
"refresh_available": "2020-08-20T13:18:39.000Z",
"created_date": "2020-08-20T13:18:39.000Z",
"created_by": 1,
"modified_date": "2020-08-20T13:42:28.000Z",
"modified_by": 1,
"limits": [
{
"name": "total_object_records",
"used": "3915",
"allowed": "1000000"
},
{
"name": "document_versions",
"used": "0",
"allowed": "10000"
}
],
"entitlements": [
{
"size": "Small",
"available": 1,
"allowed": 0,
"temporary": 1
}
],
"release": "limited"
}
}
Retrieve information about the sandbox for the given Vault ID.
GET /api/{version}/objects/sandbox/{vault_id}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
vault_id | The Vault ID of the sandbox. |
Response Details
The response contains information about the sandbox Vaults for the authenticated Vault.
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
pod | The name of the POD the sandbox is on. |
vault_id | The sandbox ID number. |
name | The name of the sandbox. |
type | The type of sandbox, such as configuration (config). |
size | The size of the sandbox: Small, Large, or Full. |
status | The current status of the sandbox:
|
domain | The sandbox domain. |
dns | The sandbox domain name. |
source_vault_id | The Vault ID of the sandbox’s parent Vault. |
refresh_available | The date and time when this sandbox can be refreshed. You can refresh a sandbox once every 24 hours. |
limits | Sandbox limits, such as total_object_records. Note that sandbox usage is updated once every 24 hours, and new/recently refreshed sandboxes initially show 0 usage. |
entitlements | The sandbox entitlements, including type, availability, and allowed information. The temporary entitlement shows only when a temporary entitlement is active. |
release | The type of release. This can be general, limited, or prerelease. Learn more about Vault releases in Vault Help. |
Recheck Sandbox Usage Limit
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v22.3/objects/sandbox/actions/recheckusage
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS"
}
Recalculate the usage values of the sandbox Vaults for the authenticated Vault. This action can be initiated up to three (3) times in a 24-hour period. In the UI, this information is available in Admin > Settings. Learn more about viewing usage details in Vault Help.
POST /api/{version}/objects/sandbox/actions/recheckusage
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
Content-Type | application/x-www-form-urlencoded |
Change Sandbox Size
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/json" \
-d "[
{
“name”: “SandboxA”,
“size”: “Full”
}
]” \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v22.3/objects/sandbox/batch/changesize
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"responseMessage": null,
"errorCodes": null,
"errorType": null
}
Change the size of a sandbox Vault for the authenticated Vault. You can initiate this action if there are sufficient allowances and the current sandbox meets the data and user limits of the requested size. Learn more about sandbox sizes in Vault Help.
POST /api/{version}/objects/sandbox/batch/changesize
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
Content-Type | application/json |
Body Parameters
In the body of the request, include a raw JSON object with the following information:
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
namerequired | The name of the sandbox Vault. |
sizerequired | The requested size of the sandbox: Small, Large, or Full. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response includes the responseStatus and lists any errors encountered.
Set Sandbox Entitlements
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
'https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v20.3/objects/sandbox/entitlements/set' \
-H 'Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded' \
-d 'name=Sandbox0' \
-d 'size=Large' \
-d 'allowance=1' \
-d 'grant=true'
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": {
"entitlements": [
{
"size": "Small",
"available": 1,
"allowed": 1,
"temporary": 0
},
{
"sizetype": "Largeconfig",
"available": 0,
"allowed": 1,
"temporary": 0
},
{
"size": "Full",
"available": 1,
"allowed": 1,
"temporary": 0
}
]
}
}
Set new sandbox entitlements, including granting and revoking allowances, for the given sandbox name.
POST /api/{version}/objects/sandbox/entitlements/set
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
Content-Type | application/x-www-form-urlencoded |
Body Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
namerequired | The name of the sandbox Vault, which appears on the My Vaults page. Providing a new name creates a new sandbox, whereas providing an existing name refreshes the existing sandbox. How often you can refresh a Vault depends on its size. Learn more about refreshing sandboxes in Vault Help. |
sizerequired | The size of the sandbox: Small, Large, or Full. |
allowancerequired | The number of entitlements to grant or revoke. |
grantrequired | Allowed values true and false. True grants allowances and false revokes them. |
temporary_allowanceoptional | The number of temporary sandbox allowances to grant or revoke. |
Create or Refresh Sandbox
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-d "type=config" \
-d "size=Small" \
-d "domain=veepharm.com" \
-d "name=Sandbox" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v18.2/objects/sandbox
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"job_id": 70701,
"url": "/api/v18.2/services/jobs/70701"
}
Create a new sandbox for the currently authenticated Vault. Include the source_snapshot parameter in the request body to create a new sandbox from an existing snapshot.
Providing a name which already exists will refresh the existing sandbox Vault. You can also refresh a sandbox from a snapshot.
POST /api/{version}/objects/sandbox
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
Content-Type | application/x-www-form-urlencoded |
Body Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
sourceoptional | The source to refresh the sandbox from:
|
source_snapshotoptional | If the source is a snapshot, provide the api_name of the snapshot to create the sandbox from. You can obtain the api_name using the Retrieve Sandbox Snapshots request. |
typeoptional | The type of sandbox, such as config. |
sizerequired | The size of the sandbox: Small, Large, or Full. |
domainrequired | The domain to use for the new sandbox. Must be a valid domain. You can retrieve valid domains from the Retrieve Domains endpoint. Only domains of type: Sandbox are allowed. Must be lower-case, and must include the domain extension. |
namerequired | The name of the sandbox Vault, which appears on the My Vaults page. Providing a new name creates a new sandbox, whereas providing an existing name refreshes the existing sandbox. How often you can refresh a Vault depends on its size. Learn more about refreshing sandboxes in Vault Help. |
add_requesteroptional | This boolean field adds the currently authenticated user as a Vault Owner in the new sandbox. If set to false, the Domain Admin users in the sandbox domain will become Vault Owners in the sandbox Vault. If omitted, defaults to true. |
releaseoptional | The type of release. This can be general, limited, or prerelease. If omitted, defaults to the release level of the source Vault. Learn more about Vault releases in Vault Help. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response includes the following information:
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
job_id | The Job ID value to retrieve the status and results of the sandbox creation request. |
url | URL to retrieve the current status of the sandbox creation request. |
Refresh Sandbox from Snapshot
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-d "source_snapshot=Sandbox1 Snapshot" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v22.3/objects/sandbox/1001055/actions/refresh
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"job_id": 165954,
"url": "/api/v22.3/services/jobs/165954"
}
Refresh a sandbox Vault in the currently authenticated Vault from an existing snapshot.
POST /api/{version}/objects/sandbox/{vault_id}/actions/refresh
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
Content-Type | application/x-www-form-urlencoded |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
vault_id | The Vault ID of the sandbox to be refreshed. |
Body Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
source_snapshotrequired | Provide the api_name of the snapshot to refresh the sandbox from. You can obtain the api_name using the Retrieve Sandbox Snapshots request. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response includes the following information:
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
job_id | The Job ID value to retrieve the status and results of the sandbox refresh request. |
url | URL to retrieve the current status of the sandbox refresh request. |
Delete Sandbox
Request
$ curl -X DELETE -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v18.2/objects/sandbox/My Configuration Sandbox
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"responseMessage": "Sandbox '[My Configuration Sandbox]' submitted for deletion, sandbox Vault id [24143] and parent Vault id [19523]"
}
Delete a sandbox Vault. How often you can delete a Vault depends on its size. Learn more about deleting sandboxes in Vault Help.
DELETE /api/{version}/objects/sandbox/{name}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
name | The name of the sandbox Vault to delete. This is the name which appears on the My Vaults page. |
Sandbox Snapshots
Snapshots allow your organization to store the configuration and data of sandbox Vaults at a given point in time. You can use snapshots to create and refresh sandbox Vaults. Learn more about administering sandbox snapshots in Vault Help.
Create Sandbox Snapshot
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-d "source_sandbox=Sandbox1" \
-d "name=Snapshot1" \
-d "description=First snapshot of a sandbox." \
-d "include_data=false" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v22.3/objects/sandbox/snapshot
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"job_id": 165944,
"url": "/api/v22.3/services/jobs/165944"
}
Create a new sandbox snapshot for the indicated sandbox Vault.
POST /api/{version}/objects/sandbox/snapshot
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
Content-Type | application/x-www-form-urlencoded |
Body Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
source_sandboxrequired | The name of the sandbox Vault to take a snapshot of. |
namerequired | The name of the new snapshot. |
descriptionoptional | The description of the new snapshot. |
include_dataoptional | Set to true to include data as part of the snapshot. Set to false to include only configuration. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response includes the following information:
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
job_id | The Job ID value to retrieve the status and results of the snapshot creation request. |
url | URL to retrieve the current status of the snapshot creation request. |
Retrieve Sandbox Snapshots
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v22.3/objects/sandbox/snapshot
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": {
"available": 3,
"snapshots": [
{
"name": "Sandbox A Snapshot",
"api_name": "sandbox_a_snapshot__c",
"type": "configuration",
"description": "New snapshot of a sandbox.",
"status": "active",
"upgrade_status": "Good",
"source_sandbox": "SandboxA",
"total_object_records": 82,
"document_versions": 0,
"vault_version": "22R3.2",
"update_available": "2022-12-03T00:04:59.000Z",
"created_date": "2022-12-02T00:04:59.000Z",
"expiration_date": "2023-04-25T05:00:00.000Z",
"domain": "veepharm.com",
"created_by": 1006595
}
]
}
}
Retrieve information about sandbox snapshots managed by the authenticated Vault.
GET /api/{version}/objects/sandbox/snapshot
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
Response Details
The response contains information about the snapshots managed by the authenticated Vault.
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
name | The name of the snapshot. |
api_name | The API name of the snapshot. |
type | The type of the source sandbox, such as configuration. |
description | The description of the snapshot. |
status | The current status of the snapshot:
|
upgrade_status | The current upgrade status of the snapshot:
|
source_sandbox | The name of the sandbox Vault the snapshot was created from. |
total_object_records | The total number of object records in the snapshot. |
document_versions | The total number of document versions in the snapshot. |
vault_version | The release version of the source sandbox Vault when the snapshot was created. |
update_available | The date and time when the snapshot can next be updated. Learn more about updating snapshots in Vault Help. |
expiration_date | The date and time when the snapshot will expire. |
domain | The domain of the source sandbox Vault. |
Delete Sandbox Snapshot
Request
$ curl -X DELETE -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v22.3/objects/sandbox/snapshot/sandbox_a_snapshot__c
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS"
}
Delete a sandbox snapshot managed by the authenticated Vault. Deleted snapshots cannot be recovered. Learn more about deleting sandbox snapshots in Vault Help.
DELETE /api/{version}/objects/sandbox/snapshot/{api_name}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
api_name | The API name of the snapshot. Obtain this from the Retrieve Sandbox Snapshots request. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response only includes the responseStatus.
Update Sandbox Snapshot
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v22.3/objects/sandbox/snapshot/veepharm_snapshot__c/actions/update
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"job_id": 165949,
"url": "/api/v22.3/services/jobs/165949"
}
Recreate a sandbox snapshot for the same source sandbox Vault. This request replaces the existing snapshot with the newly created one. Learn more about updating snapshots in Vault Help.
POST /api/{version}/objects/sandbox/snapshot/{api_name}/actions/update
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
api_name | The API name of the snapshot. Obtain this from the Retrieve Sandbox Snapshots request. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response includes the following information:
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
job_id | The Job ID value to retrieve the status and results of the snapshot update request. |
url | URL to retrieve the current status of the snapshot update request. |
Upgrade Sandbox Snapshot
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v23.1/objects/sandbox/snapshot/veepharm_snapshot__c/actions/upgrade
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"job_id": 172303,
"url": "/api/v23.1/services/jobs/172303"
}
Upgrade a sandbox snapshot to match the release version of the source sandbox Vault.
Your request to upgrade a snapshot is only valid if the upgrade_status=Upgrade Available or Upgrade Required. Use the Retrieve Sandbox Snapshots request to obtain the upgrade_status of a snapshot.
POST /api/{version}/objects/sandbox/snapshot/{api_name}/actions/upgrade
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
api_name | The API name of the snapshot. Obtain this from the Retrieve Sandbox Snapshots request. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response includes the following information:
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
job_id | The Job ID value to retrieve the status and results of the snapshot upgrade request. |
url | URL to retrieve the current status of the snapshot upgrade request. |
Pre-Production Vaults
Pre-production Vaults allow your organization to fully manage a Vault’s lifecycle from initial to go-live. When ready, Vault Admins can promote the pre-production Vault to a production Vault through the Admin UI or API. Learn more about pre-production Vaults in Vault Help.
Build Production Vault
Request
curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-d "source=UAT"
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v21.2/objects/sandbox/actions/buildproduction
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"job_id": 111507,
"url": "/api/v21.2/services/jobs/111507"
}
Given a pre-production Vault, build a production Vault. This is analogous to the Build action in the Vault UI. After building your Vault, you can promote it to production.
You can build or rebuild the source Vault for a given pre-production Vault no more than three times in a 24 hour period.
POST /api/{version}/objects/sandbox/actions/buildproduction
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) |
Content-Type | application/x-www-form-urlencoded |
Body Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
sourcerequired | The name of the source Vault to build. This can be the current pre-production Vault or a sandbox Vault. Sandboxes must be active and match the release type (General or Limited) of the pre-production Vault. |
Promote to Production
Request
curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-d "name=VeePharm"
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v21.2/objects/sandbox/actions/promoteproduction
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS"
}
Given a built pre-production Vault, promote it to a production Vault. This is analogous to the Promote action in the Vault UI.
You must build your pre-production Vault before you can promote it to production.
POST /api/{version}/objects/sandbox/actions/promoteproduction
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) |
Content-Type | application/x-www-form-urlencoded |
Body Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
namerequired | The name of the pre-production Vault to promote. |
Logs
Vault provides several APIs to track actions performed in the system. The Audit APIs retrieve information about audits and audit types. Use the Audit History APIs to retrieve the audit history for specific document or object records. Download Daily API Usage retrieves the API Usage Logs for a specified date.
Audit
Vault provides robust audit trail and audit logs of all actions performed in the system. These include actions on the documents, objects, the system, logins, and domain levels.
Through the Audit APIs, you can:
- Retrieve audit types you have access to
- Retrieve all fields and their metadata for a specific audit type
- Retrieve all records in the specified audit type
Learn about Audit Trails & Audit Logs in Vault Help.
Retrieve Audit Types
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v17.3/metadata/audittrail
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"audittrails": [
{
"name": "document_audit_trail",
"label": "Document Audit Trail",
"url": "/api/v17.3/metadata/audittrail/document_audit_trail"
},
{
"name": "object_audit_trail",
"label": "Object Audit Trail",
"url": "/api/v17.3/metadata/audittrail/object_audit_trail"
},
{
"name": "system_audit_trail",
"label": "System Audit Trail",
"url": "/api/v17.3/metadata/audittrail/system_audit_trail"
},
{
"name": "domain_audit_trail",
"label": "Domain Audit Trail",
"url": "/api/v17.3/metadata/audittrail/domain_audit_trail"
},
{
"name": "login_audit_trail",
"label": "Login Audit Trail",
"url": "/api/v17.3/metadata/audittrail/login_audit_trail"
}
]
}
Retrieve all available audit types you have permission to access.
GET /api/{version}/metadata/audittrail
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
Response Details
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
name | Name of the audit type. |
label | Label of the audit type as seen in the API and UI. |
url | URL to retrieve the metadata associated with the audit type. |
Retrieve Audit Metadata
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v17.3/metadata/audittrail/login_audit_trail
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": {
"name": "login_audit_trail",
"label": "Login Audit Trail",
"fields": [
{
"name": "id",
"label": "ID",
"type": "Number"
},
{
"name": "timestamp",
"label": "Timestamp",
"type": "DateTime"
},
{
"name": "user_name",
"label": "User Name",
"type": "String"
},
{
"name": "full_name",
"label": "Full Name",
"type": "String"
},
{
"name": "source_ip",
"label": "Source IP",
"type": "String"
}
]
}
}
Retrieve all fields and their metadata for a specified audit trail or log type.
GET /api/{version}/metadata/audittrail/{audit_trail_type}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{audit_trail_type} | The name of the specified audit type (document_audit_trail, object_audit_trail, etc). |
Retrieve Audit Details
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v17.3/audittrail/login_audit_trail
Response
{
"responseDetails": {
"offset": 0,
"limit": 200,
"size": 7,
"total": 7,
"object": {
"name": "login_audit_trail",
"label": "Login Audit Trail",
"url": "/api/v17.3/metadata/audittrail/login_audit_trail"
}
},
"data": [
{
"id": "152515375538",
"timestamp": "2017-09-15T16:07:25Z",
"user_name": "lgills@veepharm.com",
"full_name": "Lateef Gills",
"source_ip": "209.136.227.195",
"type": "User Login",
"status": "Success",
"browser": "Unknown",
"platform": "Unknown"
},
{
"id": "152515371157",
"timestamp": "2017-09-14T14:19:05Z",
"user_name": "c.brandon@veepharm.com",
"full_name": "Cody Brandon",
"source_ip": "162.218.77.23",
"type": "Enterprise Home Authentication",
"status": "Success",
"browser": "Chrome 60.0.3112.113",
"platform": "Intel Mac OS X 10.12.6"
}
],
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS"
}
Retrieve all audit details for a specific audit type. This request supports optional parameters to narrow the results to a specified date and time within the past 30 days.
You can run a full audit export with the same formatting as exports you initiate in the UI once per day per audit type. To execute a full audit export, set all_dates to true, leave start_date and end_date blank, and set format_result to csv. When the job is complete, you will receive an email containing links to a zipped file for each year.
GET /api/{version}/audittrail/{audit_trail_type}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{audit_trail_type} | The name of the specified audit type (document_audit_trail, object_audit_trail, etc.). Use the Retrieve Audit Types API to retrieve types available in your Vault. Requests for login_audit_trail only accept one request per user at a time. |
Query Parameters
You can modify the request by using one or more of the following parameters:
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
start_date | Specify a start date to retrieve audit information. This date cannot be more than 30 days ago. Dates must be YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ format, for example, 7AM on January 15, 2016 would use 2016-01-15T07:00:00Z. If omitted, defaults to the start of the previous day. |
end_date | Specify an end date to retrieve audit information. This date cannot be more than 30 days ago. Dates must be YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ format, for example, 7AM on January 15, 2016 would use 2016-01-15T07:00:00Z. If omitted, defaults to the current date and time. |
all_dates | Set to true to request audit information for all dates. You must leave start_date and end_date blank when requesting an export of a full audit trail. You can only run a full audit export (all_dates = true) on each audit type once every 24 hours. |
format_result | To request a downloadable CSV file of your audit details, use csv. The response contains a jobId to retrieve the job status, which contains a link to download the CSV file. If omitted, the API returns a JSON response and does not start a job. If all_dates is true, this parameter is required. |
limit | Paginate the results by specifying the maximum number of histories per page in the response. This can be any value between 1 and 1000. If omitted, defaults to 200. |
offset | Paginate the results displayed per page by specifying the amount of offset from the entry returned. For example, if you are viewing the first 50 results (page 1) and want to see the next page, set this to offset=51. If omitted, defaults to 0. |
objects | This is an optional parameter when specifying object_audit_trail as the {audit_trail_type}. Provide a comma-separated list of one or more object names to retrieve their audit details. For example, objects=product__v,country__v. If omitted, defaults to all objects. |
events | This is an optional parameter when specifying object_audit_trail or document_audit_trail as the {audit_trail_type}. Provide a comma-separated list of one or more audit events to retrieve their audit details. For example, events=Edit,Delete,TaskAssignment. If omitted, defaults to all audit events. See Vault Help for full lists of object audit events and document audit events. |
Dates and times are in UTC. If the time is not specified, it will default to midnight (T00:00:00Z) on the specified date.
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response lists all rows and fields for the specified audit trail type. For example:
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
id | The unique audit trail ID. |
timestamp | Date and time that the action was performed. |
user_name | Login name for the user who performed the action. This may show “System” to indicate the action was completed by Vault. |
full_name | The full name of the user who performed the action. |
on_behalf_of | If the action completed by user_name was representing a different user (such as through delegated access), this field is the delegating user’s user name. For example, in the case of “tibanez@veepharm.com on behalf of mmurray@veepharm.com,” the user_name is tibanez@veepharm.com who completed the action on_behalf_of mmurray@veepharm.com. |
Note that Vault returns additional fields based on the specified audit type. For example, if the audit type is object_audit_trail, Vault returns the action field denoting the audit event.
Requesting a CSV file generates a job to prepare the file for download. On SUCCESS, the response includes the jobId with a link to the CSV file.
When you export a full audit trail (all_dates = true and format_result = csv,) the response does not include a link to the CSV file. You will instead receive an email when the job is complete. The email contains a download link for each year to Excel™ files (one per month) of the audit trail.
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
url | The URL to retrieve the current status of the CSV job. |
jobId | The job ID value is used to retrieve the status and results of the audit trail CSV request. |
Audit History
With this API, you can retrieve the complete audit history of all actions performed for a specified document or object record. For other audit histories, see Retrieve Audit Details.
Retrieve Complete Audit History for a Single Document
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v21.2/objects/documents/42/audittrail?start_date=2021-04-22T23:00:00Z&end_date=2021-04-24T23:00:00Z
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"responseDetails": {
"offset": 0,
"limit": 200,
"size": 2,
"total": 2,
"object": {
"name": "document_audit_trail",
"label": "Document Audit Trail",
"url": "/api/v21.2/metadata/audittrail/document_audit_trail"
}
},
"data": [
{
"id": "404",
"timestamp": "2021-04-23T23:28:38Z",
"user_name": "olive@veepharm.com",
"full_name": "Olivia Cattington",
"action": "EditDocRelationships",
"item": "VV-00016",
"field_name": "Supporting Documents",
"old_value": null,
"new_value": "VV-00003",
"workflow_name": null,
"task_name": null,
"signature_meaning": null,
"view_license": null,
"job_instance_id": null,
"doc_id": "42",
"version": "0.1",
"document_url": "/ui/#doc_info/42/0/1",
"event_description": "\"VV-00003\" was added as a \"Supporting Documents\" relation"
},
{
"id": "403",
"timestamp": "2021-04-23T23:28:04Z",
"user_name": "olive@veepharm.com",
"full_name": "Olivia Cattington",
"action": "GetDocumentVersion",
"item": "VV-00016",
"field_name": null,
"old_value": null,
"new_value": null,
"workflow_name": null,
"task_name": null,
"signature_meaning": null,
"view_license": null,
"job_instance_id": null,
"doc_id": "42",
"version": "0.1",
"document_url": "/ui/#doc_info/42/0/1",
"event_description": "Viewed Document"
}
]
}
Retrieve complete audit history for a single document.
GET /api/{version}/objects/documents/{doc_id}/audittrail
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{doc_id} | The document ID for which to retrieve audit history. |
Query Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
start_date | Specify a start date to retrieve audit history. Dates must be YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ format, for example, 7AM on January 15, 2018 would use 2018-01-15T07:00:00Z. If omitted, defaults to the Vault’s creation date. |
end_date | Specify an end date to retrieve audit history. Dates must be YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ format, for example, 7AM on January 15, 2018 would use 2018-01-15T07:00:00Z. If omitted, defaults to today’s date. |
format_result | To request a CSV file of your audit history, use csv. The CSV file ignores the start_date and end_date. |
limit | Paginate the results by specifying the maximum number of histories per page in the response. This can be any value between 1 and 1000. If omitted, defaults to 200. |
offset | Paginate the results displayed per page by specifying the amount of offset from the entry returned. For example, if you are viewing the first 50 results (page 1) and want to see the next page, set this to offset=51. If omitted, defaults to 0. |
Dates and times are in UTC. If the time is not specified, it will default to midnight (T00:00:00Z) on the specified date.
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response includes some of the following metadata:
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
action | The name of the action performed on the document. For example, EditDocRelationships. |
item | The document number field value. |
signature_meaning | The reason a signature was required for any manifested signature. |
view_license | Returns a value of View-Based User only when the user is assigned that license type. Otherwise, returns an empty string. |
event_description | Description of the action that occurred, for example, “Viewed Document”. Note that when data changes, the description shows both the previous value and the new value. |
Retrieve Complete Audit History for a Single Object Record
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v21.2/vobjects/product__v/00P000000000119/audittrail?start_date=2021-04-22T23:00:00Z&end_date=2021-04-23T23:43:00Z
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"responseDetails": {
"offset": 200,
"limit": 200,
"size": 1,
"total": 1,
"object": {
"name": "object_audit_trail",
"label": "Object Audit Trail",
"url": "/api/v21.2/metadata/audittrail/object_audit_trail"
},
"previous_page": "/api/v21.2/vobjects/product__v/00P000000000119/audittrail?offset=0&limit=200&uuid=dcff7510-0143-4487-bafe-77d7e63059a2"
},
"data": [
{
"id": "1807",
"timestamp": "2021-04-23T23:41:43Z",
"user_name": "olive@veepharm.com",
"full_name": "Olivia Cattington",
"action": "Edit",
"item": "Product : Gludacta",
"field_name": "Compound ID",
"old_value": null,
"new_value": "751789",
"record_id": "00P000000000119",
"object_label": "Product",
"workflow_name": null,
"task_name": null,
"verdict": null,
"reason": null,
"capacity": null,
"event_description": "\"Compound ID\" set to \"751789\" "
}
]
}
Retrieve complete audit history for a single object record.
Vault does not audit individual field values for newly created records. For example, the audit trail for a new Product record would only include a single entry, and the Event Description would be “Product: CholeCap created”. We recommend exporting the current record along with the audit trail to ensure a complete export of all values. When a user deletes an object record, the audit trail captures all field values.
GET /api/{version}/vobjects/{object_name}/{object_record_id}/audittrail
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{object_name} | The name__v of the object for which to retrieve audit history. |
{object_record_id} | The object record ID for which to retrieve audit history. |
Query Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
start_date | Specify a start date to retrieve audit history. Dates must be YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ format, for example, 7AM on January 15, 2018 would use 2018-01-15T07:00:00Z. If omitted, defaults to the Vault’s creation date. |
end_date | Specify an end date to retrieve audit history. Dates must be YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ format, for example, 7AM on January 15, 2018 would use 2018-01-15T07:00:00Z. If omitted, defaults to today’s date. |
format_result | To request a CSV file of your audit history, use csv. |
limit | Paginate the results by specifying the maximum number of histories per page in the response. This can be any value between 1 and 1000. If omitted, defaults to 200. |
offset | Paginate the results displayed per page by specifying the amount of offset from the entry returned. For example, if you are viewing the first 50 results (page 1) and want to see the next page, set this to offset=51. If omitted, defaults to 0. |
Dates and times are in UTC. If the time is not specified, it will default to midnight (T00:00:00Z) on the specified date.
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response includes some of the following metadata:
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
action | The name of the action performed on the object record. |
item | The name of the object and record. |
event_description | Description of the action that occurred. |
migration_mode | Indicates that the object record was created using the X-VaultAPI-MigrationMode header. When creating or updating records in migration mode, Vault bypasses validation rules and reference constraints and allows you to create or update object records in a specific state or state type. |
Retrieve Email Notification Histories
Request: 30 Days
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v22.3/notifications/histories?start_date=2022-09-10&end_date=2022-10-09
Response: 30 Days
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"responseDetails": {
"offset": 0,
"limit": 200,
"size": 3,
"total": 3
},
"data": [
{
"send_date": "2022-09-13T06:44:18.000Z",
"recipient_name": "Teresa Ibanez",
"recipient_id": 995595,
"recipient_email": "tibanez@veepharm.com",
"status": "delivered__sys",
"error_message": null,
"subject": "Notification: Review completed, changes not required",
"workflow_id": 1502,
"task_id": null,
"document_id": null,
"major_version": null,
"minor_version": null,
"object_name": "envelope__sys",
"object_record_id": "0ER00000000E002",
"sender_name": "Justine Lo",
"sender_id": 694695,
"notification_id": 107,
"included_notification_ids": null,
"status_date": "2022-09-13T06:44:18.000Z",
"template_name": "basereviewedapproved__v"
},
{
"send_date": "2022-09-13T06:41:02.000Z",
"recipient_name": "Teresa Ibanez",
"recipient_id": 995595,
"recipient_email": "tibanez@veepharm.com",
"status": "delivered__sys",
"error_message": null,
"subject": "Notification: Documents not approved, changes required",
"workflow_id": 1501,
"task_id": null,
"document_id": null,
"major_version": null,
"minor_version": null,
"object_name": "envelope__sys",
"object_record_id": "0ER00000000E001",
"sender_name": "Megan Murray",
"sender_id": 1083287,
"notification_id": 106,
"included_notification_ids": null,
"status_date": "2022-09-13T06:41:03.000Z",
"template_name": "baseapprovedwithchangesmdw__v"
},
{
"send_date": "2022-09-13T06:37:18.000Z",
"recipient_name": "Teresa Ibanez",
"recipient_id": 1083287,
"recipient_email": "tibanez@veepharm.com",
"status": "delivered__sys",
"error_message": null,
"subject": "Notification: Mentioned in comment on sample.",
"workflow_id": null,
"task_id": null,
"document_id": 6,
"major_version": 0,
"minor_version": 1,
"object_name": null,
"object_record_id": null,
"sender_name": "Olivia Cattington",
"sender_id": 995595,
"notification_id": 104,
"included_notification_ids": null,
"status_date": "2022-09-13T06:37:18.000Z",
"template_name": "usermentionnotifications__v"
}
]
}
Request: All Dates
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v22.3/notifications/histories?all_dates=true&format_result=csv
Response: All Dates
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"jobId": "639014",
"url": "/api/v22.3/services/jobs/639014"
}
Retrieve details about the email notifications sent by Vault. Details include the notification date, recipient, subject, and delivery status. In the UI, this information is available in Admin > Operations > Email Notification Status. Learn more about Email Notification Status in Vault Help.
GET /api/{version}/notifications/histories
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/json (default) |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
Query Parameters
You can modify the request by using one or more of the following parameters:
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
start_date | Specify a start date to retrieve notification history. This date cannot be more than 2 years ago. Dates must be in YYYY-MM-DD or YYYY-MM-DDTHH:mm:ssZ format. If time is omitted (THH:mm:ssZ), defaults to the start of the day. If start_date is omitted entirely, defaults to the start of the previous day.If you’ve specified a start_date, you must also specify an end_date. |
end_date | Specify an end date to retrieve notification history. This date cannot be more than 30 days away from the specified start_date. Dates must be in YYYY-MM-DD or YYYY-MM-DDTHH:mm:ssZ format. If time is omitted (THH:mm:ssZ), defaults to the time of the API request.If you’ve specified an end_date, you must also specify a start_date. |
all_dates | Set to true to request notification history for all dates. This is the same as requesting a full CSV export from the Vault UI. When requesting a full notification history, you must leave start_date and end_date blank and set format_result to csv. You can request an export of notification history for all_dates once every 24 hours. |
format_result | To request a downloadable CSV file of your notification history, set this parameter to csv. The response contains a jobId to retrieve the job status, which provides a link to download the CSV file. If omitted, the API returns a JSON response with notification history and does not start a job. If all_dates is true, this parameter must be csv. |
limit | Paginate the results by specifying the maximum number of histories per page in the response. This can be any value between 1 and 1000. If omitted, defaults to 200. |
offset | Paginate the results displayed per page by specifying the amount of offset from the entry returned. If omitted, defaults to 0. |
Download Daily API Usage
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v18.1/logs/api_usage?date=2018-01-31 > file
Response
Content-Type: application/octet-stream;charset=UTF-8
Content-Disposition: attachment;filename="response.zip"
Retrieve the API Usage Log for a single day, up to 30 days in the past. The log contains information such as user name, user ID, remaining burst limit, and the endpoint called. Users with the Admin: Logs: API Usage Logs permission can access these logs.
Note that the daily logs may have a delay of about 15 minutes. If your log does not include appropriate data, know that your data is not lost; it is just not yet populated.
The logs are designed for troubleshooting burst limits and discovering which of your integrations are causing you to hit the limit. These logs should not be used for auditing, as they are not designed with the appropriate level of restrictions. For example, if an API request fails to enter the usage log, the API call is not prevented from executing, which would be required if this log was designed for auditing. In rare cases an API call may not show up as an entry in the log, but know that all calls are accurately reflected in your burst limit counts.
GET /api/{version}/logs/api_usage?date=YYYY-MM-DD
Headers
Note that this Accept header only changes the format of the response in the case of an error. This does not change the file format of the download.
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
Query Parameters
You can modify the request by using one or more of the following parameters:
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
date | The day to retrieve the API Usage log. Date is in UTC and follows the format YYYY-MM-DD. Date cannot be more than 30 days in the past. |
log_format | Optional: Specify the format to download. Possible values are csv or logfile. If omitted, defaults to csv. Note that this call always downloads a ZIP file. This parameter only changes the format of the file contained within the ZIP. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, Vault retrieves the log from the specified date as a .ZIP file. The HTTP Response Header Content-Type is set to application/octet-stream. The returned CSV or Logfile includes the following data:
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
timestamp | The date and time of this API request, in UTC. |
session_id | The Session ID of the user who made the request. |
user_id | The ID of the user who made the request. |
username | The Vault user name (login credentials) of the user who made the request. |
http_method | The REST HTTP Method of the request, for example, POST. |
endpoint | The Vault REST API endpoint used for this request. |
http_response_status | The HTTP response status of the request, for example, 200. |
api_version | The Vault REST API version used for this request, for example, v18.1. This value is blank for endpoints which do not have an API version. |
api_response_status | The API response status, for example, SUCCESS. |
api_response_error_type | The API response error type, for example, INSUFFICIENT_ACCESS. |
execution_id | The request transaction ID, which includes the Vault ID. |
client_id | The client ID passed with this request. If the API request did not include a client ID, this value is unknown. If the API received a client_id which was incorrectly formatted, this value is invalid_client_id. Learn more about Client ID in the REST API Documentation. |
connection | The api_name__sys of the matching Connection record associated with this request. If this is a trusted Veeva connection, such as Vault Loader, Vault Mobile, or Station Manager, this value is vault__sys. If there is no associated connection, this value is blank. |
client_ip | The IP address of the client, which is where the call originated. |
burst_limit_remaining | The number of API calls remaining in your burst limit. Learn more about API Limits. |
duration | The time it takes an API request to execute in Vault, measured in milliseconds. Note the duration does not include transport times between Vault and the client. |
response_delay | This column is populated whenever API calls are throttled and indicates the length of the delay in milliseconds. |
sdk_count | This column is populated if the API request invoked custom Vault Java SDK code, and indicates the total number of SDK entry points executed in this request. Learn more about Vault Java SDK performance metrics. |
sdk_cpu_time | This column is populated if the API request invoked custom Vault Java SDK code, and indicates the total CPU processing time required for this request in nanoseconds. Learn more about Vault Java SDK performance metrics. |
sdk_elasped_time | This column is populated if the API request invoked custom Vault Java SDK code, and indicates the total elapsed time for this request in milliseconds. Learn more about Vault Java SDK performance metrics. |
sdk_gross_memory | This column is populated if the API request invoked custom Vault Java SDK code, and indicates the total gross memory required for this request in bytes. Learn more about Vault Java SDK performance metrics. |
Download SDK Runtime Log
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v22.1/logs/api_usage?date=2022-01-25 > file
Response
application/octet-stream;charset=UTF-8
attachment;filename*=UTF-8''44795-SdkLog-2022-01-25.zip
Retrieve the Runtime Log for a single day, up to 30 days in the past. Users with the Admin: Logs: Vault Java SDK Logs permission can access these logs.
The runtime logs create entries 15 minutes after the Vault Java SDK transaction completes. If you’ve recently encountered an error which is not captured in the runtime log, wait for the transaction to finish and check again. If your log does not include appropriate data, know that your data is not lost; it is just not yet populated.
Learn more about the Vault Java SDK runtime log.
GET /api/{version}/logs/code/runtime?date=YYYY-MM-DD
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
Query Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
date | The day to retrieve the runtime log. Date is in UTC and follows the format YYYY-MM-DD. Date cannot be more than 30 days in the past. |
log_format | Optional: Specify the format to download. Possible values are csv or logfile. If omitted, defaults to csv. This request always downloads a ZIP file; this parameter only changes the format of the file contained within the ZIP. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, Vault retrieves the log from the specified date as a .ZIP file. The HTTP Response Header Content-Type is set to application/octet-stream.
File Staging
The following endpoints allow you to create and manage files and folders in your Vault’s file staging server. Learn more about the file staging server in Vault Help. To upload files larger than 50MB, see Resumable Upload Sessions. You must have the Application: File Staging: Access permission to use the File Staging API.
List Items at a Path
Return a list of files and folders for the specified path. Paths are different for Admin users (Vault Owners and System Admins) and non-Admin users. Learn more about paths in the REST API Documentation.
Request
$ curl -L -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v21.1/services/file_staging/items/Cholecap?recursive=true&limit=2
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"responseDetails": {
"next_page": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v21.1/services/file_staging/items?cursor=g8qOy3WDCd84tyi%2Bx6KQCA%3D%3D%3AWjeuCSM6tbtmhJ00VpjHMlimit=2&recursive=true"
},
"data": [
{
"kind": "folder",
"path": "/Cholecap-References",
"name": "Cholecap-References"
},
{
"kind": "file",
"path": "/Cholecap-References/cholecap-akathisia",
"name": "cholecap-akathisia",
"size": 35642,
"modified_date": "2020-10-07T16:28:38.000Z"
}
]
}
GET /api/{version}/services/file_staging/items/{item}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
item | The absolute path to a file or folder. This path is specific to the authenticated user. Admin users can access the root directory. All other users can only access their own user directory. |
Query Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
recursive | If true, the response will contain the contents of all subfolders. If not specified, the default value is false. |
limit | Optional: The maximum number of items per page in the response. This can be any value between 1 and 1000. If omitted, the default value is 1000. |
format_result | If set to csv, the response includes a job_id. Use the Job ID value to retrieve the status and results of the request. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response includes the following information:
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
kind | The kind of item. This can be either file or folder. |
path | The absolute path, including file or folder name, to the item on the file staging server. |
name | The name of the file or folder. |
size | The size of the file in bytes. Not applicable to folders. |
modified_date | The timestamp of when the file was last modified. Not applicable to folders. |
next_page | The pagination URL to navigate to the next page of results if the number of results exceeds the number defined by a request’s limit. This URL contains a cursor query parameter, which is valid for 30 minutes from the time of the original query. |
item | The path root for the query. Included in responses where format_result = csv. |
Download Item Content
Retrieve the content of a specified file from the file staging server. Use the Range header to create resumable downloads for large files, or to continue downloading a file if your session is interrupted.
Request
$ curl -L -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Range: bytes=0-1000" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v20.3/services/file_staging/items/content/u10001400/Wonder Drug Survey.docx
Response
Content-Type: application/octet-stream;charset=UTF-8
Content-Disposition: attachment;filename="Wonder Drug Survey.docx"
Content-Range: bytes 0-1000/11737
GET /api/{version}/services/file_staging/items/content/{item}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Range | Optional: Specifies a partial range of bytes to include in the download. |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
item | The absolute path to a file. This path is specific to the authenticated user. Admin users can access the root directory. All other users can only access their own user directory. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, Vault retrieves the content of the specified file. The HTTP Response Header Content-Type is set to application/octet-stream and the HTTP Response Header Content-Disposition contains a filename component which can be used when naming the local file. If a range header was specified in the request, the response also includes the Content-Range HTTP Response Header, which specifies the bytes downloaded, as well as the total for the file. In the example above, the Content-Range specifies a download of bytes 1-1000 of 11737 total bytes.
Create Folder or File
Upload files or folders up to 50MB to the File Staging Server. To upload files larger than 50MB, see Resumable Upload Sessions. You can only create one file or folder per request.
Request: Create a File
$ curl -L -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Accept: application/json" \
-H "Content-Type: multipart/form-data" \
-F "path=/Wonder Drug Reference.docx" \
-F "kind=file" \
-F "overwrite=true" \
-F "file=@/Wonder Drug Reference.docx"\
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v20.3/services/file_staging/items
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": {
"kind": "file",
"path": "/Wonder Drug Reference.docx",
"name": "Wonder Drug Reference.docx",
"size": 11922,
"file_content_md5": "3b2130fbfa377c733532f108b5e50411"
}
}
Request: Create a Folder
$ curl -L -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Accept: application/json" \
-H "Content-Type: multipart/form-data" \
-F "path=/u10001400/cholecap2021" \
-F "kind=folder" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v20.3/services/file_staging/items
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": {
"kind": "folder",
"path": "/u10001400/cholecap2021/",
"name": "cholecap2021"
}
}
POST /api/{version}/services/file_staging/items
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | multipart/form-data |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
Content-MD5 | Optional: The MD5 checksum of the file being uploaded. |
Body Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
kindrequired | The kind of item to create. This can be either file or folder. |
pathrequired | The absolute path, including file or folder name, to place the item in the file staging server. This path is specific to the authenticated user. Admin users can access the root directory. All other users can only access their own user directory. |
overwriteoptional | If set to true, Vault will overwrite any existing files with the same name at the specified destination. For folders, this is always false. |
File Upload
To upload a file, use the multi-part attachment with the file component "file={file_name}". The maximum allowed file size is 50MB.
Uploading Files to the Inbox Directory
You can create Staged documents by uploading files to the Inbox directory on your Vault’s file staging server. Learn more in Vault Help.
Update Folder or File
Move or rename a folder or file on the file staging server. You can move and rename an item in the same request.
Request
$ curl -L -X PUT -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}"\
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
--data-urlencode "parent=/u10001400/cholecap-2021" \
--data-urlencode "name=cholecap-2021-brochure" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v20.3/services/file_staging/items/Cholecap-References/cholecap-brochure
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": {
"job_id": 100949,
"url": "/api/v20.3/services/jobs/100949"
}
}
PUT /api/{version}/services/file_staging/items/{item}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/x-www-form-urlencoded |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
item | The absolute path to a file or folder. This path is specific to the authenticated user. Admin users can access the root directory. All other users can only access their own user directory. |
Body Parameters
At least one of the following parameters is required:
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
parentconditional | When moving a file or folder, specifies the absolute path to the parent directory in which to place the file. |
nameconditional | When renaming a file or folder, specifies the new name. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response contains the following information:
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
job_id | The Job ID value to retrieve the status and results of the request. |
url | URL to retrieve the current job status of this request. |
Updating Files in the Inbox Directory
Renaming a file in your Vault’s Inbox directory creates a new Staged document in your Vault and does not rename, remove, or update the previously created corresponding Staged document. Learn more in Vault Help.
Delete File or Folder
Delete an individual file or folder from the file staging server.
Request
$ curl -L -X DELETE -H "Authorization:{SESSION_ID}"" \
-H "Accept: application/json" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v20.3/services/file_staging/items/u10001400/promotional2021?recursive=true
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": {
"job_id": 100953,
"url": "/api/v20.3/services/jobs/100953"
}
}
DELETE /api/{version}/services/file_staging/items/{item}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
item | The absolute path to the file or folder to delete. This path is specific to the authenticated user. Admin users can access the root directory. All other users can only access their own user directory. |
Query Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
recursive | Applicable to deleting folders only. If true, the request will delete the contents of a folder and all subfolders. The default is false. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response contains the following information:
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
job_id | The Job ID value to retrieve the status and results of the request. |
url | URL to retrieve the current job status of this request. |
Deleting Files in the Inbox Directory
Deleting files from your Vault’s Inbox directory does not delete corresponding Staged documents Vault created when the files were uploaded. Learn more in Vault Help.
Resumable Upload Sessions
Use resumable upload sessions to upload files larger than 50MB to the file staging server in three steps:
- Create Resumable Upload Session: Generate an
upload_session_id, which you can use to upload file parts, resume an interrupted session, retrieve information about a session, and, if necessary, abort a session. - Upload File Parts: Use the
upload_session_idfrom step 1 to upload parts of a file to an upload session. File parts can be from 5-50MB by default, although limits for your Vault may vary. - Commit Upload Session: After you upload all file parts, use this endpoint to end the session and make the completed, reassembled file available in the file staging server.
Use the additional helper endpoints in this section to manage upload sessions. Each Vault allows up to 50 active upload sessions at a time. By default, upload sessions remain active for 72 hours after creation. If a session expires before it is committed, Vault will auto-purge all parts of the upload.
Create Resumable Upload Session
Initiate a multipart upload session and return an upload session ID.
Request
$ curl -L -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H 'Accept: application/json' \
-H 'Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded' \
--data-urlencode 'path=Cholecap-Commercial-2021.mp4' \
--data-urlencode 'size=32862312' \
--data-urlencode 'overwrite=true'\
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v21.1/services/file_staging/upload
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": {
"path": "/Cholecap-Commercial-2021.mp4",
"name": "Cholecap-Commercial-2021.mp4",
"id": "31a6aba21bf6e0005b718407a78739e6",
"expiration_date": "2020-12-14T23:30:43.000Z",
"created_date": "2020-12-11T23:30:43.000Z",
"last_uploaded_date": "2020-12-11T23:30:43.000Z",
"owner": 275657,
"uploaded_parts": 0,
"size": 32862312,
"uploaded": 0,
"overwrite": true
}
}
POST /api/{version}/services/file_staging/upload
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
Body Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
pathrequired | The absolute path, including file name, to place the file in the staging server. This path is specific to the authenticated user. Admin users can access the root directory. All other users can only access their own user directory. |
sizerequired | The size of the file in bytes. The maximum file size is 500GB. |
overwriteoptional | If set to true, Vault will overwrite any existing files with the same name at the specified destination. |
Response Details
Upon SUCCESS, the response includes the following information:
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
path | The path to the file as specified in the request. |
id | The upload session ID. |
expiration_date | The timestamp of when the upload session will expire. |
created_date | The timestamp of when the session was created. |
last_uploaded_date | The timestamp of the last upload in this session. Because the session was just created, this will be the same as the created_date. |
owner | The user ID of the Vault user who initiated the upload session. |
uploaded_parts | The number of parts uploaded to the session so far. Because the session was just created, this will be 0. |
size | The size of the file in bytes as specified in the request. |
uploaded | The total size, in bytes, uploaded so far in the session. Because the session was just created, this will be 0. |
Upload to a Session
The session owner can upload parts of a file to an active upload session. By default, you can upload up to 2000 parts per upload session, and each part can be up to 50MB. Use the Range header to specify the range of bytes for each upload, or split files into parts and add each part as a separate file. Each part must be the same size, except for the last part in the upload session.
Request
$ curl -L -X PUT -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Accept: application/json" \
-H "Content-Type: application/octet-stream" \
-H "Content-Length: 5242880" \
-H "X-VaultAPI-FilePartNumber: 2" \
--data-binary "@/chunk-ab." \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v20.3/services/file_staging/upload/.lqX6rv1jbu5vABJoy5XoSZmQXTTJV_jwxO.kFuS.qISxQJDiFm0s_kfb8oRS9DBDGg--
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": {
"size": 5242880,
"part_number": 2,
"part_content_md5": "d6762077325b9ec3b75ada3b269e17d3"
}
}
PUT /api/{version}/services/file_staging/upload/{upload_session_id}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
Content-Type | application/octet-stream |
Content-Length | The size of the file part in bytes. Parts must be at least 5MB in size, except for the last part uploaded in a session. |
Content-MD5 | Optional: The MD5 checksum of the file part being uploaded. |
X-VaultAPI-FilePartNumber | The part number, which uniquely identifies a file part and defines its position within the file as a whole. If a part is uploaded using a part number that has already been used, Vault overwrites the previously uploaded file part. You must upload parts in numerical order. For example, you cannot upload part 3 without first uploading parts 1 and 2. |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
upload_session_id | The upload session ID. |
Response Details
Upon SUCCESS, the response includes the size, part_number, and part_content_MD5 for the file part.
Commit Upload Session
Mark an upload session as complete and assemble all previously uploaded parts to create a file.
Request
$ curl -L -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Accept: application/json" \
-H "Content-Type: application/json" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v20.3/services/file_staging/upload/.lqX6rv1jbu5vABJoy5XoSZmQXTTJV_jwxO.kFuS.qISxQJDiFm0s_kfb8oRS9DBDGg--
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": {
"job_id": 100954
}
}
POST /api/{version}/services/file_staging/upload/{upload_session_id}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
Content-Type | application/json(default) |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
upload_session_id | The upload session ID. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, Vault returns the job_id for the commit. Use the Job Status API to retrieve the job results. Upon successful completion of the job, the file will be available on the staging server.
List Upload Sessions
Return a list of active upload sessions.
Request
$ curl -L -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Accept: application/json" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v20.3/services/file_staging/upload
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": [
{
"path": "/u10001400/Gludacta-2021/Gludacta-Flyer.docx",
"id": "yYFg7jN_fZBmUD9Tj98RkL2yqtbTdIh17iy02nd5pby62oqVJLXv.R.ea1jSr786rgwpf7Vx3RmmQ--",
"expiration_date": "2020-10-10T18:32:55.000Z",
"created_date": "2020-10-07T18:32:55.000Z",
"last_uploaded_date": "2020-10-07T19:27:07.000Z",
"owner": 10001400,
"uploaded_parts": 1,
"size": 1273267,
"uploaded": 1273267
},
{
"path": "/u10001400/Gludacta-2021/GludactaPackageBrochure.pdf",
"id": "JEtOyUb9i.DXVbtW7xZT7jWr2rNLWtdWrV7IPCo9aILqd.k8nlNNlG3SbplEVDJulPijrFwnelJw--",
"expiration_date": "2020-10-10T19:11:57.000Z",
"created_date": "2020-10-07T19:11:57.000Z",
"last_uploaded_date": "2020-10-07T19:11:57.000Z",
"owner": 10001400,
"uploaded_parts": 0,
"size": 1438827,
"uploaded": 0
},
{
"path": "/u10001400/cholecap-2021/Cholecap-Commercial-2021.mp4",
"id": "TpE_3roGfhpCppmk9ltKaEAbb8.kWbZEe6xDuW3lNa42801RbIEPJaWG07xvwrITJgVmXDw3UVL1w--",
"expiration_date": "2020-10-10T19:30:18.000Z",
"created_date": "2020-10-07T19:30:18.000Z",
"last_uploaded_date": "2020-10-07T19:38:29.000Z",
"owner": 10001400,
"uploaded_parts": 2,
"size": 32862312,
"uploaded": 10485760
}
]
}
GET /api/{version}/services/file_staging/upload
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, Vault lists all active upload sessions for a Vault, along with their fields and field values. Admin users will see upload sessions for the entire Vault, while non-Admin users will see their own sessions only.
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
path | The absolute path, including file name, to place the file in the staging server. This path is specific to the authenticated user. Admin users can access the root directory. All other users can only access their own user directory. |
id | The upload session ID. |
expiration_date | The timestamp of when the upload session will expire. |
created_date | The timestamp of when the session was created. |
last_uploaded_date | The timestamp of the last upload in this session. Because the session was just created, this will be the same as the created_date. |
owner | The user ID of the Vault user who initiated the upload session. |
uploaded_parts | The number of file parts uploaded so far. |
size | The total size, in bytes, of the file when complete. |
uploaded | The total number of bytes uploaded so far in the session. |
Get Upload Session Details
Retrieve the details of an active upload session. Admin users can get details for all sessions, while non-Admin users can only get details for sessions if they are the owner.
Request
$ curl -L -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}"\
-H "Accept: application/json" \
https://myvault.veevevault.com/api/v20.3/services/file_staging/upload/TpE_3roGfhpCppmk9ltKaEAbb8.kWbZEe6xDuW3lNa42801RbIEPJaWG07xvwrITJgVmXDw3UVL1w--
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": {
"path": "/u10001400/cholecap-2021/Cholecap-Commercial-2021.mp4",
"id": "TpE_3roGfhpCppmk9ltKaEAbb8.kWbZEe6xDuW3lNa42801RbIEPJaWG07xvwrITJgVmXDw3UVL1w--",
"expiration_date": "2020-10-10T19:30:18.000Z",
"created_date": "2020-10-07T19:30:18.000Z",
"last_uploaded_date": "2020-10-07T19:38:29.000Z",
"owner": 10001400,
"uploaded_parts": 2,
"size": 32862312,
"uploaded": 10485760
}
}
GET /api/{version}/services/file_staging/upload/{upload_session_id}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
upload_session_id | The upload session ID. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response includes the following information:
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
path | The absolute path, including file name, to place the file in the staging server. This path is specific to the authenticated user. Admin users can access the root directory. All other users can only access their own user directory. |
id | The upload session ID. |
expiration_date | The timestamp of when the upload session will expire. |
created_date | The timestamp of when the session was created. |
last_uploaded_date | The timestamp of the last upload in this session. |
owner | The user ID of the Vault user who initiated the upload session. |
uploaded_parts | The total number of file parts uploaded so far. |
size | The total size, in bytes, of the file when complete. |
uploaded | The total number of bytes uploaded so far in the session. |
List File Parts Uploaded to Session
Return a list of parts uploaded in a session. You must be an Admin user or the session owner.
Request
$ curl -L -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}"\
-H "Accept: application/json" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v21.1/services/file_staging/upload/98f46c04fa7a65ff2e5eaf90fdf613ab/parts?limit=2
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"responseDetails": {
"next_page": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v21.1/services/file_staging/upload/98f46c04fa7a65ff2e5eaf90fdf613ab/parts?cursor=%2BMTykDOd3PrccDRP%2F254mQ%3D%3D%3A%2BkGnLUB6M9iDNUZeJ6BgOdWKpFQ%2BC7Q0B8UHdPxfJ7U%3D&limit=2"
},
"data": [
{
"size": 5242880,
"part_number": 1,
"part_content_md5": "c24a2d4b1c4e03a9f4113903edac6f47"
},
{
"size": 5242880,
"part_number": 2,
"part_content_md5": "d6762077325b9ec3b75ada3b269e17d3"
}
]
}
GET /api/{version}/services/file_staging/upload/{upload_session_id}/parts
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
upload_session_id | The upload session ID. |
Query Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
limit | Optional: The maximum number of items per page in the response. This can be any value between 1 and 1000. If omitted, the default value is 1000. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response includes the size and part_number of each file part uploaded to the session so far. If the number of parts returned exceeds 1000 or the number defined by the limit, Vault includes pagination links in the response.
Abort Upload Session
Abort an active upload session and purge all uploaded file parts. Admin users can see and abort all upload sessions, while non-Admin users can only see and abort sessions where they are the owner.
Request
$ curl -L -X DELETE -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Accept: application/json" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v20.3/services/file_staging/upload/TpE_3roGfhpCppmk9ltKaEAbb8.kWbZEe6xDuW3lNa42801RbIEPJaWG07xvwrITJgVmXDw3UVL1w--
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS"
}
DELETE /api/{version}/services/file_staging/upload/{upload_session_id}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
upload_session_id | The upload session ID. |
Vault Loader
The following endpoints allow you to leverage Loader Services to load a set of data objects to your Vault or extract one or more data files from your Vault. Learn more about Vault Loader in Vault Help
Multi-File Extract
Extract Data Files
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/json" \
--data-binary @"C:\Vault\Loader\extract_objects.json" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v19.2/services/loader/extract
Body
[
{
"object_type": "documents__v",
"extract_options": "include_renditions__v",
"fields":[
"id",
"name__v",
"type__v"
],
"vql_criteria__v":"site__v=123"
},
{ "object_type": "vobjects__v",
"object": "product__v",
"fields":[
"id",
"name__v",
"object_type__v"
],
"vql_criteria__v":"site__v=123"
},
{
"object_type": "groups__v",
"fields":[
"id",
"name__v"
]
}
]
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"url": "/api/v19.2/services/jobs/61907",
"job_id": 61907,
"tasks": [
{
"task_id": "1",
"object_type": "documents__v",
"fields": [
"id",
"name__v",
"type__v"
],
"vql_criteria__v": "site__v=123",
"extract_options": "include_renditions__v"
},
{
"task_id": "2",
"object_type": "vobjects__v",
"object": "product__v",
"fields": [
"id",
"name__v",
"object_type__v"
],
"vql_criteria__v": "site__v=123"
},
{
"task_id": "3",
"object_type": "groups__v",
"fields": [
"id",
"name__v"
]
}
]
}
Create a Loader job to extract one or more data files. Learn more about extracting data files with Vault Loader in Vault Help. You can extract a maximum of 10 data objects per request.
POST /api/{version}/services/loader/extract
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json |
Content-Type | application/json |
Body Parameters
The body of your request should be a JSON file containing the set of data objects to extract.
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
object_typerequired | The type of data object to extract. The following values are allowed:
|
objectconditional | If object_type=vobjects__v, include the object name. For example, product__v. |
extract_optionsoptional | Include to specify whether or not to extract renditions and/or source files for the documents__v and document_versions__v object types. The following values are allowed:
|
fieldsrequired | A JSON array with the field information for the specified object type. For example, id, name__v, descriptions__v, etc. |
vql_criteria__voptional | A VQL-like expression used to optionally filter the data set to only those records that meet a specified criterion. Learn more about Criteria VQL. |
Query Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
sendNotification | To send a Vault notification when the job completes, set to true. If omitted, this defaults to false and Vault does not send a notification when the job completes. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response includes the following information:
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
job_id | The Job ID value to retrieve the status of the loader extract request. |
tasks | A set a task_id for each extract request. |
Retrieve Loader Extract Results
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v19.2/services/loader/61907/tasks/2/results
Response (CSV)
file,rendition_type__v,id,name__v,type__v
/61915/50/0_1/renditions/viewable_rendition__v.pdf,viewable_rendition__v,50,Facts about High Cholesterol Spring 2016,Promotional Material
/61915/8/0_1/renditions/viewable_rendition__v.pdf,viewable_rendition__v,8,ashley-harvey,Personnel
After submitting a request to extract data files from your Vault, you can query Vault to retrieve the results of a specified job task.
GET /api/{version}/services/loader/{job_id}/tasks/{task_id}/results
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | text/csv |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
job_id | The id value of the requested extract job. Obtain this from the Extract Data Files request. |
task_id | The id value of the requested extract task. Obtain this from the Extract Data Files request. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS:
- If the Loader job task was successful, the response includes CSV output containing the results of a specific extract job task.
- If the Loader job task was unsuccessful, the response is blank. To view the failure log, log into your Vault, go to Admin > Operations > Job Status, and select the Job ID from the History section.
If the extract includes document or document version renditions, the CSV output contains paths to rendition files on your Vault’s file staging server. When an export includes multiple rendition types for a document or document version, the CSV output includes a separate row for each rendition type.
Retrieve Loader Extract Renditions Results
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v19.2/services/loader/61907/tasks/1/results/renditions
Response (CSV)
file,rendition_type__v,id,name__v,type__v
/61915/50/0_1/renditions/viewable_rendition__v.pdf,viewable_rendition__v,50,Facts about High Cholesterol Spring 2016,Promotional Material
/61915/8/0_1/renditions/viewable_rendition__v.pdf,viewable_rendition__v,8,ashley-harvey,Personnel
After submitting a request to extract object types from your Vault, you can query Vault to retrieve results of a specified job task that includes renditions requested with documents.
GET /api/{version}/services/loader/{job_id}/tasks/{task_id}/results/renditions
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | text/csv |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
job_id | The id value of the requested extract job. |
task_id | The id value of the requested extract task. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response includes CSV output containing paths to rendition files for documents or document versions on your Vault’s file staging server. When an export includes multiple rendition types for a document or document version, the CSV output includes a separate row for each rendition type.
Multi-File Load
Load Data Objects
Request
curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
- H "Content-Type: application/json" \
--data-binary @"filename.json" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v20.2/services/loader/load
Body
[
{
"object_type": "documents__v",
"action": "create",
"file": "documents.csv",
"documentmigrationmode": true,
"order": 1
},
{
"object_type": "vobjects__v",
"object": "veterinary_patient__c",
"action": "create",
"file": "patients.csv",
"recordmigrationmode": true,
"order": 2
},
{
"object_type": "vobjects__v",
"object": "product__v",
"action": "upsert",
"file": "products.csv",
"order": 3,
"idparam": "external_id__v"
},
{
"object_type": "groups__v",
"action": "update",
"file": "groups.csv",
"order": 4
}
]
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"url": "/api/v20.2/services/jobs/92201",
"job_id": 92201,
"tasks": [
{
"task_id": "1",
"object_type": "documents__v",
"action": "create",
"documentmigrationmode": true,
"file": "documents.csv"
},
{
"task_id": "2",
"object_type": "vobjects__v",
"object": "veterinary_patient__c",
"action": "create",
"recordmigrationmode": true,
"file": "patients.csv"
},
{
"task_id": "3",
"object_type": "vobjects__v",
"object": "product__v",
"action": "upsert",
"idparam": "external_id__v",
"file": "products.csv"
},
{
"task_id": "4",
"object_type": "groups__v",
"action": "update",
"file": "groups.csv"
}
]
}
Create a loader job and load a set of data files. You can load a maximum of 10 data objects per request.
POST /api/{version}/services/loader/load
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/json |
Accept | application/json |
Body Parameters
The body of your request should be a JSON file containing the set of data objects to load.
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
object_typerequired | The type of data object to load. The following values are allowed:
|
objectconditional | If the object_type = vobjects__v, include the object name. For example, product__v. |
actionrequired | The action type to create, update, upsert, or delete data objects. If the object_type=vobjects__v, the action types create_attachments, delete_attachments, assign_roles, and remove_roles are also available. |
filerequired | Include the filepath to reference the CSV load file on the file staging server. |
orderoptional | Specifies the order of the load task. |
idparamoptional | Identify object records by any unique field value. Can only be used if object_type is vobjects__v and action is upsert, update, or delete. You can use any object field which has unique set to true in the object metadata. For example, idParam=external_id__v. |
recordmigrationmodeoptional | Set to true to create or update object records in a specific state or state type for objects with lifecycles. If not specified, records will be created in their initial state. The recordmigrationmode parameter can only be used if object_type is vobjects__v and action is create, update, or upsert. You must have the Record Migration permission to use this parameter. |
documentmigrationmodeoptional | Set to true to create documents, document versions, document version roles, or document renditions in a specific state or state type. Also allows you to set the name, document number, and version number. For update actions, only allows you to manually reset document numbers. You must have the Document Migration permission to use this parameter. Learn more about Document Migration Mode in Vault Help. |
Query Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
sendNotification | To send a Vault notification when the job completes, set to true. If omitted, this defaults to false and Vault does not send a notification when the job completes. |
About File Validation
Vault evaluates header rows in CSV load files to ensure they include all required fields. Required fields vary depending on the object_type and action. Learn more about Vault Loader input files for documents, document roles, document attachments, objects, and object attachments in Vault Help.
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response includes the following information:
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
job_id | The Job ID value to retrieve the status of the loader extract request. |
tasks | The task_id for each load request. |
Retrieve Load Success Log Results
Request
curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
- H "Content-Type: application/json" \
https://myveevavault.com/api/v19.2/services/loader/load/61907/tasks/1/successlog
Response
responseStatus,id,name__v,external_id__v,errors,rowId
SUCCESS,00P000000000807,,,,1
SUCCESS,00P000000000808,,,,2
SUCCESS,00P000000000809,,,,3
Retrieve success logs of the loader results.
GET /api/{version}/services/loader/{job_id}/tasks/{task_id}/successlog
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | text/csv |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
job_id | The id value of the requested extract job. |
task_id | The id value of the requested extract task. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response includes a CSV file that includes the success log of the loader results.
Retrieve Load Failure Log Results
Request
curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
- H "Content-Type: application/json" \
https://myveevavault.com/api/v19.2/services/loader/load/61907/tasks/1/failurelog
Response
responseStatus,name__v
FAILURE/Versioning Documents
Retrieve failure logs of the loader results.
GET /api/{version}/services/loader/{job_id}/tasks/{task_id}/failurelog
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | text/csv |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
job_id | The id value of the requested extract job. |
task_id | The id value of the requested extract task. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response includes a CSV file that includes the failure log of the loader results.
Jobs
Retrieve Job Status
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/services/jobs/1201
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"responseMessage": "OK",
"data": {
"id": 1201,
"status": "SUCCESS",
"method": "POST",
"links": [
{
"rel": "self",
"href": "/api/v15.0/services/jobs/1601",
"method": "GET",
"accept": "application/json"
}
],
"created_by": 44533,
"created_date": "2016-04-20T18:14:42.000Z",
"run_start_date": "2016-04-20T18:14:43.000Z",
"run_end_date": "2016-04-20T18:14:44.000Z"
}
}
After submitting a request, you can query your Vault to determine the status of the request. To do this, you must have a valid job_id for a job previously requested through the API.
Example Jobs:
- Binder Export
- Import Submission
- Export Submission
- Create EDL
- Deploy Package
- Deep Copy Object Record
- Cascade Delete Object Record
- Export Documents
GET /api/{version}/services/jobs/{job_id}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{job_id} | The ID of the job, returned from the original job request. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response includes the following information:
| Metadata Field | Description |
|---|---|
id | The job_id field value for the job. |
status | The status of the job. Possible statuses include SCHEDULED, QUEUED, RUNNING, SUCCESS, ERRORS_ENCOUNTERED, QUEUEING, CANCELLED, and MISSED_SCHEDULE. |
method | The HTTP method used in the request. |
links | Once the job is finished, use these endpoints and methods to retrieve other job details. Note that for Controlled Copy jobs, the artifacts link will only work with API v18.3+. |
progress | If the retrieved job is a custom job created with the Vault Java SDK, this array contains a summary of the number of job tasks (size) and their status. |
created_by | The id field value of the user who started the job. |
created_date | The date and time when the job was requested. |
run_start_date | The date and time when the export job started. |
run_end_date | The date and time when the export job finished. |
Retrieve Job Tasks
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v21.1/services/jobs/72408/tasks
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"url": "/api/v21.1/services/jobs/72408/tasks?limit=50&offset=0",
"responseDetails": {
"total": 1,
"limit": 50,
"offset": 0
},
"job_id": 72408,
"tasks": [
{
"id": "Task1",
"state": "SUCCESS"
}
]
}
Retrieve the tasks associated with an SDK job.
GET /api/{version}/services/jobs/{job_id}/tasks
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{job_id} | The ID of the job, returned from the original job request. |
Retrieve Job Histories
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v21.1/services/jobs/histories
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"responseMessage": "OK",
"url": "/api/v21.1/services/jobs/histories?limit=50&offset=0",
"responseDetails": {
"total": 2753,
"limit": 50,
"offset": 0,
"next_page": "/api/v21.1/services/jobs/histories?limit=50&offset=50"
},
"jobs": [
{
"job_id": 361402,
"title": "User Account Activation",
"status": "SUCCESS",
"created_by": 1,
"created_date": "2020-12-15T07:00:31.000Z",
"modified_by": 1,
"modified_date": "2020-12-16T07:05:06.000Z",
"run_start_date": "2020-12-16T07:00:00.000Z",
"run_end_date": "2020-12-16T07:06:07.000Z"
},
{
"job_id": 361401,
"title": "Synchronize Portal Assets",
"status": "SUCCESS",
"created_by": 1,
"created_date": "2020-12-15T05:01:24.000Z",
"modified_by": 1,
"modified_date": "2020-12-16T05:00:09.000Z",
"run_start_date": "2020-12-16T05:00:00.000Z",
"run_end_date": "2020-12-16T05:01:12.000Z"
}
]
}
Retrieve a history of all completed jobs in the authenticated Vault. A completed job is any job which has started and finished running, including jobs which did not complete successfully. In-progress or queued jobs do not appear here.
GET /api/{version}/services/jobs/histories
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
Query Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
start_date | Sets the date to start retrieving completed jobs, in the format YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ. For example, for 7AM on January 15, 2016, use 2016-01-15T07:00:00Z. If omitted, defaults to the first completed job. |
end_date | Sets the date to end retrieving completed jobs, in the format YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ. For example, for 7AM on January 15, 2016, use 2016-01-15T07:00:00Z. If omitted, defaults to the current date and time. |
status | Filter to only retrieve jobs in a certain status. Allowed values are success, errors_encountered, failed_to_run, missed_schedule, cancelled. If omitted, retrieves all statuses. |
limit | Paginate the results by specifying the maximum number of histories per page in the response. This can be any value between 1 and 200. If omitted, defaults to 50. |
offset | Paginate the results displayed per page by specifying the amount of offset from the first job history returned. If omitted, defaults to 0. If you are viewing the first 50 results (page 1) and want to see the next page, set this to offset=51. |
Retrieve Job Monitors
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v21.1/services/jobs/monitors
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"responseMessage": "OK",
"url": "/api/v21.1/services/jobs/monitors?limit=50&offset=0",
"responseDetails": {
"total": 3,
"limit": 50,
"offset": 0
},
"jobs": [
{
"job_id": 72505,
"title": "User Account Activation",
"status": "SCHEDULED",
"created_by": 1,
"created_date": "2021-02-03T04:01:29.000Z",
"modified_by": 1,
"modified_date": "2021-02-03T04:01:29.000Z",
"run_start_date": "2021-02-04T04:00:00.000Z"
},
{
"job_id": 72518,
"title": "Task Reminder Notification",
"status": "SCHEDULED",
"created_by": 1,
"created_date": "2021-02-03T09:01:53.000Z",
"modified_by": 1,
"modified_date": "2021-02-03T09:01:53.000Z",
"run_start_date": "2021-02-04T09:00:00.000Z"
}
]
}
Retrieve monitors for jobs which have not yet completed in the authenticated Vault. An uncompleted job is any job which has not finished running, such as scheduled, queued, or actively running jobs. Completed jobs do not appear here.
GET /api/{version}/services/jobs/monitors
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
Query Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
start_date | Sets the date to start retrieving uncompleted jobs, based on the date and time the job instance was created. Value must be in the format YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ. For example, for 7AM on January 15, 2016, use 2016-01-15T07:00:00Z. If omitted, defaults to the first completed job. |
end_date | Sets the date to end retrieving uncompleted jobs, based on the date and time the job instance was created. Value must be in the format YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ. For example, for 7AM on January 15, 2016, use 2016-01-15T07:00:00Z. If omitted, defaults to the current date and time. |
status | Filter to only retrieve jobs in a certain status. Allowed values are scheduled, queued, running. If omitted, retrieves all statuses. |
limit | Paginate the results by specifying the maximum number of jobs per page in the response. This can be any value between 1 and 200. If omitted, defaults to 50. |
offset | Paginate the results displayed per page by specifying the amount of offset from the first job instance returned. If omitted, defaults to 0. If you are viewing the first 50 results (page 1) and want to see the next page, set this to offset=51. |
Start Job
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v21.1/start_now/72505
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"url": "/api/v21.1/services/jobs/72505",
"job_id": 72505
}
Moves up a scheduled job instance to start immediately. Each time a user calls this API, Vault cancels the scheduled instance of the specified job for the current interval. For example, if a job is scheduled to run daily at 11PM PST, calling this API against it at 4PM PST will cause the job to not run as scheduled at 11PM PST the same day. Vault will resume running the job at 11PM PST the next day regardless of how many times this API is called before 11PM PST the previous day.
This is analogous to the Start Now option in the Vault UI.
POST /api/{version}/services/jobs/start_now/{job_id}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{job_id} | The ID of the scheduled job instance to start. |
Managing Vault Java SDK
After you’ve deployed Vault Java SDK code, you may need to perform actions on your code besides additional deployment with a VPK. For example, you may need to download source code or disable a single file.
You also may need to delete a single file rather than all files. However, we do not recommend using the following methods to deploy code as you may introduce or delete code which breaks existing deployed code. For best practices, use the VPK Deploy method.
Retrieve Single Source Code File
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://veepharm.veevavault.com/api/v18.3/code/com.veeva.vault.custom.actions.FindPartners
Response
package com.veeva.vault.custom.actions;
import com.veeva.vault.sdk.api.core.*;
import com.veeva.vault.sdk.api.action.RecordAction;
import com.veeva.vault.sdk.api.action.RecordActionContext;
import com.veeva.vault.sdk.api.action.RecordActionInfo;
import com.veeva.vault.sdk.api.data.Record;
import com.veeva.vault.sdk.api.data.RecordService;
import java.util.List;
@RecordActionInfo(name="get_partners__c", label="Find Partners", object="company__c")
public class FindPartners implements RecordAction {
//[...]
}
}
Retrieve a single source code file from the currently authenticated Vault.
GET /api/{version}/code/{class_name}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
class_name | The fully qualified class name of your file. |
Enable or Disable Vault Extension
Request
$ curl -X PUT -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://veepharm.veevavault.com/api/v18.3/code/com.veeva.vault.custom.actions.MyCustomAction/enable
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"responseMessage": "Enabled"
}
Enable or disable a deployed Vault extension in the currently authenticated Vault. Only available on entry-point classes, such as triggers and actions.
PUT /api/{version}/code/{class_name}/{enable || disable}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) |
Content-Type | multipart/form-data |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
class_name | The fully qualified class name of your file. |
enable || disable | Choose to either enable or disable this extension. |
Add or Replace Single Source Code File
Request
$ curl -X PUT -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://veepharm.veevavault.com/api/v18.3/code
-F "file=@C:\Vault\Extensions\com\veeva\vault\custom\actions\MyCustomAction.java" \
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"responseMessage": "Modified file",
"url": "/api/v18.3/code/com.veeva.vault.custom.actions.MyCustomAction"
}
Add or replace a single .java file in the currently authenticated Vault. If the given file does not already exist in the Vault, it is added. If the file already exists in the Vault, the file is updated.
PUT /api/{version}/code
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) |
Content-Type | multipart/form-data |
Body Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
filerequired | The .java file you wish to add. Maximum allowed size is 1MB. |
Delete Single Source Code File
Request
$ curl -X DELETE -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://veepharm.veevavault.com/api/v18.3/code/com.veeva.vault.custom.actions.MyCustomAction
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"responseMessage": "Deleted file"
}
Delete a single source code file from the currently authenticated Vault. You cannot delete a code component currently in-use.
DELETE /api/{version}/code
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
class_name | The fully qualified class name of your file. |
Validate Imported Package
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://veepharm.veevavault.com/api/v18.3/services/vobject/vault_package__v/0PI000000000401/actions/validate
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"responseDetails": {
"summary": "Configuration and components (document fields, lifecycles, and workflows) for Documentation Review and Approval process.",
"author": "lgills@veepharm.com",
"package_name": "PKG-0031",
"package_id": "0PI000000000401",
"source_vault": "13135",
"package_status": "Error",
"total_steps": 21,
"start_time": "18:09:2018 06:31:11",
"end_time": "18:09:2018 06:31:13",
"package_error": "",
"package_steps": [
{
"id": "0IS000000000401",
"name__v": "00010",
"step_type__v": "Component",
"step_label__v": "Writer",
"step_name__v": "writer__c",
"type__v": "Picklist",
"deployment_status__v": "Skipped",
"deployment_action": "No Change (same as Vault)"
},
{
"id": "0IS000000000404",
"name__v": "00040",
"step_type__v": "Component",
"step_label__v": "Vault Help Content",
"step_name__v": "help_documents__c",
"type__v": "Doctype",
"deployment_status__v": "Deployed with warnings",
"deployment_action": "Update"
},
{
"id": "0IS000000000420",
"name__v": "00210",
"step_type__v": "Component",
"step_label__v": "documentation_review_and_approval__c.submit_for_annual_review__c",
"step_name__v": "documentation_review_and_approval__c.submit_for_annual_review__c",
"type__v": "Workflow",
"deployment_status__v": "Verified",
"deployment_action": "Add (missing in Vault)"
}
]
}
}
Validate a previously imported VPK package with Vault Java SDK code. Note that this endpoint does not validate component dependencies for Configuration Migration packages.
POST /api/{version}/services/vobject/vault_package__v/{package_id}/actions/validate
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
package_id | The ID of the package to validate. You can find this in the API response of a package import, or in the URL of package in the Vault UI. |
Retrieve Signing Certificate
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v19.1/services/certificate/00001
The following endpoint allows you to retrieve a signing certificate included in a Spark message header to verify that the received message came from Vault.
GET /api/{version}/services/certificate/{cert_id}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{cert_id} | The cert_id is provided in each Spark message in the X-VaultAPISignature-CertificateId header. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response includes the public key certificate (.pem) file used for Message Verification.
Queues
Vault Spark is a message queue system that enables applications to send and receive messages to and from durable queues using a First-in, First-Out (FIFO) method.
The following endpoints allow you to manage queues for Spark Messaging and SDK job queues.
The current user must have the relevant Admin: Spark Queues or Admin: SDK Job Queues to perform actions on each queue type. For example, if the API user does not have access to SDK job queues, Retrieve All Queues only returns available Spark messaging queues.
Retrieve All Queues
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v19.1/services/queues
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": [
{
"name": "new_study_queue__c",
"status": "active",
"type": "outbound",
"url": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v19.1/services/queues/new_study_queue__c"
},
{
"name": "qms_change_queue__c",
"status": "active",
"type": "inbound",
"url": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v19.1/services/queues/qms_change_queue__c"
}
]
}
Retrieve all queues in a Vault.
GET /api/{version}/services/queues
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response lists all available queues and their operational statuses.
Retrieve Queue Status
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v19.1/services/queues/new_study_queue__c
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": [
{
"name": "new_study_queue__c",
"status": "active",
"type": "outbound",
"delivery": "enabled",
"messages_in_queue": 365,
"connections": [
{
"name": "aws_study_integration",
"last_message_delivered": "error"
"error" {
"message_id": "834798hof83998",
"date_time": "2012-04-25T21:49:27.719Z",
"message": "no response"
}
}
]
}
Retrieve the status of a specific queue.
GET /api/{version}/services/queues/{queue_name}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{queue_name} | The name of a specific queue. For example, queue__c. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response includes the following:
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
delivery | Indicates whether the delivery status is enabled or disabled. |
messages_in_queue | Displays the number of messages in the queue. |
last_message_delivered | Indicates if the last message delivered was successful or encountered an error. If ok, the message was delivered successfully. If the message encounters an error, the response includes the message_id, date_time, and the message text. |
Disable Delivery
Request
$ curl -X PUT -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v19.1/services/queues/new_study_queue__c/actions/disable_delivery
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS"
}
The following endpoint allows you to disable the delivery of messages in an outbound Spark messaging queue, or an SDK job queue. This stop messages from exiting the queue. For example, disabling delivery on an SDK job queue stops messages from being delivered to the processor.
This endpoint is not available for inbound Spark messaging queues. There is no way to stop received messages from processing in an inbound Spark queue.
PUT /api/{version}/services/queues/{queue_name}/actions/disable_delivery
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{queue_name} | The name of a specific Queue. |
Enable Delivery
Request
$ curl -X PUT -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v19.1/services/queues/new_study_queue__c/actions/enable_delivery
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS"
}
The following endpoint allows you to enable the delivery of messages in an outbound Spark messaging queue, or an SDK job queue. This allows messages to exit the queue. For example, enabling delivery on an SDK job queue allows messages to be delivered to the processor.
PUT /api/{version}/services/queues/{queue_name}/actions/enable_delivery
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{queue_name} | The name of a specific Queue. |
Reset Queue
Request
$ curl -X PUT -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v19.1/services/queues/new_study_queue__c/actions/reset
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"responseMessage": "Deleted messages in queue."
}
Delete all messages in a specific queue. This action is final and cannot be undone.
PUT /api/{version}/services/queues/{queue_name}/actions/reset
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{queue_name} | The name of a specific queue. |
Clinical Operations
To use this API, you must have the appropriate Clinical application. Learn more about Clinical Operations in Vault Help.
Create EDLs
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: text/csv" \
-H "Accept: text/csv" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v16.0/vobjects/study__v/00S07710/actions/etmfcreateedl
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"url": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/services/jobs/1201",
"job_id": 1201
}
Create a new Expected Document List.
POST /api/{version}/vobjects/study__v/{study_id}/actions/etmfcreateedl
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/json or text/csv |
Accept | application/json (default) or text/csv |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{study_id} | The ID of the study. |
Query Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
applyWhereEdlItemsExist | Optional: If set to true, the Create EDL job is applied to existing EDLs. If omitted, defaults to false. This is analogous to the Apply template where expected documents already exist option in the Vault UI. |
Recalculate Milestone Document Field
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: text/csv" \
--data-binary @"recalculate_milestones.csv" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v21.3/objects/documents/milestones/actions/recalculate
Example CSV Input File
id
7652
9875
541
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"responseMessage": "SUCCESS"
}
Recalculate themilestone__v field on a specified set of documents.
- The maximum CSV input file size is 1GB.
- The values in the input must be UTF-8 encoded.
- CSVs must follow the standard RFC 4180 format, with some exceptions.
- The maximum batch size is 500.
POST /api/{version}/objects/documents/milestones/actions/recalculate
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | text/csv |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
Body Parameters
Prepare a CSV input file with document id values in an id column. Invalid values or invalid columns are ignored.
Apply EDL Template to a Milestone
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-H "Accept: application/json" \
-d "edl_id=0EL000000000105" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v16.0/vobjects/milestone__v/0M0007710/actions/etmfcreateedl
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"job_id": 9901,
"url": "/api/v16.0/services/jobs/9901"
}
Apply an EDL template to a Milestone object record.
POST /api/{version}/vobjects/milestone__v/{milestone_id}/actions/etmfcreateedl
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/x-www-form-urlencoded |
Accept | application/json |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{milestone_id} | The ID of the milestone. |
Body Parameters
| Field Name | Description |
|---|---|
edl_id | The ID of the EDL template to apply to this milestone. |
Create Milestones from Template
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v19.1/vobjects/study__v/0ST000000000202/actions/createmilestones
Response
{
"responseStatus":"SUCCESS",
"job_id":130902,
"url": "/api/v19.1/services/jobs/130902"
}
Use this request to initiate the Create Milestones from Template user action on a study, study country, or site.
POST /api/{version}/vobjects/{object_name}/{object_record_id}/actions/createmilestones
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/x-www-form-urlencoded (default) |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{object_name} | The object name__v field value. This endpoint only works with the study__v, study_country__v, or site__v objects. |
{object_record_id} | The object record ID field value. |
Response Details
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
job_id | The ID value for the job. |
url | URL to retrieve the current status of the job. |
Veeva Site Connect: Distribute to Sites
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v22.2/app/clinical/safety_distributions/V56000000001004/actions/send
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": {
"job_id": 93601,
"message": "Distributing documents. You will receive a notification when processing is complete."
}
}
This API allows sponsors and CROs to send Safety reports and letters to Sites. Learn more about Safety Distributions in Vault Help.
POST /api/{version}/app/clinical/safety_distributions/{id}/actions/send
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/json (default) |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{id} | The record ID of the Safety Distribution record to send. Must be in a Ready or Distributed state. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response includes the following information:
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
job_id | The Job ID value to retrieve the status and results of this request. Use this ID to query for the job status. |
Populate Site Fee Definitions
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/json" \
-d '{ "target_study": "0ST000000006004", "source_study": [ "0ST000000006002", "0ST000000006003" ] }'
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v23.1/app/clinical/payments/populate-site-fee-definitions
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"responseMessage": "Success",
"data": {
"status": "SUCCESS",
"source": "study__v",
"num_site_fee_defs_created": 2,
"num_site_fee_defs_duplicates": 2,
"num_errors": 0
}
}
Given an existing study with Site Fee Definitions or an eligible Site Fee Template, automatically generate Site Fee Definitions for a new target study. This endpoint is only available in CTMS Vaults with the Vault Payments add-on.
POST /api/{version}/app/clinical/payments/populate-site-fee-definitions
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/json (default) |
Accept | application/json (default) |
Body Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
target_study | The new study to populate with Site Fee Definitions. |
source_study | Optional: To copy the Site Fee Definitions from studies, include an array with the study IDs. You must choose either source_study or source_template. |
source_template | Optional: To copy the Site Fee Definitions from Site Fee Templates, include an array with the template IDs. You must choose either source_study or source_template. |
PromoMats
Standard Metrics: Create Document Update Job
Request
curl -L -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v20.3/standardMetrics/createDocumentUpdateJob
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"responseMessage": "jobInstanceId: 93136",
"errorCodes": null,
"errorType": null
}
Vault owners can update documents with a Global Content Type of ‘Not Specified’ to a mapped value. Learn more about Configuring PromoMats Standard Metrics in Vault Help.
POST /api/{version}/standardMetrics/createDocumentUpdateJob
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response includes the jobInstanceId and lists any errors encountered.
QualityDocs
To use this API, you must have Vault QualityDocs. Learn more about QualityDocs in Vault Help.
Document Role Check for Document Change Control
Request
$ curl -X POST
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v19.2/vobjects/document_change_control__v/00S000000000101/actions/documentrolecheck \
-H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H 'Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded' \
-d 'application_role: approver__c'
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": {
"check_result": true
}
}
Check if any document added to a Document Change Control (DCC) record has one or more users in a specified Application Role. This API only checks documents added to the standard Documents to be Released and Documents to be Made Obsolete sections.
POST /api/{version}/vobjects/document_change_control__v/{object_record_id}/actions/documentrolecheck
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{object_record_id} | The {id} field value of the document_change_control__v object record. |
Body Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{application_role} | The name of the application_role__v. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response includes the Boolean check_result field. A value of true indicates that the given Application Role is in use on at least one document in the given Document Change Control record.
RIM Submissions Archive
To use this API, you must have Vault’s RIM Submissions suite of applications. Learn more about RIM Submissions in Vault Help.
Import Submission
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-d "file=/nda123456/0000" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/vobjects/submission__v/00S000000000101/actions/import
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"warnings": [
{
"type": "APPLICATION_MISMATCH",
"message": "Application folder name does not match the Application record name."
},
{
"type": "SUBMISSION_MISMATCH",
"message": "Submission folder name does not match the Submission record name."
}
],
"job_id": 1301,
"url": "/api/v15.0/services/jobs/1301"
}
Import a submission into your Vault.
Before submitting this request:
- You must be assigned permissions to use the API and have permissions to view and edit the specified
submission__vobject record. - You must create the corresponding object records for the Submission and Application objects in your Vault.
- You must create and upload a valid submission import file or folder to your file staging server. The submission to import must be in a specific location and format.
Submission Import File Location & Structure
The submission import file must be located in one of the following places, and must be in a specific folder structure.
At the Root
If your submission import is located at the file staging server root, it must follow the following structure:
/SubmissionsArchive/{application_folder}/{submission_file_or_folder}
{application_folder}: This required folder can have any name you wish.{submission_file_or_folder}: If this is a file containing your submission, it must be a.zipor.tar.gz. If this is a folder, it must contain your submission to import. This required folder can have any name you wish.
For example, /SubmissionsArchive/nda654321/0001.zip.
Within a User Folder
In some cases, your Vault user permissions may prevent you from uploading directly to the file staging server root. In these cases, you must upload to your user folder using the following structure:
/u[ID]/Submissions Archive Import/{application_folder}/{submission_folder}
{application_folder}: This required folder can have any name you wish.{submission_folder}: The folder containing your submission to import. This required folder can have any name you wish. Vault does not support importing.zipor.tar.gzfiles from user folders.
For example, /u5678/Submissions Archive Import/nda123456/0013.
Endpoint
POST /api/{version}/vobjects/submission__v/{submission_id}/actions/import
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/x-www-form-urlencoded |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{submission_id} | The id field value of the submission__v object record. To get this value, you can Retrieve Object Record Collection for submission__v. |
Body Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
file | Use the file parameter to specify the location of the submission folder or ZIP file previously uploaded to your file staging server. In the request, add the file parameter to your input and enter the path to the submission folder relative to the file staging server root, for example, /SubmissionsArchive/nda123456/0000, or to the path to your user file staging folder, for example, /u5678/Submissions Archive Import/nda123456/0000. Vault does not support importing .zip or .tar.gz files from user folders. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response includes the following information:
job_id- The Job ID value is used to retrieve the status and results of the binder export request.url- The URL to retrieve the current status of the import request.
You may also receive one or more warnings. The warnings shown above indicate that the folders being imported do not match the object records in our Vault. To fix this warning, we can change the folder name or object record name. However, warnings are not fatal and you may choose to take no action.
Before submitting this request, we created a submission__v object record and application__v object record in our Vault. We also created submissions ZIP file containing a “Submission” folder and “Application” folder. This was loaded to our file staging server awaiting import. Ideally, we would have named and structured the folders to match that of the submission that was sent to the health authority and which we are now archiving. However, this is not critical to the import process.
Retrieve Submission Import Results
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/vobjects/submission__v/00S000000000101/actions/import/1301/results
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": [
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"id": 16,
"major_version_number__v": "1",
"minor_version_number__v": "0"
}
]
}
After Vault has finished processing the submission import job, use this request to retrieve the results of the completed submission binder.
Before submitting this request:
- You must be assigned permissions to use the API and permissions to view the specified
submission__vobject record. - There must be a previously submitted and completed submission import request, i.e., the status of the import job must be no longer active.
GET /api/{version}/vobjects/submission__v/{submission_id}/actions/import/{job_id}/results
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{submission_id} | The id field value of the submission__v object record. See Retrieve Object Record Collection above. |
{job_id} | The jobId field value returned from the Import Submission request above. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response includes the following information:
| Field Name | Description |
|---|---|
id | The id field value of the submission binder which was created by the imported files. |
major_version_number__v | The major version number of the binder. |
minor_version_number__v | The minor version number of the binder. |
To retrieve the metadata from the newly created submission binder, send GET to /api/{version}/objects/binders/{id}.
Retrieve Submission Metadata Mapping
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/vobjects/submission__v/00S000000000101/actions/ectdmapping
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"responseDetails": {
"total": 2
},
"data": [
{
"name__v": "1675_00S000000000802",
"external_id__v": null,
"drug_substance__v":"Ethyl Alcohol",
"drug_substance__v.name__v": "",
"xml_id": "m2-3-s-drug-substance",
"manufacturer__v":"Veeva",
"manufacturer__v.name__v": ""
},
{
"name__v": "1681_00S000000000802",
"external_id__v": null,
"nonclinical_study__v":"Study001",
"nonclinical_study__v.name__v": "",
"xml_id": "S001"
}
]
}
Retrieve the metadata mapping values of an eCTD submission package.
GET /api/{version}/vobjects/submission__v/{submission_id}/actions/ectdmapping
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or text/csv |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{submission_id} | The id field value of the submission__v object record. See Retrieve Object Record Collection above. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response includes the following information for each XML metadata node which requires mapping:
| Field Name | Description |
|---|---|
name__v | The name of the metadata mapping record in the submission metadata. |
external_id__v | The external ID of the metadata mapping record. This value is only available if the mappings were created or updated externally. |
xml_id | The XML ID (leaf_id) of the section being mapped. This is an identifier from the imported XML of the XML node. This is analogous to the submission_metadata__v.tag_id__v. |
Mapping Fields:
Possible mappings include: clinical_site__v, clinical_study__v, drug_product__v, drug_substance__v, indication__v, manufacturer__v, and nonclinical_study__v.
Mapping fields are returned as a pair of properties: a source property that has the mapping identifier from the imported XML and a second property as [mapping].name__v which specifies the target object record. If the second property is empty, the mapping has not been completed. See Update Submission Metadata Mapping below.
Update Submission Metadata Mapping
Response
[
{
"external_id__v": null,
"drug_substance__v.name__v": "ethyl alcohol",
"name__v": "1675_00S000000000802",
"xml_id": "m2-3-s-drug-substance",
"manufacturer__v.name__v": "Veeva Chemical"
},
{
"external_id__v": null,
"drug_substance__v.name__v": "ethyl alcohol",
"name__v": "1677_00S000000000802",
"xml_id": "m3-2-s-drug-substance",
"manufacturer__v.name__v": "Veeva Chemical"
},
{
"external_id__v": null,
"nonclinical_study__v.name__v": "S001",
"name__v": "1681_00S000000000802",
"xml_id": "S001"
},
{
"external_id__v": null,
"clinical_study__v.name__v": "S001",
"name__v": "1693_00S000000000802",
"xml_id": "S001"
}
]
Request
$ curl -X PUT -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/vobjects/submission__v/00S000000000101/actions/ectdmapping
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"data": [
{
"name__v": "1675_00S000000000802",
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS"
},
{
"name__v": "1677_00S000000000802",
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS"
},
{
"name__v": "1681_00S000000000802",
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS"
},
{
"name__v": "1693_00S000000000802",
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS"
}
],
"responseDetails": {
"total": 4
}
}
Update the mapping values of a submission.
PUT /api/{version}/vobjects/submission__v/{submission_id}/actions/ectdmapping
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/json or application/x-www-form-urlencoded |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{submission_id} | The id field value of the submission__v object record. See Retrieve Object Record Collection above. |
Note that XML identifiers are read-only and cannot be updated via the API. If including XML identifiers in the request, the values will be ignored.
Remove Submission
Request
$ curl -X DELETE -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/vobjects/submission__v/00S000000000101/actions/import
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"job_id": 15002,
"url": "/api/v15.0/services/jobs/15002"
}
Delete a previously imported submission from your Vault.
By removing a submission, you delete any sections created in the archive binder as part of the submission import. This will also remove any documents in the submission from the archive binder. This does not delete the documents from Vault, but does mean that they no longer appear in the Viewer tab and users will not be able to access them using cross-document navigation. You must re-import the submission to make it available.
DELETE /api/{version}/vobjects/submission__v/{submission_id}/actions/import
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{submission_id} | The id field value of the submission__v object record. See Retrieve Object Record Collection above. |
Cancel Submission
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/vobjects/submission__v/00S000000000101/actions/import?cancel=true
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS"
}
You can use this request on a submission object record that has a Submissions Archive Status (archive_status__v) of:
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
IMPORT_IN_PROGRESS | This will terminate the import job and set the archive_status__v field on the submission__v object record to “Error”. The submission must be removed before a re-import can be done. See Remove Submission above. |
REMOVAL_IN_PROGRESS | This will terminate the import removal job and set the archive_status__v field on the submission__v object record to “Error”. The submission must be removed before a re-import can be done. See Remove Submission above. |
IMPORT_IN_QUEUE | This will remove the import from the job queue and set the archive_status__v field on the submission__v object record to “Null”. See Import Submission above. |
REMOVAL_IN_QUEUE | This will remove the import removal from the job queue and set the archive_status__v field on the submission__v object record to “Error”. See Import Submission above. |
To retrieve the archive_status__v, GET /api/{version}/vobjects/submission__v/{submission_id}. See Retrieve Object Record above.
POST /api/{version}/vobjects/submission__v/{submission_id}/actions/import?cancel=true
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{submission_id} | The id field value of the submission__v object record. See Retrieve Object Record Collection above. |
Query Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
cancel | You must include cancel = true to the request endpoint. |
Export Submission
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/binders/454/actions/export?submission=00S000000000101
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"URL": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/services/jobs/1201",
"job_id": 1201
}
Use the following requests to export the latest or most recent version of a Submissions Archive binder. These endpoints do not support the export of submissions binders published by RIM Submissions Publishing. Learn more about RIM Submissions Publishing in Vault Help.
To export the latest version of a Submissions Archive binder:
POST /api/{version}/objects/binders/{binder_id}/actions/export?submission={submission_id}
To export a specific version of a Submissions Archive binder:
POST /api/{version}/objects/binders/{binder_id}/versions/{major_version}/{minor_version}/actions/export?submission={submission_id}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{binder_id} | The binder id field value. See Retrieve Binders above. |
{major_version} | The major_version_number__v field value of the binder. |
{minor_version} | The minor_version_number__v field value of the binder. |
{submission_id} | The id field value of the submission__v object record. See Retrieve Object Record Collection above. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response includes the following information:
URL- The URL to retrieve the current status of the export job.job_id- The Job ID value is used to retrieve the status and results of the request.
Export Partial Submission
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: text/csv" \
--data-binary @"C:\Vault\Binders\export-submissions-binder-sections.csv" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/binders/454/1/0/actions/export?submission=00S000000000101
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"URL": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/services/jobs/1201",
"job_id": 1201
}
Use this request to export only specific sections and documents from the latest version of a submissions binder in your Vault. This will export only parts of the binder, not the complete binder. Exporting a binder section node will automatically include all of its subsections and documents therein.
Before submitting this request:
- The Export Binder feature must be enabled in your Vault.
- You must be assigned permissions to use the API.
- You must have the Export Binder permission.
- You must have the View Document permission for the binder. Only documents in the binder which you have the View Document permission are available to export.
To export the latest version of a submissions binder:
POST /api/{version}/objects/binders/{binder_id}/actions/export?submission={submission_id}
To export a specific version of a submissions binder:
POST /api/{version}/objects/binders/{binder_id}/versions/{major_version}/{minor_version}/actions/export?submission={submission_id}
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | application/json or text/csv |
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{binder_id} | The binder id field value. See Retrieve Binders above. |
{major_version} | The major_version_number__v field value of the binder. |
{minor_version} | The minor_version_number__v field value of the binder. |
{submission_id} | The id field value of the submission__v object record. See Retrieve Object Record Collection above. |
Body
Create a CSV or JSON input file with the id values of the binder sections and/or documents to be exported. You may include any number of valid nodes. Vault will ignore id values which are invalid.
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response includes the following information:
URL- The URL to retrieve the current status of the export job.job_id- Thejob_idfield value is used to retrieve the results of the export request.
Retrieve Submission Export Results
Request
$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/binders/actions/export/1201/results
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"job_id": 1201,
"id": 454,
"major_version_number__v": 1,
"minor_version_number__v": 0,
"file": "/1201/454/1_0/RIM Submission Packet.zip",
"user_id__v": 44533
}
After submitting a request to export a submission from your Vault, you can query Vault to determine the results of the request.
Before submitting this request:
- You must have previously requested a submission export job (via the API) which is no longer active.
- You must have a valid
job_idfield value returned from the Export Submission request above.
GET /api/{version}/objects/binders/actions/export/{job_id}/results
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{job_id} | The jobId field value returned from the Export Submission request above. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response includes the following information:
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
job_id | The job_id field value of the submission export request. |
id | The id field value of the exported submission. |
major_version_number__v | The major version number of the exported submission. |
minor_version_number__v | The minor version number of the exported submission. |
file | The path/location of the exported submission. This is packaged in a ZIP file on your file staging server. |
user_id__v | The id field value of the Vault user who initiated the submission export job. |
Download Exported Submission Files via File Staging Server
Once your submission export job has been successfully completed, you can download the files from your file staging server.
Prerequisites
Before downloading the files, the following conditions must be met:
- The submission export job must have been successfully completed.
- The API user must have a permission set which allows the Application: File Staging: Access permission.
Downloading the Files
The exported submission is packaged in a ZIP file on your file staging server. Learn more.
Copy into Content Plan
Request
$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/json" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v21.3/app/rim/content_plans/actions/copyinto
Response: Content Plan
{
"responseStatus": "WARNING",
"warnings": [
{
"type": "TEMPLATE_MISMATCH",
"message": "The templates of the source and target do not align."
},
{
"type": "LEVEL_MISMATCH",
"message": "Level of the source record does not match the level of the target location."
}
],
"job_id": 104448
}
Response: Content Plan Item
{
"responseStatus": "WARNING",
"warnings": [
{
"type": "LEVEL_MISMATCH",
"message": "Level of the source record does not match the level of the target location."
},
{
"type": "TEMPLATE_MISMATCH",
"message": "The templates of the source and target do not align."
}
],
"createdCPIRecordId": "0EI000000004001"
}
This API allows you to copy a content plan section or item to reuse existing content and prevent duplicate work. For example, you may want to copy a clinical study or quality section and its matched documents for a similar submission to a different application.
This API functionality has the same behavior and limitations as copying through the Content Plan Hierarchy Viewer in the Vault UI. Learn more about copying into content plans in Vault Help.
POST /api/{version}/app/rim/content_plans/actions/copyinto
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json (default) or application/xml |
Body Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
source_id | The ID of the content plan or content plan item to copy. |
target_id | The ID of the parent content plan, which is where the source content plan will be copied under. Cannot be inactive. |
order | An integer indicating the position in the target content plan where the source content plan will be copied. A value of 1 indicates the first position in the target content plan. |
copy_documents | If true, matched documents are included in the copy. If false, matched documents are not included in the copy. Cannot be omitted. |
Response Details
Copying a content plan is an asynchronous process which provides a job_id. When the copy is complete, you’ll receive an email notification.
Copying a content plan item is a synchronous process which provides the createdCPIRecordId of the newly copied content plan item.
Safety
To use this API, you must have Vault Safety. Learn more about Vault Safety in Vault Safety Help.
Intake
Intake Inbox Item
Request
curl --location --request POST 'https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v20.2/app/safety/intake/inbox-item' \
--header 'Content-Type: multipart/form-data' \
--header 'Authorization: {SESSION_ID}' \
--form 'file=@"/directory/labrinone_literature_case.xml"' \
--form 'origin-organization="vertio_biopharma__c"' \
--form 'format="e2br3__v"' \
--form 'organization="vault_customer__v"'
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"url": "/api/v21.2/app/safety/intake/status?inbound_id=V29000000004001",
"intake_id": "V29000000004001"
}
Use the following endpoint to import an Inbox Item from an E2B (R2) or E2B (R3) file containing one or more Individual Case Safety Reports (ICSRs):
POST /api/{version}/app/safety/intake/inbox-item
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | multipart/form-data |
Body Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
file | The filepath of the E2B file to be imported. |
origin-organization | (Optional) The Vault API Name for the Organization sending the E2B file. This parameter sets the Origin Organization on the Inbound Transmission. If no value is provided, the Origin Organization is left blank. |
format | The format of the file being imported. This must match the Vault API Name of the Inbound Transmission Format picklist value. Must be an E2B format or other__v. If other__v, the system does not attempt E2B import or forms processing and instead creates an empty Inbox Item linked to the source document. |
organization | (Optional) To specify which organization to send the Case to, enter the Vault API Name for the Organization record. If no value is provided, the Organization is set to vault_customer__v. Note that the Organization record type must be Sponsor. |
transmission-profile | (Optional) The Vault API Name of the Transmission Profile to be used for E2B Intake. These parameters are used for Narrative Template Override and Inbox Item Auto-Promotion. The Transmission Profile record type must be Connection. This parameter is required for Automated Case Promotion (see Vault Safety Help for more information). If no transmission-profile is specified, Vault will use the parameters on the general_api_profile__v. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response includes the following information:
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
url | The URL to retrieve the current status of the import request. |
intake_id | The Inbound Transmission ID of the E2B import. |
On FAILURE, the response returns a message describing the reason for the failure.
Intake Imported Case
Request
curl --location --request POST 'https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v20.2/app/safety/intake/imported-case' \
--header 'Authorization: {SESSION_ID}' \
--header 'Content-Type: multipart/form-data' \
--form 'file=@"/directory/cholecap_vaers_literature_case.xml"' \
--form 'format="e2br3__v"' \
--form 'organization="verteo_biopharma__c"' \
--form 'origin-organization="fda__v"'
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"url": "/api/v21.2/app/safety/intake/status?inbound_id=V29000000005001",
"intake_id": "V29000000005001"
}
Use the following endpoint to import an Imported Case from an E2B (R2) or E2B (R3) file containing one or more Individual Case Safety Reports (ICSRs):
POST /api/{version}/app/safety/intake/imported-case
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | multipart/form-data |
Body Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
file | The filepath of the E2B file to be imported. |
origin-organization | (Optional) The Vault API Name for the Organization sending the E2B file. This parameter sets the Origin Organization on the Inbound Transmission. If no value is provided, the Origin Organization is left blank. |
format | The format of the file being imported. This must match the Vault API Name of the Inbound Transmission Format picklist value. Must be an E2B format. |
organization | (Optional) To specify which organization to send the Case to, enter the Vault API Name for the Organization record. If no value is provided, the Organization is set to vault_customer__v. Note that the Organization record type must be Sponsor. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response includes the following information:
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
url | The URL to retrieve the current status of the import request. |
intake_id | The Inbound Transmission ID of the E2B import. |
On FAILURE, the response returns a message describing the reason for the failure.
Retrieve Intake Status
Request
curl --location --request GET 'https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v20.2/app/safety/intake/status?inbound_id=V29000000005001' \
--header 'Authorization: {SESSION_ID}' \
--header 'Content-Type: multipart/form-data' \
--form 'file=@"/directory/e2b_r3_restolar.xml"' \
--form 'format="e2br3__v"'
Response
{
"status": "complete",
"ack-retrieval": "/api/v21.2/app/safety/intake/ack?inbound_id=V29000000005001",
"inbound-transmission": "V29000000005001",
"inbound-document": "7_0_1",
"number-of-icsrs": 1,
"number-success/warning": 1,
"number-failures": 0,
"icsr-details": [
{
"icsr": "V2B000000005001",
"inbound-transmission": "V29000000005001",
"inbound-document": "7_0_1",
"ack-retrieval": "/api/v21.2/app/safety/intake/ack?inbound_id=V29000000005001",
"status": "Success"
}
]
}
Use the following endpoint to retrieve the status of an intake API call:
GET /api/{version}/app/safety/intake/status
The Retrieve Intake Status endpoint can be used with the following Safety intake endpoints:
- Intake Inbox Item
- Intake Imported Case
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json |
URL Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
inbound_id | The Inbound Transmission ID for the ICSR intake job. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response includes the following information:
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
status | Processing status for the intake job. |
ack-retrieval | URL to retrieve the ACK. This parameter only applies to E2B intake file types. |
inbound-transmission | ID or link to the Inbound Transmission for the entire intake job. |
inbound-document | ID or link to the Vault document created from E2B file for the entire intake job. |
number-cases | Total number of cases found in the intake file, including both successes and failures. |
number-successes | Number of cases that were imported successfully, including those with warnings. |
number-failures | Number of cases that failed to import. |
icsr-details | An array containing details for each individual case within the file. This will be populated with a single entry for single E2B files. |
icsr-details.case | ID of the Imported Case record. Present only for Imported Case intake jobs. |
icsr-details.inbox-item | ID of the Inbox Item record. Present only for Inbox Item intake jobs. |
icsr-details.inbound-transmission | ID of the Inbound Transmission for this case. |
icsr-details.inbound-document | ID of the Vault document for the case. For multi-case E2B files, the E2B for individual cases is split out into separate documents. |
icsr-details.ack-retrieval | URL for the ACK for the case. This parameter only applies to E2B intake file types. |
icsr-details.status | Status of the Imported Case or Inbox Item. |
On FAILURE, the response returns a message describing the reason for the failure.
Retrieve ACK
Request
curl --location --request GET 'https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v20.2/app/safety/intake/ack?inbound_id=V29000000005001' \
--header 'Authorization: {SESSION_ID}' \
--header 'Content-Type: multipart/form-data' \
--form 'file=@"/directory/e2b_r3_restolar.xml"' \
--form 'format="e2br3__v"'
Response
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<MCCI_IN200101UV01 xmlns="urn:hl7-org:v3" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:schemaLocation="urn:hl7-org:v3 http://eudravigilance.ema.europa.eu/xsd/multicacheschemas/MCCI_IN200101UV01.xsd" ITSVersion="XML_1.0">
<!--ACK.M.1 - Acknowledgement Batch Number-->
<id root="2.16.840.1.113883.3.989.2.1.3.20" extension="b4e413b2-7263-48b5-b957-839fea7c7edc"/>
<!--ACK.M.4 - Date of Message-->
<creationTime value="20210618154357-0400"/>
<!--Mandatory element-->
<responseModeCode code="D"/>
<interactionId extension="MCCI_IN200101UV01" root="2.16.840.1.113883.1.6"/>
<MCCI_IN000002UV01>
<!--ACK.B.r.2 - Local Report Number-->
<id root="2.16.840.1.113883.3.989.2.1.3.19" extension="VERN-123-123-123"/>
<!--ACK.M.4 - ACK Date of Batch Transmission-->
<creationTime value="20210618154357-0400"/>
<interactionId root="2.16.840.1.113883.1.18" extension="MCCI_IN000002UV01"/>
<processingCode code="P"/>
<processingModeCode code="T"/>
<acceptAckCode code="NE"/>
<receiver typeCode="RCV">
<device determinerCode="INSTANCE" classCode="DEV">
<!--ACK.B.r.3: ICSR Message Receiver Identifier-->
<id root="2.16.840.1.113883.3.989.2.1.3.16" extension="ICHTEST"/>
</device>
</receiver>
<sender typeCode="SND">
<device determinerCode="INSTANCE" classCode="DEV">
<!--ACK.B.r.4: ICSR Message Sender Identifier-->
<id root="2.16.840.1.113883.3.989.2.1.3.15" extension="DSJP"/>
</device>
</sender>
<attentionLine>
<!--ACK.B.r.5 - Receipt date-->
<keyWordText codeSystemVersion="2.0" codeSystem="2.16.840.1.113883.3.989.2.1.1.24" code="1"/>
<value value="20120720100001+09" xsi:type="TS"/>
</attentionLine>
<!--ACK.B.r.6 - Acknowledgement Report Code-->
<acknowledgement typeCode="CA">
<targetMessage>
<!--ACK.B.r.1 - Safety Report ID ICSR Message Number-->
<id root="2.16.840.1.113883.3.989.2.1.3.1" extension="VERN-123-123-123"/>
</targetMessage>
<acknowledgementDetail>
<!--ACK.B.r.7 - Error/Warning message / comment-->
<text>[F.r.5 Normal High Value (Unit), mg/dl] inconsistent_unit; [C.5.3, 0105798/01] unable_to_link_study_for_wrong_type; [C.5.1.r.1, 2004-09102-03] unable_to_link_study_for_wrong_type; [C.5.1.r.2, EU] unable_to_link_study_for_wrong_type; [C.5.1.r.1, NL...</text>
</acknowledgementDetail>
</acknowledgement>
</MCCI_IN000002UV01>
<receiver typeCode="RCV">
<device determinerCode="INSTANCE" classCode="DEV">
<!--ACK.M.3 - Acknowledgement Batch Receiver Identifier-->
<id root="2.16.840.1.113883.3.989.2.1.3.18" extension="DSJP"/>
</device>
</receiver>
<sender typeCode="SND">
<device determinerCode="INSTANCE" classCode="DEV">
<!--ACK.M.2 - Acknowledgement Batch Sender Identifier-->
<id root="2.16.840.1.113883.3.989.2.1.3.17" extension="ICHTEST"/>
</device>
</sender>
<attentionLine>
<!--ACK.A.2 - Local Message Number-->
<keyWordText codeSystemVersion="2.0" codeSystem="2.16.840.1.113883.3.989.2.1.1.24" code="2"/>
<value root="2.16.840.1.113883.3.989.2.1.3.21" extension="TR-000006_b4e413b2-7263-48b5-b957-839fea7c7edc_20210618194357" xsi:type="II"/>
</attentionLine>
<attentionLine>
<!--ACK.A.3 - Date of ICSR Batch Transmission-->
<keyWordText codeSystemVersion="2.0" codeSystem="2.16.840.1.113883.3.989.2.1.1.24" code="3"/>
<value value="20120720100000" xsi:type="TS"/>
</attentionLine>
<!--ACK.A.4- Transmission Acknowledgment Code-->
<acknowledgement typeCode="AE">
<targetBatch>
<!--ACK.A.1 - ICSR Batch Number -->
<id root="2.16.840.1.113883.3.989.2.1.3.22" extension="DSJP-B0123456"/>
</targetBatch>
<!--ACK.A.5 - Batch Validation Error-->
<acknowledgementDetail>
<text>[F.r.5 Normal High Value (Unit), mg/dl] inconsistent_unit; [C.5.3, 0105798/01] unable_to… See B.r.7</text>
</acknowledgementDetail>
</acknowledgement>
</MCCI_IN200101UV01>
Use the following endpoint to retrieve the E2B acknowledgement message (ACK) after sending an intake call:
GET /api/{version}/app/safety/intake/ack
The Retrieve ACK endpoint can be used with the following Safety intake endpoints:
- Intake Inbox Item
- Intake Imported Case
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Accept | application/json |
URL Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
inbound_id | The Inbound Transmission ID for the ICSR intake job. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response returns the ACK XML. The ACK is returned in the same E2B format as the intake file.
On FAILURE, the response returns a message describing the reason for the failure.
Receive E2B
Before submitting this request:
- A Transmission Profile with the type Partner Exchange Profile must already exist for exchanging data with the trading partner. Vault Safety Help provides setup instructions.
- If you are using this endpoint to create an Inbox Item, you must set the Import to Inbox (
import_to_inbox__v) field to Yes on your transmission profile. - The User record for the API user must link to the Organization receiving the report in the Organization field. Edit User records in Admin > Users & Groups.
- The API user must have permissions to create Transmission (
transmission__v) objects and Case > Source > Adverse Event Report (case__v>source__v>adverse_event_report__v) documents. - You must have access to the source E2B file from your machine.
- VQL criteria may cause the job to fail. Do not configure VQL criteria for Organizations, Users, or Transmission Profiles in the following records:
- The Transmission (
transmission__v) object - The AER (
case_version__v>aer__v) Case object type - The Case > Source > Adverse Event Report (
case__v>source__v>adverse_event_report__v) document type
- The Transmission (
- All non-standard mandatory fields must have a default value for the following records:
- The Transmission (
transmission__v) object - The AER (
case_version__v>aer__v) Case object type - The Case > Source > Adverse Event Report (
case__v>source__v>adverse_event_report__v) document type
- The Transmission (
Request
$ curl -X POST \
https://myvault.vaultdev.com/api/v19.3/safety/services/e2b \
-H 'Authorization: {SESSION_ID}' \
-H 'content-type: multipart/form-data' \
-F 'file=@e2b.xml' \
-F originId=94230061 \
-F destinationId=204729695
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"url": "/api/v19.3/services/jobs/54803",
"job_id": 54803
}
Use the following endpoint to import an AER or Inbox Item from an E2B (R2) or E2B (R3) file containing one or more Individual Case Safety Reports (ICSRs):
POST /api/{version}/safety/services/e2b
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type | multipart/form-data |
Body Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
file | The filepath to an E2B file containing one or more ICSRs. |
originId | String containing the Destination ID from the Transmission Profile. This parameter corresponds to E2B(R3) fields N.1.3 and N.2.r.2, and E2B(R2) field M.1.5. |
destinationId | String containing the Origin ID from the Transmission Profile. This parameter corresponds to E2B(R3) fields N.1.4 and N.2.r.3, and E2B(R2) field M.1.6. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response includes the following information:
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
url | The URL to retrieve the current status of the import request. |
job_id | The Job ID value to retrieve the status and results of the E2B import request. |
Retrieve the E2B Acknowledgment
After successfully importing an E2B file, use the standard Retrieve Job Status API endpoint to retrieve the E2B ICSR Acknowledgment.
Intake JSON
Request
$ curl --location --request POST 'https://safety.veevavault.com/api/v20.1/app/safety/ai/intake?API_Name=verteo_biopharma' \
--header 'Authorization: {SESSION_ID} ' \
--header ‘Content-Type: application/json’ \
--form 'intake_json=@/C:/Users/Vern/Documents/intake.json'
Response SUCCESS
{
“responseStatus” : “SUCCESS”,
“jobId” : “69813”,
“transmissionRecordId”: “V29000000000E09”
}
Response FAILURE
{
"responseStatus": "FAILURE",
"reason": "Invalid AI intake section object. Field \"height_value__v\" \
with value \"999999\" in section \"patient\" is not valid. Error: \"The \
input is outside of the supported range limits\". Please refer to documentation."
}
Use the following endpoint to send JSON to Vault Safety, which will be imported to a single Inbox Item:
POST /api/{version}/app/safety/ai/intake
Before submitting this request:
- The User record for the API user must link to the Organization receiving the report in the Organization field. Edit User records in Admin > Users & Groups.
- The API user must have the Access API Vault Action permission in their permission set.
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
Content-Type |
|
Body
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
intake_json | The filepath for the JSON intake file, or the raw JSON text. Vault Safety creates an Inbox Item using the JSON passed through this parameter. Note that Vault Safety does not support bulk intake with this endpoint. A single API call is required for each Inbox Item. Ensure to use the correct JSON format. |
intake_form | The filepath for a source intake document. Vault Safety attaches the file passed through intake_form to the Inbox Item and Inbound Transmission. The Content-Type must be multipart/form-data to use this parameter. |
Query Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
{API_Name} | (Optional) To specify which organization to send the Inbox Item to, enter the Vault API Name for the Organization record. The default value is vault_customer. Note that the Organization record type must be Sponsor. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response includes the jobID, which you can use to retrieve the job status, and the transmissionRecordId, which you can use to find the Inbound Transmission record in your Vault.
On FAILURE, check the reason text in the response against your Vault configuration and JSON file format and content. To view detailed logs for a job, log into your Vault and go to Admin > Operations > Job Status, where you can view your job history and download logs.
You can track the job status using the Retrieve Job Status endpoint.
Import Narrative
Note: To bulk import multiple narratives, use the Bulk Import Narrative endpoint.
Request
$ curl -X POST \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v20.1/app/safety/import-narrative \
-H 'Authorization: {SESSION_ID}' \
-H 'caseId: V2B000000000201' \
-H 'narrativeType: primary' \
-H 'narrativeLanguage: eng' \
-H 'Content-Type: text/plain' \
-d 'The patient took 500 mg cholecap at 2pm and started experiencing heart palpitations at 2:30pm...'
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
}
Use the following endpoint to import narrative text into a Case narrative.
POST /api/{version}/app/safety/import-narrative
The request creates a narrative document for the destination Case, in the format of the E2B import narrative template. The narrative text sent in the body of this call is appended to the template content.
If a Case narrative document already exists for the given language, the request creates a new version of the document and appends the narrative text sent in the body of this call to the existing content.
Before submitting this request, the destination Case must exist.
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
caseId | Destination Case or Adverse Event Report ID. |
narrativeType | For the main narrative, enter primary. For a narrative translation, enter translation. The primary narrative must exist before you can add a translation. |
narrativeLanguage | Three-letter ISO 639-2 language code. Currently, the primary narrative must be English ( eng). |
link_translation_to_primary | Set to true to add the localized narrative document as a supporting document to the global (English) narrative document. This parameter only applies when the narrativeType is set to translation and the localized narrative document does not already exist. If omitted, defaults to false. |
Content-Type | text/plain |
Body
In the body of the request, enter the narrative text. You can import up to 100,000 characters of narrative text.
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response only includes the responseStatus.
On FAILURE, the response also returns a message describing the reason for the failure.
Bulk Import Narrative
Request
curl --location --request POST 'https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v22.1/app/safety/import-narrative/batch'
--header 'Content-Type: multipart/form-data'
--header 'Accept: text/csv'
--header 'Authorization: {SESSION_ID}'
--form 'narratives=@"/directory/bulk-narrative-import.csv"'
Response
{
"responseStatus": "success__v",
"responseDetails":
{
"import_id": "dc2daf9d-8549-4701-805a-c3f62a2aefa5",
"result_uri": "/api/v21.3/app/safety/import-narrative/batch/dc2daf9d-8549-4701-805a-c3f62a2aefa5"
}
}
Use the following endpoint to bulk import case narratives into Vault Safety:
POST /api/{version}/app/safety/import-narrative/batch/
This request imports text to create multiple narrative documents, in the format of the E2B import narrative template. This request can import primary narratives as well as narrative translations. Narrative translations can optionally be imported to a Localized Case in addition to the global Case.
If a Case narrative or translation already exists for the given language, the request creates a new version of the document populated with the text sent through the request.
This endpoint is asynchronous. The following limits apply to this endpoint:
- The maximum batch size is 500
- The maximum CSV input file size is 100 MB
- Maximum characters per narrative is 200k
- The CSV file cannot contain duplicate rows with the same
caseIdandnarrativeLanguage
Headers
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
content-type | multipart/form-data |
accept | text/csv |
X-VaultAPI-IntegrityCheck | Optional: Set to true to perform additional integrity checks on the CSV file. If omitted, defaults to false. |
X-VaultAPI-MigrationMode | Optional: Set to true to perform additional verifications on the localizedCaseId, including checking that the caseId refers to the related global Case and the narrativeLanguage matches the language on the Localized Case. If omitted, defaults to false. |
X-VaultAPI-ArchiveDocument | Optional: If the Vault Document Archive feature is enabled, set to true to send the imported narrative documents directly to the document archive, or false to create the imported documents as active narratives. If omitted and the Vault Document Archive feature is enabled, the imported narrative documents are sent directly to the document archive. |
Body Parameter
The request is sent through a CSV file.
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
narratives | The CSV file containing the narratives to be imported. |
Click the button below to download a sample CSV file:
Consider the following requirements when preparing the CSV file:
- The values in the input file must be UTF-8 encoded.
- CSVs must follow the standard format.
- The file must use a comma (
,) as the delimiter - If the narrative text contains commas, enclose each comma within double-quotation marks (
“,”) - If the narrative text contains double-quotation marks, they must be escaped (
\”example\“)
The CSV file must have the following columns:
| Column | Description |
|---|---|
caseId | The Case record ID. |
localizedCaseId | Optional: If you are importing a localized narrative, specify the Localized Case record ID. The narrative document will be linked to both the global Case ( caseId) and Localized Case. The following requirements apply:
localizedCaseId column is required, even when empty. |
narrativeType | The following types are accepted:
|
narrativeLanguage | The three-letter ISO language code for the narrative language. For example, eng is english. |
narrative | Text of the narrative document. |
Response Details
On SUCCESS, the response includes the following information:
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
import_id | The ID of the import request, which you can use along with the Retrieve Bulk Import Status endpoint to check the status of the operation. |
result_uri | The URI path to retrieve the status of the operation with the Retrieve Bulk Import Status endpoint. |
On FAILURE, the response returns an error message describing the reason for the failure.
Retrieve Bulk Import Status
Request
curl --location --request GET 'https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v22.1/app/safety/import-narrative/batch/dc2daf9d-8549-4701-805a-c3f62a2aefa5' \
--header 'Authorization: {SESSION_ID}'
Response: Completed
{
"responseStatus": "completed__v",
"responseDetails" : {
"import_id": "dc2daf9d-8549-4701-805a-c3f62a2aefa5",
"job_id": "203715",
"start_time": "2021-11-30T19:17:38.669Z[GMT]",
"end_time": "2021-11-30T19:17:47.996Z[GMT]",
"total_narratives": 3,
"completed_narratives": 3
},
"data": [
{
"status": "SUCCESS",
"case_id": "V2B000000002001",
"narrative_document_version": "12_0_2"
},
{
"status": "SUCCESS",
"case_id": "V2B000000002002",
"narrative_document_version": "1_0_1"
},
{
"status": "FAILED",
"case_id": "V2B000000002003",
"errors": [ { "type": "INVALID_DATA", "message": "Error message describing why this document version was not added." } ]
}
]
}
Response: In Progress
{
"responseStatus": "in_progress__v",
"responseDetails" : {
"import_id" : "db1e69cc-171b-11ec-9621-0242ac130002",
"start_time" : "2021-09-16 00:00:00.0",
"total_narratives": 3,
"completed_narratives": 1
}
}
Use the following endpoint to retrieve the status of a bulk narrative import:
GET /api/{version}/app/safety/import-narrative/batch/{importId}
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
importId | The import_id of the bulk narrative import job, retrieved from the job request response details. |
Response Details
If a bulk import job is complete, the response returns details of each narrative document.
If a bulk import job is incomplete, the response returns details of the job in progress.
SiteVault
Veeva eConsent
Veeva eConsent enables study participants, signatories, and site staff to sign informed consent forms (ICFs) electronically, eliminating the need to print the forms and speeding up the consenting process. Participants and their signatories can review the forms at home on a familiar device, can read at their own pace, and can easily download and share the forms with their family and care team. Additionally, participants with accessibility requirements can zoom in and utilize screen readers. See the Veeva eConsent help on the SiteVault Help website to learn more.
This API enables you to send eConsent forms to participants to review and complete in bulk.
Retrieve Documents and Signatories
Request
curl --location --request GET 'https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v21.2/app/sitevault/econsent/participant/V0X000000002001' \ --header 'Authorization: {SESSION_ID}'
Response
[
{
"subject__v.id": "V0X000000002001",
"documents": [
{
"document.version_id__v": "40_1_0",
"signatory__v": [
{
"signatory__v.id": "V5A000000004002"
}
]
}
]
}
]
Retrieve the valid blank ICFs and signatories for a participant.
GET /api/{version}/app/sitevault/econsent/participant/{participant_id}
URI Path Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
participant_id | The SiteVault ID of the participant. You can use the /query REST interface to query the Participant (subject__v) object for the participant ID. |
Response Details
The response lists the valid blank ICFs and signatories for the participant. Valid blank ICFs are those that are not already sent or in a workflow.
Send Documents to Signatories
Request
curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/json" \
-d "documents.version_id__v=40_1_0" \
-d "signatory__v.id=V5A000000004002" \
-d "signatory__v.role__v=participant__v" \
-d "subject__v.id=V0X000000002001" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v22.1/app/sitevault/econsent/send
Response
{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"responseMessage": "Success",
"data": [
{
"status": "SUCCESS",
"message": "Send EConsent action began successfully with job id {job_id}",
"data": {
"subject__v.id": "V0X000000002001",
"documents": [
{
"document.version_id__v": "40_1_0",
"signatory__v": [
{
"signatory__v.id": "V5A000000004002",
"signatory__v.role__v": "participant__v"
}
]
}
]
}
}
]
}
Send documents to signatories for signature.
POST /api/{version}/app/sitevault/econsent/send
Body Parameters
| Name | Description |
|---|---|
documents.version_id__v | The ID of the blank ICF. |
signatory__v.id | The ID of the signatory. |
signatory__v.role__v | The role of the signatory. |
subject__v.id | The ID of the participant. |
Response Details
The response lists the participant, the blank ICF, any signatories, and a job ID. You can use the Retrieve Job Status endpoint to query the status of the request using the job ID.
Errors
Example: Failed Authentication
{
"responseStatus": "FAILURE",
"errors": [
{
"type": "NO_PASSWORD_PROVIDED",
"message": "No password was provided for the login call."
}
],
"errorType": "AUTHENTICATION_FAILED"
}
The response of every API call includes a field called responseStatus. Possible values are:
SUCCESS- The API request was successfully processed.WARNING- The API request was successfully processed, but with warnings.FAILURE- The API request could not be processed because of user error.EXCEPTION- The API request could not be processed because of system error.
For a responseStatus other than SUCCESS, users can inspect the errors field in the response. Each error includes the following fields:
type- The specific type of error, e.g.,INVALID_DATA,PARAMETER_REQUIRED, etc. See below for a full list oftypes. These values are not subject to change for a given version of the API, even when newer versions of the API are available.message- The message accompanying each error type, e.g.,Missing required parameter [{field_name}]. When available, the error message includes the specific reason, e.g., the{field_name}for the error. These messages are subject to change and are not contractual parts for error handling. Developers should consider error messages for debugging and troubleshooting purposes only and should not implement application logic which relies on specific error strings or formatting.
When Vault processes an API request, it returns an HTTP response status code of 200. If Vault returns a response status code other than 200, it is likely due to connectivity problems, and we recommend contacting your network team. We recommend basing your logic on the responseStatus field and error types, not on the HTTP response status codes.
Error Types
| Type | Description |
|---|---|
UNEXPECTED_ERROR | General error catch-all when there is no specific error, or an unidentified error. |
MALFORMED_URL | The specified resource cannot be found. |
METHOD_NOT_SUPPORTED | The specified resource does not support the (POST, PUT, GET, DELETE) method. Or, the API request is not supported by this version of API. |
INACTIVE_USER | User is inactive or not found. |
NO_PASSWORD_PROVIDED | No password was provided for the login call. |
USERNAME_OR_PASSWORD_INCORRECT | Authentication failed because an invalid username or password was provided. |
USER_LOCKED_OUT | The user is locked out. Learn more about user account lockout in Vault Help. |
PASSWORD_CHANGE_REQUIRED | Password change required. |
INVALID_SESSION_ID | Invalid session ID provided. |
PARAMETER_REQUIRED | Missing required parameters in the API call. |
INVALID_DATA | Invalid data provided in the API call. |
INSUFFICIENT_ACCESS | User does not have sufficient privileges to perform the action. Additionally, the /actions endpoints may return this error in cases where the user attempts to access a resource which does not exist. |
OPERATION_NOT_ALLOWED | Certain rules that must be met to perform this operation have not been met. |
ATTRIBUTE_NOT_SUPPORTED | The specified resource does not recognize provided attributes. |
INVALID_FILTER | Provided a non-existent filter to Retrieve Documents. |
INCORRECT_QUERY_SYNTAX_ERROR | Query string used with VQL has an incorrect query syntax. |
RACE_CONDITION | A rare condition where the same record is being simultaneously updated by another API call. |
EXCEEDS_FILE_MAX_SIZE | The size of uploaded file exceeds the maximum size allowed (4 GB). |
API_LIMIT_EXCEEDED | The Job Status endpoint can only be requested once every 10 seconds. When this limit is reached, this error message is returned and no further calls will be processed until the next 10-second period begins. Learn more about API Limits. |
CONFIGURATION_MODE_ENABLED | Non-Admins cannot access a Vault in Configuration Mode. Learn more about Configuration Mode in Vault Help. |
SDK_ERROR | An error caused by the Vault Java SDK. This error may also include a custom subtype. For more information about this error, check the Debug Log. |
OPERATION_IN_PROGRESS | There is already an operation running on the item specified in the request. |
ITEM_NAME_EXISTS | When creating an item, this error indicates that an item with the same name already exists in the specified location. |